Manual – General Orders – Fort Worth, TX 2000


FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT GENERAL ORDERS

Original Issue Date September 18, 2000

As a law enforcement officer, my fundamental duty is to serve society, to safeguard lives and property, to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or intimidation, and the peaceful against violence or disorder, and to respect the constitutional rights of all people to liberty, equality, and justice.

 

I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all; maintain courageous calm in the face of danger, scorn or ridicule; develop self- restraint; and be constantly mindful to the welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official life, I will be exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the regulations of my department. Whatever I see or hear of a confidential nature or what is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept secret unless revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty.

 

I will never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudices, animosities or friendships to influence my decisions. With no compromise for crime and with relentless prosecution of criminals. I will enforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear of favor, malice or ill will, never employing unnecessary force or violence and never accepting gratuities.

 

I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and accept it as a public trust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of the police service. I will constantly strive to achieve these objectives  and ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen profession–law enforcement.

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 100.00                                                      ORGANIZATION

(RE-ISSUE 04/22/2013)

101.00    CHARTER AND ORDINANCE PROVISIONS

  • ESTABLISHMENT
  • DUTIES
  • CHIEF OF POLICE
  • HIERARCHY
  • ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE AND DEFINITIONS

102.00    POLICE ADMINISTRATION – OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE

  • SPECIAL INVESTIGATIVE SECTION
  • POLICE ADMINISTRATION OFFICE

103.00    SUPPORT BUREAU

  • SUPPORT BUREAU
  • COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
  • TACTICAL COMMAND
  • INVESTIGATIVE AND SUPPORT COMMAND

104.00    PATROL BUREAU

  • PATROL BUREAU
  • AVIATION DIVISION
  • PATROL COMMAND

105.00    FINANCE AND PERSONNEL BUREAU

  • FINANCE AND PERSONNEL BUREAU
  • ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING (ERP)/CENTRALIZED POLICE PAYROLL TEAM (CPPT)
  • ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT COMMAND
  • OPERATIONAL COMMAND

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 200.00                                              ADMINISTRATION

(RE-ISSUE 09/05/2013)

201.00    DEPARTMENT ORDERS AND DIRECTIVE SYSTEM

  • WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM DEFINED
  • GENERATING WRITTEN DIRECTIVES
  • AMENDMENT RESPONSIBILITY
  • FORMAT OF SPECIAL ORDERS AND DIRECTIVES
  • DISTRIBUTION
  • CONTROL OF    GENERAL    ORDERS,    SPECIAL    ORDERS    AND DIRECTIVES

202.00    POLICE TRAINING STANDARDS

  • STANDARDS FOR IN-SERVICE TRAINING
  • FIREARMS QUALIFICATION
  • TRAINING FOR PERSONNEL

203.00    TIME CONVERSION

  • 24-HOUR TIME
  • CONVERTING TO/FROM DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME

204.00    ACCIDENT REVIEW BOARD

  • DEFINITIONS
  • FUNCTIONS

205.00    INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS

205.01    COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES

206.00    EMERGENCY INTERPRETING SERVICES

  • INTERPRETING SERVICE FOR DEAF/HARD OF HEARING CITIZENS
  • LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY

207.00    RIDE-IN PROCEDURES

  • RIDE-IN REQUESTS
  • RIDE-IN REQUIREMENTS
  • SPECIAL PROVISIONS
  • EXPLORER POST RIDE-INS

208.00    CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION

  • COLLECTION AND EXCHANGE OF INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION
  • MAINTAINING CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE DATA
  • INTERCEPTIONS OF WIRE AND/OR ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
  • MOBILE TRACKING DEVICES

209.00    CRIME VICTIMS’ RIGHTS

  • RIGHTS OF CRIME VICTIMS
  • VICTIM ASSISTANCE SECTION
  • NOTIFICATION OF VICTIMS
  • FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATION OF VICTIMS

210.00    BUDGETARY TRANSACTIONS

  • CITY-WIDE PURCHASING GUIDELINES
  • DEPARTMENTAL PURCHASING GUIDELINES
  • GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR USE OF PROCUREMENT (CREDIT) CARDS
  • EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY REQUESTS
  • DEPARTMENT USE OF PROPERTY
  • TRAVEL/TRAINING REQUESTS
  • COLLEGE TUITION REIMBURSEMENT

211.00    EMPLOYEES’ PERSONAL INFORMATION

  • EMPLOYEES’ HOME ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS
  • EMPLOYEE PERSONNEL RECORDS
  • RELEASE OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF POLICE OFFICERS

212.00    PUBLIC RELATIONS

  • PHILOSOPHY
  • RELEASE OF INFORMATION
  • MAJOR INCIDENTS
  • CRIME SCENE
  • INFORMATION FROM POLICE FILES
  • PHOTOGRAPHS AND INTERVIEWS
  • INTERNAL INVESTIGATIONS
  • CONTACT WITH PUBLIC

213.00    RESERVED

214.00    PARKING REGULATIONS

  • DOWNTOWN PARKING
  • POLICE PARKING GARAGE USE

215.00    USE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES

  • BASIC RULES GOVERNING THE USE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
  • CRITERIA FOR TAKING VEHICLES HOME OR PARKING OFF-SITE AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS
  • MONTHLY REPORTS ON AFTER-HOURS USAGE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
  • LIST OF AUTHORIZED POSITIONS HAVING TAKE-HOME CAR PRIVILEGES

216.00    PRIVATE AUTOMOBILE USE ON CITY BUSINESS

216.01    USE OF PRIVATE AUTOMOBILE

217.00    POLICE RESERVES

  • REQUIREMENTS AND CERTIFICATION
  • RESERVE OFFICER STATUS
  • TRAINING AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • CHAIN OF COMMAND AND OPERATIONS
  • ORGANIZATIONAL FUNCTION
  • UNIFORM AND HANDGUN
  • DISCIPLINARY ACTION
  • DUAL COMMISSION

218.00    RESERVED

219.00    DUTY DEPUTY CHIEF

219.01    DUTY DEPUTY CHIEF

220.00    PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

  • MOTTO OF THE DEPARTMENT
  • DEPARTMENTAL FLAG
  • DEPARTMENTAL MISSION STATEMENT
  • HONOR CODE
  • ORAL TRADITION
  • PROFESSIONAL IMAGE

221.00    RESERVED

222.00    LEGAL CLAIMS AGAINST THE CITY AND/OR EMPLOYEES

222.01    PERSONAL LIABILITY INDEMNITY PLAN (PLIP)

223.00    RESERVED

224.00    DATA PROCESSING AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION

  • REQUESTS FOR DATA PROCESSING SERVICES
  • COMPUTER SECURITY

244.03    USE OF COMPUTER AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICES

224.04    SOCIAL MEDIA

225.00    ADMINISTRATIVE INSPECTIONS AND SEARCHES

  • DEFINITIONS
  • NOTIFICATION TO EMPLOYEES
  • INSPECTIONS
  • SEARCH FOR WORK-RELATED PURPOSE
  • SEARCH FOR INVESTIGATION OF MISCONDUCT
  • CRIMINAL EVIDENCE   DISCOVERED   DURING   INSPECTION   OR ADMINISTRATIVE SEARCH
  • SEARCH FOR INVESTIGATION OF CRIMINAL MISCONDUCT

226.00    FORMS MANAGEMENT

  • INITIATION OF FORMS
  • FORMS PROCESSING

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 300.00                                                      OPERATIONS

(RE-ISSUE 12/08/2014)

301.00    PATROL

  • STAFFING AND DUTIES
  • ROLL CALL
  • INSPECTION OF VEHICLES
  • EQUIPMENT LOG
  • CITATION BOOKS

302.00    RESERVED

303.00    EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION

  • PURPOSE
  • SPECIAL PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR ILLITERATE PERSONS, PERSONS WHO POSSESS LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY, OR PERSONS WHO ARE DEAF OR HARD OF HEARING
  • FEEDBACK DURING ANY OF THE PROCEDURES
  • SELECTION OF IDENTIFICATION METHODS
  • DESCRIPTION OF EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION METHODS
  • SEQUENTIAL BLIND PHOTO ARRAYS
  • SEQUENTIAL BLINDED PHOTO ARRAY
  • SIMULTANEOUS BLIND PHOTO ARRAY
  • SEQUENTIAL BLIND LIVE LINE-UPS
  • SIMULTANEOUS BLIND LIVE LINE-IPS
  • SHOW-UPS OR FIELD IDENTIFICATION

304.00    HOSTAGE SITUATIONS

  • STATIONARY HOSTAGE SITUATIONS
  • MOBILE HOSTAGE SITUATIONS

305.00    EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATION

  • GENERAL LEGAL AUTHORITY/RESTRICTIONS
  • CODE 3 – EMERGENCY
  • VEHICLE PURSUIT
  • ESCORTS

306.00    USE OF FORCE

  • PHILOSOPHY
  • STIPULATIONS
  • DEFINITIONS
  • FORCE OPTIONS
  • USE OF DEADLY FORCE
  • REPORTING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS
  • USE OF FORCE TRAINING

307.00    SPECIAL WEAPONS AND TACTICAL (SWAT)

  • INITIAL RESPONSE
  • OPERATIONS DEVELOPMENT

308.00    STOPPING AND APPROACHING VEHICLES

  • STOPPING THE VIOLATOR
  • APPROACHING THE VIOLATOR
  • STOPPING A KNOWN OR SUSPECTED FELON
  • HIGH RISK VEHICLE STOPS

309.00    CITATIONS AND COURT SETTINGS

  • PARKING AND TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS
  • ISSUANCE OF CITATIONS
  • DIRECT MAILING OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS
  • DISABLED PERSONS PARKING ZONES
  • COURTESY WINDSHIELD HANGTAGS
  • MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION CERTIFICATE

310.00    RESERVED

311.00    ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

  • GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
  • ACCIDENT CITATIONS
  • ACCIDENT REPORT/CITATION SUBMISSION
  • HIT AND RUN ACCIDENTS ON PUBLIC STREETS
  • ACCIDENTS INVOLVING POLICE VEHICLES
  • COMPLETION AND DISTRIBUTION OF FORM P106
  • LATE ACCIDENT REPORT
  • PROOF OF AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
  • SEIZURE OF AUTOMOBILES BY PROPERTY DAMAGE VICTIMS
  • ACCIDENT RE-INVESTIGATION

312.00    DRIVING WHILE INTOXICATED (DWI) INVESTIGATION

  • INITIAL STOP AND FIELD SOBRIETY EVALUATION
  • ARREST AND VEHICLE DISPOSITION
  • PUBLIC INTOXICATION IN A CAR
  • VIDEO RECORDING AND INTERVIEWING THE DWI SUSPECT
  • INTOXILYZER TEST AND BOOKING THE DWI SUSPECT
  • REQUESTS FOR CHEMICAL TESTS
  • JUVENILE DWI ARREST
  • DWI REPORT COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

313.00    FOREIGN NATIONALS AND UNDOCUMENTED PERSONS

  • ARREST /DETENTION       OF       FOREIGN      NATIONALS      AND UNDOCUMENTED PERSONS
  • U VISA REQUESTS

314.00    ARREST PROCEDURES

  • AUTHORITY TO ARREST
  • SEARCHING OF PRISONERS
  • PRISONER PICK UPS
  • HANDCUFFING PRISONERS
  • FIELD WARNING PROCEDURE
  • TRANSPORTING PRISONERS
  • ARRESTS BY OFFICERS ENGAGED IN OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT
  • GENERAL COMPLAINT CITATION
  • PRESENCE OF UNIFORMED OFFICERS DURING SERVICE OF ARREST AND/OR SEARCH WARRANTS
  • PLAINCLOTHES AND UNIFORMED OFFICERS AT UNPLANNED ARRESTS
  • CASH BONDING/TRAFFIC ARRESTS
  • DRIVING WHILE LICENSE INVALID
  • RESISTING ARREST CHARGE

315.00    BOOKING PROCEDURES

  • JAIL SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
  • FULL CUSTODY ARREST PROCEDURE
  • CLASS C MISDEMEANOR WARRANT ARRESTS

316.00    PRISONER CHECKOUT

  • DETECTIVE CHECKOUT OF PRISONERS
  • PRISONER WARNING AND JAIL DOCKET
  • PRISONERS REQUIRING MEDICAL ATTENTION

317.00    PRISONER DISPOSITION

  • WRIT OF HABEAS CORPUS
  • BOND RELEASES
  • CHARGES DISMISSED OR NOT FILED
  • COUNTY CASES FILED
  • OUTSIDE AGENCY WARRANT ARRESTS
  • HEALTH OR MEDICAL RELEASES

318.00   REDUCTION/SPECIAL    HANDLING    OF    CLASS    C    AND    OTHER CRIMINAL CASES

  • MITIGATION IN MUNICIPAL COURT CASES
  • REDUCTION OF OFFENSES TO A CLASS C MISDEMEANOR
  • REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL HANDLING OF CRIMINAL CASES
  • REFRAINING FROM ISSUING CLASS C MISDEMEANOR CITATION

319.00    PROPERTY/EVIDENCE

  • PROPERTY/EVIDENCE SUBMISSION
  • PROPERTY REPORTING
  • PROCESSING STOLEN    PROPERTY    IN    POSSESSION   OF    PAWN BROKERS
  • DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY/EVIDENCE
  • FIELD TESTING DRUG EVIDENCE
  • DRUG TAKE-BACK BOXES

320.00    VEHICLE IMPOUNDMENT PROCEDURES

  • MOTOR VEHICLE SEIZURES
  • ARRESTED PERSON’S VEHICLE
  • WRECKER SELECTION AND PROPERTY FORM
  • TOW AWAY ZONES
  • MOTOR VEHICLES WHICH CREATE A DANGER OR HAZARD
  • RECOVERED STOLEN VEHICLES
  • STORED, ABANDONED, AND JUNKED VEHICLES
  • VEHICLE HOLDS
  • IMPOUNDED VEHICLE STORAGE FEES
  • RELEASE OF IMPOUNDED VEHICLE WITHOUT FEE
  • DISTURBANCES INVOLVING REPOSSESSION OF AUTOMOBILES
  • ABANDONED BICYCLES

321.00    INVESTIGATIVE RESPONSIBILITY

  • NOTIFICATION OF NEXT OF KIN
  • COMPOSITION AND DISTRIBUTION OF CASE FILES
  • PROBABLE CAUSE WARRANTS
  • CANADIAN WARRANTS
  • CONSENT SEARCHES AND SEARCH WARRANTS
  • RACIAL PROFILING
  • BIAS-BASED POLICING

322.00    INVESTIGATIVE AIDS

  • POLYGRAPH EXAMINATIONS
  • ELECTRONIC LISTENING DEVICES
  • ALIAS DRIVER’S LICENSES
  • INFORMANTS
  • USE OF VIDEO CAMERAS
  • ADMINISTRATION AND CERTIFICATION OF OATH
  • DPS IMAGE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM ACCESS

323.00    SPECIAL ASSIST ELEMENTS

  • POLICE AVIATION DIVISION
  • CRIME SCENE SEARCH UNIT
  • CANINE UNIT
  • SCHOOL SECURITY INITIATIVE

324.00    HOMICIDES, SUICIDES, AND SUSPICIOUS DEATHS

  • INITIAL POLICE ACTION
  • DISPOSITION OF THE VICTIM
  • WITNESSES
  • DISPOSITION OF WEAPONS
  • OTHER POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
  • DECEASED PERSONS
  • DEATHS INVOLVING PATIENTS ENROLLED IN HOSPICE PROGRAM

325.00    AGGRAVATED ROBBERY

  • INITIAL POLICE ACTION
  • OTHER POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES

326.00    ASSAULTS

  • ASSAULTS
  • AGGRAVATED ASSAULTS AGAINST A PEACE OFFICER
  • SEXUAL ASSAULTS

327.00 BURGLARY, THEFT, AND CRIMINAL MISCHIEF INVESTIGATION

  • SILENT ALARM
  • AUDIBLE ALARM
  • BURGLAR IN A BUILDING
  • BURGLARY, THEFT, OR CRIMINAL MISCHIEF
  • OPEN DOORS AND WINDOWS
  • CRIMINAL MISCHIEF/THEFT OF PUBLIC UTILITIES

328.00    DISTURBANCES

  • DISTURBANCES
  • LANDLORD AND TENANT DISPUTES
  • PROPERTY SETTLEMENTS AND CHILD CUSTODY MATTERS
  • DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
  • PROTECTIVE ORDERS
  • CIVIL DISTURBANCES/PROTESTS
  • DISPUTE RESOLUTION SERVICES
  • HATE CRIMES
  • CRIMINAL TRESPASS WARNING

329.00    PERSON WITH A GUN

  • POLICE ACTION ON THE SCENE
  • LEGAL POSSESSION OF FIREARMS
  • POSSESSION OF FIREARMS WHERE ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ARE SOLD
  • SEIZED FIREARMS

330.00    MENTALLY DISTURBED PERSONS

  • INITIAL POLICE ACTIONS
  • POLICE ACTIONS WHERE NO CRIMINAL OFFENSE IS INVOLVED
  • POLICE ACTIONS WHERE AN OFFENSE IS INVOLVED
  • REPEATED DEALINGS WITH MENTALLY DISTURBED PERSONS

331.00    EXPLOSIVES

331.01    EXPLOSIVES, BOMBS, AND BOMB THREATS

332.00    PUBLIC INTOXICATION

  • PUBLIC INTOXICATION
  • PUBLIC INTOXICATION OTHER THAN ALCOHOL
  • BAR CHECKS; CHECKS OF SEXUALLY-ORIENTED BUSINESSES
  • BAR INSPECTIONS     AND      SEXUALLY-ORIENTED     BUSINESS INSPECTIONS
  • BAR INVESTIGATIONS;       SEXUALLY-ORIENTED       BUSINESS INVESTIGATIONS

333.00    MEDICAL EMERGENCIES

  • EMERGENCY AMBULANCE PROCEDURES
  • INJURED PERSONS

334.00    MISSING PERSONS

  • MISSING PERSONS
  • MISSING CHILDREN
  • MISSING ADULTS
  • ACTIVATION OF THE AMBER PLAN OR SILVER ALERT

335.00    STOLEN VEHICLES

  • STOLEN MOTOR VEHICLES
  • FAILURE TO RETURN RENTAL VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT
  • FAILURE TO RETURN LOANED/BORROWED VEHICLES

336.00    ANIMAL AND FOWL COMPLAINTS

  • ORDINANCE VIOLATIONS
  • LOOSE LIVESTOCK
  • ANIMAL CALLS

337.00    RESERVED

338.00    STRANDED MOTORISTS

  • TRANSPORTING STRANDED MOTORISTS
  • OFFICER AND MOTORIST SAFETY
  • VULNERABLE PERSON ACCOMPANYING ARRESTED PERSON

339.00    MINOR POLICE RESPONSES

  • MEET COMPLAINANT/UNIT/PERSON
  • SUSPICIOUS PERSONS AND PROWLERS
  • FIGHTS
  • INVESTIGATION CALLS
  • SIGNAL 50 – INFORMATION
  • SIGNAL 45 – CANCEL CALL
  • SIGNAL 64 – CALL FOR POLICE – NO OTHER DETAILS
  • SIGNAL 66 – INSPECTION OF CLOSED OR UNATTENDED BUSINESS
  • SIGNAL 69 – RADAR TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAIL

340.00    SERVICE CALLS (MARKOUTS)

  • COFFEE AND MEAL BREAK
  • COURT CALLS
  • FLAT TIRE
  • GARAGE CALL
  • RADIO REPAIR
  • REPORT TO HEADQUARTERS
  • UNIT SECURED
  • CALL FOR CRIME SCENE SEARCH UNIT

341.00    JUVENILE

  • CHILD ARREST PROCEDURE
  • JUVENILE TRAFFIC OFFENDERS
  • WANTED JUVENILES TAKEN INTO POLICE CUSTODY
  • NEGLECTED, ABANDONED, OR ABUSED CHILDREN

342.00    HOSPITALS

342.01    POLICE RESPONSIBILITY

343.00    POLICE ASSISTANCE TO OUTSIDE AGENCIES

343.01    ASSISTANCE TO OUTSIDE DEPARTMENTS OR AGENCIES

344.00    REPORTING SYSTEM

  • OFFENSE/INCIDENT REPORT PROCEDURES
  • SUPPLEMENT REPORTS
  • IDENTIFYING PERSONS BY RACE/ETHNICITY
  • FIELD INTERVIEW CARD
  • CONTAMINATED REPORTS/DOCUMENTS

345.00    RESERVED

346.00    VIN VERIFICATION AND SALVAGE VEHICLE INSPECTIONS

  • VIN VERIFICATIONS
  • SALVAGE VEHICLE INSPECTIONS

347.00    COMMUNITY POLICING STRATEGIES

347.01    NUISANCE ABATEMENT

348.00    RESERVED

349.00    RESERVED

350.00    RESERVED

351.00    SPECIALIZED PATROL UNITS

  • BICYCLE PATROL UNIT
  • MOUNTED PATROL UNIT

352.00    SECURITY AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT

  • GENERAL GUIDELINES
  • COMMUNICATIONS
  • HIJACKING ABOARD AIRCRAFT
  • WEAPONS VIOLATIONS – NOT ABOARD AIRCRAFT
  • HIJACKING AND BOMB THREATS
  • AIRCRAFT CRASHES
  • ROUTINE PATROL CHECKS OF MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL

353.00    RESERVED

354.00    EMERGENCY CONTROL PROCEDURES

  • PURPOSE
  • DEFINITIONS
  • TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
  • RESPONSE LEVELS-DEFINED BY NIMS TRAINING PROGRAM
  • INCIDENT ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
  • ACTIONS SURROUNDING INCIDENT
  • JOINT EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (JEOC)
  • SUPPORT FROM OUTSIDE AGENCIES
  • GREATER DALLAS/FORT WORTH REGIONAL LAW ENFORCEMENT INTERLOCAL ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT

355.00    RESERVED

356.00    CRITICAL POLICE INCIDENTS

  • DEFINITIONS
  • INVESTIGATION TEAM
  • INVOLVED EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES
  • POLICE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
  • FIELD UNIT RESPONSIBILITY
  • INVESTIGATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
  • DIVISION CAPTAIN’S RESPONSIBILITIES
  • GRAND JURY REVIEW
  • CRITICAL POLICE INCIDENT TACTICS REVIEW BOARD

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 400.00                                                             PERSONNEL

401.00    EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES

  • CIVILIAN VACANCIES
  • IN-HOUSE VACANCY SELECTION OF SWORN PERSONNEL
  • TERMINATION PROCEDURE FOR POLICE EMPLOYEES
  • REEMPLOYMENT OF POLICE PERSONNEL
  • PREVIOUSLY TERMINATED POLICE APPLICANTS
  • PRE-TERMINATION MEETINGS – CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES

402.00    EMPLOYEE COUNSELING PROCEDURE

  • COMMENDATIONS
  • STRUCTURED COUNSELING SESSIONS
  • COMMANDER’S ADMONISHMENT
  • ORAL REPRIMANDS

403.00    EFFICIENCY GRADING

403.01    GRADING PROCEDURES

404.00    GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR SWORN PERSONNEL

  • SCOPE OF GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
  • TIME LIMITATIONS
  • GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE STEPS
  • SELECTION OF THE GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE
  • EMERGENCY GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

405.00    RESERVED

406.00  SUPPLEMENTAL SALARY COMPENSATION

  • DEFINITIONS
  • OVERTIME COMPENSATION
  • COMPENSATORY TIME
  • COURT APPEARANCE AND HEARINGS
  • STANDBY COURT NOTIFICATION AND COMPENSATION
  • COURT APPEARANCE OVERTIME REPORT
  • HIGHER CAPACITY PAY
  • CALL-BACK PAY
  • BILINGUAL SKILLS
  • ATTENDANCE AT OUT-OF-TOWN FUNERALS
  • HONOR GUARD
  • FIELD TRAINING OFFICER ASSIGNMENT PAY

407.00    OFF-DUTY POLICE EMPLOYMENT

  • OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT
  • POLICE RESERVES

408.00    RESERVED

409.00    RESERVED

410.00    DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES

  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: SCOPE
  • DISCIPLINARY ACTION: CIVIL SERVICE EMPLOYEES
  • DISCIPLINARY ACTION: NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL
  • EMERGENCY DISCIPLINARY ACTION: NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL
  • APPEALS AND GRIEVANCES: NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL
  • PERSONNEL COMPLAINT
  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: SENSITIVE INVESTIGATION
  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES
  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES:    INTERNAL    AFFAIRS    DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
  • ARRESTED DEPARTMENTAL EMPLOYEE
  • DISPOSITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATIONS

411.00    RESERVED

412.00    RESERVED

413.00    PEER SUPPORT TEAM

  • PEER SUPPORT TEAM
  • RECALL FOR PEER SUPPORT GROUP COUNSELORS
  • REASSIGNMENT OF PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN A MAJOR INCIDENT

414.00    SERVICES OF POLICE CHAPLAIN

414.01    SERVICES OF POLICE CHAPLAIN

415.00    RESERVED

416.00    USE OF TRAINING CENTER FACILITIES

416.01    USE OF TRAINING CENTER FACILITIES

417.00    RESERVED

418.00    SENIORITY PROCEDURES

418.01    SENIORITY PROCEDURES

419.00    POLICE OFFICERS’ BILL OF RIGHTS

419.01    POLICE OFFICERS’ BILL OF RIGHTS

420.00    VACATION, COMPENSATORY, AND HOLIDAY LEAVE

  • VACATION LEAVE
  • COMPENSATORY AND HOLIDAY LEAVE

421.00    TRAUMATIC INCIDENTS

  1. O1 TRAUMATIC INCIDENTS
  • DEFINITIONS
  • TRAUMATIC INCIDENT LEAVE
  • SUPERVISORY ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
  • THE ROLE OF THE TRAUMATIC INCIDENT COORDINATOR
  • RETURN TO REGULAR DUTIES
  • CONFIDENTIALITY

422.00    CALL-OFF PROCEDURES

422.01    CALL-OFF PROCEDURES

423.00    MILITARY LEAVE/LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY

423.01    MILITARY LEAVE/LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY

424.00    SICK, FAMILY ILLNESS OR OCCUPATIONAL INJURY LEAVE

  • GENERAL PROVISIONS
  • ACCUMULATION AND    PAYMENT    OF    SICK    LEAVE:    SWORN EMPLOYEES
  • USE OF SICK LEAVE
  • REQUESTING SICK LEAVE
  • NON-OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS/INJURY
  • OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS OR INJURY
  • FIRST REPORT OF INJURY FORM (E-1) AND FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT SUPERVISOR’S ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
  • EMPLOYER’S SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT OF INJURY FORM (E-2)
  • LEAVE FOR FAMILY ILLNESS
  • FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT
  • TEMPORARY LIMITED DUTY
  • EXTENDED LIMITED DUTY
  • OCCUPATIONAL LEAVE

425.00    MATERNITY

  • ASSIGNMENT OF PREGNANT EMPLOYEES
  • MATERNITY LEAVE OF ABSENCE

426.00    OFF-DUTY BENEFITS FOR SWORN PERSONNEL

  • PURPOSE
  • BENEFIT COVERAGE

427.00 CIVIL SERVICE NOTICES OF PROMOTIONAL EXAMINATIONS

427.01    POSTING OF EXAMINATION NOTICES

428.00    PERSONNEL ORDERS – SWORN EMPLOYEES

428.01    PERSONNEL ORDERS – SWORN EMPLOYEES

429.00    PERSONNEL STRUCTURE

  • PERSONNEL DEFINITIONS
  • POSITION DESCRIPTIONS

430.00    SPECIAL TRAINING PROGRAMS

430.01    DETECTIVE TRAINING PROGRAM

431.00    COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

  • GENERAL INFORMATION
  • EDUCATION
  • CONTROL METHODS FOR COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
  • GENERAL PREVENTIVE MEASURES
  • EXPOSURE INCIDENT PROCEDURES
  • COMMUNICABLE DISEASE STATUTES

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 500.00                         UNIFORMS    AND   EQUIPMENT

(RE-ISSUE 11/06/2014)

501.00    DRESS CODE

  • WEARING OF THE POLICE UNIFORM
  • NON-UNIFORMED ASSIGNMENTS: APPEARANCE

502.00    HAIR AND MUSTACHES

502.01    HAIR AND MUSTACHES

503.00    UNIFORM ITEMS FOR SWORN PERSONNEL

  • UNIFORM ITEMS FOR SWORN PERSONNEL
  • UNIFORM ACCESSORIES
  • BADGES AND CAP SHIELDS
  • IDENTIFICATION CARDS FOR HONORABLY RETIRED OFFICERS

504.00    POLICE WEAPONS AND LEATHER GOODS

  • WEAPONS
  • LEATHER GOODS

505.00    MISCELLANEOUS UNIFORM ITEMS

505.01    MISCELLANEOUS UNIFORM ITEMS

506.00    PORTABLE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

  • PORTABLE RADIOS
  • CELLULAR TELEPHONES AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES
  • OFFICER-WORN DIGITAL RECORDING DEVICES
  • IN-CAR RECORDING SYSTEM

507.00    USE OF THE POLICE VEHICLE

  • CHECKING OUT MARKED UNITS
  • OPERATION OF THE POLICE UNIT
  • AUTOMATED FUELING SYSTEMS
  • VEHICLE GASCARD
  • USE OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
  • FUEL CONSERVATION
  • VEHICLE CONTAMINATION
  • PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS ON PATROL VEHICLES
  • SPEED ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS

508.00    AWARDS AND AWARDS COMMITTEE

  • AWARDS COMMITTEE
  • AWARDS FOR OUTSTANDING ACTS
  • SERVICE AWARDS
  • SPECIAL ASSIGNMENT AWARDS
  • WEAPONS PROFICIENCY AWARDS
  • SPECIAL UNIT OR ASSIGNMENT PINS
  • MISCELLANEOUS AWARDS
  • POLICE AWARDS FOUNDATION

509.00    CHECKOUT, REPLACEMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT

  • BODY ARMOR
  • REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT
  • ASSET MANAGEMENT

510.00     EQUIPMENT & UNIFORM COMMITTEE

  • EQUIPMENT & UNIFORM COMMITTEE
  • EQUIPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE

511.00    SPECIALIZED UNITS UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS

  • K-9 (CANINE) UNIT UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS
  • BICYCLE PATROL UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS
  • MOUNTED PATROL UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS
  • MOTORCYCLE OFFICERS
  • HOSTAGE NEGOTIATOR’S VEST
  • ZERO TOLERANCE UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS
  • TACTICAL MEDIC UNIT UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS
  • ALTERNATE UNIFORM

512.00    PROFESSIONAL PROTOCOL

512.01    FORMAL FUNCTION PROTOCOL

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 600.00                                              COMMUNICATIONS

601.00   RADIO PERSONALITIES/TALK GROUPS, CODES, SIGNALS, AND   TEN

(10) SERIES

  • RADIO PERSONALITIES/TALK GROUP ASSIGNMENTS
  • CODES
  • SIGNALS
  • TEN (10) SERIES
  • PHONETIC ALPHABET

602.00    RADIO CALL NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS

  • MASTER LISTS OF RADIO CALL NUMBERS
  • MAINTENANCE OF RADIO CALL NUMBER LISTS
  • CHANGES TO THE RADIO CALL NUMBER LIST
  • SUMMARY OF RADIO CALL NUMBER CLASSIFICATIONS

603.00    ASSIGNED RADIO TALK GROUP USAGE

603.01    ASSIGNED RADIO TALK GROUP USAGE

604.00    RADIO PROCEDURES

  • RADIO DISCIPLINE
  • SERVICE CALLS (MARKOUTS)
  • STOPPING VEHICLES
  • REQUESTING EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE
  • EMERGENCY RADIO USE
  • ELECTRONIC REQUESTS FOR HELP

605.00    DISPATCHING AND PRIORITIZING OF RADIO CALLS

  • PRIORITY ONE (1) CALLS (EMERGENCY OR CRITICAL)
  • PRIORITY TWO (2) CALLS
  • PRIORITY THREE (3) CALLS (NON-PRIORITY)
  • CALL SCREEN
  • CHANGING CODE ASSIGNMENTS
  • DISPATCHING RADIO CALLS
  • ASSIGNMENT OF UNITS
  • DISPATCHING CONTROL OF FIELD UNITS
  • MISSED CALLS

606.00    NOTIFICATIONS AND CALL BACKS

  • NOTIFICATIONS
  • INCIDENT LOG
  • INTERNAL AFFAIRS DIVISION
  • CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS DIVISION
  • NOTIFICATION OF TRAFFIC INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
  • ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT TO THE CHIEF OF POLICE
  • CALL-BACK
  • VOICE MAIL SYSTEM

607.00    POLICE INFORMATION CENTER

  • INFORMATION REQUESTS
  • COMPUTERIZED INFORMATION
  • REFERENCE MATERIALS AND FILES
  • NOTIFICATIONS
  • LOCAL, REGIONAL, AND TCIC/NCIC COMPUTER SYSTEMS
  • TELETYPES
  • ACCESS TO THE POLICE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION

608.00    CRIMINAL HISTORY AND ARREST RECORDS

  • STORAGE OF CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORDS
  • DISSEMINATION OF CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORDS
  • ACCESS TO CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD INFORMATION
  • EXPUNCTION OF RECORDS OF ARREST

609.00    REPORT REVIEW

  • OFFENSE REPORT SUBMISSION
  • PENDING OFFENSES
  • SUPERVISORY REVIEW
  • COLOR STANDARDIZATION

610.00    POLICE DEPARTMENT BUILDING ALARM SYSTEM

  • POLICE DEPARTMENT BUILDING ALARM SYSTEM
  • THOMAS R. WINDHAM BUILDING

611.00    HAZARDOUS LOCATION FILE

  • PURPOSE
  • CRITERIA
  • INPUT METHOD
  • DATA INTEGRITY

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 700.00                                              CODE OF CONDUCT

(RE-ISSUE 09/05/2013)

701.00    AUTHORITY AND PURPOSE

702.00    CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

703.00 PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

704.00 CIVIL, CRIMINAL, JUDICIAL, AND INVESTIGATIVE ACTIONS

705.00    PUBLIC ACTIVITIES

  • PUBLIC ACTIVITIES, REWARDS
  • ETHICAL STANDARDS

706.00    DEPARTMENTAL RELATIONSHIPS

  • PROCEDURES
  • PERSONAL RELATIONSHIP
  • FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS
  • BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS
  • EMPLOYEE APPLICANTS,     TRAINEES,     AND     PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEES

707.00    DIVERSE WORKFORCE

  • DIVERSE WORKFORCE POLICY
  • DIVERSE WORKPLACE RESPONSIBILITIES

708.00    HARASSMENT-FREE WORKPLACE

709.00    SEXUAL HARASSMENT

  • SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY
  • SEXUAL HARASSMENT DEFINITIONS
  • MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
  • FEMALE EMPLOYEES COORDINATOR
  • REPORTING PROCEDURES
  • GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALL PERSONNEL
GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 100.00                                                      ORGANIZATION

(RE-ISSUE 04/22/2013)

101.00   CHARTER AND ORDINANCE PROVISIONS

  • ESTABLISHMENT
  • DUTIES
  • CHIEF OF POLICE
  • HIERARCHY
  • ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE AND DEFINITIONS

102.00   POLICE ADMINISTRATION – OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE

  • SPECIAL INVESTIGATIVE SECTION
  • POLICE ADMINISTRATION OFFICE

103.00   SUPPORT BUREAU

  • SUPPORT BUREAU
  • COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
  • TACTICAL COMMAND
  • INVESTIGATIVE AND SUPPORT COMMAND

104.00   PATROL BUREAU

  • PATROL BUREAU
  • AVIATION DIVISION
  • PATROL COMMAND

105.00   FINANCE AND PERSONNEL BUREAU

  • FINANCE AND PERSONNEL BUREAU
  • ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING (ERP)/CENTRALIZED POLICE PAYROLL TEAM (CPPT)
  • ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT COMMAND
  • OPERATIONAL COMMAND

101.1             ESTABLISHMENT

  1. The establishment and regulation of the Fort Worth Police Department are mandated by the Charter of the City of Fort Worth as follows:
    1. CHAPTER XI. DEPARTMENT OF POLICE. The City Council shall provide by ordinance the establishment and regulation of a department of

101.2             DUTIES

  1. The Fort Worth City Code, as amended, Chapter 27, Article II, establishes and sets the duties of the Fort Worth Police Department as follows:
    1. Section 27-21. A police department is hereby established, charged with maintaining peace and order in the community and protecting the citizens of the city. The department shall provide continuous patrol services, response to citizens’ calls for assistance, investigate criminal offenses, apprehend offenders, provide traffic enforcement and enforce all municipal ordinances and laws, state and federal, the enforcement of which it is charged

101.3             CHIEF OF POLICE

  1. Chief of Police

The general duties and responsibilities of the office of the chief of police are ordained by the Fort Worth City Code, as amended, Chapter 27, Article II.

  1. In the event of a short-term absence of the chief of police, unless otherwise directed by the city manager, an assistant chief shall assume command based upon a schedule determined by the Chief of Police’s

101.4             HIERARCHY

  1. The order of rank as established by the Fort Worth City Council for employees of the department is:
    1. Chief of Police
    2. Assistant Chief
    3. Deputy Chief/Police Assistant Director
    4. Captain/Division Manager
    5. Lieutenant/Support Manager
    6. Sergeant/Supervisor
    7. Corporal/Detective
    8. Police Officer

101.5             ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE AND DEFINITIONS

  1. The magnitude of tasks imposed upon the office of the chief of police necessitates the establishment by the police chief of functional and geographical entities, and assignment of personnel to these entities, that together encompass the Fort Worth Police
    1. Bureau
      1. The major functional segment for the tasks and objectives of the
      2. A bureau shall be under the command, control, and direction of an assistant
  1. Command
    1. The primary functional or geographical subdivision of activities within the department and/or
    2. A command shall be under the command, control and direction of a deputy chief or civilian employee of equivalent
  2. Division
    1. The primary functional or geographical subdivision of activities within a
    2. A division shall be under the command, control and direction of a captain or civilian employee of equivalent
  3. Section
    1. A major activity within a bureau or
    2. A section shall normally be under the command, control, and direction of a lieutenant or civilian employee of equivalent
  4. Watch/Shift
    1. Any subdivision of activity made on the basis of time within any departmental segment.
    2. A watch shall be under the command, direction, and supervision of a person of the appropriate rank or classification commensurate with the function performed and placement within the organizational
  5. Unit
    1. A distinctive function or endeavor within a bureau, division, or
    2. A unit shall normally be under the control, direction, and supervision of a sergeant or civilian employee of equivalent
  6. Detail
    1. A specific and concentrated functional activity and/or
  7. Zone
    1. A specific geographical subdivision of activity within a
  8. Beat
    1. A specific geographical subdivision of activity within a
  9. Functional entities within the department shall adhere to these definitions of nomenclature. No operational entity shall be formed, enact a name change, or be transferred, without the written authority of the chief of police and the issuance of a general
  10. The organizational structure of the police department shall be illustrated in an organizational chart posted on the internal police portal and the department’s official website. The organizational chart will be reviewed and updated annually or at the direction of the Chief of Police.

102.1             SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS SECTION

The Special Investigations Section is under the command of a lieutenant who reports directly to the Chief of Police and is responsible for:

  1. The investigation of criminal allegations involving police department employees that meet the following criteria:
  1. Critical Police Incidents, involving potential criminal charges being filed against police personnel. The Special Investigations Section Lieutenant or designee will be present at all Category I Critical Police
  2. Class B Misdemeanor offenses and above with exception to misdemeanor Driving While Intoxicated or Driving Under the Influence offenses. Special Investigations Section detectives will assist the Traffic Investigation Unit on felony Driving Under the Influence
  3. Any allegation involving a criminal offense, regardless of classification, for family violence.
  4. Criminal allegations involving City of Fort Worth employees if it is directly related to public
  1. Conducting administrative audits and/or inspections of police department operations to ensure the goals and objectives of the City of Fort Worth, as it pertains to public safety, are being met in an efficient and effective manner. Audit and inspections are conducted at the direction of the Chief of

102.2             POLICE ADMINISTRATION OFFICE

The Police Administration Office is under the command of an administrative captain who reports directly to the Chief of Police and is responsible for assisting with administrative responsibilities of the Chief of Police and coordinating the activities of the Public Relations Office, Internal Affairs, Labor/Management, Mayor’s Detail, and Legal Services.

  1. Public Relations Office
    1. The Public Relations Office responds to requests in relation to public information by citizens and/or the media; coordinates activities related to press releases, press conferences, and media events involving the police department; and coordinates community forums, town hall meetings, and other public events initiated by the Public Relations
    2. Public Information Officer(s) shall serve as official spokesperson(s) for the department in the release of information to department personnel, the public, and to media
  2. Internal Affairs
    1. The Internal Affairs responsibilities shall include ensuring the complete and impartial investigation of all complaints against police department employees; maintaining records of investigations of allegations of misconduct and any action taken as a result of the investigation; and conducting investigations affecting department personnel at the direction of the Chief of Police. Internal Affairs is responsible for administration and monitoring of the off-duty employment
      1. Police Open Records under the Internal Affairs has the following responsibilities: assist the Department of Law with document collection related to requests for police records; process legal requests to include expunctions, open records requests, subpoenas, disciplinary hearings, lawsuits, and court orders; provide support information to other departmental divisions and outside criminal justice agencies; maintain records of all requested information; and appear at legal hearings as required.
    2. Mayor’s Detail – provides executive protection for the Mayor of the City of Fort Worth; coordinates activities related to dignitary visitations at the direction of the mayor’s office, city manager’s office, and/or the Chief of Police; and assists the Marshal’s Office with security at City Hall as it pertains to the Mayor and members of City
  1. Labor/Management

The Administrative Captain shall have the responsibility to liaison with the police and civilian employee associations in matters concerning the police department. Additionally,  the Administrative Captain shall have the responsibility to liaison specifically with the Fort Worth Police Officers Association (FWPOA) concerning the Meet and Confer Labor Agreement between City of Fort Worth and Fort Worth Police Officers Association. The President of the FWPOA is assigned to the Police Administration Office.

  1. Tactical Medic Unit – provides and coordinates tactical and basic medical training for recruit, in service and recurring training as
  2. Legal Services

Police Legal Advisor is an assistant city attorney in the Department of Law assigned to give legal advice to the police department. Police legal advisor(s) will communicate with the Chief of Police on an advisory basis.

  1. The Legal Advisor provides legal opinions concerning any phase of police work or clarification of legal issues as required by any member of the
    1. The request for a legal opinion should be in writing and be routed through the proper chain of command to the Chief of Police or designee. The only exception to this requirement shall be Internal
      • Requests shall include any pertinent documents and a due date as to when the information is
    2. The Legal Advisor may observe and review any field procedures for the purpose of determining if the procedure is in compliance with existing legal requirements; review all grant agreements; assist the Captain of the Training Division with the establishment of comprehensive programs of pre-service and in-service training concerning the legal aspects of such training; review and coordinate legal aspects pertaining to all subpoenas, court-ordered production, expunctions, and Open  Records  Requests received by the police department; and as necessary, review, coordinate, and/or draft contracts for support or maintenance of police operations, Interlocal Agreements and Memorandums of Understanding between the police department and other law enforcement and governmental agencies, opinions pertaining to ordinances affecting police department operations or areas of responsibility and assist with drafting and revising existing

103.1             SUPPORT BUREAU

The Support Bureau is responsible for the direction and coordination of the Communications Division, Tactical Command and the Investigative and Support Command.

103.2             COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION

The Communications Division has responsibility for:

  1. Communications Unit – direct the flow of information from complainants through voice and data transmission to officers in the
  2. Police Information Center Unit – process requests for information from field

103.3             TACTICAL COMMAND

Tactical Command shall be responsible for:

  1. Tactical Operations Division
    1. Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) Section – responsible for responding to hostage situations, barricaded persons, sniper incidents, or other incidents which require the utilization of personnel specifically equipped and trained to function in support of the field operations division.
    2. Zero Tolerance Section – primary responsibility is to address citywide crime trends, accomplishing their mission by utilizing an intelligence driven model that focuses on the most prolific offenders affecting the community; responsible for  working  with patrol and other divisions to develop comprehensive plans to reduce crime trends throughout the City; respond to situations that require tactical support; and augment the SWAT Section as
  2. Tactical Investigations Division
    1. Narcotics/Vice Section
      1. Narcotics – responsible for the investigation of all narcotic offenses and the execution of related search warrants. The Narcotics Section includes DFW Airport/D.E.A. and HIDTA Task Force, Expanded Narcotics, Special Approach Unit, the Tarrant County Narcotics Unit (TCNU), and Criminal Investigations Unit (CIU).
        • High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area (HIDTA) – a federally funded multi- agency narcotic task force with enforcement responsibility at the organized crime level within an 11 county area of North Texas. Responsible for the disruption of illicit drug trafficking, gathering and reporting intelligence data, and conducting undercover
        • K-9 Unit – features an officer paired with a specially trained dog to provide assistance to narcotics and field officers in building searches, locating missing persons, locating narcotics, and conducting specialized
        • Criminal Investigative Unit (CIU) – detectives tasked with the responsibility of coordinating drug/vice offenses, communicating with Forensic Science personnel for lab analysis, monitoring prisoner detention and submission of criminal cases to the Tarrant County District Attorney’s
      2. Vice – responsible for the detection and suppression of criminal activities including, but not limited to, gambling, prostitution, public lewdness, obscenity law violations, alcoholic beverage code, nuisance abatement, and any crimes against public morals. Gathering and dissemination of criminal intelligence information while conducting specialized investigations to deter criminal activity as well as organized crime in the City of Fort Worth crimes consisting of bookmaking, escort services, child pornography, dog fighting, and civil
    2. Gang Section – responsible for the detection, suppression and disruption of criminal street gang activity; successfully identifying, targeting and presenting for criminal prosecution those who are involved in illegal gang activity; gathering criminal intelligence information relating to a criminal combination or a criminal street gang for the purpose of investigating or prosecution criminal offenses; and providing a prevention/intervention program in an effort to direct potential gang members away from a gang
  1. Tactical Intelligence Division
    1. Intelligence Section
      1. Homeland Security Unit – provide the Chief of Police intelligence information regarding terrorist and subversive group threats to citizens, key resources, and venues in the City of Fort Worth; provide criminal intelligence to the department’s investigative sections and special events occurring within the City; provide and coordinate with respective agencies and the Chief of Staff for the security of dignitaries visiting the City of Fort Worth. The Intel Section lieutenant shall be the department’s Homeland Security
      2. Electronic Surveillance Unit – provides technological support and electronic surveillance to departmental investigative sections and special events within the City of Fort
      3. Criminal Tracking Unit – identify, surveil and apprehend repeat and prolific Part 1 offenders impacting the City of Fort
      4. Criminal Intelligence Unit – gather, investigate, share and disseminate criminal intelligence information in furtherance of identifying and apprehending violent and prolific offenders and groups involved in organized crime within and impacting the City of Fort
      5. Emergency Preparedness Incident Command (EPIC) – provides department and officer compliance with the National Incident Management System (NIMS) certifications and training; guidelines for deploying resources; and researching and developing necessary programs and equipment for emergency
      6. Special Events – has primary responsibility for coordination of special and/or large- scale events as the designee for the Chief of Police, defined and outlined in the City of Fort Worth Outdoor Event Ordinance #19255-08-2010.
      7. Hostage Negotiation Unit – responds to critical incidents for the purpose of negotiating the safe surrender of hostage takers or barricaded suspects and the safe release of hostages, through effective employment of the negotiation process using Texas Association of Hostage Negotiators (TAHN) recognized law enforcement negotiation
    2. Information Management Section
      1. Crime Analysis Unit – the CAU is the unit of non-sworn analysts focusing on crime statistics and identifying emerging crime trends. The CAU shall systematically collect, research, analyze and disseminate crime information that describes crime patterns, trends, target areas and offender data. Analytical products and statistics will be provided to the department in an effort to help commanders deploy their resources with the goal of assisting departmental personnel in their efforts to prevent, disrupt and reduce
      2. Criminal Intelligence Analysis Unit – the CIAU is the unit of non-sworn analysts focusing on issues of homeland security, intelligence and in depth research of long term projects. The CIAU will systematically collect, analyze, research all sources of data available to them be it open source or secured source data. Intelligence products will be disseminated to the appropriate departmental function to assist in departmental operations. CIAU personnel shall ensure precursor crimes are screened and analyzed for linkages to larger scale organized criminal efforts and terrorist
  1. Tactical Information Officer Unit – the TIOU is the unit of sworn personnel assigned to IMS. Their focus is to utilize data and analysis provided by the CAU and CIAU to prepare operational recommendations for functions throughout the department with the intent of assisting departmental personnel in their efforts to prevent, disrupt and reduce crime. The tactical information officers will also conduct research on their own and provide information to help target prolific offenders and organized crime

103.4             INVESTIGATIVE AND SUPPORT COMMAND

Investigative and Support Command shall be responsible for:

  1. The Criminal Investigations Division is responsible for technical support, follow-up investigation, and case filing for all offenses investigated by the following sections:
    1. Violent Personal Crimes Section
      1. Homicide Unit – investigate murders, suicides, and incident reports concerning deceased
        • Cold Case Detail – review, analyze, and prioritize unsolved cases for potential leads for follow-up
      2. Robbery Unit – investigate all robbery offenses, to include financial institution and armored vehicle
      3. Major Case Unit – investigate Critical Police Incidents as outlined in General Order 356.00; murder for hire; kidnapping; offenses designated as “Hate Crimes” and special investigations/assignments as directed by the chain of
        • Missing Persons Detail – investigate all missing and runaway juveniles and the investigation of all adults who are missing under suspicious
      4. Fugitive Unit – assignment of probable cause arrest warrants generated by members of the department and the service of these warrants; assist other agencies with arrests within the city to include teletype warrants from other agencies; and, transportation of persons arrested by other agencies on our
        • Crime Stoppers Detail – collect information from anonymous callers; provide computer investigations in relation to the tips, verifying the information given by the tipster; and prepare and complete television reenactments of unsolved felonies.
      5. Special Victims Section
        1. Domestic Violence Unit – investigate domestic violence threats, assaults, retaliations, protective order violations, other family-related offenses, and
        2. Crimes Against Children Unit – investigate sexual assaults of victims 16 years of age and younger, injury to a child, abandoning/endangering a child, indecency with a child to include incest, child deaths under six (6) years of age, child pornography, and interference with child
        3. Sex Crimes Unit – investigate sexual assaults, indecent exposure, assaults on an elderly person or invalid person; responsible for sex offender registration; monitoring of registered sex offenders; and, follow-up investigations on failure to register as a sex offender
          • Human Trafficking Detail – identify and rescue victims of human trafficking leading to the prosecution of human traffickers and to promote public awareness.
  • Sex Crime Cold Case Detail – investigate unsolved sex crime cases in response to Combined DNA Index System (CODIS) notifications; review, analyze and prioritize information received from local, state or federal entities as potential leads for follow-up
  1. Forensics and Economic Crimes Section
    1. Fraud Unit – investigate forgery offenses, excluding forged prescriptions; credit and debit card abuse; and fraudulent destruction, removal, or concealment of
    2. Commercial Auto Theft Unit – inspect, monitor and enforce the Transportation Code Chapter 501 and Occupations Code Chapter 2302 covering automotive salvage yards, repair shops, and body shops; target organized auto theft activities; investigate theft of motor vehicles, including trailers, boats, and airplanes; unauthorized use of motor vehicles; and burglaries committed for the purpose of stealing a vehicle. If the vehicle is taken in a robbery, the Robbery Unit shall have responsibility for the investigation of the
    3. Crime Scene Search Unit – identify, collect, and process evidence of all homicides, suicides and other deaths under suspicious circumstances, sexual assaults, critical police incidents, visible bodily injury to a child 14 years of age or younger, visible bodily injury to a person 65 years of age or older, visible body injury to a disabled person, and requests from on scene supervisor of the division   The Crime Scene Search Unit may be requested for property crimes only when the collection of physical evidence exceeds patrol capabilities.
    4. Digital Forensic Lab – responsible for providing technical assistance to investigators who are investigating computer-related offenses; forensically examine all seized computers, media or other devices that may contain digital or electronic evidence in criminal or administrative cases; and assist other sections of the department in the investigation of computer-related
  2. Victim Assistance Section – process appropriate letters to victims of violent personal crimes; assist with Crime Victim Compensation applications; and conduct victim follow-up by telephone or in person and refer to appropriate community
  1. The Police Training Division is responsible for developing, evaluating, and supervising all in-service training programs for members of the department and maintain records of such training; developing, evaluating, and providing recruit and entry level training for all sworn job classifications in the department; coordinating state licensing, and higher education as required by the Firefighters’ and Police Officers’ Civil Service Commission and the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement Officers Standards and Education (TCLEOSE); and responsibility for the Weapons
  2. Forensic Science Division – has responsibility for evaluation and testing of physical evidence including DNA/serology, drugs/blood alcohol, and firearms examination/range determinations. The Forensic Science Laboratory staff is responsible for providing expert testimony on the test/evaluation results, and for assisting in the training of department personnel on the proper procedures for the collection and preservation of physical
  3. The Community Programs Division is responsible for crime prevention and interaction with the community through the Crime Intervention Services and the technical support, follow-up investigation, and case filing for all offenses investigated by the Youth and Gang Sections:
    1. Youth Section – handling those juveniles in custody and preparing necessary paperwork and file sheets on cases requiring no field investigation and which are not the responsibility of  another  investigation  unit;  providing  assistance  to  any  officer   or

specialized section in handling juvenile cases requiring procedures unique to juveniles; maintaining juvenile records and liaison with the juvenile probation office and all appropriate records and contacts; administrating the crossing guard program; and, preparing statistical reports and presentation concerning juvenile crime in consideration for renewing the teen curfew every three (3) years.

  1. School Security Initiative – provides general police services for the school districts located within the city. The officers assigned to the section serve as School Resource Officers whose primary function is to create a safe environment in schools through efforts in crime prevention, intervention with students, and enforcement of the
  1. Crime Intervention Services – involved in the community through programs in crime prevention, partnerships with the clergy and citizens; and, the coordination of the jail operations.
    1. Jail Operations
      • Jail Unit – is responsible for the intake of arrested individuals by the Fort Worth Police Department, operating the central holding facility, acting as a liaison with Mansfield Law Enforcement Center for jail services, and coordinating the transfer of custody or release of those arrested
      • Intoxilyzer Detail – the administering of all intoxilyzer tests for individuals arrested on suspicion of driving while under the influence of
    2. Crime Prevention Unit – provides support to each of the division crime prevention specialists and neighborhood police officers; designs, researches, and produces crime prevention literature; and coordinates various crime prevention
    3. Community Volunteer Programs – provide coordination and training for:
      • Citizens on Patrol Program (Code:Blue).
      • Citizens Police Academy and Alumni Program – educates citizens about specific areas of the police
      • Police/Clergy Programs – a coalition of pastors working in partnership with the police department to serve the citizens of Fort Worth. The Clergy Program includes the Ministers Against Crime (M.A.C.) and Clergy and Police Alliance (C.A.P.A.).
      • Community Emergency Response Teams (C.E.R.T) – educates citizens about disaster preparedness for hazards that may impact their neighborhoods and educates citizens in basic disaster response

104.1             PATROL BUREAU

The Patrol Bureau is responsible for Patrol Command, Aviation Division, Reserves and Traffic Division. Patrol is divided into two commands, the North Command and South Command which are responsible for directing and coordinating the respective Field Operations Divisions.

104.2             AVIATION DIVISION

The Aviation Division is under the command of the chief helicopter pilot and is responsible for providing support to patrol ground units, aerial surveillance, and aerial preventative patrol.

104.3             PATROL COMMAND

North Command shall consist of North Division, Central Division, and West Division. South Command shall consist of South Division, East Division, and Traffic Division. Reserve Officers are assigned to a patrol division within the Patrol Bureau.

  1. Field Operations Divisions

Each division is divided into three (3) watches covering a 24-hour period and has primary responsibility for preventative patrol, initial response to calls for police service, the enforcement of criminal law, the protection of life and property, and the provision  of services to the community.

  1. Each field division has a Community Operations Section including:
    1. Criminal Investigation Unit – responsible for the investigation of all offenses not covered by special units, including but not limited to, auto theft, burglary, theft, and general
    2. Neighborhood Police Officer (NPO) – incorporates non-traditional methods of crime prevention aimed at the inclusion of neighborhoods and the community, promoting an open channel of communication between the police department and the community to effectively eliminate or reduce
  2. Included within the Central Division patrol:
    1. Bicycle Patrol Unit – provides concentrated patrol to deter street crime and increase the public perception of safety for citizens in the downtown business district of Central Division.
    2. Downtown Traffic Control – responsible for traffic control within the central business
    3. The Court Liaison Detail – provides assistance to the Municipal Court and Tarrant County District Attorney’s Office in the notification to police personnel of scheduled court appearances, subpoenas, and other court-related
  3. Traffic Division

The Traffic Division shall have primary responsibility for follow-up investigation of traffic accidents to include hit and runs; enforcing traffic laws, and regulating traffic movement; direct, coordinate, and supervise the activities of assigned traffic control technicians; provide follow-up investigation and case filing for traffic offenses; and responsible for breath/blood/urine tests on all fatality accidents involving a city vehicle driven by an on- duty or off-duty police department employee.

  1. Mounted Patrol Unit – provides specialized patrol on horseback to selected areas of the city, assistance in crowd control for special events, and may assist in searches for missing

105.1            FINANCE AND PERSONNEL BUREAU

The Chief of Police has the ultimate authority and responsibility for the fiscal management of the department. As the Chief of Police’s designee, the Assistant Chief over the Finance and Personnel Bureau will oversee the financial administration responsibilities for final budget preparation and fiscal management functions for the department.

  1. The Finance and Personnel Bureau will have four (4) areas of responsibility: the Administrative Sergeant, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)/Centralized Police Payroll Team (CPPT), Administrative Support Command and Operational
  2. Responsibilities of the Administrative Sergeant
    1. Peer Support
      1. The Peer Support Coordinator may be requested by the command staff to provide assistance to an officer or employee who is undergoing a disciplinary action, to determine if there are underlying issues that need to be addressed outside the scope of
      2. The Peer Support Team, which is under the supervision of the City of Fort Worth Employee Assistance Program (EAP) and the Police Department Peer Support Coordinator, shall provide assistance for officers and civilian employees of the department; provide early intervention, preventive education, and assistance in any necessary referral; in the event of a major incident or disaster, provide support as designated; and due to the advent of the Incident Command System and the National Incident Management System, peer support may find it necessary to send assistance to local, regional or national agencies that request
    2. Police Chaplain – responsible for providing counseling and assistance to any employee or their family; officiating at police funerals; and monitoring of personnel on extended sick
    3. Asset Management – oversee the inclusion in a database of equipment in excess of a specified

105.2             ENTERPRISE   RESOURCE    PLANNING    (ERP)/CENTRALIZED   POLICE PAYROLL TEAM (CPPT)

The Centralized Police Payroll Team (CPPT) is responsible for the collection of time sheets from police employees who are not authorized to enter their own time into the PeopleSoft payroll system. CPPT is also responsible for entering the data from these time sheets into the PeopleSoft system, handling paycheck inquiries, correcting paycheck errors, and acting as liaison to other city departments regarding ERP and paycheck issues.

105.3             ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT COMMAND

The Administrative Support Command has responsibility for Crime Control and Prevention District Budget, general fund budget, capital projects, special funds, accounts payable/purchasing, accounts receivable, internal controls, travel, human resources, personnel transfers, medical records, occupational and non-occupational injuries, military deployment, safety issues, policy enforcement and the mailroom. The Administrative Support Command is responsible to make recommendations for appropriate service and staffing levels, monitor and evaluate the efficiency and effectiveness of resources and allocate resources accordingly. The Police Assistant Director is the Budget Director for the Crime Control and Prevention District.

  1. The Budget and Finance Section
    1. Budget Unit
      1. Develop and manage the police department’s annual operating budgets including general fund and the Crime Control and Prevention District (CCPD).
      2. Assist on all capital projects and with the fiscal planning
      3. Oversee and provide assistance to the police department budget
  1. Finance Unit
    1. Process all purchasing aspects for the
    2. Process all Travel and Training Authorization Request forms and Travel Expense Report
    3. Process all accounts receivable and other revenue received by the department, and draft Mayor and Council (M&C).
    4. Conduct internal audits of a financial nature to confirm department
    5. Other financial-related duties as required or
  2. Asset Forfeiture Unit
    1. Manage all asset forfeiture funds and expenditures, research proposed asset forfeiture purchases to confirm permissibility with State and Federal
  3. The Employment Services Section
    1. Employment Unit
      1. Maintain department personnel files, including performance reviews and officer efficiencies; facilitate department out processing paperwork; setup and or remove assignment pays; ensure employment-related compliance with department, city, state and federal employment policies; provide employment-related training as necessary and provide staffing for mail room and
        • Polygraph Detail administers employment polygraph examinations for department applicants when requested by a supervisor or detective; and, when requested by the Chief of Police, administers polygraph examination to any departmental
      2. Civil service
        • Request promotional exams, certified lists and process promotions, military overages and
        • Responsible for the Civil Service G Files. Provide Unit information to the Civil Service Director for maintenance of A
        • Assist with updating or initiating employment ordinances and
        • Manage staffing projections for
      3. Civilian
        • Facilitate civilian hiring, to include job postings, interviews, conditional offers of employment and background screening
        • Participate in the employment selection and process of civilian police personnel.
        • Assist in employee relations issues and provide guidance in discipline and termination
      4. Position Management Unit
        1. The unit is responsible to coordinate all personnel moves; monitor position alignment; post-civil service job vacancies and produce the Personnel
      5. Medical Records Unit
        1. Responsible for compliance with all procedures, policies and filing related to occupational and non-occupational illnesses, Major Medical Sick Leave, Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA), and voluntary
        2. Process and monitor military leaves for sworn and civilian employees participating in military training or

105.4             OPERATIONAL COMMAND

The Operational Command shall be the responsibility of a Deputy Chief and shall include the Property and Records Management Division, Fleet and Auto Pound Division, and Program Support Division. The Deputy Chief oversees coordinating all aspects of background investigations, hiring, coordinating all aspects of recruitment for cadets, explorers, interns and police applicants; and coordinating the department’s Explorer Program.

  1. Property and Records Management Division
    1. Records Unit – process all citizen requests for police reports, from origination to archival of completed reports; process accident reports electronically and fill requests for accident reports; and process requests from law enforcement/other governmental agencies for records held by the
    2. PRMC (Police Record Management Center) – oversees the records center for police department records, both criminal and administrative; retains records in warehouse and database to ensure the timely retention schedules have been met; and assists the department liaisons on incoming and outgoing
    3. Data Collection and Reporting Unit (DRU) – review and distribute all police reports entered into the Records Management System; process the reports of non-consent wrecker towing and repossessions within the corporate limits of the City of Fort Worth; and, process all dispatched calls and online reporting of offenses made by citizens as well as supplemental information for police
    4. Property and Evidence Unit – coordinate the protection, preservation, storage and disposal of evidence and property in the custody of the
    5. Warrant and Identification Unit – maintain all departmental arrest fingerprint and criminal history records; assist with the identification of criminal offenders through fingerprint classification; maintain original warrant files and confirm Class B and above misdemeanor and all felony warrants; and maintain and confirm both protective order and emergency protective order
    6. Records Management System (RMS) – oversee and coordinate the security, training, updates, and daily usage of the Tiburon RMS system to ensure timely processing of police reports and dissemination of information entered into the
    7. NIBRS Unit – oversee and review all arrests for proper coding into the RMS system; oversee and review all offenses for proper NIBRS coding and data; review the NIBRS error log and correct data in RMS; report crime statistic data to TX DPS for the department; review all aggravated assault, sexual assaults, drug classifications, robberies, theft from and inside motor vehicles, hate crimes, and offenses involving officers injured or killed in the line of duty; and, review all FBI audits and statistics and make corrections in the FWPD database to properly code and report based on NIBRS guidelines.
    8. Accident Report System – oversee and send out notices for electronic accident reporting corrections; review all accident reports entered into the system and send to TXDOT; ensure that all accidents are reviewed and reported in by the 10 day deadline for certain grant funding (i.e. CMV); communicate with officers chain of commands on rejected reports and reports not entered into the system; and communicate and be the liaison with TXDOT and ReportBeam (the software vendor) to address any issues with electronic reporting as well as provide and enter the security needed by FWPD  personnel to access the
  1. Fleet and Auto Pound Division
    1. Fleet Services – manage the annual purchase of fleet vehicles and establish vehicle specifications addressing the specific needs of the department’s specialized units; administer the police department’s vehicle lease program; provide management and accountability of the fleet’s maintenance and fuel expenditure; and, maintain the appropriate database to ensure accountability of designated
    2. Vehicle Impound Unit – coordinate the impoundment, protection and preservation of vehicles in the custody of the department; manage the disposal of vehicles impounded and associated property through semi-monthly vehicle auctions; and manage the lawful disposition of vehicles and associated property awarded to the
  2. Program Support Division
    1. The Research and Planning Section is responsible for serving in a staff capacity to provide accurate and timely information to police department administrators for policy decisions; providing plans for growth and enhanced efficiency of  department operations; preparing and presenting accurate and timely reports regarding crime statistics; researching and developing General Orders and Special Orders; coordinating and providing departmental Geographic Information Systems (GIS) services; preparing quarterly reports to the Crime Control and Prevention District Board; monitoring and maintaining the police department website; and, coordinating all  notifications, programs, information, and instruction for the department health and safety program, including but not limited to, infectious disease or chemical
    2. Contract and Grant Management Section is responsible for developing, managing, overseeing and administering the department’s annual grants, contracts, Interlocal agreements, Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), and Task Force agreements (General Fund and Crime Control and Prevention District funded); serving as the department’s designated representative for the City’s Wrecker Ordinance, Article V, Section 34; and, tracking the Curfew Ordinance for timely
    3. Data Management Section is responsible for providing network and security support within the police department network and city/county mainframe systems; manage requests for Data Processing Services access to city/county mainframe systems; coordinate with Information Technology Solutions department for services and budget management; order new personal computers and other computer hardware and software; develop and maintain media and police portals; create and maintain web-based applications; support and maintain the police Records Management System (RMS); create and maintain NIBRS databases; and, provide analysis and reporting services for the
GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 200.00                                               ADMINISTRATION

(RE-ISSUE 09/05/2013)

201.00    DEPARTMENT ORDERS AND DIRECTIVE SYSTEM

  • WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM DEFINED
  • GENERATING WRITTEN DIRECTIVES
  • AMENDMENT RESPONSIBILITY
  • FORMAT OF SPECIAL ORDERS AND DIRECTIVES
  • DISTRIBUTION
  • CONTROL OF    GENERAL    ORDERS,    SPECIAL    ORDERS    AND DIRECTIVES

202.00    POLICE TRAINING STANDARDS

  • STANDARDS FOR IN-SERVICE TRAINING
  • FIREARMS QUALIFICATION
  • TRAINING FOR PERSONNEL

203.00    TIME CONVERSION

  • 24-HOUR TIME
  • CONVERTING TO/FROM DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME

204.00    ACCIDENT REVIEW BOARD

  • DEFINITIONS
  • FUNCTIONS

205.00    INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS

205.01    COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES

206.00    EMERGENCY INTERPRETING SERVICES

  • INTERPRETING SERVICE FOR DEAF/HARD OF HEARING CITIZENS
  • LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY

207.00    RIDE-IN PROCEDURES

  • RIDE-IN REQUESTS
  • RIDE-IN REQUIREMENTS
  • SPECIAL PROVISIONS
  • EXPLORER POST RIDE-INS

208.00    CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION

  • COLLECTION AND EXCHANGE OF INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION
  • MAINTAINING CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE DATA
  • INTERCEPTIONS OF WIRE AND/OR ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
  • MOBILE TRACKING DEVICES

209.00    CRIME VICTIMS’ RIGHTS

  • RIGHTS OF CRIME VICTIMS
  • VICTIM ASSISTANCE SECTION
  • NOTIFICATION OF VICTIMS
  • FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATION OF VICTIMS

210.00    BUDGETARY TRANSACTIONS

  • CITY-WIDE PURCHASING GUIDELINES
  • DEPARTMENTAL PURCHASING GUIDELINES
  • GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR USE OF PROCUREMENT (CREDIT) CARDS
  • EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY REQUESTS
  • DEPARTMENT USE OF PROPERTY
  • TRAVEL/TRAINING REQUESTS
  • COLLEGE TUITION REIMBURSEMENT

211.00    EMPLOYEES’ PERSONAL INFORMATION

  • EMPLOYEES’ HOME ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS
  • EMPLOYEE PERSONNEL RECORDS
  • RELEASE OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF POLICE OFFICERS

212.00    PUBLIC RELATIONS

  • PHILOSOPHY
  • RELEASE OF INFORMATION
  • MAJOR INCIDENTS
  • CRIME SCENE
  • INFORMATION FROM POLICE FILES
  • PHOTOGRAPHS AND INTERVIEWS
  • INTERNAL INVESTIGATIONS
  • CONTACT WITH PUBLIC

213.00    RESERVED

214.00    PARKING REGULATIONS

  • DOWNTOWN PARKING
  • POLICE PARKING GARAGE USE

215.00    USE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES

  • BASIC RULES GOVERNING THE USE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
  • CRITERIA FOR TAKING VEHICLES HOME OR PARKING OFF-SITE AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS
  • MONTHLY REPORTS ON AFTER-HOURS USAGE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
  • LIST OF AUTHORIZED POSITIONS HAVING TAKE-HOME CAR PRIVILEGES

216.00    PRIVATE AUTOMOBILE USE ON CITY BUSINESS

216.01    USE OF PRIVATE AUTOMOBILE

217.00    POLICE RESERVES

  • REQUIREMENTS AND CERTIFICATION
  • RESERVE OFFICER STATUS
  • TRAINING AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • CHAIN OF COMMAND AND OPERATIONS
  • ORGANIZATIONAL FUNCTION
  • UNIFORM AND HANDGUN
  • DISCIPLINARY ACTION
  • DUAL COMMISSION

218.00    RESERVED

219.00    DUTY DEPUTY CHIEF

219.01    DUTY DEPUTY CHIEF

220.00    PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

  • MOTTO OF THE DEPARTMENT
  • DEPARTMENTAL FLAG
  • DEPARTMENTAL MISSION STATEMENT
  • HONOR CODE
  • ORAL TRADITION
  • PROFESSIONAL IMAGE

221.00    RESERVED

222.00    LEGAL CLAIMS AGAINST THE CITY AND/OR EMPLOYEES

222.01    PERSONAL LIABILITY INDEMNITY PLAN (PLIP)

223.00    RESERVED

224.00    DATA PROCESSING AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION

  • REQUESTS FOR DATA PROCESSING SERVICES
  • COMPUTER SECURITY

244.03    USE OF COMPUTER AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICES

224.04    SOCIAL MEDIA

225.00    ADMINISTRATIVE INSPECTIONS AND SEARCHES

  • DEFINITIONS
  • NOTIFICATION TO EMPLOYEES
  • INSPECTIONS
  • SEARCH FOR WORK-RELATED PURPOSE
  • SEARCH FOR INVESTIGATION OF MISCONDUCT
  • CRIMINAL EVIDENCE   DISCOVERED   DURING   INSPECTION   OR ADMINISTRATIVE SEARCH
  • SEARCH FOR INVESTIGATION OF CRIMINAL MISCONDUCT

226.00    FORMS MANAGEMENT

  • INITIATION OF FORMS
  • FORMS PROCESSING

201.1             WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM DEFINED

The purpose of a written directive is to provide procedures, guidelines, rules and regulations that formulate the department’s policy and employee conduct. All employees shall read, adhere to,  and be held accountable for all directives, policies, rules, regulations and training material. Any statement in a written directive, including Special Order, General Order or bureau directive, found to be illegal, incorrect, or inapplicable shall not affect the validity of the remaining contents. The police department written directive system provides for the issuance of General and Special Orders at the department level and Directives and Standard Operating Procedures at the bureau level. Orders of lasting application affecting two (2) or more bureaus shall be department-level General or Special Orders. Directives of a temporary nature shall be rescinded as necessary. Authorized orders shall be classified as:

  1. General Orders

If any procedures affect another bureau in whole or part, it will be proposed for inclusion in the General Orders Manual. General Orders shall apply throughout the department and are issued for the purpose of establishing or revising departmental organization, procedure or guidelines on matters involving general application. In order of precedence, General Orders shall stand over other departmental directives, unless amended by subsequent Special Order. General Orders shall be issued only by the Chief of Police and shall remain in effect until rescinded, amended, or revised.

  1. Personnel Orders

Personnel Orders are prepared at the direction of the Chief of Police. Personnel Orders are issued for the purpose of announcing appointments, assignments, transfers, promotions, demotions, dismissals, restorations to duty, retirements, and resignations of sworn personnel. Personnel Orders are self-canceling as they take effect.

  1. Special Orders

Special Orders are used to establish a temporary, emergency, or interim procedure or guideline at the departmental level on a formal basis and are issued, authorized, or directed by the Chief of Police. Special Orders of lasting nature shall be developed as a General Order.

  1. Training or Procedural Manual or Department Directives

Written manuals or directives provide extensive guidance and detailed procedural information in relation to specific operations or activities. Departmental Directives shall be issued only by the Chief of Police. Deputy Chiefs and above have the authority to approve procedures related to their respective areas of command.

  1. Inter-office correspondence or bureau directive

Directives below the department level are subject to the approval of the appropriate assistant chief. Inter-office correspondence or bureau directives shall be used to establish rules, guidelines or procedures below department level which apply only to a specific operational segment or activity of the department. Inter-office correspondence or bureau directives of a short-term nature and for a specific circumstance shall designate a date of cancellation. Orders, rules, and regulations of any supervisor/manager must be consistent with the written directives issued by a higher authority.

  1. Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)

Captains and above have the authority to approve standard operating procedures related to their respective areas of command. Procedures contained in a SOP shall not conflict with the policies, procedures or rules established in General Orders, Special Orders, laws or contracts. Standard Operating Procedures shall be maintained by the originating entity, with a copy on file with Research and Planning and Internal Affairs.

201.2             GENERATING WRITTEN DIRECTIVES

  1. General Orders

When initiating a new General Order, persons requesting the order shall first obtain approval through their chain of command then submit a draft proposal of the order to the Deputy  Chief of the Operational Command for assignment to Research & Planning. Research and Planning shall be responsible for research, development, staff review and, upon approval of the Chief of Police, distribution and publication as a General Order. All General Orders shall require an employee’s documentation of receipt.

  1. Special Orders

When necessity requires the establishment of a departmental Special Order prior to advancement to a General Order, persons generating the procedure shall follow the same process as a General Order. All Special Orders shall require an employee’s documentation of receipt.

  1. Inter-office correspondence or bureau directive

When necessity requires establishing a guideline or procedure to be followed for personnel below the department level, the authorized person shall forward the proposed directive to Research and Planning to review the document for conflicts with General Orders, other policies, law, or contracts. If the directive conflicts or violates existing procedures, it shall  be returned to the submitting party with the areas needing change highlighted. If no changes are necessary, it shall be returned noting that no conflicts exist.

  1. Directives shall be furnished to employees within the bureau with a required documentation of receipt to be filed and maintained in the
  1. Standard Operating Procedures

Standard Operating Procedures will be developed by the unit, section, division, or bureau, and forwarded to Research and Planning for review for conflicts with other written directives, laws, and contracts. Once returned by Research and Planning, the SOP will be approved through the submitting party’s chain of command. Standard Operating Procedures should be reviewed annually by the affected unit, section, division, or bureau.

  1. All Standard Operating Procedures will include sections on statement of purpose; organization; personnel duties, authority and responsibilities; operations; and any other areas as determined by the
  2. All Standard Operating Procedures shall be on file with Research and Planning and with Internal Affairs. Any revision to Standard Operating Procedures by the issuing organizational segment shall be submitted to Research & Planning and Internal Affairs prior to
  3. Standard Operating Procedures shall be furnished to employees within the unit, section, or division with a required documentation of receipt to be filed and maintained by the supervisor of the level issuing the

201.3             AMENDMENT RESPONSIBILITY

General Orders and Special Orders will be issued, modified, or withdrawn only by the Chief of Police. All requests for amending a General Order or Special Order shall follow the procedures  in General Order 201.02A. The authority of a person to rescind or amend a bureau directive is restricted to those orders that the person is authorized to issue.

  1. Definitions
    1. Revisions – Refers to replacing an existing General Order or a portion thereof with a revised order or the insertion of a new procedure into the General Orders
    2. Rescindments – Refers only to the removal of a procedure from the General Orders Manual or the cancellation of a Special
    3. Mandatory and Permissive verb forms
      1. The words “shall” “will” and “must” are mandatory in
      2. The word “may” is permissive in
      3. The word “should” is advisory in
    4. General Orders Manual – Refers to the complete document containing all seven (7) chapters with  table of contents  and  index  in the format  as  stated  in  General   Order

201.04 and having been distributed as either hard copy, electronic copy posted on the internal police website (fwpd/ portal) or as distributed in another medium authorized by the Chief of Police (i.e. flash drive, portable drive, or other electronic methods as future technology may dictate).

  1. Inter-office correspondence

Inter-office correspondence bureau directives shall be amended, rescinded or revised with  the issuance of a new inter-office correspondence which shall delineate the changes, including self-canceling provisions, if applicable.

  1. The General Orders Manual shall be reviewed annually and updated as necessary by Research &

201.4             FORMAT OF ORDERS AND DIRECTIVES

  1. General Orders and Special Orders shall be issued with a pre-printed heading bearing a facsimile of the police badge and patch in the following manner:
    1. General Orders shall have a decimal number followed by a title indicating the subject matter. A new General Order will be issued with the date of approval, and the authorizing
    2. Special Orders shall have a similar appearance to a General Order and shall be numbered indicating the related General Order or provide a title if not related to an existing procedure or
    3. Personnel orders shall be numbered in chronological sequence according to the number of orders and the year of
  2. Inter-office correspondence shall be prepared using the official departmental style as authorized by the Chief of
    1. The numbering and filing system for directives below department level shall be the responsibility of the issuing captain/division manager or

201.5             DISTRIBUTION

  1. Distribution of approved General and Special Orders shall be the responsibility of Research and Planning and shall be based on the most effective method
  1. Upon employment, all sworn personnel are issued a General Orders Manual and shall be responsible for updates to the manual and all civilian employees shall be made aware of the General Orders and how to access them. Personnel shall provide documentation of receipt for General Orders and any subsequent Special Orders or revisions to the General Orders. Accountability for compliance with all orders rests with the
  2. Physical Distribution of General Orders and Special
    1. Upon the issuance of a new General or Special Order, Research & Planning will notify each bureau
    2. The division commander/manager or designee shall be responsible for ensuring that each employee provides documentation of receipt. If applicable, maintenance of electronic documentation of receipt will be the responsibility of Research and
    3. If applicable, no later than one (1) month after the order is issued, the division commander/manager is responsible for returning any hard copy sign-back sheets to the Employment Services Section, Employment Unit, which shall maintain a file of these forms.
  3. Research and Planning will ensure all General Orders and Special Orders are posted on the internal police website (fwpd/portal) in a timely
  4. Employment Services Section will ensure all Personnel Orders are posted on the internal police website (fwpd/portal) in a timely

201.6             CONTROL OF GENERAL ORDERS, SPECIAL ORDERS AND DIRECTIVES

  1. Research & Planning shall maintain a master file of all General Orders, Special Orders, Bureau Directives, and Standard Operating procedures and shall be responsible for ensuring the orders are in compliance with state
  2. The Position Management Unit shall maintain a master file of all Personnel
  3. All bureau commanders/managers shall maintain a master file of all Standard Operating Procedures and all directives, including Training and Procedural Directives, issued within their

202.1             STANDARDS FOR IN-SERVICE TRAINING

  1. All TCOLE training files shall be maintained by the Police Training Academy and will be stored either on the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement Data Distribution System (TCLEDDS) server or a secure city server. Training files for communications-related training will be maintained by the Communications Division in coordination with the Police Training
  2. All training provided at the Training Division shall conform to current standards set by the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement (TCOLE).
    1. Each sworn officer, regular and reserve, must attend forty (40) hours of training during each biennium as prescribed by TCOLE. Officers failing to attend this training are subject to license revocation by
    2. Successful completion of in-service training shall consist of the following:
      1. A score of 70% or higher on all written tests given during the in-service
      2. Successful re-qualification of prescribed defensive tactics
      3. Successful qualification of new defensive tactics
  1. Attendance rate of 90% or higher in all
  1. An officer who fails to successfully complete an in-service course may be required to repeat the school at the discretion of the Captain of the Training Division in its entirety and take all associated testing with the following exceptions:
    1. An officer who scores less than 70% on the final examination of a course will be allowed to repeat the written test a second time. An officer who scores less than 70% on the second attempted examination will be required to repeat the entire course of
    2. An officer who fails to successfully demonstrate the defensive tactics techniques due to injury received in the class will be allowed to attempt to qualify upon being released to full duty status by a
  2. Officers who fail to successfully complete an in-service course shall be referred to the appropriate deputy chief for disciplinary
  3. Officers who fail to successfully complete a course of instruction on the second attempt shall be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including
  1. It is the goal of the Training Division that all information and materials presented conform to proper standards of professional
    1. Information and material presented shall be free of discriminatory, prejudicial, biased, insulting, defamatory, sexually harassing, or unethical statements, actions, or innuendoes.
    2. Training Division staff shall be responsible for monitoring all presentations to ensure conformity to professional standards. Appropriate warning and/or disciplinary action will be taken in all cases of unprofessional or unethical
    3. Any instructor presenting a class at the Training Academy shall ensure that all instruction is free from statements which might be construed as unprofessional conduct by criticizing, deriding, belittling, or defaming any citizen or group of citizens, any sworn or civilian employee of the City of Fort Worth, or any departmental entity of the city.
  2. Students are encouraged to ask questions and offer relevant comments. However, students shall not challenge a course instructor in any belittling manner. Challenges of an instructor’s credibility shall be addressed through the Captain of the Training
  3. Officers attending in-service training shall wear appropriate clothing. Prior to in-service training, the Captain of the Training Division will announce the standards of
  4. During classroom presentations, all cell phones and electronic devices shall be on silent mode. If the device does not have this feature, it shall be turned off unless an emergency exists and the instructor has approved the device remaining turned on. Any form of personal electronic communication (i.e., texting, email, etc.) is prohibited while the instructor is presenting a class unless authorized by the instructor prior to the start of the
  5. The staff at the Training Division will prepare alternative in-service training for officers with occupational or non-occupational injuries that meet the medical
  6. An officer who violates TCOLE rules and regulations shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination. Ignorance of the regulations shall not be justification for violating the
    1. An officer whose peace officer license is suspended, revoked, surrendered, or fails to be renewed shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including
  1. The Chief of Police shall determine the duty status of an officer who fails to meet TCOLE standards or whose peace officer license is suspended, revoked, surrendered, or inactive for any

202.2             FIREARMS QUALIFICATION

A    Definitions

  1. Primary weapon – A weapon approved by the Chief of Police as an on-duty weapon. The weapon is carried in the uniform duty holster when the officer is in uniform. An officer may also carry this weapon while in plainclothes or off-duty.
  2. Back-up or Secondary Weapon – A back-up or secondary weapon is concealed and is carried in case the primary weapon fails mechanically or if control of the primary weapon is lost. Some weapons on the approved back-up list are approved for carry as primary weapons for plainclothes
  3. Off-duty Weapon – Any approved primary or back-up weapon is authorized for off-duty carry while carrying a weapon as a commissioned peace officer for the City of Fort Worth.
  4. Each sworn officer shall be required to qualify with their primary, back-up, and off-duty weapons at least once during every calendar year with additional qualifications as determined by the Chief of Police based on budgetary considerations. A sworn officer who fails to attempt to qualify, absent a documented medical limitation or an approved leave of absence, will be subject to disciplinary action. Once each calendar year, officers shall be required to qualify with the shotgun if their duty assignment provides for the use of a shotgun. If an officer has designated a personal shotgun or carbine for duty use, that shotgun or carbine must be fired for qualification. A firearms qualification schedule denoting the dates and times that qualifications are held shall be distributed bi-annually.
  5. The following shall apply to all
    1. Each officer must bring a weapon and The qualification scores are as follows:
      1. Handgun 85%
      2. Patrol carbine 90%
      3. Shotgun 80%
    2. Speed loaders are required for
    3. Three (3) magazines are required for all on duty, off duty, or backup auto pistols for qualification.
    4. Officers shall shoot with no warm-up or practice rounds and shall shoot duty rounds as part of the qualification
  6. The rangemaster shall generate a list of officers identified as having repeated problems during firearms qualification and ensure that the list is forwarded to the division commanders. The officer’s immediate supervisor shall schedule firearms retraining for the officer. Any officer who fails the uniform duty weapon qualification twice shall be scheduled for remedial
  7. Computerized records shall be maintained to record who has qualified and the weapons that were utilized during
  8. Officers in specialized units that utilize additional or specialized weapons shall qualify with those weapons as required by the unit’s standard operating procedures. In all cases, every officer in a specialized unit shall qualify at least once a year with every weapon an officer intends on using while on
  1. The course of fire is determined by the rangemaster and the Chief of Police in accordance with criteria established by the Texas Commission on Law
  2. The rangemaster shall be in control of all activities on the range and shall be considered the senior officer in
  3. Each supervisor has the responsibility to ensure their subordinates have successfully completed the required firearms training or remedial training in a timely
  4. If an employee notifies the department of medical reasons preventing the employee from qualifying, such reasons shall be forwarded to the department’s Medical Records Custodian and the Human Resources Coordinator. The officer shall be placed on light duty by the Medical Records Custodian while fitness for duty issues are addressed. In cases where no medical reason is offered for the repeated failure, any officer who fails to qualify after three

(3) attempts with the uniform duty weapon shall be subject to disciplinary action. Any  officer who fails to qualify after three (3) attempts with their back-up or secondary weapon shall not be allowed to carry the back-up or secondary weapon while in uniform either on or off duty.

  1. The rangemaster shall prepare an inter-office correspondence identifying any officer who fails after three (3) attempts to qualify on the department-approved course. The rangemaster shall forward the correspondence through the chain of command for review by the Chief of
  2. Officers out on medical leave or light duty during qualifications must qualify as soon as they are released to do so by their
  3. Each officer is provided 100 rounds of ammunition per month for

202.3             TRAINING FOR PERSONNEL

  1. Employees shall attend or complete all classes, tests and/or exercises required by the department at the designated time and place for which they are scheduled. Supervisors are responsible to monitor employee completion of required
  2. Officers on full medical leave for an occupational or non-occupational injury cannot be required to attend training until the officer is released to return to work with or without restrictions.

203.1           24-HOUR TIME

  1. Police department personnel shall use twenty-four (24) hour time for all radio communications and official police reports, including inter-office
  2. Twenty-four hour time is based on a 24-hour clock beginning with one (1) minute after midnight. Hours shall be listed as hundreds and minutes following the hour

203.2           CONVERTING TO/FROM DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME

  1. General Procedure
    1. Spring (Converting to Daylight Savings Time)

All divisions in the department, except those in the Patrol Bureau and Communications, whose work schedules are affected by converting to Daylight Savings Time, shall adjust their work schedules to prevent personnel from working less hours than their normal shift.

NOTE: To avoid overstaffing, it may be necessary to allow employees to use one (1) hour  of appropriate leave if they so desire.

  1. Fall (Converting From Daylight Savings Time)

All divisions in the department, except those in the Patrol Bureau and Communications, whose work schedules are affected by converting from Daylight Savings Time, but whose schedules cannot be adjusted without impacting operational effectiveness, shall pay all personnel overtime pay for all hours worked in excess of their normal work  shift.

  1. Patrol Bureau and Communications

All divisions in the Patrol Bureau and Communications whose work schedules are affected by converting to/from Daylight Savings Time shall adjust their work hours to prevent personnel from working more or less hours than their normal watch. Division captains/managers shall be responsible for informing all affected personnel of changes in work schedules, including reporting times, when time conversions occur.

204.1             DEFINITIONS

  1. The Accident Review Board is responsible for reviewing all police vehicle accidents or incidents for the purpose of determining all relevant facts relating to cause and a ruling of chargeable or non-chargeable.
    1. A vehicle accident is defined as any collision between any two (2) or more vehicles, a vehicle and an object, or a vehicle and a
    2. The accident review board coordinator is the Law Enforcement Driver Training (L.E.D.T.) Coordinator, a sworn officer assigned to the Training Academy. The equipment coordinator is a civilian employee assigned to the Fleet and Auto Pound Division.
    3. An incident is defined as any action other than a vehicle accident, resulting in damage to the police vehicle, or any other property damaged by the police vehicle. The supervisor having such damage reported shall complete form P106 and any necessary attachments concerning the damage and distribute as directed. The accident review board coordinator shall determine which incidents shall be reviewed by the Accident Review Board for a ruling of chargeable or non-chargeable, and preventable or non- preventable.
    4. The Accident Review Board may change an accident ruling to an incident, based on the totality of circumstances of the accident and only if minor damage or a natural event i.e., a tornado or hail has
  2. The Accident Review Board shall consist of one (1) lieutenant, who will serve as the chair, one (1) sergeant, one (1) corporal, and two (2) police
  3. Members of the board shall be briefed by the accident review board coordinator in the operational procedures of the board before being given the responsibility of reviewing accident/incident packets or serving as
  4. The chair shall be responsible for conducting the board meetings and ensuring that all aspects of the accident/incident cases are reviewed. It shall be the accident review board coordinator’s responsibility to prepare documentation relating to findings of the board on each accident/incident reviewed. Such documentation shall contain the board’s conclusions

and recommendation as to the classification of the accident, and evidence and explanations to support these findings.

  1. The accident review board coordinator shall be responsible for maintaining a records system on all decisions and recommendations of the board. The accident review board coordinator shall serve as the administrative aide for the Accident Review Board and shall:
    1. Attend all meetings as a non-voting
    2. Serve as liaison for the Accident Review
    3. Serve as liaison to the City of Fort Worth Occupational Health and Safety representative.
  2. The Equipment Coordinator is responsible for the administrative duties and shall:
    1. Ensure that board meetings are scheduled and all affected persons
    2. Inform affected employee when their accident will be reviewed and that, at their discretion, they may attend the
    3. Ensure that all information relating to the accident is available to board

204.2             FUNCTIONS

  1. The Accident Review Board shall meet monthly at a location, time, and date set by the accident review board coordinator. Members shall not be required to attend while off duty and no overtime shall be
  2. The Accident Review Board shall classify all accidents and incidents investigated for classification purposes as follows:
    1. Chargeable – the employee is found to be in violation of a traffic law or departmental regulation which is a contributory factor in the accident. Consideration will be given to whether the vehicle was being operated in such a way as to make reasonable allowances for prevailing road, weather, and traffic conditions, light variables, vehicle condition, driver condition, and the mistakes of others in an effort to avoid involvement in an accident. The Accident Review Board shall include the specific law violated by using the Texas Transportation Code, current city ordinance, and/or the police department regulations.
    2. Non-Chargeable – the employee is found not to be in violation of any traffic law, city ordinance, and/or departmental
    3. The Accident Review Board shall further classify accidents and incidents as:
      1. Non-Preventable – the employee has done everything reasonably expected to avoid the
      2. Preventable – the employee has failed to do everything reasonably expected to avoid the
    4. Damages to Vehicles:

Amount of damages shall be determined by the Fort Worth Equipment Services Division’s body shop supervisor and/or outside adjuster, if necessary. It shall be the responsibility of the reporting officer/supervisor to personally deliver the vehicle, if driveable, to the body shop immediately after any accident/incident. If the vehicle is not driveable, it will be towed to the body shop. The fleet manager or designee shall obtain damage estimates and repairs. Release of the vehicle will require the approval of the Fleet and Auto Pound Division and Equipment Services. The officer/supervisor shall notify the equipment coordinator and fleet manager by telephone of information pertaining to the accident/incident either upon arrival  at the body shop if during business hours or by the next working day if after business hours. When mechanical failure is suspected to be the cause of an accident/incident, the  supervisor

will be responsible to ensure that the vehicle is towed to the James Avenue service center and a written report is forwarded to Fleet and Auto Pound Division. An inspection shall be performed by Equipment Services and a written report confirming or denying the failure shall be submitted by Equipment Services through the proper channels. The equipment coordinator will place a copy of the report in the officer’s accident packet before  the Accident Review Board convenes for that specific case.

  1. Accident Review Board findings:
    1. In accidents in which an officer’s conduct makes it evident that the department’s safety rules and regulations have been intentionally disregarded, removal from driving status as well as other appropriate corrective action shall be considered as potential recommendation to the officer’s supervisor. Examples:
      1. Drinking; Illegal drug use; legal drug use without regard for the side effects of the medication.
      2. Irresponsible action – when it pertains to the lack of proper amounts of
      3. Misuse or destruction of police
      4. Failure to report an accident/incident.
      5. Misstatement of facts concerning an accident or
      6. When a competent medical opinion indicates that a physical or mental condition exists that would render an individual unsafe to operate a vehicle for the department.
      7. Flagrant disregard for the law, public safety, and the rules, regulations, and procedures contributing to an
    2. Copies of the board’s findings shall be forwarded by the accident review board coordinator within ten (10) days to:
      1. The affected officer’s immediate supervisor who shall review the board’s findings and forward a written report detailing any additional information, including any recommendations, that might be needed by the bureau assistant chief in making any disciplinary recommendation or procedural decision. A meeting will be conducted between the affected officer and the division captain/manager any time there is a recommendation for suspension. All documents shall be forwarded through the chain of command to the bureau assistant chief who shall make any necessary formal disciplinary
      2. All documents will be forwarded to Internal Affairs for
    3. Accident determinations shall not be finalized until the board’s findings have been passed through the chain of command and all recommendations presented to the Chief of
      1. If the deputy chief or division manager of the affected employee does not agree with the conclusion of the board, they can have the matter reconsidered by a request through the Assistant
    4. If there is a contention or suspicion of mechanical failure, final decision of that failure shall be determined only after a careful review by the Fort Worth Equipment Services supervisor and the police department equipment
  2. The Accident Review Board Coordinator shall be responsible for the preparation of an annual analysis of all accidents and shall make the report available to the members of the Accident Review Board and the assistant

205.01    COMMUNICATION GUIDELINES

  1. An open exchange of information between all levels of the organization is important to performing the mission of the police
  2. Due to the size and complexity of the department, employees shall operate within their chains of command and keep their supervisors informed as to their activities. An employee shall not bypass their supervisor or an acting supervisor for misconduct investigations, administrative issues, personnel issues, or personal
    1. If an employee finds it uncomfortable to report an issue to their immediate supervisor, the employee may report the issue to any ascending-level supervisor in their chain of command, the police chaplain, Internal Affairs, Police Employment Services or Human Resources. If appropriate, the person receiving the information shall immediately report the matter to the appropriate assistant chief or the Chief of
  3. In exigent circumstances only, such as a time-sensitive situation, an employee may circumvent the chain of command and contact the Chief of Police’s office to request an appointment. Employees who bypass the chain of command out of necessity have a responsibility to keep their supervisors informed of their activities at the earliest opportunity unless instructed to do otherwise by Internal Affairs or a member of the command

206.1             INTERPRETING SERVICE FOR DEAF/HARD OF HEARING CITIZENS

The Fort Worth Police Department will furnish appropriate auxiliary aids and services whenever necessary to ensure effective communication with deaf and hard of hearing individuals.

  1. When an auxiliary aid or service is required to ensure effective communication, the officer must provide an opportunity for deaf or hard of hearing individuals to request the auxiliary aids and services of their choice and must give primary consideration to the choice expressed by the individual. American Sign Language (ASL) is a separate and distinct language from spoken English. Some deaf or hard of hearing citizens who communicate using ASL cannot read/write or understand English. This may hamper communication through the use of a note
    1. Auxiliary aids and services include qualified interpreters, written materials, note pads, and other effective methods of making aurally delivered materials available to deaf or hard of hearing individuals. A qualified interpreter means an interpreter for the deaf who holds a current Reverse Skills Certificate, Comprehensive Skills Certificate, Master’s Comprehensive Skills Certificate, or Legal Skills Certificate issued by the National Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf or a current Level III, IV, or V Certificate issued by the Board for Evaluation of
    2. Primary consideration means that the officer must honor the deaf or hard of hearing individual’s choice, unless the officer can show that another equally effective means of communication is available, or that use of the means chosen would result in a fundamental alteration in the service, program, or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. Such considerations should be documented in the incident report.
  1. This order addresses only those situations where an officer, after consulting with the deaf or hard of hearing individual, determines that the services of a qualified interpreter are necessary to ensure effective
  1. Arrested Person

If an individual without a hearing impairment would have been arrested on probable cause without an interview, then a deaf or hard of hearing suspect in the same situation does not need to be provided with a qualified interpreter. However, a qualified interpreter shall be required if an officer is unable to convey to the suspect the nature of the criminal charges by communicating on a note pad or by using another means of communication.

  1. If an officer needs to interview a deaf or hard of hearing suspect to determine if there is probable cause to make an arrest, a qualified interpreter must be provided if written communication is ineffective or if the suspect requests an
  2. If an officer cannot effectively inform an arrestee of the Miranda warnings without the use of an interpreter, then the officer must secure the services of a qualified interpreter in order to communicate accurately the warnings to the arrestee prior to any interrogation. An officer seeking to interrogate a deaf or hard of hearing arrestee must obtain the services of a qualified interpreter prior to any
  3. If exigent circumstances, such as victim safety, do not permit a delay in the interrogation of the arrestee, if an interpreter cannot be located within a reasonable period of time, or if the arrestee specifically declines the opportunity to communicate through an interpreter, the officer may proceed with the interrogation by using a note pad. However, at any time the written communication becomes ineffective for the officer or the deaf or hard of hearing arrestee because the facts are complex or the arrestee chooses to discontinue the interrogation, the officer must discontinue the interrogation and wait until a qualified interpreter is present before continuing the interrogation.
  1. Traffic Violations

If an individual without a hearing impairment would have been issued a traffic citation without being questioned by the officer, then a deaf or hard of hearing traffic violator in the same situation does not need to be provided with a qualified interpreter. Officers must be able to clearly articulate that another equally effective means of communication is available, or that use of the qualified interpreter would result in a fundamental alteration in the service, program, or activity or undue administrative burdens.

  1. However, if the officer is unable to convey to the violator the nature of the infraction by communicating on a note pad or by using another means of communication, then the officer should use their discretion whether to request a qualified interpreter come to the scene or release the
  1. Victim or Witness

If an officer is able to effectively communicate with a victim or witness by writing questions on a note pad and having the deaf or hard of hearing victim or witness write their responses, then the officer may proceed with the interview using a note pad. However, if the officer is unable to effectively communicate with a victim or witness by using a note pad or some other means of communication other than a qualified interpreter, then the officer must provide the victim or witness with a qualified interpreter. If the officer cannot wait until a qualified interpreter arrives because the officer has to respond to another more urgent call, the officer may:

  1. If the safety of the victim or witness would not be jeopardized, have a qualified interpreter dispatched to the victim’s or witness’ location and request the interpreter contact the Communications Division to notify the officer to return to the location. If a qualified interpreter is unable to respond or if the officer cannot return to the scene, the officer must document their investigation as completely as possible and file the appropriate report; or
  2. When an investigator will not be interviewing the deaf or hard of hearing victim or witness, ask the victim or witness to come voluntarily to the division location when a qualified interpreter is available. If the qualified interpreter is unable to respond or if the officer cannot return to the division, the officer must document their investigation as completely as possible and file the appropriate report: or
  3. If an investigator will be interviewing the deaf or hard of hearing victim or witness, the officer will note in the report that the officer was unable to effectively communicate with the victim or witness and an interpreter will be necessary. The investigator will contact the victim or witness and make the appropriate arrangements for an interpreter to be present during the
  1. All identifying information on the interpreter must be included in a report. All written questions and responses between and among police officers and deaf or hard of hearing persons must be treated as evidence. The officer shall write the offense number, date, time, and total number of pages on each page of
  2. When an interpreter is requested or when an officer is unable to effectively communicate with a deaf or hard of hearing person, the officer shall contact the Police Communications Division and request interpreter

206.2             LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY

The Fort Worth Police Department shall not discriminate against or deny any individual access  to services, rights or programs based upon national origin or any other protected interest or right. The department will make every reasonable effort to provide meaningful and timely assistance to Limited English Proficiency (LEP) individuals through a variety of services, where available.

  1. Definitions
    1. Limited English Proficiency (LEP) – Designates individuals whose primary language is not English and who have a limited ability to read, write, speak or understand English. LEP individuals may be competent in certain types of communication (e.g., speaking or understanding), but still be LEP for other purposes such as reading or writing. Similarly, LEP designations are context specific – an individual may possess sufficient English skills to function in one setting, but these skills may be insufficient in other
    2. Interpretation – The act of listening to a communication in one language and orally converting it to another language while retaining the same
    3. Translation – The replacement of written text from one language into an equivalent written text of another
    4. Bilingual – The ability to communicate in two languages fluently, including the ability to communicate technical and law enforcement
    5. Bilingual Interpreter – An employee who is bilingual and has successfully completed the City of Fort Worth bilingual testing and is authorized to act as an interpreter or translator.
  1. Calls to Communications or Data Reporting Unit
    1. When a calltaker receives a call and determines that the caller is a LEP individual the calltaker should quickly determine whether sufficient information can be obtained to initiate an appropriate response. If language assistance is needed and the language is known, the calltaker should immediately transfer the LEP caller to an available authorized interpreter to handle the
    2. If an appropriate authorized interpreter is not available, the calltaker will promptly contact the contracted telephonic interpretation service directly for assistance in completing the
    3. Dispatchers will make every reasonable effort to dispatch a bilingual officer to the assignment, if
  2. Field Response

In situations where the officer is not investigating or enforcing the law and believes an individual does not understand, the officer may attempt to communicate with other options such as signs and gestures, or using others at the scene to attempt to communicate with the individual.

  1. Except for exigent or non-confrontational circumstances, the use of a LEP individual’s bilingual friends or family members is generally not recommended. The officer will make a case-by-case determination on the appropriateness of using friends or family members.
  2. If the officer cannot communicate effectively with the individual, the officer will contact Communications for
  3. The officer will assess each contact such as traffic stops, pedestrian stops, serving warrants, crowd/traffic control and other routine field contacts to determine the need and availability for translation services to all involved LEP individuals and utilize the methods outlined in this policy to provide appropriate language
  4. It is important that officers effectively communicate the reason for a contact, the need for information and the meaning or consequences of any enforcement action taken with a LEP
  5. Whenever any employee is required to complete a report or other documentation and interpretation or translation services are provided to any involved LEP individual such services should be noted in the related
  1. Custodial Interrogations and Investigations
    1. In an effort to ensure the rights of LEP individuals are protected during arrest and custodial interrogation, a high priority is placed on providing competent interpretation during such situations. Since miscommunication during custodial interrogations may have a substantial impact on the evidence presented in any related criminal prosecution, employees providing interpretation services or translated forms in these situations will have demonstrated competence in interpretation/translation and make every reasonable effort to accurately interpret/translate all communications with LEP
    2. In order to ensure that translations or interpretations during criminal investigations are documented accurately and admissible as evidence, audio recordings of interrogations, victim interviews and witness interviews, including any eyewitness identification procedures, should be used whenever reasonably
    3. Employees utilized for LEP services need not be certified as interpreters, but must have demonstrated a level of competence to ascertain whether the employee’s language skills are best suited to monolingual communications, interpretation, translation or all or none

of these functions. When bilingual employees of this department are not available, employees from other city departments who have the requisite training or Communications may be requested to assist.

  1. Departmental Response

The police department will continue to determine which measures will provide reasonable access to various rights, obligations, services, and programs to all individuals within this jurisdiction. These methods may include:

  1. Written forms and pamphlets which are available in the languages most likely to be requested.
  2. Contract Interpreter
  3. Community volunteers and
  4. Training in basic language skills that will be frequently encountered in the
  5. Access by LEP individuals to the department for complaints regarding discharge of departmental

207.1             RIDE-IN REQUESTS

The goal of the Ride-In Program is to provide citizens the opportunity to observe patrol operations in an informative and safe environment. The guidelines in this section will assist in ensuring safety, protecting law enforcement procedures, and reducing the volume of ride-in requests.

  1. General
    1. All inquiries for requests concerning a ride-in shall be directed to the appropriate patrol division. Final authorization to participate in a ride-in rests solely with the patrol lieutenant working on the date and shift the ride-in occurs, unless prior written approval has been granted by a captain or above. No officer shall allow a ride-in participant to accompany them unless prior approval has been obtained. No officer, including supervisors of any rank, may approve their own ride-ins.
    2. The patrol lieutenant or their designee shall:
      1. Generally require 72 hours advance notice to facilitate scheduling and the criminal history and warrant checks. However, short notice requests shall be reviewed on an individual
      2. Conduct a criminal history and a warrant check on the potential ride-in participant each time a ride-in is requested,
        • Criminal history checks will be accomplished through the Criminal Investigation Unit (CIU) where the ride-in will occur and through the Police Information Center (PIC).
        • If the person has a criminal history including a final conviction of a class B misdemeanor or higher the person will be prohibited in participating in the program.
        • Any person with an outstanding warrant shall be handled as required by
      3. Personally interview each potential ride-in participant prior to the time of the ride- in, making certain the person’s physical and/or mental condition shall not impede the officer’s
      4. Ensure that each ride-in participant is at least 16 years of
  1. Ensure that the waiver form is completed and signed prior to the ride-in. Waivers will be effective for one year from the date of the first ride-in and will be completed by:
    • Each person who will ride-in;
    • The police officer involved;
    • A parent or the guardian of the ride-in, if the ride-in participant is under 18 years of age; and
    • The on-duty
  2. Issue and review with each ride-in participant a written list of
  3. Enter into the authorized electronic database all signed waivers and complete the information pertaining to ride-in date, patrol division, and whether the potential ride-in participant was denied permission to ride-in. Any ride-in prohibited from participating will be listed in the database with the reason for the
    • A hard copy of the waiver form with the participant’s signature and their driver’s license will be scanned as a PDF and emailed to the employee assigned to input waivers into the system. Once received, the employee will rename the file to the participant’s
    • Once the file has been renamed it shall be uploaded to the specified database located on the internal police website (fwpd/portal) for storage until the records retention period has expired. Data Management will purge the file only after City Records Management has reviewed the files and determined the file can be deleted, but in no case prior to the end of two
  4. Keep an adequate supply of all forms and ride-in participant instructions pertaining to the

207.2             RIDE-IN REQUIREMENTS

Ride-in assignments shall be made by the division commander or designee and governed by the following provisions:

  1. Ride-in participation shall be limited to:
    1. City of Fort Worth employees, if authorized by their
    2. Police support and service groups such as Clergy and Police Alliance, Ministers Against Crime, Explorers, and Code Blue
    3. Professors or students enrolled in a criminal justice program from an institute of higher learning with proof of current
    4. Employees of the police
      1. Employees in the scope of their employment with the police department shall not be restricted by the number of ride-ins, number of shifts or the selected patrol division.
      2. Employees shall not be required to sign a waiver if participating in the ride-in is work-related or at the request of their
    5. Police
    6. Sworn personnel from other
    7. Military
    8. Individuals referred by the Chief of Police’s office, Mayor’s office, or City Manager’s office.
    9. Prosecutors from the Tarrant County District Attorney’s
  1. For safety and professional reasons, family members of and those in personal relationships with officers shall not be permitted to ride-in with the officer to whom they are related or with whom they are in a personal relationship. Persons meeting this criterion may ride-in with another officer that is not on the same radio channel as the relevant
    1. If a family member or a person with a personal relationship to the officer meets all the other requirements for a ride-in stated in this order, there is no prohibition to that person riding in with another officer in the same zone and shift when the related officer is off
    2. For the purposes of this procedure, family is defined as the employee’s wife, husband, mother, father, brother, sister, son, daughter, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, grandson, granddaughter, stepmother, stepfather, stepson, stepsister, stepbrother, stepdaughter, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, grandmother and grandfather, and grandmother-in-law and grandfather-in-law. In addition, godchildren, foster children and other such persons with an emotional connection to the officer shall be included in the definition of
    3. For purposes of this procedure, a personal relationship means a sexual, romantic, or dating relationship or any interpersonal relationship or social activity in which there is a real or potential non-platonic interest between the officer and the person requesting the ride-in.
  2. For the safety of the ride-in participant and keeping with a professional image, the following dress code will be enforced:
    1. Business casual attire which shall include, but not limited to, traditional dress shirts, knit shirts with placket and collar, sweaters, and slacks or dress jeans. Foot wear should be conservative and comfortable. Sworn personnel from other jurisdictions and military personnel will be requested to dress in business casual and not wear their
    2. Inappropriate attire shall include:
      1. Shorts or cut-off jeans,
      2. Tank tops or halter tops,
      3. Clothing bearing any sign or symbol that advertises any product, business, or organization. An exception is the logo shirts worn by the police support or service groups,
      4. Clothing with offensive designs, logos, slogans, letters, or fit,
      5. Flip flops, open or slide-on sandals,
      6. Clothing intentionally provocative or
    3. Ride-ins shall be limited to the Patrol Divisions and Traffic Division with uniformed officers only.
    4. Only one (1) ride-in participant per patrol
    5. Participants are limited to only two (2) ride-ins annually and each ride-in must be in a different patrol division, unless approved by a captain or above.
    6. Ride-ins shall be limited in duration to one (1) shift and shall remain with their assigned unit until the end of that shift at which time the ride-in shall be
    7. The officer may terminate the ride-in prior to the end of the shift:
      1. For legitimate reasons subject to the approval of the patrol or traffic lieutenant which may include, but not be limited to:
        1. Ride-in participant is inappropriately dressed or
        2. Staffing levels are not
  1. Inappropriate
  2. Alcohol consumption prior to or during the ride-in.
  3. The ride-in participant is armed with any weapon or firearm, even if they have a concealed handgun
  4. Police activity may be
  1. If the ride-in participant becomes ill or
  2. If the ride-in participant requests such
  1. Ride-in participants under 18 years of age shall be limited to the first shift except for Explorers as noted in General Order 04(B).

207.3             SPECIAL PROVISIONS

  1. Any ride-in participant who fails to fully cooperate with any police officer or otherwise interferes with an officer’s performance of duties shall be taken immediately to the appropriate division headquarters. The ride-in shall be terminated and all future requests to participate in a ride-in shall be denied. When a ride-in has been terminated, the information will be included in the
  2. A patrol or traffic lieutenant or on-duty supervisor may refuse to grant ride-in authorization to anyone and may modify any provision of this order, except the use and retention of the waiver form, if it is in the best interest of the
  3. If either A or B occurs, an inter-office correspondence shall be forwarded to the appropriate deputy chief explaining and/or justifying such
  4. The use by the ride-in participant of audio and/or video recording devices, including but not limited to cell phone or tablet cameras/video, during the duration of the ride-in is prohibited unless prior authorization is received from the Public Relations
  5. A ride-in participant’s primary function is to observe. Ride-in participants shall not leave the police vehicle unless:
    1. The assigned officer or a police supervisor personally advises the ride-in participant that the scene is secure, or
    2. The police vehicle location becomes
      1. The officer should direct the ride-in participant to a safe location. The ride-in participant shall remain at the location until advised the scene is secure. When reasonably possible, the ride-in participant should use a cell phone or find the nearest telephone and dial 911 to request the location be forwarded to their assigned officer if the location is unknown to the
      2. If the situation is life threatening and the officer is unable to request assistance, the ride-in participant should find the nearest telephone and dial
    3. Ride-in participants on the scene of a police emergency shall avoid any involvement with police
  6. Officers with a ride-in participant shall not join in a pursuit nor shall the officer leave the ride-in participant at a location for the purpose of joining in a pursuit or responding to a call. Officers with a ride-in participant will not initiate a pursuit unless the circumstances suggest a greater harm to others if the pursuit is not initiated and a supervisor authorizes the pursuit; however, the officer shall immediately request another unit take over the pursuit. When another unit assumes responsibility for the pursuit, the initiating officer with the ride-in participant shall disengage immediately from the

207.4             EXPLORER POST RIDE-INS

  1. Explorer Post members shall follow the following procedure for ride-ins.
    1. Explorer member waivers shall be signed and on file prior to participating in the ride-in program. Waivers need only be completed once and the civilian waiver form is not required for Explorer
    2. Explorers may ride one time in plainclothes, with all subsequent ride-ins being in uniform.
  2. Explorers ride-in age requirements:
    1. First shift, 15 to 21 years
    2. Second shift, 16 to 21 years
    3. Third shift, 18 to 21 years
  3. No explorer may participate in the civilian ride-in program while a member of the Explorer Post.
  4. Explorers are observers only and the following rules shall be adhered to during the ride-in. The Explorer:
    1. Shall not interview any complainant, witness, suspect, or arrested
    2. Shall not carry any type of defensive weapon or
    3. Shall not chase, detain, or arrest
    4. Must remain in the police vehicle during “priority one” calls until the situation is stabilized.
    5. Shall not drive any vehicle during the ride-in.
    6. Shall not be permitted to enter a location in which the strong potential exists that an altercation with police may occur, nor shall they be permitted in any way to engage in any police
  5. During a ride-in, any Explorer who fails to fully cooperate with any police officer shall be taken immediately to the appropriate division headquarters and the ride-in will be terminated. The officer shall forward an inter-office correspondence explaining the incident to the Explorer Program Coordinator for consideration of disciplinary action against the Explorer.

208.1             COLLECTION AND EXCHANGE OF INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION

  1. Criminal intelligence information is defined as information that anticipates crime; it is data compiled to anticipate, prevent, or monitor possible criminal activities and potential criminal acts of
  2. Criminal intelligence information concerning an individual shall be collected and maintained only if it is reasonably suspected that the individual is involved in criminal activity and that the information is relative to the criminal
  3. No records shall be maintained or collected about political, religious, or social views, association or activities of any individual group, association, corporation, business or partnership unless such information directly relates to an investigation of criminal activities, and there are reasonable grounds to suspect that the subject of the information is or may be involved in criminal
  4. No information which has been obtained in violation of any applicable federal, state, or local law or ordinance shall be included in any intelligence
  1. Intelligence information shall be disseminated only where there is a need to know and a right to know the information in connection with the performance of a law enforcement activity. A criminal justice official requesting access to an intelligence file must establish that the official is conducting an investigation pursuant to official duties and that the information is needed in connection with the
  2. Intelligence information shall be disseminated only to other law enforcement authorities who shall agree to follow the procedures regarding data-entry maintenance, security, and disseminations which are consistent with these standards. However, when necessary to avoid imminent danger to life or property, criminal intelligence information may be disseminated to a government official or to any

208.2             MAINTAINING CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE DATA

  1. All investigative divisions maintaining criminal intelligence data shall adopt administrative, technical, and physical safeguards, including audit trails, to ensure against unauthorized access and against intentional or unintentional damage. A written record indicating who has been given data, reason for release, and date of each dissemination outside the agency is to be kept. Information shall be labeled to indicate levels of sensitivity, levels of confidence, and the identity of control agencies and
  2. Periodic review shall be made no less than every two (2) years by the division captain to ensure that all information which is retained has relevancy and importance. Any information retained beyond two (2) years shall reflect name of reviewer, date of review, and explanation of decision to retain. Any information which is misleading, obsolete, or otherwise unreliable must be destroyed and recipient agencies advised of such
  3. Assurances shall be made that there shall be no harassment or interference with any lawful political activities as a consequence of any intelligence
  4. Sanctions shall be adopted to control unauthorized access, utilization, or disclosure of information contained in the

208.3             INTERCEPTIONS OF WIRE AND/OR ORAL COMMUNICATIONS

  1. Definitions
    1. An oral communication is verbal dialogue uttered by a group of persons or one person to
    2. A wire communication is a communication, or exchange of information, made in whole or in part through the use of facilities for the transmission of communication by the aid of wire, cable, or other like connections between the point of origin and the point of reception. Telecommunications via microwave radio signals shall be defined as wire communications.
    3. A non-consensual interception is the aural acquisition of the contents, in whole or in part, of an oral or wire communication, by means of electronic, mechanical, digital, or any other similar device, without the knowledge and consent of one or more parties to the
    4. A consensual interception is the aural acquisition of the contents of an oral or wire communication, by means of electronic, mechanical, digital, or any other similar device with the consent of one or more parties to the
    5. A surreptitious interception is the aural acquisition of the contents of an oral or wire communication without the knowledge of the interception by all parties to the communication.
  1. Interception and Disclosure of Oral and/or Wire Communications
    1. Employees shall not conduct non-consensual interceptions or disclosures of any wire or oral communication unless such act is done in strict compliance with the provisions of the Texas Penal Code, Chapter 16; Texas Code of Criminal Procedure, Chapter 18, Article 20; or Title III, 18. United States Code, 2510-2520 (1970).
    2. Employees of the Fort Worth Police Department shall not possess or use privately- owned electronic, mechanical, digital, or similar devices which are specifically designed, made, or adapted for the non-consensual interception of wire or oral communications, if the possession of said equipment would be in violation of applicable Federal or State
    3. Employees shall not conduct any consensual and/or surreptitious interception of any oral or wire communication unless it is done under color of law and as a part of any official departmental investigation, and then only with the specific approval of the employee’s division
    4. Unless otherwise authorized as part of an official investigation and in accordance with Section (B)(5) employees shall not covertly record the conversation of another employee, including a supervisor or officer of a higher rank. Recordings are permitted if all parties have knowledge of the recording, have agreed to the recording, all persons present are named at the beginning of the recording, and the recording device is openly displayed. This provision does not apply to criminal or administrative investigations including recording from equipped departmental vehicles or on-person digital recording devices with audio and/or visual capabilities. An employee is prohibited from divulging the recording to anyone if obtained
    5. Any interception or recording of a subordinate deemed necessary by a superior officer shall be conducted within the guidelines of this order. Prior to the recording of communication with a subordinate, the superior officer’s immediate supervisor shall, without delay, be informed of the situation in writing, along with an explanation of the need to intercept or record the subordinate’s
    6. The recording of radio transmissions, telephone calls, and accumulation of Mobile Data Terminal communications, through the use of departmental equipment, shall be considered consensual, non-surreptitious interception. Warning notices will be posted at all entrances into offices where telephone calls are recorded, except when a telephone is recorded as part of an official investigation as provided for in General Order 208.03(B)(3).
  2. Disciplinary Interview
    1. Interview of officers against whom allegations of misconduct have been made or those upon whom allegations are focused shall, if recorded, be done in compliance with General Order 419.01 C (14).

208.4             MOBILE TRACKING DEVICES

 

 

209.1             RIGHTS OF CRIME VICTIMS

  1. Article 56 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure enunciates the rights of crime victims during their dealings with the criminal justice system. Crime victims’ rights during their contact with the police department include the right to:
    1. Have your safety, and that of your family, taken into consideration when bail is being considered.
    2. Information about procedures in criminal investigations and in the criminal justice system.
    3. Receive information about the Texas Crime Victims’ Compensation fund that provides financial assistance to victims of violent crime and referral to available social service agencies that may offer additional
    4. Have the law enforcement agency that requests a medical examination of a victim of an alleged sexual assault pay all costs of the examination
    5. Prompt return of any property that is no longer needed as
    6. Counseling, on request, regarding AIDS and HIV infection and testing for AIDS and HIV- related infections, if the offense is a sexual offense or sexual

209.2             VICTIM ASSISTANCE SECTION

  1. The victim assistance coordinator reports to the captain over the Criminal Investigations Division. The Victim Assistance Section shall perform the duties required under Chapter 56 of the Texas Code of Criminal
  2. All police employees shall answer inquiries from citizens concerning the rights of crime victims. If a police employee does not know the answer to an inquiry, the person inquiring shall be referred to a staff member of the Victim Assistance
  3. Victim Assistance personnel provide services to all victims of violent crime that may include, but is not limited to, the offenses of homicide, sexual assault, kidnapping, robbery, family violence, and assaults. Other services can be provided to juvenile witnesses of crime or traumatic incidents, suicides, or any other incidents where referrals are necessary to social service

209.3             NOTIFICATION OF VICTIMS

  1. For the purpose of Chapter 56 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure, at the initial contact or at the earliest possible time after the initial contact between the victim of a reported crime and the department, if the Fort Worth Police Department would have the responsibility for investigating that crime, the department shall provide the victim a written notice containing:
  1. Information about the availability of emergency and medical services, if applicable;
  2. Notice that the victim has the right to receive information regarding compensation to victims of crime as provided by Subchapter B, Chapter 56, including information about:
    1. The costs that may be compensated under that Act and the amount of compensation, eligibility for compensation, and procedures for application for compensation under that Act;
    2. The payment for a medical examination for a victim of a sexual assault under Article 56.06 of this code; and
    3. Referral to available social service agencies that may offer additional
  3. The name, address, and phone number of the victim assistance coordinator;
  4. The address, phone number, and name of the crime victim assistance coordinator of the Tarrant County District Attorney’s Office;
  5. The following statement: “You may call the law enforcement agency’s telephone number for the status of the case and information about victims’ rights”; and,
  6. The rights of crime victims under Article 56.02 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure.
  1. At the same time the department provides notice under Subsection (a), the department shall provide, if the department possesses the relevant information, a referral to a sexual assault program as defined by Section 420.003, of the Texas Government Code, and a written description of the services provided by that
  2. If responding reference to a family violence offense, the officer responsible for making the initial offense report shall give the victim resource page of the family violence packet to the victim or guardian of a victim. The officer shall state in the narrative of the offense report whether or not the victim resource page was given provided on

209.4             FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATION OF VICTIMS

  1. Victim Assistance Section personnel shall read each offense report and process the proper letter of notification based on the information in the report. The letter and a Crime Victim Compensation application, when applicable, shall be mailed to each
  2. The Victim Assistance Section shall conduct a follow-up, by phone or in person, with victims as deemed necessary and follow-up on all requests from law enforcement
  3. Victim Assistance personnel will serve as liaisons and assist with filing for Crime Victim Compensation

210.1             CITY-WIDE PURCHASING GUIDELINES

  1. Please refer to The City of Fort Worth Finance Directive: Purchasing found on the CFWnet under the Financial Management Services Department which outlines the general guidelines, requirements and procedures for purchasing goods and services for the City of Fort Worth. Additionally, the Texas Local Government Code confirms the spending limits that are authorized and outlined herein, and serve as a basis for The City of Fort Worth Finance Directive 15.

210.2             DEPARTMENTAL PURCHASING GUIDELINES

  1. The monitoring and approval of purchasing goods and services shall be the responsibility of the Budget and Finance Section of the Administrative Support Command and questions in this order should be directed to the Fiscal Manager or
  2. Purchase Requirements
    1. Departmental personnel are not required to complete a Purchase Authorization Form (PAF) in advance of any purchases under $3,000; however, the bureau or division may require an inter-office correspondence (IOC) in advance of the
    2. All departmental personnel must complete a Purchase Authorization Form (PAF) request in advance of any purchases that exceed $3,000. Additional documentation may be required by the bureau or the
      1. Bid solicitations are required for most purchases in excess of $3,000. Please refer to The City of Fort Worth Finance Directive 15 for  specific  directions,  including  the requirement to offer Minority and Woman-Owned Businesses (MWBE) the opportunity to provide a
    3. All purchase requests must be forwarded through the chain of command for consideration, and if approved, all PAFs should be forwarded to the Finance
    4. When emergency purchases are necessary prior to completion of these required steps, an inter-office correspondence of explanation should be directed to the Fiscal Manager or designee for audit reference within 24 hours of the
    5. Under no circumstances shall purchases be made in excess of $49,999 without a Mayor and Council Communication (M&C) being submitted and approved by the City Council, unless the purchase is being made in connection with an existing annual agreement for which an M&C has already been approved or an active city secretary
    6. Police personnel who are authorized to use a City of Fort Worth procurement card are responsible for forwarding receipts to the Finance Unit within three (3) business days of purchases. When documentation is not available or is missing, departmental cardholders are required to document those circumstances on an inter-office correspondence to be sent up their chain of command and routed to the Fiscal Manager or designee for audit
      1. Cardholders will include the following on the procurement card receipt or on a piece of paper to which the receipt is attached: the name of the cardholder, the Fund Account Center (FAC) to which the purchase should be charged, the item/service purchased, and the reason for the
    7. The Fiscal Manager or designee shall be contacted to secure, renew or cancel annual purchasing agreements; obtain, replace or cancel a City of Fort Worth procurement card; and to address other purchasing questions or concerns. Issues concerning existing or new city secretary contracts should be referred to the Program Support

210.3             GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR USE OF CITY PROCUREMENT (CREDIT) CARDS

  1. Procurement cardholders are responsible for all charges on their card including any and all charges made by individuals given permission to use the card by the
  2. All receipts should be turned in on a daily or timely basis to the Budget and Finance Section. The only exception is for the ranks above captain, including the Chief of Police, who submit their receipts to their administrative support personnel who act as their department coordinators for the billing
  1. Failure to submit appropriate documentation of procurement card transactions in a timely manner may result in the department requiring the employee to reimburse the City for the undocumented expenses or the loss of procurement card
  2. The Budget and Finance Section will complete a bi-weekly procurement card billing reconciliation report and submit all procurement card receipts to the Finance Department within four (4) days of receipt of the reconciliation
  3. If a procurement card is lost or stolen, an offense report will be generated and the Fiscal Manager or designee shall be notified

210.4             EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY REQUESTS

  1. Ongoing equipment and facility requests should be submitted during the annual needs assessment
  2. Unscheduled or more immediate needs that occur outside that cycle should be outlined on an inter-office correspondence unless an emergency precludes this
    1. In that event, an inter-office correspondence of explanation should be sent to the Fiscal Manager or designee within twenty-four (24) hours of the purchase or
  3. Ongoing or routine requests for repairs/modifications to existing city facilities should be outlined on a Building Project Request (BPR)
    1. In all non-emergency instances, requests must be routed through the chain of command, and if authorized, the request should be forwarded to the Fiscal Manager or
    2. Finance Unit personnel will review the requests, confirm or identify funding options, prioritize and coordinate requests with respective parties including Transportation and Public Works (TPW).

210.5             DEPARTMENT USE OF PROPERTY

  1. This General Order applies to:
    1. Property that has been forfeited to the Police Department under Chapter 59 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (referred to as “awarded”, “seized”, “forfeited” or “confiscated” property),
    2. Disposition of abandoned, stolen, or recovered property under Chapter 27, Article III of the City Code (referred to as “abandoned”, “stolen” or “recovered” property) and
    3. Property that has been abandoned, unclaimed or seized under Chapter 18 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (referred to as “abandoned”, “unclaimed” or “seized.”)
  2. Employees are prohibited from using property subject to this General Order for personal
  3. A list of usable equipment that is identified by the Property Room or Auto Pound supervisors shall be sent to the ranks above captain for consideration for departmental
  4. Computer equipment will be evaluated by Data Management for suitability and inventory. Data Management will be notified by either the unit requesting the equipment or by the Property Room staff for the evaluation. Once completed, Data Management will generate and attach an IOC to the property documentation indicating concurrence.
  5. All ranks above captain shall ensure compliance with this General
    1. The concerned bureau or division shall submit all property subject to this General Order to the Property
    2. Such property shall be disposed of in accordance with the department’s rules and regulations. See F and G of this General Order for firearms and
  1. A person requesting use of property must provide a complete justification on a Request for Property to be Assigned to the FWPD for Official Use form (FWPD-144).
  2. The requestor shall obtain a written statement from the Property Room Supervisor, that has been reviewed and initialed by the Property/Records Management Division Manager, detailing the court order or the steps that have been taken to locate the owner of the property. The statement shall be attached to the request along with all copies of the form and submitted through the requestor’s chain of command. The Property Room Supervisor shall place a hold on the requested property pending approval for departmental
  3. At each command level, concurrence shall be indicated with a signature in the appropriate space. If at any point, the request is denied, it shall be noted on the form and returned to the requestor. A copy shall be forwarded to the Property Room Supervisor so they can release the property for use by another operating unit if
  4. If approved through the Chief of Police or designee, the form shall be returned to the Property Room Supervisor who is responsible for seeking approval from the purchasing agent of the City of Fort Worth for abandoned/stolen/recovered property. Upon final approval, the Property Room Supervisor will distribute copies of the form as appropriate and contact the requestor to retrieve the
  5. Unless special approval, in writing, is obtained from the Chief of Police or designee, no property shall be released before formal approval from the purchasing agent is
  6. If any property is judged as too costly to maintain, or is unsuitable for use, the bureau or division currently accountable for its use shall be responsible for its withdrawal from inventory and delivery to the Property Room Supervisor for disposal. The Property Room Supervisor is responsible for documenting the return and disposal of property. The Property Room Supervisor is also responsible for reviewing the list of assigned property on an annual basis to confirm that it is still in use as
  1. To manage firearms subject to this General Order:
    1. All firearms shall be submitted by the bureau or division concerned to the Property Room, until disposed of by release, assignment, or
    2. A list of all firearms awarded by the courts to the department shall be forwarded by the bureau or division concerned after final disposition, as needed, to the rangemaster through the Police Training
    3. A recommendation by the rangemaster concerning those firearms selected for serviceability and potential cost effectiveness, if retained for departmental use, shall be sent to the deputy chiefs. The recommendation shall include all weapons under consideration.
    4. Any requests for distribution of the firearms shall be made by a deputy chief based upon need. These requests shall be sent to the Police Training
    5. Recommendation of the rangemaster and requests from ranks above captain for distribution of the firearms shall be sent to the Chief of Police by the Police Training Division
    6. The Chief of Police or designee shall make the final decision as to where any firearms requested for departmental use shall best serve the department. Notification of the decision of the Chief of Police shall be sent with the final distribution list to the Police Training Division.
    7. After authorization, the rangemaster shall take custody of the firearms. After being placed on the department’s inventory, the firearms shall be assigned as
  1. If any firearm is judged as too costly to maintain or is found unsuitable for use after assignment, it shall be returned to the Police Training Division for inventory withdrawal and submission to the Property Room for reassignment of
  2. A firearm may be requested for the Crime Lab collection for ballistic comparisons. To accomplish this, the Crime Lab Manager, with the approval of the Deputy Chief, may submit Crime Lab Firearm Request Form to the Records Section Manager identifying the specific
  3. The chair of the Police Historical Association, with the approval of the Assistant Chief over the Support Bureau, may request that a firearm that has historical value to the City be assigned to the Training Division. This shall be accomplished by preparing a written explanation of the value through the Assistant Chief over the Support Bureau to the Records Section
  4. Firearms will not be released to any assignment in the department until the weapon has been released for destruction, awarded to the department, and/or all legal requirements to release the property back to the owner have been
  5. The Property Room shall maintain a list of all firearms subject to this General Order for departmental use and confirm their assignments at least once
  1. To manage vehicles subject to this General Order:
    1. The Auto Pound shall keep a vehicle until it is assigned or
    2. The Police Department Equipment Coordinator shall review all vehicles released for auction, awarded by the courts to the department, and those that are of a type that could be useful to the
    3. The vehicles will be evaluated for serviceability and potential cost effectiveness, with recommendation submitted to the Support Bureau Assistant Chief. If the vehicles are unnecessary in the Special Operations Division, they will be assigned to the departmental pool of unmarked
    4. The ranks above captain shall identify vehicle needs for their particular bureau command and make requests for the distribution of the vehicles. These requests shall be returned to the Police Department Equipment
    5. The Chief of Police, or designee, shall make the final decision on where the vehicles shall best serve the department if
    6. After final authorization, the bureau or division concerned shall take custody of the vehicle or vehicles and shall assign the vehicles as
    7. If any vehicle is judged as too costly to maintain or is unsuitable for use, the bureau or division currently accountable for its use shall be responsible for its withdrawal from inventory by notifying the Police Department Equipment Coordinator. After removal from inventory, the bureau or division concerned shall deliver the vehicle to the Auto Pound for

210.6             TRAVEL/TRAINING REQUESTS

  1. All rules in the City of Fort Worth Finance Directive 17: Travel apply to travel by police department
  2. Police department employees desiring to travel and/or attend training or seminars held at a location other than the Police Academy, and for which departmental funding is requested, will be required to adhere to the following procedures:
  1. The employee shall submit a complete an approved Travel/Training Expenditure Request form to the Budget and Finance Section at least fourteen (14) business days prior to the scheduled departure dates or prior to any deadlines related to the
    1. Employees requesting training days only, without funding provided by the city to attend training seminars, need only submit their request on an inter-office correspondence through the proper chain of command instead of completing the above form. If training days are approved, employees are still required to follow the Fair Labor Standards Act: Travel and Training Time Human Relations
  2. All supervisors in the chain of command will review the request and indicate approval/disapproval by
  3. Approved requests, along with attachments of all information regarding seminars and schedules, should be forwarded to the Budget and Finance Section for review of funding availability and processing of any per diem or advance
  1. Once approved by the Budget and Finance Section, the requestor or designated person in their command bureau will be responsible for arranging flights or accommodations including conference registration/expenses on their city procurement card, if available. If the vendor does not accept procurement cards, or if the traveler does not have a city  procurement card, please notify the Budget and Finance Section that a check will be required. If insufficient time permits this step, the employee may need to pay for  the expenses and seek reimbursement; however, this should never be initiated without gaining complete approvals from the chain of command and the Budget and Finance Section prior to taking this
  2. Expense Reports
    1. The City of Fort Worth Finance Directive 17 provides general guidelines for expense reports.
    2. All employees must submit an expense report through their chain of command to be reviewed for
    3. Receipts are mandatory for all charges to a City of Fort Worth procurement card and for all transactions other than per diem. Expenditures shall not exceed the allowed per diem for the locale
    4. Any charges not originally authorized must be explained and documentation provided in order to receive consideration for possible
    5. Completed expense reports must be forwarded to the Budget and Finance  Section within ten (10) days after the completion of the travel/training

210.7             COLLEGE TUITION REIMBURSEMENT

The Education Reimbursement program addresses the City’s commitment to employee growth and development. Reimbursed education must be directly related to an employee’s current job or to a position with the City that requires the educational preparation. The Human Resources Department determines whether the courses taken are related or required as part of the job. Law and religious degrees are not covered and doctorate degrees are partially covered.

  1. Police employees shall be governed by the City of Fort Worth Education Reimbursement Program set out in the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations,
    1. The Meet and Confer Contract shall be referenced for specific funding information for sworn
  1. Employees interested in participation in the Education Reimbursement program must have the approval of their supervisor and City of Fort Worth Human Resources before attending the
  2. City of Fort Worth Human Resources shall administer and oversee the program. All applications and paperwork shall be submitted by the deadlines set by Human
    1. Following successful completion of the course, submit an official grade slip and official itemized receipt/proof of payment that shows tuition, fees, etc. listed separately by the deadline established by the City of Fort Worth Human Resources
  3. The City of Fort Worth Personnel Committee shall hear appeals regarding education reimbursement matters submitted by employees and shall render final decisions on those appeals in accordance with the provisions found in the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations

211.1             EMPLOYEES’ HOME ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS

  1. All employees of the department are required to have a telephone, landline and/or cell, in their residence and to provide their telephone number to the
  2. Employees shall report any change of name, address or telephone number within twenty- four hours of such change to a supervisor through the submission of an Employee Contact Information Change Sheet or, if applicable, by updating their PeopleSoft file. A post office box may not be used as a permanent address. The Employee Contact Information Change Sheet will be submitted to the Police Employment Unit for changes in the system and placement in the employee’s
    1. Employees on PeopleSoft payroll self-service are required to change their information directly in that
  3. Home addresses or telephone numbers of employees shall not be disclosed or made available to the public by departmental employees unless required under the Texas Public Information Act. This prohibition shall not prevent police officers in this department from obtaining information while conducting official police business. Personal and non-business related requests for employees’ information is
  4. Should an emergency situation develop necessitating the notification of an off-duty employee, the following shall apply:
    1. The recipient of a request for an emergency notification shall refer the person making the request to the division of the employee concerned, provided it is during normal duty hours for that division. A member of that division shall first record the telephone number of the person making the request. An attempt shall then be made by that division to either deliver the emergency message to the employee or furnish same with the telephone number of the person making the
    2. If a request for emergency notification is received after the normal duty hours for the division of the employee concerned, then the request, along with a telephone number of the person making the request, shall be referred to the Patrol Bureau desk, who shall then proceed as outlined in paragraph one (1)
  5. Examples of emergency notifications include, but are not limited to: death, serious injury or illness, official police business or personal business with serious legal ramifications, impromptu visits by out-of-town close friends or relatives,

211.2             EMPLOYEE PERSONNEL RECORDS

The City must maintain a file for an officer pursuant to section 143.089 (a) and 143.089 (g) of the Texas Local Government Code.

  1. Definitions
    1. “A” files – maintained by City of Fort Worth Human Resources Civil Service Director and consists of, but not limited to, employment records, periodic evaluations, commendations/honors, misconduct and disciplinary action, civil service files/commission records. The Police Employment Services Section will have access to these
      1. Sub “A” file – records that may be confidential under other law and consists of, but is not limited to, military history, W2, naturalization papers, marriage certificate, social security number, college transcripts, etc. Portions of the “sub A” files may be confidential under the Texas Public Information
    2. “G” files – are maintained by the Police Employment Services Section, with Internal Affairs, and/or Special Investigations maintaining investigative files. The file may consist of, but is not be limited to, records of disciplinary action that resulted in less than one day off, disciplinary action that was later appealed and overturned, documents for the department’s own use relating to the employment relationship, and use of force reports that do not result in a day off or more or are unsustained. Except for specific actions, the information contained in the “G” file is confidential by law under the Public Information
  2. The Police Employment Services Section shall be the official liaison for all documents to be sent to any officer’s permanent personnel file, with the exception of documents routed directly from Internal Affairs or from other city
  3. All requests for information contained in a permanent personnel file shall be directed to the Employment Services Section or Human Resources. No employee other than the manager of the Police Employment Services Section or their designee shall release any document or information from a departmental personnel file without the approval of the Legal Liaison Officer or the Law
    1. The request for copies of records from the personnel file must be by subpoena or public information
  4. A thorough description of all records maintained by the City of Fort Worth Human Resources and the Police Employment Services Section shall be located in the Employment Services Section Standard Operating Procedures. The Police Employment Services Section shall provide guidelines for information maintained in unit
  5. Training files required by Texas Commission on Law Enforcement (TCOLE) for sworn personnel shall be maintained by the Fort Worth Police Training Academy under the guidelines of TCOLE. Communication-related training files will be maintained by the Communications Division in coordination with the Police Training
  6. All files shall be maintained in compliance with records retention schedules set by state law and city

211.3             RELEASE OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF POLICE OFFICERS

  1. No member of the police department shall release a photograph of a police officer without the approval of the Chief of Police or
  2. All requests for photographs of police officers shall be referred to the Public Relations Office and that office shall be the point of release for all photographs of
  1. Photographs shall not be released when, in the opinion of the Chief of Police or designee, the release would endanger the life or safety of the officer unless any one of the following criteria, which are mandated by state law, are met. The Police Legal Advisor or another attorney in the Law Department should be consulted in those instances:
    1. The officer is under indictment or charged with an offense by
    2. The officer is a party in a civil service hearing or a case in
    3. The photograph is introduced as evidence in a judicial
    4. Officer consents in writing to

212.1             PHILOSOPHY

It is the philosophy of the Fort Worth Police Department to establish and maintain an open and cooperative environment in which members of the public may obtain timely and accurate information on all matters of public interest in a manner that does not jeopardize police operations. The relationship of all department employees with the public shall be helpful, cordial, and polite, with appropriate care taken so as to not jeopardize or compromise the successful completion of any administrative or law enforcement operation.

212.2             RELEASE OF INFORMATION

  1. The ranking officer at the scene of a police incident shall, as soon as practical, provide information pertaining to the following:
    1. General facts and circumstances of an arrest, to include the time and place of arrest, circumstances of pursuit, and use of weapons. The race, gender, ethnic origin, age, and occupation of an arrested suspect may also be released but their name and address shall not be given until the person has been booked into a jail or formal charges have been filed.
    2. The identity of an investigating and/or arresting officer, provided it does not compromise an undercover operation or expose officers to a heightened risk of retaliation.
    3. A general description of any evidence seized, but the description shall not detail the evidence so as to hinder or prejudice the
    4. The nature and substance of any arrest charges including a general description of the offense.
  2. Information pertaining to the following shall not be released:
    1. The contents of any statements, admissions, or
    2. Personal opinions about the suspect and/or
    3. Statements concerning the truthfulness of the anticipated testimony by any suspect or witness.
    4. The names of victims, to include police officers who are killed or injured, until the proper notification of next of kin has been
    5. Information regarding juvenile suspects or sexual assault
  3. Requests for any information regarding an investigation that was not released at the scene shall be directed to the officer with follow-up investigative responsibility. The investigating officer shall  then  adhere  to  the  guidelines  contained  in  this  order  when  releasing

information. It shall be the responsibility of the investigating officer to consult with and obtain permission from a supervisor before releasing any information not covered in this order, or releasing any information which may adversely affect the outcome of the investigation even if legal to release.

  1. Access to an investigator’s specific work area may be limited under certain circumstances. Example: interviewing victims, suspects, or witnesses and major investigations when the security and case progress may be compromised by their presence. This restricted access shall be at the discretion of the affected division captain or designee and shall be only for that amount of time necessary to achieve a specific work objective. During such circumstances, briefings shall periodically be conducted by the affected division captain or designee on the case progress at some other location. During such periods, the commander or designee shall keep the Public Information Officer apprised of case progress and may designate that person as the focal point for release of
  2. Only the Chief of Police or designee can authorize the attendance of a member of the media during a search warrant/arrest warrant

212.3             MAJOR INCIDENTS

  1. Media representatives displaying appropriate press credentials shall be allowed immediate access to an area adjacent to the command post in unusual events such as natural disasters, hostage situations, civil disorders, fires, explosions, plane crashes, and other circumstances which the ranking officer in charge of the scene shall
  2. The ranking officer on the scene shall determine when less restrictive access by media representatives shall be allowed. Under no circumstances shall media representatives be permitted to interfere with command post functions. Access shall be denied to areas other than the command post location when, in the ranking officer’s opinion, allowing access would interfere with the police operation or expose them to
  3. When the circumstances as outlined in General Order 212.03, paragraphs A and B exist, the ranking officer at the scene shall provide briefings on a timely basis. These briefings may be delegated to the Administrative Captain in the Chief of Police Office, who when present on the scene, shall assume the role of Public Information
  4. If an incident is likely to attract widespread attention, the ranking officer shall cause the Administrative Captain in the Chief of Police Office to be notified and, if necessary, report to the scene to serve as the Public Information
  5. When a citizen is shot, wounded, or seriously injured by an officer, either while in the department’s custody or as a result of a traffic accident involving a departmental unit, the investigating unit responsible shall ensure that the Public Information Officer has been notified.
    1. The ranking officer on the scene shall provide the Public Information Officer with general details of the
    2. Once prepared, the official report of the incident shall be checked for accuracy by the highest ranking officer available in the investigative unit involved before
    3. Whenever time permits, the departmental report shall be shown, as a courtesy, to the officer or officers involved before its
  6. In the event an incident results in the serious injury or death of an officer, the Public Information Officer, coordinating with the Critical Incident Investigation team, shall develop an official release as soon as
    1. The release shall be checked for accuracy by the highest ranking officer
  1. Names of the officer or officers involved may be released following notification of next of
  2. Additional details of the circumstances may be released when

G The Police Communications Division Manager shall maintain the emergency  telephone number of the Public Information Officer and shall contact that employee when requested or when the manager deems necessary.

212.4             CRIME SCENE

Media representatives shall be given guided access to crime scenes as soon as it is determined to be practical by the ranking investigation supervisor except:

  1. When the crime scene is on private property and the owner’s permission has not been obtained.
  2. When the presence of media members may adversely affect the preservation of the crime scene or in any other way interfere with the

212.5             INFORMATION FROM POLICE FILES

  1. The following information is available to the public:
    1. Offense Report – Public copy including offense committed, location of crime, identification and description of complainant except where forbidden by statute, premises involved, time of occurrence, property involved, vehicle involved, weather conditions, detailed description of offense and arrest, name of investigating

NOTE: Offense reports are available free to the public online at the Fort Worth Police Department website.

  1. Prisoner information and mug shots taken in connection with an arrest for which the arrestee was subsequently convicted. However, a mugshot of a sex offender shall not be released if the mugshot was taken upon the offender’s arrest for a sex
  2. Arrest warrant and affidavit after it has been executed and an arrest has been
  3. Official National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS) crime statistics/data.
    1. Definitions
      • Official crime statistics – data that has been reviewed and returned by the Texas Department of Public
      • General crime statistics – data that has not been reviewed, vetted, or verified for accuracy by the Records Unit and the Texas Department of Public
    2. All public requests for crime statistics/data, other than requests under the Texas Public Information Act in General Order 212.05C, shall be directed to Research and Planning. Unless otherwise specifically requested under the Public Information Act, only official crime statistics shall be released to the
    3. Employees should direct citizens to the Fort Worth Police Department website for general crime statistics and/or published official crime statistics; however, if the information requested is not available on the website, the person shall be directed to Research and
    4. Crime statistics/data for internal/law enforcement use only shall be provided by the Information Management
  4. Accident reports, when no criminal charges have arisen from the accident and the requesting party provides two (2) or more of the following:
    1. The date of the accident;
    2. The name of any person involved in the accident; or
  1. The specific location of the
  1. Only if it does not interfere with the investigation or prosecution of the case, or if the investigation or prosecution is complete, can the following be released:
    1. From the offense report:
      1. Identification and description of witnesses, or their addresses or telephone
      2. Synopsis of
      3. Officer’s speculations as to the actor’s
      4. Officer’s view of witnesses’
      5. Any statements by
      6. Ballistics
      7. Results of laboratory or forensic
      8. Results of spectrographic or other investigative
    2. Historical data from personal history and arrest
      1. Marital status and information concerning relatives of sworn
      2. Chronological history of arrests and
    3. NCIC/TCIC data prohibited from release by the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure,

60.06 and/or the Texas Government Code, Chapter 411.

  1. Texas Public Information Act
    1. The Texas Public Information Act designates the City Manager as the City of Fort Worth officer for public information, with the Chief of Police as the agent for the purpose of compliance. For this purpose, all written requests for information available under the Texas Public Information Act forwarded by the City Manager to the police department shall be coordinated through the Internal Affairs, Police Legal Liaison Section, or through the designated assistant city attorney working with Public Information Act requests. Specific notation as to the date of initial receipt of a Public Information slip shall be so indicated on a departmental routing
      1. This procedure shall not apply to written requests for material normally available to the public as described in General Order 05(A).
    2. Requests under Texas Public Information Act that may be excepted from disclosure under Section 552.108 because it involves a pending law enforcement investigation shall be coordinated with the Law Department. This exception pertains to certain documents and/or print media which, if released, would interfere with the detection, investigation, or prosecution of a crime. A copy of the request along with the affected documents and/or print media shall be forwarded to the Law Department within five (5) days of the receipt of the request. Expeditious routing of the request and responsive materials is critical because the attorney must file a brief with the Texas Attorney General’s Office to protect the materials within ten (10) days of the date of the initial request. Failure to timely file such a brief can cause the materials to be mandatorily released.
    3. Requests for information pertaining to pending investigations or prosecutions shall be given immediate priority over all other related informational requests. Expediency of notification of the request is necessary to prevent damaging or otherwise jeopardizing supplemental investigatory or prosecutory efforts. No release of material of this nature shall be made without prior coordination with the Police Legal Liaison Section or an assistant city

212.6             PHOTOGRAPHS AND INTERVIEWS

  1. Photographs may be taken in or from any public access areas. Officers may restrict or prohibit the use of flash, strobes, or other bright lighting when their use might hinder police operations.
  2. Officers shall not interfere with the photographer taking a picture of a prisoner under normal circumstances. Juvenile suspects shall not be photographed by any persons other than police officers as part of an official investigation. Other juveniles shall not be photographed unless in public
  3. Photographing of suspects or witnesses shall not be permitted in the work areas of police facilities.

212.7             INTERNAL INVESTIGATIONS

  1. Internal personnel investigations are classified as confidential and any requests for information related to them shall be directed to Internal Affairs or the Public Relations Office. The supervisor of a person being investigated may not release any information to media personnel regarding an internal
  2. Information regarding internal personnel matters may be released in the following manner:
    1. In instances where the investigation is active, statements may be released regarding the general nature of the allegation and that the allegations are being
    2. In completed personnel investigations that are classified as not sustained, unfounded, or exonerated and discipline was not issued, no information may be released other than the general nature of the allegation and that no departmental action was
    3. In completed personnel investigations that are classified as sustained and discipline of a day off or more was issued, information may be released regarding the nature of the allegation, established facts, action taken, and the name of the officer or civilian disciplined. In the case of commissioned officers, this information shall not be re- leased until an official notification from the Chief of Police has been delivered to the officer and the Civil Service

212.8             CONTACT WITH PUBLIC

The public’s first and only contact with the police department may be by telephone. Voice mail is a convenience to employees and the caller; however, improper use of voice mail can hinder the department’s ability to provide prompt, professional service to the public and fellow co-workers. Employees shall treat all persons with fairness, dignity and respect and shall respond to all requests from the public politely and promptly.

  1. Telephone Protocol
    1. Unless the telephone number is used for undercover or covert operations, employees should answer the telephone with the name of the department, their assignment (i.e., homicide, identification unit, jail operations), and their
    2. Depending on the request, employees will answer the person’s request for information/service or refer the caller to the best known source within the
  2. Voice Mail Protocol
    1. Voice mail shall not be used to screen calls. When in the office, employee will answer the phone unless in a conversation with another
    2. Voice mail messages shall be returned in a timely
    3. Supervisors are to monitor abuse of the voice mail and take appropriate

214.1             DOWNTOWN PARKING

  1. Use of Parking Permit Tags
    1. Parking permit tags are distributed by the city manager’s office and shall be issued to council members, departments and divisions located away from city hall with employees who must report in and out of city hall regularly, and news-gathering organizations whose representatives are required to be at city hall or the county courthouse on a regular
    2. Parking permit tags are not issued to individuals. The various functional entities of the department shall maintain a “log out/log in” sheet for employees using the parking permit tags. The parking permit tag generally must be returned when the employee completes their errand. Employees needing a permit for an extended duration shall be permitted to retain the permit after providing an entry on the appropriate log
    3. The City of Fort Worth parking permit tag must be hung from the inside rear view mirror of a vehicle so that the front of the tag is visible through the front
    4. Any vehicle with a valid parking permit tag shall not be parked in violation of any traffic law, ordinance, or regulation, except on an expired
    5. Parking permit tags which are lost or stolen shall be reported immediately to the city manager’s office. The parking permit tag will be canceled and the identification number reported to the Police Department. A new parking permit tag will be issued for the remainder of the year. Use of a City of Fort Worth parking permit tag that has been canceled may result in civil or criminal prosecution against the
    6. Vehicles with properly displayed parking permit tags may park in metered spaces for the maximum period of time displayed on the parking meter. Spaces designated “Marked Vehicles Only” are not to be used with parking permits. Permit parking is prohibited in the police parking areas on Tenth Street between Monroe and Throckmorton as well as the municipal parking lot south of City
    7. Employees shall not park city vehicles at red-ringed parking
    8. Citations issued on city vehicles at red-ringed parking meters shall not be dismissed. The employee who parked the unit shall be required to pay the

214.2             POLICE PARKING GARAGE USE

  1. Parking Garage Regulations
    1. Drivers shall not damage the entry or exit
    2. The speed limit while in the parking facility is seven (7) miles per
    3. To increase awareness of approaching vehicles, headlights shall be turned on while driving in the parking garage
    4. Prior to turning to another level in the garage, all drivers shall slow their vehicles and proceed cautiously. Persons exiting the garage shall yield to persons entering the garage.
  1. Any employee with approved access to the parking facility may park in any police department spot except those marked as Reserved, those designated for a specific position, and county
    1. If an employee finds an unauthorized vehicle parked in their assigned parking space, they shall note the license number and a description of the vehicle and give the information to their supervisor. After attempting to notify the person, the supervisor shall arrange for either booting the vehicle or towing it. Permission must be obtained from their deputy chief through the appropriate chain of command prior to towing a
    2. Employees who have had their reserved parking space taken by an unauthorized vehicle shall not park in another reserved spot without
    3. Towing and pound charges for a vehicle which has been removed for unauthorized parking in the police parking garage may only be waived by the Chief of
  2. No vehicle shall be parked within the driving lanes of the parking garage facility at any time.
  3. Any employee observing unsafe driving in the parking garage facility shall report the infraction to their supervisor. The supervisor shall forward an inter-office correspondence or email describing the behavior and the violator and/or vehicle to their deputy chief through the chain of
  4. Repeated or aggravated violations of parking garage regulations shall result in the revocation of parking garage usage. The deputy chief of the alleged violator shall determine what action shall be taken regarding
  5. Parking garage usage is a privilege and, as such, the revocation of access for any reason is not a grievable

215.1             BASIC RULES GOVERNING THE USE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES

  1. For purposes of the General Orders, all vehicles purchased, leased, or confiscated for use by department employees, and/or any vehicle provided by another governmental entity for the purpose of official law enforcement duties shall be regarded as department
  2. Vehicles are to be used solely in the performance of official business consistent with the City of Fort Worth Administrative Regulation (AR E6).
    1. Marked police department vehicles shall be driven only by sworn personnel, uniformed traffic control technicians, or civilian employees with authorization from their chain of command. A marked vehicle shall be any vehicle that has any distinguishing markings, wording, or equipment that will visually identify it as a police department When out of service, marked police vehicles with emergency lighting will have a protective light bar cover installed to identify the unit’s out of service status.
  3. Department vehicles may not be used for off-duty employment activities without the written approval of the officer’s Assistant Chief. The officer’s division captain may authorize, in writing, use of a take home vehicle for off-duty employment in an emergency or one-time situation when obtaining permission from the Assistant Chief is not reasonably possible. Approval for use of vehicles in off-duty employment will be forwarded to the deputy chief over Operations Command in the Finance and Personnel
  1. Department vehicles shall not be used as transportation to or from off-duty employment unless the location of such employment is in a reasonably direct route to or from the approved officer’s home and duty assignment, and the off-duty employment will commence within thirty minutes of the end of the regularly scheduled duty assignment or will end within thirty minutes prior to reporting for the regularly scheduled tour of duty.

NOTE: Scheduled times for duty assignments shall not be changed or modified to accommodate or facilitate the use of department vehicles for transportation to or from off-duty employment locations.

  1. No passengers shall be transported in department vehicles, except when transporting passengers is necessary during the performance of business for the city and approved by the supervisor. Officers transporting persons of the opposite gender shall report the mileage of the unit to the dispatcher upon leaving the location. Upon arrival at the destination, the officer shall report the arrival mileage. Officers shall immediately notify the dispatcher of all stops en route, except for short-termed traffic-related stops (i.e. traffic lights, train crossing, etc.). When notifying the dispatcher of the unscheduled stop, the officer shall provide an explanation and estimated time for the stop and notify the dispatcher when stop has concluded.
  2. All drivers of city vehicles must have a signed Consent to Driving History Inquiry on file in the Occupational Health and Safety Division of the Human Resources Department. Driving histories will be checked
  3. Whether on-duty or off-duty, no employee shall under any circumstance consume any alcoholic beverage and then drive a department
    1. In case of a call-back or emergency call-back, any employee that is notified to report to duty shall be responsible for informing the caller if they have consumed alcohol within the previous eight (8) hours, or if they have taken any medication that would have an adverse effect on their ability to drive or critical decision making. Employees shall not be asked the name of the medication or health condition requiring the medication, only adverse work-related
    2. A supervisor will question the employee as to the amount of alcohol consumed and the time frame. The supervisor will then determine whether the employee can safely report immediately, report at a later time if the emergency still exists, or report at their normally scheduled
  4. Employees are prohibited from disabling, altering, and/or tampering with any department equipment or software which may prevent the equipment or software from performing as intended by the department or manufacturer. Examples of tampering include, but are not limited to, unplugging any antenna cables or disabling any MDC or data components on a department
    1. If at any time an employee notes a problem with connectivity in a department vehicle, the officer will take the vehicle, or arrange that it be taken, to the fleet shop for
  5. Red Light Camera Violations

The City of Fort Worth and some neighboring cities have installed red-light cameras that photograph and record photographs of vehicles that violate state law by failing to stop for red lights. A Notice of Violation is issued to the owner of a vehicle that runs a red light.

NOTE: Neither state law nor City ordinance permits a Notice of Violation to be issued to anyone other than the registered vehicle owner although the presumption of ownership may be rebutted in limited circumstances.

  1. In the event that the City of Fort Worth receives a Notice of Violation for a city vehicle that was being operated by a Fort Worth police employee at the time of the red light violation, the employee will not be required to pay the
  2. When Internal Affairs receives notification concerning a red light camera violation where an alleged violation has occurred, the Notice of Violation will be forwarded by Internal Affairs to the employee’s supervisor for investigation. Administrative action, up to and including disciplinary action, may be imposed if the employee had no justification for running the light and violated the department’s safety rules and regulations, acted irresponsibly, misused department equipment, contributed to an accident, and/or disregarded public
  3. If the alleged violation occurred in a jurisdiction other than the City of Fort Worth, once the case has been investigated and resolved by the chain of command, the Internal Affairs investigator shall prepare correspondence from the Chief of Police and inform the involved agency of the results of the investigation. It remains that jurisdiction’s decision whether to dismiss the alleged violation. Any fine pronounced in a Notice of Violation assessed against a Fort Worth police employee and in connection with the use of a department vehicle will be the responsibility of the City of Fort Worth to

215.2             CRITERIA FOR TAKING VEHICLES HOME OR PARKING OFF-SITE AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS

  1. For purposes of this regulation, the following definitions apply:
    1. Off-site parking is defined as city facilities and other approved locations along the employees direct route to and from their work place that are determined to be adequately secure by the authorizing deputy chief. The purpose of off-site parking is to make vehicles quickly accessible to police employees in defined critical positions who reside outside of the Fort Worth city
    2. Alternate Parking is defined as city facilities and other approved locations closest to the employee’s worksite that are assigned as parking due to parking limitations at the primary site. For purposes of this policy, these arrangements are not considered to be covered under the take-home and off-site parking regulations. Rather, each bureau is responsible for approving and maintaining a complete list of assigned parking under these
  2. Employees must have advance approval from their deputy chief to take a department vehicle home or park off-site after normal working
  3. Criteria for taking a department vehicle home or parking off-site after normal working hours:
    1. No employee shall be permitted to take a department vehicle home or park off-site on a regular basis after working hours unless the position is identified as having such privileges in the departmental plan and the use meets the following criteria:
      1. The employee’s use of the vehicle after hours is necessary for the protection of life and
      2. There is an unusually high frequency of use of the vehicle made during after-hours work by the employee, or
      3. The privilege advances the department’s goals of police visibility within the City of Fort
    2. If an employee’s duties meet the above criteria and the employee is authorized by the Chief of Police or designee, the employee may take a department vehicle home or park

off-site after normal working hours on a regular basis. Examples of changes requiring submissions of a new request would be change of address, change in assignment,  change in usage of vehicle, change in vehicle, etc. Fleet Operations must be notified when authorization for take-home vehicle becomes invalid for any reason.

  1. Application procedures to take a department vehicle home or park off-site after normal working
    1. To apply for permission to take a department vehicle home at night or park it off site on a regular basis, the requester will submit the electronic version of the vehicle take home request form through their chain of command to Fleet Operations. After all approvals have been obtained through the chain of command to include the Chief of Police or designee, the requestor will be electronically notified of the approval or denial of their request.
    2. When the application is approved by the Chief of Police or designee, Fleet Operations will assign the vehicle in the department’s vehicle database, update the City of Fort Worth main frame, and provide applicable copies to the Human Resource
    3. The same form shall be utilized when authority is requested to take a department vehicle home or park off-site for a particular occasion or group of occasions. This form must be submitted to the deputy chief for authorization if sufficient time is available,  but may be authorized by a division captain when the situation is in the best interest of the department to avoid delay. If the form is authorized by the division captain, for a situation that is in the best interest of the department, Fleet Operations will be notified and electronic copies of the electronic form will be provided to the employee’s chain of command.
    4. The same form shall be utilized to authorize groups of employees assigned to a unit to take a vehicle home on a rotating basis for call-back purposes. The form shall be completed one time for each member when they join the rotational call-back and only subsequently when changes warrant a new form. The supervisor managing the call-back rotation shall be responsible for maintaining a list of actual take-home or off-site parking activities by date, employee, and vehicle number. The list shall be maintained  in the unit for ninety (90)
    5. Contact Fleet Operations to resolve any issues or questions related to the Vehicle Take Home
  2. Department vehicles parked off-site overnight must be secured off the street and preferably in a covered area. All police-related equipment must be removed from the vehicle unless the vehicle is parked inside a secured enclosed

215.3             MONTHLY REPORTS ON AFTER-HOURS USAGE OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES

The Assistant Chief of each bureau shall be responsible for the management of authorized vehicles taken home or parked off-site overnight and specific occasion authorizations within the employee’s bureau. This oversight shall include a monthly report on after-hours usage  for specific assignments as defined in the police department take-home vehicle plan and as noted on the Request to Take Motor Vehicle Home or Park Off-Site form. The reporting responsibilities shall be as follows:

  1. A unit file shall be maintained on current authorized take-home assignments and specific occasion usage authorizations. For assignments requiring a monthly report, the employee shall submit the Monthly Report on After-Hour Usage of Department Vehicles form located

on the internal police website (fwpd/ portal). After-Hours usage will be updated monthly by the vehicle operator. Contact Fleet Operations to resolve any issues or questions related to the electronic form. The deputy chief can request reports from Fleet Operations on specific vehicles or sections for review. The deputy chief shall review the monthly reports and evaluate the indicated usage of department vehicles and the appropriateness of continuation of the take-home or off-site parking privileges.

  1. The monthly report will be available upon
  2. Files should be kept current for inspection at reasonable intervals by Fleet Operations. In cases where a take-home vehicle authorization is utilized on a rotation basis, a summary report may be made indicating all details on

215.4             LIST     OF     AUTHORIZED     POSITIONS     HAVING    TAKE-HOME     CAR PRIVILEGES

  1. A list showing those positions that have department authorization for take-home or off-site parking car privileges shall be maintained by Fleet Operations and posted on the vehicle take home request form outlining current categories by duty position. This list will also indicate if the position requires submission of the after-hours usage
  2. Full authorization is not in force until the Chief of Police or designee has approved an application as indicated in General Order 02.

216.01   USE OF PRIVATE AUTOMOBILE

  1. All employees who desire to operate a private vehicle while on city business shall obtain proper authorization prior to doing so. If an employee is not approved per the provisions of the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations and Administrative Regulations (AR E4), and authorized by the Chief of Police or designee, they shall not operate a private vehicle on city
    1. Privately-owned motor vehicles may be used on city business only after the appropriate form, i.e., Executive Auto Allowance Request or a Private Automobile Use Request has been approved by the Chief of Police or designee and submitted to the Occupational Health and Safety Section of the Human Resources Department. This submission shall include the employee’s driving record with the Texas Department of Public
    2. The Private Automobile Use Request form is used to initiate, and cancel authorization for non-executive employees to use their private vehicles on city business. It is also used to update information that has changed from that submitted on a previous form. This form must be submitted by all non-executive employees requesting to use their private vehicles on city business. The Private Automobile Use Request form and the Consent to Driving History Inquiry are submitted through the chain of command to the Chief of Police or designee, and if approved, will be forwarded to the Finance Unit who shall distribute and file
    3. The Private Automobile Use-Reimbursement Request form is used by non-executive employees to request mileage reimbursement for use of private vehicles on city Authorization for mileage reimbursement shall be approved in advance by the division commander prior to submission, with each mileage reimbursement request requiring separate advance approval by the division commander. If approved through

the chain of command, including the Chief of Police or designee, the mileage will be entered directly into the PeopleSoft payroll system by those employees who are self- service. Employees who are not self-service will forward the approved forms to the Centralized Police Payroll Team (CPPT) for entry. Mileage reimbursement for travel outside the scope of regular duties will be submitted through the travel process and not through PeopleSoft.

  1. Employees authorized to operate a vehicle on city business shall complete a defensive driving course at least once every three (3) years. The division commander shall ensure each approved employee is in compliance with this
  1. The city shall not be responsible for damages to privately-owned motor vehicles operated by employees on city business except as such damages arise from the operation and use of the vehicle in the performance of the employee’s regular duties, provided that any such damages are not created by an act or omission on the part of the employee in violation of any existing City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations and/or Administrative
    1. Employees eligible for reimbursement for repair of actual damages under this provision are those that sustain damages to their private vehicle as a result of accidents:
      1. For which the employee is deemed responsible, as long as no existing City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations and/or Administrative Regulations are violated; or
      2. That involve an at-fault, uninsured
    2. There will be no reimbursement for damages resulting from hazards typically covered by so-called comprehensive
    3. All employees approved under this regulation shall notify their supervisor immediately if the vehicle is involved in any accident involving property damage or bodily injury while on city business and shall cooperate fully in any subsequent investigation. Supervisors shall report the damages to the Chief of Police using City of Fort Worth Vehicle Accident Report Form 106, and a copy of the accident report when one is prepared by an
    4. If the accident is deemed to be a chargeable accident, the employee will be subject to the department’s disciplinary action, governed by the same procedures that apply when an employee is driving a city-owned
    5. The Chief of Police is responsible for authorizing any payments from departmental funds to employees for damage to their vehicles up to, but not to exceed, $250, based on investigation of the accident and proof of the employee’s loss which must be documented by paid invoices and deductible amounts. Employees are advised to consult their personal insurance agents regarding any coverage to protect their property interests above this $250
    6. Damages to other third persons or property arising from an employee’s use of a privately-owned motor vehicle on city business may be the responsibility of the employee pursuant to Chapter 2, Article IX of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, “Personal Liability Indemnity ”
  2. Authorization for use of a private vehicle on city business shall be canceled if warranted due to changes in responsibilities or job conditions for those positions receiving an allowance or mileage reimbursement. When this authorization is canceled by the department, the Chief of Police or designee shall use the Private Automobile Use Request form to notify City of Fort Worth Occupational Health and Safety to cancel this
  1. Failure of employees to comply with requirements set forth in Administrative Regulations E-4 may result in disciplinary action up to and including

The Fort Worth Police Reserves are authorized under Texas Local Government Code Article

341.012 and Section 27-3, Police Reserve Force, of the Code of the City of Fort Worth Texas. It is the policy of the Fort Worth Police Department to maintain the highest standards of professional law enforcement services. Reserve police officers should fulfill two primary functions: serve as auxiliary staffing as determined to be necessary by the Chief of Police and provide an additional interactive link between the community and the police department. Reserve police officers may not assume the full time duties of regular officers without complying with requirements set forth for full-time officers under any existing applicable Meet and Confer Agreement and the Texas Local Government Code. The purpose of this order is to outline the Police Reserve Program objectives, responsibilities, and operation.

217.1             REQUIREMENTS AND CERTIFICATION

  1. The age requirement for application to the reserve program shall be a minimum of twenty- one (21) years of age and a maximum of fifty-five (55) years of
  2. Applicants must meet all minimum requirements set forth by the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement (TCOLE) for reserve
  3. The Fort Worth Police Department Recruitment Unit shall be responsible for recruitment of reserve
  4. Background investigations shall be conducted on all applicants, and the names of persons with qualified backgrounds shall be submitted by the Training Division for appointment by the Chief of

217.2             RESERVE OFFICER STATUS

  1. Probationary Reserve Officer – applies to active reserve police officers who have obtained a Basic Texas Peace Officer Certification but have not completed field
    1. Probationary Reserve Officers shall complete a minimum of 560 hours of field training with a regular sworn officer before becoming a full-fledged Reserve
      1. The number of minimum hours may be increased if the field training officer and supervisor require additional time to ensure proper
      2. The number of minimum hours may be decreased for Probationary Reserve Officers who have prior law enforcement experience and have obtained a certification higher than the Basic Peace Officer Certification. The approval of the Patrol Bureau Assistant Chief is
    2. A Field Training Manual shall be completed for each Probationary Reserve Officer and returned to the Records Unit of the Training
    3. After successful completion of field training, the Probationary Reserve Officer will be designated as a Reserve
  2. Reserve Officer – applies to active Reserve Officers who have successfully completed the required mandatory amount of field
    1. Reserve Officers will be assigned to a patrol division by the Patrol Bureau Assistant Chief or
  1. Reserve Officers shall report to the patrol division shift commander or shift supervisor for assignment duties and/or
  2. Reserve Officers requesting transfer shall submit a transfer request to the appropriate patrol deputy chief. Transfers will be approved only after a review of current reserve officer staffing levels within the
  1. Inactive Reserve Status – applies to Reserve Officers who are no longer able to serve at the minimum required level. Inactive status may be temporary or permanent at the discretion of the patrol command assistant chief as approved by the Chief of Police. Reserve Officers shall submit an IOC requesting Inactive Reserve Status and explaining the reason for the request.

217.3             TRAINING AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

  1. Reserve Officers serve at the discretion of the Chief of Police and may be called into service at any time the Chief of Police or designee considers it necessary to have additional
  2. Reserve Officers shall be considered in an on-duty capacity when:
    1. Performing assigned duties, or
    2. At other times when taking required enforcement action or discharging legal duties as a peace
  3. All Reserve Officers must serve a minimum of fifteen (15) hours of duty per calendar Officers who are unable to meet this requirement must submit a written request through the chain of command to the Patrol Bureau Assistant Chief for an approved leave of absence. Reserve Officers shall not work more than twenty (20) hours in a given week.
  4. Depending on the level of training and experience, Reserve Officers may be assigned to work with a regular sworn officer, be assigned to work with another Reserve Officer, or function in a solo
  5. Unless otherwise provided for within this order, all Reserve Officers are subject to all rules, regulations, policies, and procedures established for regular sworn officers, and in addition, shall conform to such other guidelines established specifically for Reserve
  6. All active Reserve Officers must successfully complete the field training program under the supervision and evaluation of a departmentally-approved field training officer. Upon the successful completion of training, Reserve Officers will assume duties as delegated by the designated division
  7. For training and evaluation purposes, all active Reserve Officers will work one (1) tour of duty with a sworn officer in the months of June and
  8. All Reserve Officers will be required to attend periodic department in-service training to complete:
    1. The same training as required of regular sworn officers including, but not limited to, courses mandated by TCOLE for certification
    2. Departmentally-required qualifications on firearms, baton and any other equipment deemed

217.4             CHAIN OF COMMAND AND OPERATIONS

  1. Reserve Officers are assigned to a patrol division within the Patrol Bureau and further assigned to a specific team for chain of command
  2. The patrol shift commander for assigned Reserve Officers shall be responsible for overall administration and training

217.5             ORGANIZATIONAL FUNCTION

  1. The primary function of Reserve Officers will be to provide auxiliary staffing to patrol personnel. Reserve Officers are not to be counted towards patrol officer staffing
  2. Reserve Officers shall not be utilized for special events such as the Texas Motor Speedway, Will Rogers,
  3. Reserve Officers can be utilized for assistance in emergency situations (i.e. disasters or riots) or in situations as deemed necessary by the Chief of
  4. All initial Reserve Officer assignments will be coordinated through the office of the Patrol Bureau Assistant
  5. When regular officers and Reserve Officers combine to handle a police call, the regular officer shall be responsible for the
  6. At least one regular officer will be dispatched to all priority one or two calls and any responding Reserve Officers will relinquish the call to the first regular officer who makes the
  7. Reserve Officers are not authorized to work off-duty law enforcement or security-related jobs.
  • UNIFORM AND HANDGUN (revised 4/28/15)
  1. The Training Division shall furnish Reserve Officers uniforms upon appointment and approval. Reserve Officers shall wear the same uniform and observe the same guidelines as regular officers, with the exception of an epaulet with wide black outer bands, narrow yellow bands, and a medium royal blue inner
  2. Reserve Officers shall be issued one (1) Reserve badge. Upon written authorization from the Chief of Police and at their own expense, Reserve Officers may purchase an additional badge.
  3. Procedures for any requests for additional Reserve badges shall adhere to General Order

503.03. Upon termination, all issued Reserve badges shall be returned to the Training Division. Reserve Officers who desire to keep a badge upon normal retirement shall adhere to General Order 503.03 D.

NOTE: Normal retirement shall be fifteen (15) years of continuous service as a Reserve Officer to the Fort Worth Police Department.

  1. Individuals who retire after at least fifteen (15) years of service as a Reserve Officer may apply for an identification card from the department and/or a license from the State which allows them to carry a firearm. The Training Division will maintain the requirements and procedures to obtain these
  2. Reserve officers may carry their department-issued service weapon only for the period of time the Reservist is actually on duty and discharging the official functions of a duly constituted peace officer as authorized by the Chief of Police. When off-duty, Reserve Officers are encouraged to report breaches of the peace or on-view felonies for response by an on-duty officer. Reserve Officers should be mindful that any law enforcement action taken by them while off duty may be considered by a court of law to be action taken by a civilian.
  3. Upon successful completion of field training, Reserve Officers shall be governed by the firearms guidelines of the department applicable to regular sworn

217.7             DISCIPLINARY ACTION

  1. The Chief of Police shall have sole authority to discipline or terminate a Reserve
  1. The following shall be grounds for a recommendation by the division commander for termination by the Chief of Police:
    1. Failure to report as scheduled for a month, unless excused or for valid
    2. Failure to complete in-service training as required by TCOLE or any other training set forth by the Training Division
    3. Violations of the General Orders Manual for which a regular sworn officer would customarily receive disciplinary action at a day off or

217.8             DUAL COMMISSIONS

Reserve Officers and Probationary Reserve Officers are prohibited from being commissioned by any other law enforcement entity while commissioned by the City of Fort Worth.

219.01    DUTY DEPUTY CHIEF

Whenever there is a need for command level presence and responsibility outside of normal office hours and during weekend and holiday periods, a Duty Deputy Chief shall be available.

  1. The duties and responsibilities of a Duty Deputy Chief shall be:
    1. To remain readily available for command decisions at all times during their duty
    2. Personally assume interim command when an incident dictates their
    3. Cause the Chief of Police to be notified without delay on matters of a serious nature or an occurrence requiring immediate attention of the Chief of
    4. Cause the Assistant City Manager responsible for the police department and other city officials, as deemed necessary, to be notified without delay on matters of a serious nature.
    5. Personally make the scene of major incidents and/or situations requiring a deputy chief’s presence when they occur after normal office hours and during weekend and holiday
    6. Attend retirement celebrations and other events when the bureau assistant chief and deputy chief are not
  2. The Duty Deputy Chief shall begin their tour of duty at 1700 hours Friday and continue until 1700 hours the following
  3. A schedule indicating Duty Deputy Chief assignments shall be prepared annually and maintained by Police Administration. The schedule shall be supplied to all assistant and deputy chiefs and the Police Communications Division. It shall be the responsibility of each deputy chief to ensure that current telephone numbers are provided to the Communications Division. Deputy chiefs desiring to switch assignments must do so by agreement with another deputy chief and shall notify the Communications Division of the
  4. If the scheduled Duty Deputy Chief is unable to perform as Duty Chief, such as during vacation leave or illness, and a switch cannot be accomplished, a captain may be appointed as an acting Duty Deputy Chief. The Communications Division must be notified of the change.
  5. When called out or held over for an emergency situation, an assistant chief, a deputy chief, and the Duty Deputy Chief are eligible for emergency callback overtime pay at a rate of

time and a half, as set forth in Texas Local Government Code 142.0015 (g) and General Order 406.02. An emergency is an unexpected happening or event or an unforeseen situation or crisis that calls for immediate action. Examples of emergency situations are as follows:

  1. An employee sustains serious bodily
  2. Critical Police Incident (CPI) 1 involving death or injury to an officer or a citizen. The Duty Deputy Chief and the affected assistant and deputy chiefs will coordinate the response and all may respond if
  3. Any incident that requires Joint Emergency Operations Center (JEOC) activation and the need for police command
  4. Any significant event that results in mass media coverage and requires a police command presence, such as a multiple
  5. Hostage or barricaded person situations that require a command
  6. Any situation which the Chief of Police declares to be an emergency and a police command presence is

220.1           MOTTO OF THE DEPARTMENT

  1. The motto, “Service with Respect, Dedicated To Protect,” states the essential purpose of the Fort Worth Police Department. The department is dedicated to protect the right of all persons within its jurisdiction to be free from criminal attack, to be secure in their possessions, and to live in
  2. The department is dedicated to the people of Fort Worth by performing the law enforcement function in a professional manner with the highest level of service and respect for all individuals.

220.2           DEPARTMENTAL FLAG

  1. The design of the departmental flag is a light French blue field with dark Old Glory blue lettering “Fort Worth Police Department” over a centered shoulder patch surmounting a yellow scroll with the motto: “Dedicated To Protect.” Gold fringe shall outline the
  2. The departmental flag is an indication of the pride of all men and women of the Fort Worth Police

220.3           DEPARTMENTAL MISSION STATEMENT

The Fort Worth Police Department provides quality service in partnership with the community to create a safe environment for all.

220.4           HONOR CODE

I will respectfully serve the citizens of Fort Worth and the Fort Worth Police Department. I will dedicate myself to the protection of life, property and our public trust. My integrity, character, and courage will be above reproach, and I will accept no less from other members of our department.

220.5           ORAL TRADITION

In this business your character is your capital. Deal honorably with all persons and hold your word sacred, no matter when, where, or to whom given.

220.6           PROFESSIONAL IMAGE

The Fort Worth Police Department Badge and the Centennial Badge (collectively the “badge”) are federally registered trademarks of the City of Fort Worth and the Fort Worth Police Department shoulder patch images are property of the City of Fort Worth and the Fort Worth Police Department, all of which are symbols of public trust and delegated authority; and therefore, shall not be reproduced, altered, displayed or otherwise utilized except as provided for in this Order.

  1. Use of the badge or shoulder patch images for non-departmental business or public use
    1. A written request shall be submitted through the chain-of-command to the Chief of Police for permission to use the Fort Worth Police Department badge or shoulder patch images for non-departmental business or public
    2. The request shall state specifically how the badge or shoulder patch images will be used (i.e. video, photos, brochures, website, etc.), the specific purpose, whether any funds will be raised in connection with use of the badge or shoulder patch images and, if so, whether the funds will benefit the department. The request shall also state a time frame for its use, such as a one-time event or a series of events. Under no circumstances shall use of the badge or shoulder patch images be granted on a permanent basis or for blanket use by an individual, business or
    3. Once approved by the Chief of Police, the Police Chief’s Administrative Captain will confer with the Law Department on potential legal issues that may arise with the requested use, and the Administrative Captain will forward the request to the Police Department’s Assistant City Manager for written permission to use the badge or shoulder patch images for non-departmental business or public
    4. Approval shall be issued on an individual basis, and usage shall be restricted to the manner set forth in the letter granting approval. Any usage not in accordance with the approval letter is
    5. Any change in the use of the badge or shoulder patch images previously approved by the Assistant City Manager for non-departmental business or public use shall require re- submission of the request for
    6. No modification to the designs of the badge or shoulder patch images is
    7. Department personnel who are approached by a non-departmental individual or group regarding use of the badge or shoulder patch images shall direct the person or group to the Public Relations Office for
  2. Use of the badge or shoulder patch images for department business
    1. Department personnel may wear any item displaying the badge or shoulder patch images on their uniform so long as it has been approved by the Uniform
    2. With the exception of pre-approved uniform uses, department personnel shall submit a written request for the departmental use of the badge or shoulder patch images through the chain-of-command to the Chief of
      1. Department items that will display the badge or shoulder patch images, including but not limited to, documents, pamphlets, decals, email signature lines, clothing, challenge coins and other printed or electronic materials require approval prior to being used for department
    3. The request shall state specifically how the badge or shoulder patch images will be used (i.e. video, photos, brochures, website, etc.), the specific purpose, whether any funds will be raised in connection with use of the badge or shoulder patch images and, if so, whether the funds will benefit the department. The request shall also state a time frame

for its use, such as a one-time event or a series of events. Under no circumstances shall use of the badge or shoulder patch images be granted to an individual on a permanent basis or for blanket use.

  1. Once approved by the Chief of Police, the Police Chief’s Administrative Captain will confer with the Law Department on potential legal issues that may arise with the requested use, and the Administrative Captain will forward the request to the Police Department’s Assistant City Manager for written permission to use the badge or shoulder patch images for departmental
  2. Approval shall be issued on an individual basis, and usage shall be restricted to the manner set forth in the letter granting approval. Any usage not in accordance with the approval letter is
  3. Any change in the use of the badge or shoulder patch images previously approved by the Assistant City Manager for use of department business shall require re-submission of the request for
  4. No modification to the designs of the badge or shoulder patch images is
  1. Violations
    1. Use of the badge or shoulder patch images to falsely identify or impersonate a peace officer or knowingly misrepresent property of a law enforcement agency may result in criminal penalties pursuant to Texas Penal Code section 12, as amended.
    2. Use of the badge or shoulder patch images in violation of federal or state copyright and/or trademark law may result in civil

222.01   PERSONAL LIABILITY INDEMNITY PLAN (PLIP)

Throughout General Order 222.00, Article IX of Chapter 2, sec. 2-290 to 2-298 of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, Texas entitled “Personal Liability Indemnity Plan (PLIP)” has been referenced to emphasize the personal liability indemnity plan for city officers and employees.

  1. Article IX of Chapter 2, sec. 2-290 to 2-298 indicates the conditions under which the city shall provide legal representation and pay damages for its officers and employees. The ordinance requires officers and employees to cooperate in the handling of claims and lawsuits, establishes limits of coverage and exclusions, and provides that volunteer workers are covered by the
  2. The city shall pay the actual damages up to $100,000 per occurrence for its officers and employees arising from any claim, lawsuit or judgment against a plan member, whether or not the city is a party defendant, if said damages:
    1. Result from an act or omission of the plan member while in the scope and course of the employee’s employment or office with the city or during the employee’s assigned volunteer work with the city; and
    2. Arise from a cause of action for
  3. Definitions
    1. “Plan member” shall be defined as:
  1. Any employee, volunteer, or elected or appointed officer of the City of Fort Worth, any former employee, volunteer, or officer of the City of Fort Worth, or the estate of an employee, volunteer, or officer or former employee, volunteer or officer; and
  2. Any member or former member of a city board, commission or committee created by Charter, ordinance or resolution of the city, or the estate of said
  1. “Indemnity Plan” shall be defined as: Article IX of Chapter 2 of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, Texas as enacted by sec. 2-290 to 2-298.
  2. Course and scope of employment means an activity of any kind or character that has to do with and originates in the work, business, trade, or profession of the employer, and is performed by an employee while engaged in or about the furtherance of the affairs or business of the
  1. To be entitled to coverage, a plan member must:
    1. Notify the risk management division of finance within five (5) days after receipt of any written notice of claim;
    2. No later than five (5) days after receipt of a lawsuit, notify the city attorney and request, in writing, legal representation by the city attorney on a form provided by the city attorney for that purpose;
    3. Assist and cooperate with the city and its authorized representatives in the investigation of such claim or lawsuit;
    4. Attend hearings, depositions, and trials; assist in the conduct of the lawsuit, in effecting settlement, in securing and giving evidence, in obtaining the attendance of witnesses at trial, and in giving a written statement to the city or its representatives; and cooperate in enforcing any right of contribution or indemnity;
    5. Not give any oral or written statement concerning a lawsuit or claim, except upon the advice of the city attorney or the Risk Management Division or when questioned by a police officer at the scene of an accident; and
    6. Not voluntarily make any payment, assume or admit any liability, settle or agree to settle any claim or lawsuit, incur any expense, or assume any obligation with respect to a claim or lawsuit, except upon advice and consent of the city attorney or the Risk Management
    7. The failure or refusal of a plan member to comply with any of the above requirements may be grounds for denial of coverage or legal
  2. The city shall pay the actual damages up to $100,000 per occurrence for any claim, lawsuit, or judgment covered under the PLIP. Payments by the city shall not exceed the amounts allowable under state law. In addition to the coverage regarding actual damages, the city shall pay the following in connection with a claim, lawsuit or judgment covered under the PLIP:
    1. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred in investigating and defending the claim or lawsuit;
    2. Court costs; and
    3. Attorney’s fees ordered by the court to be paid by the plan
  3. The Indemnity Plan shall not apply to:
    1. Claims or lawsuits brought by the city against a plan member;
    2. Claims or lawsuits for official misconduct;
    3. Acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, criminal negligence, or recklessness;
    4. Damages arising out of a willful violation of a penal statute or ordinance committed by or with the knowledge or consent of the plan member;
  1. Damages arising out of acts committed by or at the direction of the plan member with affirmative dishonesty or actual intent to injure, deceive, or defraud;
  2. Any act or omission committed by a plan member while the plan member is operating a city vehicle without permission or authority or while the plan member is operating a city vehicle in the course of personal or private business, except going to and from  work, unless a conflict exists with state law;
  3. Liability assumed by the plan member under a contract or agreement, unless the contract or agreement has been entered into with the consent or at the request of the city;
  4. Any obligation for which the city may be liable under the Texas Workers’ Compensation Act, Unemployment Compensation Laws, or any similar law;
  5. Any act or omission which occurs during a period of time in which the plan member is engaged in outside employment or is rendering contractual services to someone other than the city;
  6. Any claim or lawsuit alleging violations of constitutional rights, civil rights, or federal law; or
  7. Any plan member who is already covered by an insurance contract or other plan of self- insurance authorized by statute for acts or omissions occurring while in the scope and course of the member’s employment or duties, up to the limits of said insurance contract or
  1. The city shall be subrogated to the plan member’s rights of recovery against any person, firm, corporation, or organization, and the plan member shall execute and deliver to the city attorney whatever documents are necessary to secure those rights and shall do nothing to prejudice those
  2. Defense and legal representation
    1. The city shall defend any claim or lawsuit against the plan member seeking damages to which the Indemnity Plan applies even if any of the allegations of the claim or suit are groundless, false, or
    2. The city attorney shall provide the legal representation to a plan member in any claim or lawsuit in which the plan member is covered by the Indemnity
    3. If the city attorney determines that there is a conflict of interest for the city attorney in representing a plan member, and the plan member is entitled to coverage under the PLIP, the city shall pay the reasonable fees of outside legal counsel to represent the plan member. The outside counsel shall be selected by the city
    4. In any lawsuit where the city attorney is providing legal representation to a plan member, the plan member may hire or retain additional legal counsel; however, the city shall not pay or reimburse said plan member for the services of said legal
    5. The city shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or lawsuit effected without its
    6. The city reserves the right to assert any defense and make any settlement it deems expedient.
  3. Nothing in the PLIP shall be construed as creating a cause of action against the city or plan member nor as the giving of any right to institute or maintain any suit or action which would not otherwise exist or be cognizable under law as a legal claim against the city or a plan member.
  4. Nothing in the PLIP shall be construed as waiving any defense, immunity, or jurisdictional ban available to the City or
  1. Citizens questioning Fort Worth’s liability concerning vehicle accidents, property damage, wrecker charges, etc., shall be advised to contact the risk management division of finance by telephone for advice on filing a
  2. In the case of any conflict between the PLIP and the description of the PLIP contained within this General Order, the PLIP as described in Article 1X of Chapter 2, sections 2-290 to 2-298 of the Code of the City of Fort Worth

224.1             REQUESTS FOR DATA PROCESSING SERVICES

  1. Requests for data processing services will be drafted using the appropriate electronic department form. Items covered include, but are not limited to, requests for:
    1. Sign-on for city or county
    2. County Electronic Case Filing System (ECFS).
    3. Specific server, folder, or website
    4. New employee set-up.
    5. Computer software programs, whether revisions or new
    6. Feasibility studies or exploration of new
    7. Purchase, rental, or lease of computer
    8. Creation of production or on-request printout
  2. All requests for data processing shall be submitted through the proper chain of command to Data Management using the Request for Data Management/Police IT Services form. All requests for Data Processing functions shall require approval by the Operational Command Deputy Chief or
  3. Requests for access to websites which violate the City of Fort Worth policy on computer use shall be requested through Data Management; however, the final decision will be with the City of Fort Worth Information Technology Solutions
    1. Requests to Data Management for website access shall specifically name the website or the type of website, justification for the access, and the individuals or unit/detail requiring the access. Once the supervisor has completed the data processing form, it shall be authorized through the chain of command before forwarding to Data Management for concurrence from the Operational Command Deputy Chief or their designee. Once approval has been received, Data Management will process the request and notify the requesting
    2. If an individual is authorized for access to prohibited websites, it shall be the responsibility of the immediate supervisor to contact Data Management to terminate access when the employee is transferred or no longer requires
    3. It shall be the responsibility of the authorized employee to secure access on their computer to the
  4. Personnel requiring the development of a new program, a major revision of an existing program, or any database creation or revision shall forward the initial request through their chain of command to Data

224.2             COMPUTER SECURITY

  1. No employee shall provide, or allow to be discovered through their own actions or inactions, any password for a departmental or city computer system to any unauthorized
  2. No employee shall log on to a terminal or computer and leave that system operational under their password while they are not in direct control of the
    1. The above shall preclude the practice of activating a terminal or computer with one person’s password and then allowing all employees in the entity to access the system with that person’s
  3. No employee shall place any software on any departmental computer that would constitute a copyright violation or violation of the license for that
  4. No employee shall convert any software licensed to the police department to personal use either through changing the license through the licensee or by upgrading the software through an offer only made to the
  5. No employee shall place personal software on a city computer without written approval of the division
  6. All employees shall be familiar with the Mobile Computing and Removable Storage Media policy found in the City of Fort Worth Administrative Regulations (AR D5, Appendix 3). A mobile storage media device includes, but is not limited to, USB port devices, CDs, DVDs, flash drives, modems, handheld wireless devices and any other existing or future media storage
    1. The IT customer service center shall be notified immediately upon detection of a security incident such as a mobile computing or removable storage media device being lost, stolen, or
      1. Employees shall immediately report a lost or stolen flash drive, external hard drive, or any other mobile storage device containing department information to their immediate supervisor and a report will be
    2. It is the responsibility of the employee to ensure any mobile computer or storage media device is protected from being misplaced or from theft or damage. Mobile computers and storage media devices shall not be left visible in an unattended vehicle or public access
    3. Employees should utilize full disk encryption and/or an equivalent security measure to protect sensitive and/or confidential department information stored on a mobile storage media
  • USE OF COMPUTER AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICES Employees should refer to the City of Fort Worth Administrative Regulations for guidance relating to the proper use and maintenance of computers, software, mobile storage devices, and the appropriate conduct when using the devices, software, or media such as websites or blogs which are made available through the use of the
  1. Some of the major considerations of the city policy include:
    1. Personal use is permissible if it does not interfere with productivity and does not preempt any business
    2. Users are forbidden from using the system for charitable endeavors, solicitations, advertisements, private business activities, chain letters, or amusement/entertainment purposes.
    3. The use of city resources should never create the appearance of inappropriate use; therefore, employees  shall  not  use  profanity,  obscenities,  or  derogatory  remarks in

emails, nor include unsupported information such as potentially demeaning rumors or gossip.

  1. City computers and communication systems are specifically prohibited from being used for sexual, ethnic, and racial harassment. Employees receiving offensive email messages must report the communications immediately to Internal Affairs as outlined in General Order 709.00, Sexual Harassment, or the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations on Harassment-Free Workplace, as
  2. Employees should be aware that email that passes through, or is stored on, any City of Fort Worth computer network may be subpoenaed in criminal cases and is considered public record per the requirements of the Texas Public Information Act. As a public record, the public may request copies of email
    1. Email messages are considered the property of the city, not the individual originating
    2. Employees shall periodically purge email messages from their personal computer. Failure to do so could result in the employee’s inability to send or receive additional email
    3. Email signatures shall not contain quotes that may be viewed as inappropriate, offensive or have violent undertones. Acceptable email signatures include any of the following: employee’s name, position/division/department, business address, business telephone and fax number, police department’s official motto/code/tradition and/or unaltered badge or patch image, and any pertinent disclaimers such as email and responses being subject to Texas Public Information laws or directions if receiving the email in
      • Email signatures that include pictures and/or moving or flashing text are prohibited due to increased space required in email accounts and/or
    4. Most email information is intended for specific individuals and may not be appropriate for general distribution. Caution shall be exercised in forwarding or transmitting general distribution email; therefore, any email intended for general distribution shall require prior permission from the department’s Public Relations Office (PRO).
      1. Employees are prohibited from sending any general distribution email such as the zz_CPD or similar group without prior approval. The only exception for the requirement of prior approval shall be Intelligence Bulletins issued through the Intelligence Unit, Roll Call Training Bulletins, Vacancy Announcements, and Crime Analysis Bulletins issued through the Information Management
        1. An employee shall send the proposed email to the PRO for review. The PRO will review the request in a timely manner and if the email is appropriate for general distribution, will forward the email to the zz_CPD group. If the email is inappropriate, the PRO will respond to the employee with an explanation or suggestion for
      2. Employees shall be aware that computer files, floppy or CD disks, and/or email attachments may contain a virus. Employees shall run antivirus software on any computer disks before opening the files on their computer or attaching the file to an email
      3. Employees shall not forward any information which may be considered a myth or hoax. If the information would be of departmental interest, the employee shall confirm the information and then any electronic distribution to the department shall be approved through the department’s
  1. Employees with Internet access shall not visit any site that promotes hate, is sexually oriented, or may bring discredit to the department. The only exception shall be officers assigned to the investigation of electronic files or
    1. City computers shall not be used to view inappropriate material from a personal mobile storage device such as a thumb or flash
  2. For the purpose of court docket and other time sensitive notifications, on-duty employees shall check their email account and the internal police website (fwpd/portal) daily. Employees are not required to check their email account when off-duty, on vacation or other leave
  3. Employees, with prior approval from a supervisor, may photograph or electronically record for official use only any crime scene or potential criminal evidence with their personal equipment.
  4. Employees are prohibited from taking or transmitting digital images in any location that a person would have a reasonable expectation of privacy, including but not limited to, meetings, classrooms, or testing areas. Violations of this order may result in the equipment being confiscated as evidence and the employee subject to disciplinary

224.4             SOCIAL MEDIA

The personal use of social media can have bearing on departmental personnel in their official capacity. As such this order provides information of a precautionary nature as well as prohibitions on the use of social media by department personnel. This order is not meant to address one particular form of social media, rather social media in general, as advances in technology will occur and new tools emerge.

  1. Definitions
    1. Blog – a self-published diary or commentary on a particular topic that may allow visitors to post responses, reactions, or
    2. Page – the specific portion of a social media website where content is displayed, and managed by an individual or individual with administrators’
    3. Post – content an individual shares on a social media site or the act of publishing content on a
    4. Profile – information that a user provides about himself or herself on a social networking
    5. Social Media – a category of Internet-based resources that integrate user-generated content and user participation. This includes, but is not limited to, social networking sites, microblogging sites, photo-and video sharing sites, wikis, blogs, and news
    6. Social Networks – online platforms where users can create profiles, share information, and socialize with others using a range of
    7. Speech – Expression or communication of thoughts or opinions in spoken words, in writing, by expressive conduct, symbolism, photographs, videotape, or related forms of communication.
  2. Departmental Website
    1. The official Fort Worth Police Department website developed and maintained by personnel in Data Management and Research and Planning, shall be the only authorized website for the Fort Worth Police Department. In order to ensure uniformity and consistency of information to be disseminated to the public, individual division/section/unit web pages shall only be hosted on the official
  1. Personnel in a division/section/unit shall request through their chain of command any representation of their division/section/unit on the departmental website. The approved request will be forwarded to Research and Planning for development and implementation.
  2. Social media content shall adhere to applicable laws, regulations, and policies, including all information technology and records management
  1. Personal Website or Social Network

Employees are free to express themselves as private citizens on social media sites to the degree that their speech does not impair working relationships for which loyalty and confidentiality are important, impede the performance of duties, impair discipline and harmony among coworkers, or negatively affect the public perception of the Fort Worth Police Department.

  1. Personal websites that identify the person as an employee of the Fort Worth Police Department or City of Fort Worth either by text, or other means must not reflect a lack of good moral character, must not portray conduct prejudicial to good order, and/or be of a nature that would bring justified, unfavorable criticism upon the department or the employee.
    1. Public employees are cautioned that speech on-or-off-duty, made pursuant to their official duties, that owes its existence to the employee’s professional duties and responsibilities, is not protected speech under the First Amendment and may form the basis for discipline if deemed detrimental to the
  2. For safety and security reasons, employees are cautioned not to disclose their employment with the police department nor shall post information pertaining to any other employee without their Employees are cautioned not to:
    1. Display uniforms, badge, patch, logos, or similar items on personal web pages. Any use of the police department badge and/or shoulder patch shall be governed by General Order 220.06, Professional
    2. Post personal photographs or provide similar means of personal recognition to be identified as a police officer. Officers who are or who may reasonably be expected to work in undercover operations shall not post any form of visual or personal identification.
  3. Employees who have a personal website which identifies the employee as being with the Fort Worth Police Department shall monitor the site to remove any postings that may bring an unfavorable impression of the employee or the police
  4. Unless permission has been granted in writing by the Chief of Police or designee, employees are prohibited from uploading or posting, from either personal or department equipment, any text, photographs, audio, video or other multimedia relating to any police investigation, current or past, or other action taken or obtained during the official course of duty of or by the Fort Worth Police Department on any social media or social networking
  5. When using social media, employees should be aware that their speech becomes part of the worldwide electronic domain; therefore, adherence to General Orders Chapter 700, Code of Conduct, is required in the personal use of social media. Employees are cautioned against speech containing obscene or sexually explicit language, images, or acts and statements or other forms of speech that ridicule, malign, disparage, or otherwise express  bias  against  any  race,  any  religion,  or  any  protected  class     of

individuals. Speech involving the employee or other employees should not reflect behavior that would be considered reckless or irresponsible.

  1. Employees should expect that any information created, transmitted, downloaded, exchanged, or discussed in a public online forum may be accessed by the department at any time without prior
  2. Employees shall not divulge information gained by reason of their authority, make statements or endorsements that could reasonably be considered to represent the views or position of the department without express
  3. Employees should be aware that civil litigation may involve publishing or posting private facts or personal information about a person without their permission, that has not been previously revealed to the public, is not of legitimate public concern, and would be offensive to a reasonable person; publishing or posting false information that harms the reputation of another person, group, or organization; or uses a person’s name, likeness or other personal attributes without the person’s permission for an exploitative
  1. Employees should be sensitive to the privacy of others and refrain from posting personal information such as updates involving illness, injury, personal crisis, etc. concerning another employee without their permission. When an employee has been injured on duty, out of respect to the employee and family, allow time for the family to be notified by the department before posting the

225.1             DEFINITIONS

  1. WORKPLACE

Any city-controlled building, facility, vehicle, workstation, cubicle, etc., where an employee spends all or a portion of their shift or watch.

  1. CITY-ISSUED EQUIPMENT

Any tool, fixture, apparatus, etc., including desks, lockers, storage cabinets, computers, etc., that are provided to employees for use in completing their assigned tasks.

  1. PERSONAL EQUIPMENT/ITEMS

Any item or piece of equipment not issued by the city which is brought to the workplace by an employee. Includes calculators, tape recorders, purses, briefcases, computers and locks.

  1. INSPECTION

A routine non-investigatory function which may be conducted at any time upon the authorization of a sergeant or above and does not require any evidentiary standard of suspicion.

  1. SEARCHES
    1. For Work-Related Purposes

A warrantless search for the purpose of furthering the routine conduct of business, i.e., to obtain materials from an area that are needed to complete a project or task.

  1. For Investigation of Misconduct

A search pursuant to an investigation of misconduct to collect evidence of said misconduct on the part of employees shall be conducted only upon the evidentiary standard of reasonable suspicion.

  1. For Investigation of Criminal

A search for the purpose of discovering evidence of criminal misconduct shall be conducted pursuant to a search warrant or a well-delineated exception to the search warrant requirement.

  1. PROBABLE CAUSE

Where the facts and circumstances known to an officer based upon reasonable and credible information would lead a person of reasonable caution and prudence to believe that the search would produce evidence pertaining to a crime.

  1. REASONABLE SUSPICION

For the purposes of this general order is defined as suspicion based upon individual articulable facts and circumstances, and reasonable inferences from those facts, that would lead a reasonable person to conclude that an employee may have committed, may be committing, or may be about to commit a violation of administrative rules, regulations, general orders, special orders, directives, or procedures.

225.2             NOTIFICATION TO EMPLOYEES

  1. All employees are hereby advised that the retention of any personal equipment within any city building or city-issued equipment, including desks, lockers, and vehicles, is at their own risk. Neither the city, the Fort Worth Police Department, nor the employee’s supervisors shall be responsible for any losses due to any
  2. All city buildings, premises, and equipment shall be subject to entry, search, and inspection by any member of the employee’s chain of command. All privately owned property contained in such buildings, premises, and equipment, including video recordings, and/or the contents of closed or sealed items or containers, are subject to being opened and examined without the employee’s permission. Employees are hereby notified to have no expectation of privacy when using city buildings, premises, or
  3. Employees are hereby given notice not to bring items or possessions to any city building or premises or have said items within any city-issued equipment if they desire privacy in said items or personal
  4. Any city equipment or premise that is protected by an employee-owned lock shall also be subject to entry, search, and inspection. In the event the lock is damaged or destroyed pursuant to an administrative search, the lock will be replaced or the employee will be reimbursed the actual cost of
  5. Any employee whose personal items or containers, not including city-issued equipment as defined in 225.01(B) above, are to be searched shall, when practicable, be notified and given a reasonable opportunity to be present when the search

225.3             INSPECTIONS

  1. An inspection may be conducted at any time to determine inventory, ascertain fitness or readiness of an organization, person, equipment, operations, or facilities, and other related purposes.
  2. An inspection may be conducted at any time by any commissioned officer or civilian employee at the direction or request of a sergeant or person of higher

225.4             SEARCH FOR WORK-RELATED PURPOSE

  1. A search may be conducted when there is reason to believe that a needed document, file, or other work-related item is in the area or container to be
  1. A search for work-related purpose may be conducted by any sworn or civilian employee upon the verbal authorization of a sergeant or

225.5             SEARCH FOR INVESTIGATION OF MISCONDUCT

  1. A search shall not be conducted unless authorized by a lieutenant or above, Internal Affairs personnel, or individuals acting in their
  2. A search for investigation of misconduct based upon reasonable suspicion will be conducted without
  3. A search for investigation of misconduct may include a search of the suspected employee’s person if reasonable suspicion exists that evidence of misconduct may be found upon the person.
    1. A search of the person shall be limited to a search of the outer clothing and pockets of clothing and containers found in the possession of the suspected
    2. A search of a suspected employee shall only be conducted by an officer of the same gender.
    3. A “strip search” or similar intrusive search of the body of the suspected employee shall be prohibited when the purpose of the search is solely for investigation of
    4. A search of a suspected employee solely for an investigation of misconduct shall be conducted within a city building, on city premises, or within or near a city

225.6             CRIMINAL     EVIDENCE     DISCOVERED     DURING     INSPECTION     OR ADMINISTRATIVE SEARCH

  1. Whenever an inspection or search for non-criminal investigation reveals information that the affected employee may have committed a criminal offense, the administrative search shall terminate at that time and Special Investigations Section
    1. The searched area shall be impounded and restricted to prohibit the destruction or removal of
    2. A supervisor shall be called to immediately assume control of the
    3. The suspected employee may be detained for investigation and/or arrested if probable cause
    4. The search shall then be handled in accordance with a search for investigation of criminal misconduct, General Order 07.

225.7             SEARCH FOR INVESTIGATION OF CRIMINAL MISCONDUCT

  1. A search for investigation of a criminal offense shall not be conducted unless authorized by a lieutenant or above, Internal Affairs personnel, or Special Investigations personnel unless exigent circumstances require authorization from an officer of lower
  2. A search for investigation of criminal misconduct shall be conducted only upon the evidentiary standard of probable cause and pursuant to a search warrant or a well-delineated exception to the search warrant
  3. The suspected employee will be given an opportunity to consent to a warrantless search and to sign a consent to search
  4. If the employee refuses to grant consent and sign a consent to search form, the established search and seizure rules for investigation of a criminal offense will apply. The searching officers will be authorized to impound the area to be searched and place it under police guard while a search warrant is
  1. A search of the suspected employee’s person or containers in their possession upon probable cause to believe the employee may have evidence of a crime on their person shall not be conducted unless pursuant to:
    1. A search warrant,
    2. A recognized exception to the search warrant requirement; or
    3. Incident to the arrest of the

226.1             INITIATION OF FORMS

  1. Any functional entity within the department may initiate the design of a form to be used within the
  2. Prior to generation of a new form, employees of the department shall check with Research & Planning to determine if a form currently exists which may serve in the place of an additional
  3. Persons requesting a new form shall generate information necessary for the form and forward to Research and Planning for further processing and assignment of a department form
  4. Limited use forms, i.e., those that are restricted solely to within a bureau and do not require long-term storage, may be generated within the requesting entity using available equipment. A copy of the form must be sent to Research & Planning for archive purposes.

226.2             FORMS PROCESSING

  1. Research & Planning is responsible for the maintenance and archival of all forms utilized by the department, except limited use forms. Assistance for design and production from Research and Planning may be
  2. Following receipt of a request to design a form, personnel within Research and Planning shall:
    1. Prepare a draft version of the form and review it with the initiating
    2. Finalize the form and submit it to the Chief of Police or designee for
    3. Assign a form number and submit the master form to the city print shop for printing, if applicable.
  3. Once notified by an entity that a form is no longer necessary, Research & Planning shall be responsible for canceling any forms on file with the city print

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 300.00                                                      OPERATIONS

(RE-ISSUE 12/08/2014)

301.00    PATROL

  • STAFFING AND DUTIES
  • ROLL CALL
  • INSPECTION OF VEHICLES
  • EQUIPMENT LOG
  • CITATION BOOKS

302.00    RESERVED

303.00    EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION

  • PURPOSE
  • SPECIAL PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR ILLITERATE PERSONS, PERSONS WHO POSSESS LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY, OR PERSONS WHO ARE DEAF OR HARD OF HEARING
  • FEEDBACK DURING ANY OF THE PROCEDURES
  • SELECTION OF IDENTIFICATION METHODS
  • DESCRIPTION OF EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION METHODS
  • SEQUENTIAL BLIND PHOTO ARRAYS
  • SEQUENTIAL BLINDED PHOTO ARRAY
  • SIMULTANEOUS BLIND PHOTO ARRAY
  • SEQUENTIAL BLIND LIVE LINE-UPS
  • SIMULTANEOUS BLIND LIVE LINE-IPS
  • SHOW-UPS OR FIELD IDENTIFICATION

304.00    HOSTAGE SITUATIONS

  • STATIONARY HOSTAGE SITUATIONS
  • MOBILE HOSTAGE SITUATIONS

305.00    EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATION

  • GENERAL LEGAL AUTHORITY/RESTRICTIONS
  • CODE 3 – EMERGENCY
  • VEHICLE PURSUIT
  • ESCORTS

306.00    USE OF FORCE

  • PHILOSOPHY
  • STIPULATIONS
  • DEFINITIONS
  • FORCE OPTIONS
  • USE OF DEADLY FORCE
  • REPORTING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS
  • USE OF FORCE TRAINING

307.00    SPECIAL WEAPONS AND TACTICAL (SWAT)

  • INITIAL RESPONSE
  • OPERATIONS DEVELOPMENT

308.00    STOPPING AND APPROACHING VEHICLES

  • STOPPING THE VIOLATOR
  • APPROACHING THE VIOLATOR
  • STOPPING A KNOWN OR SUSPECTED FELON
  • HIGH RISK VEHICLE STOPS

309.00    CITATIONS AND COURT SETTINGS

  • PARKING AND TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS
  • ISSUANCE OF CITATIONS
  • DIRECT MAILING OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS
  • DISABLED PERSONS PARKING ZONES
  • COURTESY WINDSHIELD HANGTAGS
  • MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION CERTIFICATE

310.00    RESERVED

311.00    ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

  • GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
  • ACCIDENT CITATIONS
  • ACCIDENT REPORT/CITATION SUBMISSION
  • HIT AND RUN ACCIDENTS ON PUBLIC STREETS
  • ACCIDENTS INVOLVING POLICE VEHICLES
  • COMPLETION AND DISTRIBUTION OF FORM P106
  • LATE ACCIDENT REPORT
  • PROOF OF AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
  • SEIZURE OF AUTOMOBILES BY PROPERTY DAMAGE VICTIMS
  • ACCIDENT RE-INVESTIGATION

312.00    DRIVING WHILE INTOXICATED (DWI) INVESTIGATION

  • INITIAL STOP AND FIELD SOBRIETY EVALUATION
  • ARREST AND VEHICLE DISPOSITION
  • PUBLIC INTOXICATION IN A CAR
  • VIDEO RECORDING AND INTERVIEWING THE DWI SUSPECT
  • INTOXILYZER TEST AND BOOKING THE DWI SUSPECT
  • REQUESTS FOR CHEMICAL TESTS
  • JUVENILE DWI ARREST
  • DWI REPORT COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

313.00    FOREIGN NATIONALS AND UNDOCUMENTED PERSONS

  • ARREST/DETENTION OF         FOREIGN        NATIONALS        AND UNDOCUMENTED PERSONS
  • U VISA REQUESTS

314.00    ARREST PROCEDURES

  • AUTHORITY TO ARREST
  • SEARCHING OF PRISONERS
  • PRISONER PICK UPS
  • HANDCUFFING PRISONERS
  • FIELD WARNING PROCEDURE
  • TRANSPORTING PRISONERS
  • ARRESTS BY OFFICERS ENGAGED IN OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT
  • GENERAL COMPLAINT CITATION
  • PRESENCE OF UNIFORMED OFFICERS DURING SERVICE OF ARREST AND/OR SEARCH WARRANTS
  • PLAINCLOTHES AND UNIFORMED OFFICERS AT UNPLANNED ARRESTS
  • CASH BONDING/TRAFFIC ARRESTS
  • DRIVING WHILE LICENSE INVALID
  • RESISTING ARREST CHARGE

315.00    BOOKING PROCEDURES

  • JAIL SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
  • FULL CUSTODY ARREST PROCEDURE
  • CLASS C MISDEMEANOR WARRANT ARRESTS

316.00    PRISONER CHECKOUT

  • DETECTIVE CHECKOUT OF PRISONERS
  • PRISONER WARNING AND JAIL DOCKET
  • PRISONERS REQUIRING MEDICAL ATTENTION

317.00    PRISONER DISPOSITION

  • WRIT OF HABEAS CORPUS
  • BOND RELEASES
  • CHARGES DISMISSED OR NOT FILED
  • COUNTY CASES FILED
  • OUTSIDE AGENCY WARRANT ARRESTS
  • HEALTH OR MEDICAL RELEASES

318.00   REDUCTION/SPECIAL    HANDLING    OF    CLASS    C    AND    OTHER CRIMINAL CASES

  • MITIGATION IN MUNICIPAL COURT CASES
  • REDUCTION OF OFFENSES TO A CLASS C MISDEMEANOR
  • REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL HANDLING OF CRIMINAL CASES
  • REFRAINING FROM ISSUING CLASS C MISDEMEANOR CITATION

319.00    PROPERTY/EVIDENCE

  • PROPERTY/EVIDENCE SUBMISSION
  • PROPERTY REPORTING
  • PROCESSING STOLEN    PROPERTY    IN    POSSESSION   OF    PAWN BROKERS
  • DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY/EVIDENCE
  • FIELD TESTING DRUG EVIDENCE
  • DRUG TAKE-BACK BOXES

320.00    VEHICLE IMPOUNDMENT PROCEDURES

  • MOTOR VEHICLE SEIZURES
  • ARRESTED PERSON’S VEHICLE
  • WRECKER SELECTION AND PROPERTY FORM
  • TOW AWAY ZONES
  • MOTOR VEHICLES WHICH CREATE A DANGER OR HAZARD
  • RECOVERED STOLEN VEHICLES
  • STORED, ABANDONED, AND JUNKED VEHICLES
  • VEHICLE HOLDS
  • IMPOUNDED VEHICLE STORAGE FEES
  • RELEASE OF IMPOUNDED VEHICLE WITHOUT FEE
  • DISTURBANCES INVOLVING REPOSSESSION OF AUTOMOBILES
  • ABANDONED BICYCLES

321.00    INVESTIGATIVE RESPONSIBILITY

  • NOTIFICATION OF NEXT OF KIN
  • COMPOSITION AND DISTRIBUTION OF CASE FILES
  • PROBABLE CAUSE WARRANTS
  • CANADIAN WARRANTS
  • CONSENT SEARCHES AND SEARCH WARRANTS
  • RACIAL PROFILING
  • BIAS-BASED POLICING

322.00    INVESTIGATIVE AIDS

  • POLYGRAPH EXAMINATIONS
  • ELECTRONIC LISTENING DEVICES
  • ALIAS DRIVER’S LICENSES
  • INFORMANTS
  • USE OF VIDEO CAMERAS
  • ADMINISTRATION AND CERTIFICATION OF OATH
  • DPS IMAGE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM ACCESS

323.00    SPECIAL ASSIST ELEMENTS

  • POLICE AVIATION DIVISION
  • CRIME SCENE SEARCH UNIT
  • CANINE UNIT
  • SCHOOL SECURITY INITIATIVE

324.00    HOMICIDES, SUICIDES, AND SUSPICIOUS DEATHS

  • INITIAL POLICE ACTION
  • DISPOSITION OF THE VICTIM
  • WITNESSES
  • DISPOSITION OF WEAPONS
  • OTHER POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
  • DECEASED PERSONS
  • DEATHS INVOLVING PATIENTS ENROLLED IN HOSPICE PROGRAM

325.00    AGGRAVATED ROBBERY

  • INITIAL POLICE ACTION
  • OTHER POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES

326.00    ASSAULTS

  • ASSAULTS
  • AGGRAVATED ASSAULTS AGAINST A PEACE OFFICER
  • SEXUAL ASSAULTS

327.00 BURGLARY, THEFT, AND CRIMINAL MISCHIEF INVESTIGATION

  • SILENT ALARM
  • AUDIBLE ALARM
  • BURGLAR IN A BUILDING
  • BURGLARY, THEFT, OR CRIMINAL MISCHIEF
  • OPEN DOORS AND WINDOWS
  • CRIMINAL MISCHIEF/THEFT OF PUBLIC UTILITIES

328.00    DISTURBANCES

  • DISTURBANCES
  • LANDLORD AND TENANT DISPUTES
  • PROPERTY SETTLEMENTS AND CHILD CUSTODY MATTERS
  • DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
  • PROTECTIVE ORDERS
  • CIVIL DISTURBANCES/PROTESTS
  • DISPUTE RESOLUTION SERVICES
  • HATE CRIMES
  • CRIMINAL TRESPASS WARNING

329.00    PERSON WITH A GUN

  • POLICE ACTION ON THE SCENE
  • LEGAL POSSESSION OF FIREARMS
  • POSSESSION OF FIREARMS WHERE ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ARE SOLD
  • SEIZED FIREARMS

330.00    MENTALLY DISTURBED PERSONS

  • INITIAL POLICE ACTIONS
  • POLICE ACTIONS WHERE NO CRIMINAL OFFENSE IS INVOLVED
  • POLICE ACTIONS WHERE AN OFFENSE IS INVOLVED
  • REPEATED DEALINGS WITH MENTALLY DISTURBED PERSONS

331.00    EXPLOSIVES

331.01    EXPLOSIVES, BOMBS, AND BOMB THREATS

332.00    PUBLIC INTOXICATION

  • PUBLIC INTOXICATION
  • PUBLIC INTOXICATION OTHER THAN ALCOHOL
  • BAR CHECKS; CHECKS OF SEXUALLY-ORIENTED BUSINESSES
  • BAR INSPECTIONS     AND      SEXUALLY-ORIENTED     BUSINESS INSPECTIONS
  • BAR INVESTIGATIONS;        SEXUALLY-ORIENTED        BUSINESS INVESTIGATIONS

333.00    MEDICAL EMERGENCIES

  • EMERGENCY AMBULANCE PROCEDURES
  • INJURED PERSONS

334.00    MISSING PERSONS

  • MISSING PERSONS
  • MISSING CHILDREN
  • MISSING ADULTS
  • ACTIVATION OF THE AMBER PLAN OR SILVER ALERT

335.00    STOLEN VEHICLES

  • STOLEN MOTOR VEHICLES
  • FAILURE TO RETURN RENTAL VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT
  • FAILURE TO RETURN LOANED/BORROWED VEHICLES

336.00    ANIMAL AND FOWL COMPLAINTS

  • ORDINANCE VIOLATIONS
  • LOOSE LIVESTOCK
  • ANIMAL CALLS

337.00    RESERVED

338.00    STRANDED MOTORISTS

  • TRANSPORTING STRANDED MOTORISTS
  • OFFICER AND MOTORIST SAFETY
  • VULNERABLE PERSON ACCOMPANYING ARRESTED PERSON

339.00    MINOR POLICE RESPONSES

  • MEET COMPLAINANT/UNIT/PERSON
  • SUSPICIOUS PERSONS AND PROWLERS
  • FIGHTS
  • INVESTIGATION CALLS
  • SIGNAL 50 – INFORMATION
  • SIGNAL 45 – CANCEL CALL
  • SIGNAL 64 – CALL FOR POLICE – NO OTHER DETAILS
  • SIGNAL 66 – INSPECTION OF CLOSED OR UNATTENDED BUSINESS
  • SIGNAL 69 – RADAR TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAIL

340.00    SERVICE CALLS (MARKOUTS)

  • COFFEE AND MEAL BREAK
  • COURT CALLS
  • FLAT TIRE
  • GARAGE CALL
  • RADIO REPAIR
  • REPORT TO HEADQUARTERS
  • UNIT SECURED
  • CALL FOR CRIME SCENE SEARCH UNIT

341.00    JUVENILE

  • CHILD ARREST PROCEDURE
  • JUVENILE TRAFFIC OFFENDERS
  • WANTED JUVENILES TAKEN INTO POLICE CUSTODY
  • NEGLECTED, ABANDONED, OR ABUSED CHILDREN

342.00    HOSPITALS

342.01    POLICE RESPONSIBILITY

343.00    POLICE ASSISTANCE TO OUTSIDE AGENCIES

343.01    ASSISTANCE TO OUTSIDE DEPARTMENTS OR AGENCIES

344.00    REPORTING SYSTEM

  • OFFENSE/INCIDENT REPORT PROCEDURES
  • SUPPLEMENT REPORTS
  • IDENTIFYING PERSONS BY RACE/ETHNICITY
  • FIELD INTERVIEW CARD
  • CONTAMINATED REPORTS/DOCUMENTS

345.00    RESERVED

346.00    VIN VERIFICATION AND SALVAGE VEHICLE INSPECTIONS

  • VIN VERIFICATIONS
  • SALVAGE VEHICLE INSPECTIONS

347.00    COMMUNITY POLICING STRATEGIES

347.01    NUISANCE ABATEMENT

348.00    RESERVED

349.00    RESERVED

350.00    RESERVED

351.00    SPECIALIZED PATROL UNITS

  • BICYCLE PATROL UNIT
  • MOUNTED PATROL UNIT

352.00    SECURITY AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT

  • GENERAL GUIDELINES
  • COMMUNICATIONS
  • HIJACKING ABOARD AIRCRAFT
  • WEAPONS VIOLATIONS – NOT ABOARD AIRCRAFT
  • HIJACKING AND BOMB THREATS
  • AIRCRAFT CRASHES
  • ROUTINE PATROL CHECKS OF MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL

353.00    RESERVED

354.00    EMERGENCY CONTROL PROCEDURES

  • PURPOSE
  • DEFINITIONS
  • TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
  • RESPONSE LEVELS-DEFINED BY NIMS TRAINING PROGRAM
  • INCIDENT ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
  • ACTIONS SURROUNDING INCIDENT
  • JOINT EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (JEOC)
  • SUPPORT FROM OUTSIDE AGENCIES
  • GREATER DALLAS/FORT WORTH REGIONAL LAW ENFORCEMENT INTERLOCAL ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT

355.00    RESERVED

356.00    CRITICAL POLICE INCIDENTS

  • DEFINITIONS
  • INVESTIGATION TEAM
  • INVOLVED EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES
  • POLICE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
  • FIELD UNIT RESPONSIBILITY
  • INVESTIGATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
  • DIVISION CAPTAIN’S RESPONSIBILITIES
  • GRAND JURY REVIEW
  • CRITICAL POLICE INCIDENT TACTICS REVIEW BOARD

301.1             STAFFING AND DUTIES

  1. Patrol Division captains shall be responsible for exercising command and control of their assigned division on a twenty-four (24) hour
  2. Division captains shall attend roll call at their discretion and manage patrol operations whenever the field situation is determined to require their
  3. Due to the physical location of the patrol divisions, these offices must serve as a resource point for citizens visiting the department. The following services shall be provided:
    1. Employees assigned to the patrol division office shall attend to all citizens requesting assistance. Whenever possible, direct assistance shall be provided and the referral of citizens to other locations shall be avoided. Assistance provided shall include:
      1. Initiating offense reports where an on-scene investigation is not required. When it is appropriate, personnel shall arrange with the Police Communications Division to have a police unit meet the complainant at the location of the incident or location of the
      2. If the requested service is not within the jurisdiction of the police department, the person shall be referred to the individual or agency which can provide the needed service.
    2. Upon completion of the initial investigation of a major incident, or sooner if possible, the on-scene supervisor or the investigating officer shall contact the appropriate patrol division office and furnish all available details to a supervisor. The appropriate division captain shall be notified by the supervisor whenever the situation appears to warrant their
    3. The division commander shall immediately notify their deputy chief when there is a major or serious incident involving police

301.2             ROLL CALL

Personnel assigned to the patrol divisions shall report as scheduled for roll call at the times established by the Patrol Bureau.

  1. All roll calls are strictly limited to fifteen (15) minutes; therefore, only information that is general in nature and affects all officers shall be read. Information affecting only one or two beats or officers shall be distributed to the parties
  2. Field supervisors shall ensure units are staffed and in service as soon as possible after roll call.
  3. When circumstances dictate, supervisors may elect to direct officers to go into service immediately and respond to incidents which require their presence, to include a pre-roll call response.

301.3             INSPECTION OF VEHICLES

Officers operating a police unit shall conduct an inspection of their vehicle and its assigned equipment prior to the beginning of a watch. The officer shall be held strictly accountable for the inspection of the vehicle and any unreported damage and/or contraband/weapons subsequently discovered.

  1. In the event a vehicle is in an unacceptable condition, it shall be the reporting officer’s responsibility to notify their supervisor immediately. The field supervisor shall conduct an investigation to determine the responsibility for the improper condition of the police
  1. After transportation of any prisoner, the transporting officer shall check their police unit for weapons or contraband that may have been left by a
    1. The transporting officer shall assume responsibility for any weapons/contraband left in the police unit by a
    2. If the police unit should be placed into service and weapons and/or contraband are later discovered, the officer making the discovery shall immediately notify their immediate supervisor, who shall initiate appropriate

301.4             EQUIPMENT LOG

  1. At the beginning of each shift, an equipment log shall be completed by the person delegated this responsibility. The log shall list any applicable divisional
  2. Tuning forks for the calibration of the radar units shall be maintained in a secure place within each division’s equipment
  3. Should an equipment change become necessary during the watch, the officer shall ensure the change can be reflected on the
  4. The person delegated this responsibility on the following watch shall log in the equipment returned by the watch being

301.5             CITATION BOOKS

  1. Each captain/commander, shall designate a supervisor to be responsible for maintaining an adequate supply of citation books for their
  2. The designated supervisor obtaining citation books from the municipal court shall list the beginning and ending numbers of the citations in each book on the citations-issued log
  3. After the beginning and ending numbers of each book have been recorded on the citations- issued log sheet, the log sheet and the citation books shall be kept in the patrol division office and at appropriate locations in all other
  4. The designated supervisor shall ensure that all citation books are secured in such a manner that only supervisors have access to them. A locking file cabinet shall be used where deemed
  5. Issuing Citation Books
    1. Officers needing a new citation book shall notify a supervisor in their division. The supervisor shall issue the citation book with the lowest available number and have the receiving officer sign their name and ID number on the same line that the beginning and ending number of the citations are recorded. The supervisor shall record the date of issue, sign the log, place their name and division on the front cover of each citation book they
    2. Officers shall be permitted to check out citation books as follows:
      1. Officers may check out one moving, one parking, and one general complaint citation book.
      2. An officer may check out an additional citation book prior to fully completing a citation book. However, the citation book that was originally checked out must be completed before using the
      3. Officers may check out additional citation books as needed with the approval of their
    3. Return of Completed Citation Books
      1. It is mandatory that all completed citation books be turned in by officers when completed.
  1. Officers shall turn in all completed citation books to their supervisor. Supervisors shall within ten (10) calendar days:
    1. Record the beginning citation number in the book on the front cover of the citation book.
    2. Check the book to determine that all citations have been issued, all copies are intact in the book, and none of the citations have been improperly disposed of or
    3. Locate the citations-issued log sheet pertinent to the completed book, enter the date returned and, if appropriate, whether the officer transferred, resigned, was terminated, or the citation book was lost indicating whether the book has been returned, and sign the
  2. The completed citation books shall then be retained by the supervisor designated by the captain for a period of six (6) months. After six (6) months, the designated supervisor shall complete form RM01, Authority for Records Destruction (AFRD), and forward the form to the appropriate deputy chief for signature. The designated supervisor will then contact the City of Fort Worth Records and Information Management for destruction schedule and proper disposal of the citations. The appropriate citations and AFRD will be given to the City of Fort Worth Records and Information Management representative at that
  3. Access to completed citation books shall be limited to supervisors; however, officers shall be allowed to review relevant citations prior to testifying or to sign out a particular book as a memory aid. Books removed for court testimony shall be returned as soon as any court proceeding is
  1. Audit of Logs
    1. Each division captain shall ensure that the citations-issued logs are audited on a quarterly basis. Audits will be conducted in March, June, September, and December. Such audit shall ascertain whether the logs are being properly kept, the number of books currently issued, and assess the efficiency of the procedure. The captain shall be responsible for ensuring that completed log sheets and an audit report are transported to the deputy chief’s office for storage and filing within ten (10) calendar days following the completion of the
  2. Retrieval of Citation Books
    1. It is the responsibility of an affected supervisor to retrieve all citation books issued to any officer who resigns, is terminated, retires, or is transferred out of their bureau. The books shall be stored with the other completed

NOTE:  Any out-of-date citation books shall be returned to the Municipal Court.

  1. Lost Citation Books
    1. An officer who loses a citation book shall submit an IOC to their supervisor detailing how the book was lost. The supervisor shall write the word “lost” in the appropriate space of the citations-issued log and forward the report through the chain of command to their deputy

303.1             PURPOSE

Eyewitness identification is a frequently used investigative tool. This order is designed to maximize the reliability of identifications, minimize unjust accusations of innocent persons, and to establish evidence that is reliable and which conforms to established legal procedure.

  1. Definitions
    1. Administrator – The person charged with presenting a photographic line-up to a
    2. Assigned Investigator – The officer primarily responsible for investigating an
    3. Blind Manner/Blind Procedure – A procedure wherein the person administering the live line-up or photo array does not know who the suspect
    4. Blinded Photo Array Procedure – A procedure wherein the person who administers the photo array knows who the suspect is, but each photo is presented so that the administrator cannot see or track which photograph is being presented to the
    5. Field Identification/Show-up – An identification procedure in which a single suspect is shown to a victim or witness soon after the commission of a crime for the purpose of identifying or eliminating the suspect as the
    6. Fillers – Non-suspect photographs or persons. Fillers are selected to both fit the description of the perpetrator provided by the witness and to ensure that no individual or photograph stands
    7. Folder/Shuffle Method – A method of administering a photo array such that the administrator cannot see or track which photograph is being presented to the witness until after the procedure is completed. This method is employed when a blind procedure is not
    8. Illiterate Person – An individual who speaks and understands English but cannot read and write
    9. Interpreter – An interpreter is a person who is fluent in English and the language of the witness or victim and who facilitates communication between two parties in two different languages. The term includes persons who facilitate communication with persons who are deaf, hearing impaired, or speaking
    10. Live Line-up – The presentation of individuals, including a suspect, in person to a witness, usually in a manner preventing the individuals from seeing or identifying the witness, for the purpose of identifying and/or eliminating
    11. Person with Limited English Proficiency – Designates individuals whose primary language is not English and who have a limited ability to read, write, speak or understand English. LEP individuals may be competent in certain types of communication (e.g., speaking or understanding), but still be LEP for other purposes such as reading or writing. Similarly, LEP designations are context specific – an individual may possess sufficient English skills to function in one setting, but these skills may be insufficient in other
    12. Photographic Line-up – A collection of photographs including a suspect photograph and filler photographs that are shown to a witness for the purpose of identifying and/or eliminating
    13. Sequential Live Line-up or Photo Array – An identification procedure in which photographs are shown one at a time to a
  1. Simultaneous Live Line-up/Photo Array – An identification procedure in which all photographs are shown at the same time to a
  2. Suspect – An individual who has been specifically identified by the investigation as possibly being the person who committed the
  3. Witness – A term referring to a complainant, victim, eyewitness, or any other form of witness to an
  4. Witness Admonition Statement – A written statement that is read out loud to the witness describing the procedures of the identification

303.2             SPECIAL PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR ILLITERATE PERSONS, PERSONS WHO POSSESS LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY, OR PERSONS WHO ARE DEAF OR HARD OF HEARING

  1. Determine before any presentation if the witness is deaf or hard of hearing, illiterate, or has limited English proficiency. If the witness is deaf or hard of hearing, illiterate, is non- English speaking, or has limited English proficiency an interpreter and/or translator should be used, unless the administrator speaks and reads the victim’s or witness’s language fluently.
  2. If the person is unable to read, the administrator will read aloud any forms to the
  3. When a translator or interpreter is used, the identification of the assisting individual will be documented as well as the assistance provided. The administrator should follow the procedures in General Order 206, Emergency Interpreting Services, if a bilingual or deaf interpreter or translator is

303.3             FEEDBACK DURING ANY OF THE PROCEDURES

  1. Do not give the witness any feedback regarding the individual selected or comment on the outcome of the identification
  2. Be aware that witnesses may perceive such things as unintentional voice inflection or prolonged eye contact, in addition to off-hand words or phrases, as messages regarding their selection.
  3. Avoid casual conversation comments such as “very “

303.4             SELECTION OF IDENTIFICATION METHODS

  1. The Fort Worth Police Department Standard Operating Procedures on Eyewitness Identification shall be consulted before any eyewitness identification method is selected and/or the identification process is initiated. An electronic version of the policy can be found on the fwpd
  2. Photo arrays are preferred over other techniques because they can be controlled better, nervousness can be minimized, and they are easier to manage
  3. Because they involve multiple persons under relatively controlled circumstances, a properly conducted live line-up, like a properly conducted photo array, is preferable to a show-up.
  4. Because they are highly suggestive, show-ups are vulnerable to challenges to their validity. Consequently, a show-up should be employed only where other indicia of guilt are present (e.g., suspect located relatively close in time and place to the crime).

303.5             DESCRIPTION OF EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION METHODS

In order to choose among the various identification methods, a brief description of each method follows. Once the appropriate method is selected, the administrator should refer directly to the section of this order for that particular method.

  1. Sequential, Blind Photo Array – Photo arrays where the photographs are presented one at a time to the witness or victim by a person who does not know who the suspect is. This method requires a preparer who may be familiar with the case and an administrator who does not know the identity of the
  2. Sequential, Blinded Photo Array – Photo arrays where the photographs are presented one at a time to the witness or victim by a person who knows who the suspect is, but who takes steps (putting the photographs in folders and shuffling them) to avoid knowledge of which person’s photo the witness or victim is looking at. This method typically involves an administrator who is familiar with the case and knows who the suspect
  3. Simultaneous, Blind Photo Array – Photo arrays where the photographs are presented all at once rather than one at a time to the witness or victim by a person who does not know who the suspect is. This method requires a preparer who may be familiar with the case and an administrator who does not know the identity of the
  4. Sequential, Blind Live Line-up – Live line-ups where the persons in the live line-up are presented one at a time to the witness or victim. This method requires a preparer who may be familiar with the case and an administrator who does not know the identity of the
  5. Simultaneous, Blind Live Line-up – Live line-ups where the persons in the live line-up are presented all at once rather than one at a time to the witness or victim. This method requires a preparer who may be familiar with the case and an administrator who does not know the identity of the
  6. Show-up/Field Interview – procedure where the witness or victim is presented with a single suspect and asked to identify whether that suspect is the perpetrator. This procedure can be carried out by any officer who is familiar with the eyewitness

303.6             SEQUENTIAL BLIND PHOTO ARRAYS

  • SEQUENTIAL BLINDED PHOTO ARRAY
  1. Preparation
    1. Select Suspect Photograph – If multiple photos of the suspect are available, choose the photo that most resembles the suspect’s appearance at the time of the crime. Do not include more than one (1) photograph of the same suspect. If the preparer does not know what the suspect looked like at the time of the crime, choose the photo that most resembles the victim’s or witness’s description of the perpetrator. If there are multiple suspects, include only one (1) suspect’s photo in the
    2. Selecting Fillers – All persons in the photo array should be of the same sex and race and should be reasonably similar in age, height, weight, and general appearance. Ideally, the characteristics of each filler should be consistent with the description of the perpetrator provided by the witness. Where there is a limited or inadequate description of the perpetrator provided by the witness or where the description of the perpetrator differs significantly from the appearance of the suspect, fillers should be chosen so that no person stands out in the photo array. Avoid using fillers that so closely resemble the suspect that even a person familiar with the suspect might find it difficult to distinguish the
  1. Choosing Number of Fillers – Whenever possible, include a minimum of five (5) fillers. Because increasing the number of fillers tends to increase the reliability of the procedure, one may have more than the minimum number of
  2. Ensuring Similarity – Assess the array to ensure that no person stands out from the rest. Cover any portions of the photographs that provide identifying information on the suspect and similarly cover other photographs used in the
  3. Placing Subject Photographs in Order
    1. Place a filler in a folder and set it aside for placement in the lead
    2. Place the remaining photographs which will comprise the photo array in separate folders and place them in random order (mix them up) so the preparer does not know which photograph is in which
    3. Take the folder set aside in step 1, above and place it in the lead
    4. Number the
  4. Administration

The purpose of a blinded administration is to conduct the photo array in a manner such that the administrator does not know which person in the array the witness is looking at.

  1. Instruct Witness – Each witness should be instructed outside the presence of the other witnesses. The administrator should provide the following admonition at the beginning of each identification procedure:

The individuals depicted in the photographs may or may not have been involved in the incident under investigation.

Some individual characteristics may have changed between the time of the offense and date that the photograph was taken. This could include hair color, hair style or length, scars, complexion, facial hair, and weight.

Look at each individual photograph carefully and determine whether the person displayed was involved in the offense.

If you identify any person as having been involved in the offense, place your initials and the date next to the selected photograph or in the corresponding box if one is present.

  1. Present Folders – Present each folder to the witness separately (one at a time) in numbered order. The blinded administrator should not be in a position to view the photographs while the witness is viewing the photographs. The witness should be the only person viewing the photographs. When the witness is finished viewing the photo, have the witness hand the folder
  2. Question Witness – After the witness has looked at a photo and handed it back to you, ask: “Is this the person you saw [insert description of act]?” If the witness answers “Yes,” document the folder number on the admonition form. Instruct the witness to mark the photo with their initials and the
  3. Document Witness’s Responses – Document both identification and non-identification results in writing, including the witness’ own words and any additional spontaneous comments. Ensure the results are signed and dated by the witness, if
  4. Show all Folders with Photos – Show all folders containing photos to the witness. Even if the witness makes an identification, show the witness the next photo until the witness has viewed all the photographs. If a witness asks why he or she must view the rest of the photos, despite already making an identification, simply tell the witness that to assure objectivity and reliability, the witness is required to view all of the
  5. Additional Viewings – Upon request of the witness, the witness may view the photo array again after the first photo array procedure has been If the witness

requests an additional viewing, the photo array administrator should present the entire photo array in the same order as the original presentation, a second time. If this occurs, it must be documented. It is recommended that the witness not be allowed to view the photo array more than two (2) times.

  1. Subsequent Use of Materials – Ensure that if the witness writes on, marks, or in any way alters identification materials, those materials are not used in subsequent
  2. Multiple Identification Procedures with Same Witness – If possible, avoid multiple identification procedures in which the same witness views the same suspect more than once.
  3. Multiple Suspects – When there are multiple suspects, a separate photo array should be conducted for each suspect. There should not be more than one (1) suspect per photo array.
  4. Reuse of Fillers – When showing a different suspect to the same witness, do not reuse the same fillers from a previous array shown to that
  5. Contact among Witnesses – Instruct the witness not to discuss the identification procedure or its results with other witnesses involved in the case and discourage contact with the media. To the extent possible, prevent witnesses from conferring with each other before, during, and after the photo array
  1. Documentation

Preserve the photo array, together with all written documentation about the identification process. In addition, audio and/or video documentation is recommended. Video documentation (with audio) is the preferred method. Audio recording is the preferred alternative. If neither method is employed, then the reason for not video or audio recording should be documented.

303.8             SIMULTANEOUS BLIND PHOTO ARRAY

  • SEQUENTIAL BLIND LIVE LINE-UPS
  • SIMULTANEOUS BLIND LIVE LINE-UPS
  • SHOW-UPS OR FIELD IDENTIFICATION

 

 

304.1             STATIONARY HOSTAGE SITUATIONS

  • MOBILE HOSTAGE SITUATIONS

 

 

 

305.1             GENERAL LEGAL AUTHORITY/RESTRICTIONS

 

 

  • CODE 3 – EMERGENCY

This designation is used to describe the operation of a vehicle while the emergency lights and

305.3             VEHICLE PURSUIT

after  notification  by  the dispatcher.

Upon joining the

305.4             ESCORTS

A When an officer in the field is requested to escort a private vehicle carrying an injured or ill person, the officer shall first make a quick determination of the severity of the situation. Injuries such as fractured bones and superficial cuts which do not involve serious bleeding should not be escorted. The officer shall instruct the driver on the quickest and most direct route to the hospital and of their obligation to obey all traffic laws. If the driver is still confused about the directions, the officer may provide a non-emergency escort, obeying all traffic regulations. The officer shall advise the driver to follow at a safe distance, and that all traffic laws shall be obeyed. Code 3 escorts of private vehicles shall not be allowed.

  1. In the case of severe illness or injury, the officer should request the Fort Worth Fire Department respond or an ambulance be dispatched. If appropriate, the officer should administer first aid until medical assistance
  2. The above procedure does not preclude the officer from providing a Code 3 escort for vehicles which are authorized and equipped for emergency

306.1             PHILOSOPHY

  1. The use of force by police officers is a matter of critical concern both to the public and the law enforcement community. It is recognized that some individuals will not comply with the law or submit to lawful control, and that officers may be called upon to use force in order to perform their duties and protect themselves and others against assaults from resistive or violent individuals. The use of reasonable force, when warranted, is permitted by law and is an affirmative duty and responsibility of police officers [Graham v Connor, 490 US 386, (1989)]. Conversely, the unreasonable use of force is contrary to law and places the representative government agency in a position of civil liability, and the officer in jeopardy of civil and criminal liability, as well as disciplinary action. Given that no policy can realistically predict every situation an officer might encounter, each officer must be entrusted with well-reasoned discretion in determining the appropriate response in each incident. When officers must protect themselves or others against imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death, any type of weapon or technique may be
  2. A reverence and respect for the dignity of all persons and the sanctity of all human life shall guide all training, leadership, and direction as well as guide officers in the use of force. Members of law enforcement derive their authority from the public; and therefore, must be ever mindful that they are not only the guardians, but also the servants of the
  3. The legal standard used to determine the lawfulness of an officer’s use of force is whether the officer’s actions are “objectively reasonable” in light of the facts and circumstances as they existed at the time of the action. An officer’s actions are considered lawful if a reasonable officer could have believed the action to be lawful in light of clearly established law and the information the officer possessed at the time of the action. [Graham v Connor, 490 US 386, (1989)].

306.2             STIPULATIONS

  1. These guidelines are intended for internal department use and have not been developed to be applied in any civil or criminal proceeding, nor are they intended to create a higher legal standard of safety or care with respect to third parties. A violation of these rules will be grounds for administrative discipline only, while a violation of the law may be the basis for civil or criminal penalties imposed by a court of
  2. The provisions of this order are applicable to all regular and reserve officers acting in their capacity as a police

306.3             DEFINITIONS

  1. Force is defined as the compulsion or restraint exerted upon or against a person for the purpose of
    1. Compelling a person to comply with an officer’s direction; or
    2. Overcoming resistance by a suspect during arrest or detention; or
    3. Defending any person or yourself from an aggressive action by a suspect or another which represents a threat of physical injury or
  2. Excessive control/force results when the use of force is greater than that justified by the violator’s level of
  3. Deadly force is any force that is reasonably likely to cause death or serious physical
  1. Control for the purposes of this section, is defined as the actual physical control of a subject that allows for the completion of a lawful
  2. Choke holds are the intentional use of any technique or device that applies pressure to a person’s throat or trachea area in a manner that restricts their airway or ability to
  3. Neck-restraining techniques are the intentional use of any techniques or device that applies pressure to a person’s lateral neck area in a manner that restricts vascular blood flow likely to result in unconsciousness.
  4. Hogtie restraint is any form or variation of restraint by which the wrists are handcuffed behind the back, the ankles are bound together, and the bound wrists and ankles are then tied together.

306.4             FORCE OPTIONS

It is important to note that actions by an officer shall be predicated by the actions of the subject. Under no circumstances will the force used by an officer be greater than necessary to make an arrest or a detention or to protect oneself or another, nor will the force be used longer than necessary to subdue the suspect, and deadly force shall not be used except as specifically provided in this directive. The Department’s training materials on use of force are hereby incorporated as if fully set forth herein.

  1. During a police contact a subject may be:
    1. Compliant: submits to the authority and direction of the
    2. Non-Compliant
      1. Passive Non-Compliance: physical behavior that hinders an officer’s attempt to make the arrest or the detention but does not represent an immediate or potential threat to the officer or to a third party. Examples include, but are not limited to, bracing or tensing without further aggressive action, the subject remaining limp or unresponsive to verbal commands; however, the subject’s behavior does not escalate to active non-compliance.

Note: Bracing and tensing, in and of themselves, are considered passive actions. However, officers are reminded that these actions often precede aggressive behavior.

  1. Active Non-Compliance: physically active movements that impede an officer’s attempt to control, or actions that present, or could present an immediate or potential threat to the officer or a third person. Examples include, but are not  limited to, pushing, pulling away from officer, verbal threats, fleeing, or actions  that reasonably demonstrate intent to commit an overt act of aggression or assault toward the officer or to a third party, or attempting to use, or the use of, deadly force.
  1. In response to the above situations, officers shall be guided in the use of force as follows:
    1. Officer Presence – Recognition of authority through a uniformed presence, marked police vehicle, identifiable police markings, logo, badges, police credentials, or verbal identification. Excludes physical
    2. Verbal Commands – Commands of direction or required
    3. Weaponless Strategies – Techniques designed to gain compliance through weaponless strategies and open hand control
    4. Weapon Strategies – Techniques designed to gain compliance through the use of a departmentally approved control
  1. Deadly Force – is any force that is reasonably likely to cause death or serious physical injury.
  1. Use of Force Restrictions

These restrictions, like all written policies, may not cover every situation. Any deviations shall be examined rigorously on a case-by-case basis.

  1. Officers shall not use deadly force in response to a verbal threat of serious bodily harm or
  2. Officers shall not fire a weapon as a warning in order to compel arrest, or to prevent the escape of a suspect or
  3. Officers shall not fire a weapon from a moving
  4. Officers shall not fire a weapon into a moving vehicle or at its occupant(s) unless the occupant(s) are using deadly force against the officer or another person present, by means other than the
  5. Officers shall not place themselves in the path of a moving vehicle in a manner which may lead to the use of deadly force. If a confrontation with a moving vehicle does occur, officers shall move out of the path of the
  6. Officers shall not fire into buildings where suspects are concealed. The only exception to this shall be in those instances where there is no doubt of the suspect’s location, and then only when deadly assault or intended deadly assault is being directed from the location at the officer or
  7. The shooting of animals will be guided by General Order 336.03, Animal
  8. Officers are prohibited from using choke holds and other types of neck-restraining techniques except when protecting themselves or others against an imminent threat of serious bodily injury and/or
  9. Officers are prohibited from using a hogtie
  10. Officers having a firearm drawn or exhibited shall secure the weapon before engaging a suspect in a different weapon strategy (Taser, baton, pepper spray), a weaponless strategy, or transitioning to a form of control which requires physical
    1. Tactical Units, when performing in accordance with approved procedures stated in their unit Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) and in accordance with the unit’s advanced training, may prove an exception when exigent circumstances place the officer at a significant tactical disadvantage, or risk of serious bodily injury or death.
  11. Officers shall not use a firearm to strike any
  12. Other techniques, procedures, and restrictions are contained in the Control Tactics Training Manual located on the Police Portal under Forms and Documents/Training.
  1. Control Devices:

Officers and supervisors shall carry only departmental-approved conducted electrical weapons (CEW), chemical agents, and batons after completing the prescribed course of instruction from the Training Division. A list of approved chemical agents and batons/accessories shall be maintained by the Control Tactics Coordinator, and all lists will be maintained at the Police Training Division. All procedures and guidelines for control devices, including reporting regulations, shall apply to both on-duty and off-duty uniformed officers. Control devices shall only be used in situations authorized by General Orders, the Fort Worth Police Control Tactics Training Manual, and the Taser Training Guidelines.

  1. Batons
    1. The standard-issue baton shall be furnished to those officers who have qualified and who have not previously been furnished
    2. After initial issue, standard-issue batons shall be replaced only if lost or damaged or deemed defective through no fault of the
    3. All batons other than the standard-issue must be obtained at the officer’s expense and will not be replaced by the department in the event of loss or
    4. End caps that are used for retention purposes to prevent the baton from slipping from the user’s hands are authorized. This excludes any end cap that has pointed or sharpened protrusions or window breaking feature which may cause additional injury while being used during closed mode
  2. Chemical Agents
    1. Officers shall carry and utilize only those chemical agents and delivery systems issued by the department, and shall do so within the guidelines of departmental training.
    2. Officers shall not use chemical agents on a subject who is displaying passive non- compliance, or does not demonstrate their overt intention to use violence or force against themselves, the officer, or another
    3. Once exposed to a chemical agent, officers shall seek medical assistance for subjects who:
      • May have a pre-existing medical condition, including pregnancy
      • Appear to be under the influence of a narcotic or controlled substance
      • Appear non-responsive, ill, or have difficulty breathing
      • When circumstances allow, officers are encouraged to begin decontamination by rinsing the exposed areas with clean
    4. All issued chemical agents shall be inspected by the Training Division personnel during annual re-qualification.
  3. Conducted Electrical Weapon (CEW)
    1. Only departmentally-issued CEWs are authorized; personally-owned CEWs are not authorized.
    2. Officers shall only draw or exhibit a CEW when:
      • Conducting the department-approved spark test to ensure the proper operation of the CEW, or
      • There is articulable belief that use of the CEW is in conformance with the General Orders, the Fort Worth Police Control Tactics Training Manual, and the Taser Training

NOTE:  Any type of horseplay with the CEW is strictly prohibited.

  1. CEWs shall be carried in an approved holster on the support (weak) side of the body.
  2. CEW demonstrations/presentations are prohibited except when conducted by CEW instructors with the approval of the Training Division
  3. Officers may remove the probes using extreme caution to prevent punctures based on appropriate training techniques. A request may also be made to medical personnel to remove
    • Probes that penetrate skin are a biohazard and shall be disposed using a sharps container. Officers who receive a puncture from a used probe shall follow the department’s exposure process as outlined in the General
  • Latex gloves shall be used when handling the removed
  • Probes that enter sensitive tissue such as the head, face, genitals, neck, or breast shall be removed by medical
  1. Once the CEW has been activated against a subject (drive stun or probes):
    • Officers shall request a medical evaluation on-scene (ambulance) or
    • Request transport to a hospital for evaluation when a subject cycles for more than a cumulative fifteen (15)
  2. Officers shall consider the physical condition of the subject and the subject’s surroundings which could potentially result in a high-risk danger such as, but not limited to, a fall from a great distance or into the path of a moving vehicle when determining whether the CEW is an appropriate option. CEWs are prohibited on the following high-risk population unless exigent circumstances exist or to prevent serious bodily injury or death to the subject, the officer, or a third person:
    • Infirm (frail, weak)
    • Elderly
    • Low body-mass index (BMI)
    • Pregnant
    • Small child
    • Person in water (drowning risk)
  3. A supervisor or commander shall respond to the scene of every CEW activation in drive stun or cartridge
  4. All use of the CEW as ARC display, in the drive stun mode, and/or in the cartridge mode shall be documented in the offense/incident report which the officer shall flag as “Use of Force.” Accidental cartridge discharges shall be reported in an IOC explaining the incident to the officer’s immediate supervisor where it will be signed and forwarded to the Taser

NOTE: Drawing the CEW from the holster in preparation of the possibility of use  is not considered a use of force.

  • When completing the administrative Use of Force report involving an activation against a suspect, the supervisor will perform a download of the officer’s CEW firing record. This information will be attached to the
  • The only exceptions to documentation of CEW use are spark testing and official Training Division classes and
  1. All CEWs and cartridges shall be inspected by Training Division personnel during CEW
  2. No repair or alteration shall be performed on the CEW except by approved Training Division staff. Any malfunction or necessary repair shall be immediately reported to the Training Division CEW coordinator for appropriate
  3. All data stored in the CEW is subject to downloading by the Fort Worth Police Department.
  4. The Training Division shall maintain a current list of officers qualified to carry/use the CEW and a list of officers who have been issued CEW

306.5             USE OF DEADLY FORCE

  1. The use of deadly force is authorized only when it is necessary for officers to protect themselves or others from an immediate threat of death or serious bodily injury. Justification

for the use of deadly force shall be limited to the facts known or reasonably perceived by an officer at the time the incident occurs.

  1. Regardless of the nature of the crime or the justification for the use of deadly force, officers must at all times remember their basic responsibility is to protect the public. Therefore, except to preserve life or to prevent serious bodily injury, officers shall not fire their weapon under circumstances that would subject other officers, bystanders, or hostages to death or possible injury. Firing a weapon under such conditions is not justified unless the failure to do so at the time would create a substantially greater and immediate threat of death or  serious bodily

306.6             REPORTING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS

  1. All use of force incidents which result in injury to any person, involves the use of a physical control method that includes a strike or the grounding/takedown of a subject, or any use of a weapon to control a subject shall be reported and identified as
    1. “Use of Force”
      1. Officers shall report the full details of the use of force in related arrests or offense reports. If no arrest or offense report is to be completed, the details shall be reported in an incident report. A separate administrative report will be completed by the supervisor and electronically forwarded through the officer’s chain of command to be

NOTE: An administrative report (Blue Team) is not required for the grounding/takedown of an individual where no injury or other force was applied or for the displaying of a Taser.

  1. All reports which detail a use of force incident shall be completed prior to the end of the officer’s
  1. Deputy Chiefs shall review each use of force report to determine if there is a need for changes in departmental procedures, additional training for the officer, and/or a referral to the department psychologist. Deputy Chiefs shall take appropriate action based on their determination. All incidents that rise to the level of a Critical Police Incident (CPI) should be referred to the Assistant Chief and the Chief of Police for
  2. All Use of Force reports will be forwarded to the Training Division for review. The purpose of this review will be to ensure the Training Division has the most current information available as it pertains to training methods and curriculums. Requests for Training Division evaluation of a specific Use of Force incident shall be directed to the Director of the Training Division or their
  3. Professional Standards and Accountability personnel shall conduct an end of the year use of force audit. A report of the audit results shall be generated for review by the executive
  4. It is recognized that exigent circumstances may occur requiring an officer to use a weapon or device that is outside of current policy. Any use by an officer of a weapon or device not on the departmentally-approved weapons list, shall be considered for reporting as a Critical Police Incident and handled in accordance with General Order 356.00, Critical Police

306.7             USE OF FORCE TRAINING

  1. The Police Department’s training manual outlines the appropriate use of force techniques approved for use by
  1. All commissioned officers of the rank of lieutenant and below and all reserve officers shall qualify annually in the department approved baton, chemical agent, CEW, and open-hand control training program. Failure to demonstrate qualification standards in practical and written examinations will result in scheduling of remedial training with a certified control tactics instructor, after which a retest will be given. Failure of the retest will be considered as neglect of duty and may subject an officer to termination of employment, and a reserve officer to disqualification from the reserve program for failure to maintain an acceptable level of

NOTE: Requirements for firearms qualification are outlined in General Order 202.02, Firearms Qualification.

  1. It shall be the responsibility of the Training Division Captain to ensure appropriate training is developed and offered annually. The captain shall also ensure appropriate documentation of training and certification is entered in each officer’s personnel
  2. In the event of changes in training regarding the use of force, the Training Division shall notify Internal Affairs, in writing, of all such changes prior to their
  3. It shall be the responsibility of all supervisors to ensure their personnel attend the appropriate

307.1             INITIAL RESPONSE

  1. The lieutenant of the affected patrol division shall respond to all hostage situations, barricaded persons, and sniper incidents that occur within an assigned area of responsibility. Other situations to which SWAT may respond shall be determined by the lieutenant of the division involved. The highest ranking patrol supervisor of the involved division has the responsibility for the proper handling of the
    1. Upon notification of a major event as described above, the police dispatcher shall initiate an immediate patrol response. A supervisor shall be dispatched, preferably, the division supervisor. The captain, or designee, of the concerned division shall also be notified by the communications
    2. When instructed by the lieutenant, the police dispatcher shall notify the SWAT commander of the information received and that a patrol unit has been
    3. All units responding to the incident shall be informed by the dispatch supervisor which radio talk group shall be utilized exclusively for the
  2. The ranking patrol officer on the scene shall be in command until properly relieved of that responsibility by a senior officer. The senior officer who later arrives on the scene may allow the current field officer or supervisor to remain in charge and assume a support role if the situation justifies this approach; however, the senior officer will retain the responsibility for a successful final outcome. The person in charge at the scene shall make an assessment of the situation, and if conditions suggest a prolonged police response or an aggravated civil disturbance, the police dispatcher shall be immediately
  3. The highest ranking supervisor at the scene shall assume overall responsibility to ensure that the operations under their direct control are conducted in the manner best suited for the successful conclusion of the incident. The primary responsibilities of patrol at these type situations are to:
    1. Ensure that SWAT has been notified and is en
  1. Establish and maintain an outer perimeter sufficient to contain an inner perimeter of appropriate size for SWAT operations, and assure a sufficient number of officers are present to exclude unauthorized
  2. Attempt to gather information which shall be of assistance to SWAT officers upon their arrival.
  3. Establish a command post at a safe location between the inner and outer
  4. Ensure communications is advised to immediately make the proper notifications. Establish a staging area for representatives of the media to be located in a safe location. Handle all media requests until the arrival of a member of the Public Relations
  5. Establish a staging area for all emergency personnel and
  6. Consider the need for evacuation of persons within close proximity of the ongoing tactical
  1. If hostages have been taken, implement necessary action to ensure the preservation of the lives of all

307.2             OPERATIONS DEVELOPMENT

SWAT is always to be used in support of the patrol supervisor in charge at the scene, and its mission is to be developed following an assessment and evaluation of available information. Once a mission is determined, the ranking SWAT officer shall be designated as SWAT commander, and shall assume the responsibility of developing and implementing the response plan. The method of carrying out the assigned mission is left to the ranking SWAT officer with the concurrence of the patrol supervisor who is responsible for the proper handling of the situation.

  1. Upon arrival of the SWAT lieutenant, or designee, the field supervisor in charge shall ensure that the SWAT lieutenant or designee is briefed concerning the status of the situation and the deployment of officers in the area. The SWAT lieutenant or designee shall assess the situation and determine if support services are required, such as the fire department, helicopter, or
  2. The SWAT lieutenant, or designee, shall be responsible for establishing and maintaining firearms discipline throughout the incident. No firearms response, with the exception of life or death situations, shall be initiated except under their direction. A firearms response plan shall be developed by the SWAT lieutenant with the concurrence of the patrol field supervisor in charge of the
  3. The SWAT lieutenant, or designee, shall establish an inner perimeter and alternate command posts for tactical operations in accordance with SWAT’s standard operating procedures.
  4. After SWAT has implemented the response plan, no member of the department other than assigned SWAT officers shall be permitted inside the inner perimeter unless specifically authorized by the ranking SWAT supervisor or lieutenant. The patrol supervisor shall maintain the outer perimeter and exercise control from the primary command post over all activity which might potentially interfere with tactical operations. Coordination with other departments of the city shall be maintained by involved patrol division
  5. The SWAT lieutenant, or designee, shall make the determination, with the concurrence of the ranking patrol supervisor, as to when the incident has reached a conclusion. The patrol commander shall then see that involved personnel are released or request additional assistance as may be appropriate for the
  1. The ranking patrol supervisor will assure that units which are not necessary to continued operations are returned to service in an expeditious manner once the situation

308.1             STOPPING THE VIOLATOR

  • APPROACHING THE VIOLATOR
  • STOPPING A KNOWN OR SUSPECTED FELON

 

 

 

  • HIGH RISK VEHICLE STOPS

 

309.1             PARKING AND TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS

  1. Officers shall use courtesy when dealing with
  2. The officer shall request to see the violator’s license, explaining the violation which caused the person to be
  1. Tolerance shall be allowed only in cases where compensation for mechanical error is to be made. When an officer makes contact, it shall result in either arrest, ticket, or warning. Warnings should only be used in borderline situations, where extenuating circumstances are present, or when strangers are confused and the violation is not flagrant or
  2. Officers shall not stand by parking meters waiting for the meter to
  3. When parking violation complaints are received, a citation may be issued at the officer’s discretion if a violation is
  4. A supervisor shall review all citations issued by officers prior to submitting the citations to the courts. If a citation is missing information or is illegible, it shall be returned to the officer for correction. Under no circumstances should an incomplete citation be submitted to the courts.
    1. The division captain may appoint supervisor(s) to review all
    2. Recurrent problems with faulty citations will be referred to the appropriate division captain for appropriate

309.2             ISSUANCE OF CITATIONS

  1. Officers that have occasion to issue citations shall adhere to the following:
    1. Complete the citation form by filling in the applicable blanks per current
    2. Changes should not be made to the court copy of the citation after it is given to the offender.
    3. Request the violator to sign the citation, explaining that their signature is not an admission of
    4. Give the violator their copy of the citation and advise the violator that they have eleven

(11) days to comply with the instructions printed on the blue violator’s copy of the citation.

  1. Municipal Court Appearances by Department Personnel
    1. All personnel must log into the Officer Subpoena Calendar at least once a week and review their upcoming court
    2. It is the duty of all officers to attend court when requested by a supervisor, court liaison personnel, written or electronic subpoena, official court docket or official representative of the
    3. Supervisors must notify the court liaison through electronic mail if an officer’s status changes (i.e., days off, shift, vacation, scheduled training, extended leave, etc.) or anytime a new officer is transferred to the team. These notifications should occur immediately upon the supervisor’s knowledge that a change has
    4. Exceptions from the duty of police personnel to attend court require notification be made to the respective court and may include:
      1. Approved occupational, military, sick, family, or scheduled vacation leave. b. Supervisory-approved out-of-town police
    5. Division commanders will be responsible for follow-up investigations and appropriate disciplinary action on all police personnel absent from court that were properly
    6. Officers receiving a new court assignment shall attend their old court assignment until the new assignment takes effect, normally within thirty (30) to sixty (60)
    7. Division commanders may adjust officers’ duty hours to accommodate a court appearance for the purpose of reducing court overtime
  1. All personnel shall immediately notify their supervisor when their shift or days off conflict with their assigned Municipal Court setting. This will not include the third shift in the Patrol
  2. Officers shall not list a second officer as a witness on traffic citations without supervisory approval and under exigent circumstances. Training officers shall refrain from listing their probationary officer on traffic
  3. Police personnel attending Municipal Court will sign the court attendance log if applicable.
  4. It will be the responsibility of the Court Liaison officer to notify police personnel of County Court cases outside of Tarrant County and of State Court cases, including Department of Public Safety hearings. Officers will be notified by Tarrant County personnel of cases within Tarrant County. Officers attending County Court shall check- in at the Court Liaison office in the Tarrant County Justice

309.3             DIRECT MAILING OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS

  1. The routine mailing of traffic citations directly to violators shall not be permitted except by members of the Traffic Investigation
  2. Should it become necessary to mail a citation to a violator, officers shall obtain approval from their lieutenant or designee before the citation is

309.4             DISABLED PERSONS PARKING ZONES

  1. When a complaint is received concerning a violation of this nature, a unit shall be dispatched to
  2. Officers who discover a violation of this nature shall investigate and take appropriate
  3. Officers shall issue a citation when a vehicle is found parked in a properly marked disabled or handicapped parking zone and the vehicle does not have a license plate with the universal wheelchair symbol the same size as the numbers, or a disabled parking placard issued by the Texas Department of Transportation on the rear-view mirror. A vehicle displaying disabled veteran license plates is entitled to park in designated disabled parking places without a separate disabled parking
  4. Officers shall also issue a citation when a vehicle is blocking an access, curb ramp, or any architectural improvement designed to aid the

309.5             COURTESY WINDSHIELD HANGTAGS

The City of Fort Worth Parking Services provides a courtesy windshield hangtag which they issue to eligible guests attending conventions or certain meetings in Fort Worth. The hangtag shall be affixed to the rearview mirror on the windshield. The sole privilege afforded by the hangtag is exemption from inserting coins in parking meters with exceptions or restrictions as indicated on the hangtag. The hangtag shall be valid until the expiration date printed on the hangtag. The courtesy hangtag is not intended for use by residents of Tarrant County.

309.6             MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION CERTIFICATE

  1. Citations for inspection sticker violation shall not be issued to vehicles bearing Texas registration and a valid inspection certificate from any other
  2. Vehicles bearing valid license plates and an invalid inspection certificate are subject to a citation issued in the usual

311.1             GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

  1. All accidents reported to this department shall be responded to, regardless of severity. However, accident investigations shall be conducted only if one or more of the following criteria is met:
    1. There is an injury, reported injury, fatality, or possible
    2. The accident involves city vehicles or
    3. The accident involves a hit-and-run or a driver has left the
    4. Any driver involved is unable to produce a valid driver’s license or proof of liability insurance as defined in General Order 10.
    5. A driver is suspected of driving while intoxicated or driving under the influence of drugs.
    6. The accident is a direct or indirect result of a police pursuit or a criminal
    7. The accident involves a commercial vehicle as defined in CR-100 Crash Report
    8. A disturbance between involved
    9. Hit and run that is reported within 24 hours of when it was discovered and occurred on a public
    10. Damage to vehicles to extent towing is

NOTE: If the criteria for accident reporting is met, officers shall use the appropriate accident report forms located in the administrative report software.

  1. An officer at the scene of a crash that does not meet accident investigation criteria will:
    1. Establish control over the scene,
    2. Distribute the Driver’s Crash Report C-2 (state blue form), if applicable to each driver. The officer will inform the drivers to complete the form, mail original to the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) and to retain a copy for their records,
    3. Supervise exchange of liability insurance information,
    4. Issue citations for Safety Responsibility Act violations, and
    5. Supervise removal from the roadway of vehicles, debris and other possible
  2. Private Property Accident

Vehicle accidents on private residential property or a garage/ parking lot for which a charge is made for storing or parking a motor vehicle are exempt from police investigation under Transportation Code Sec. 550.041. They are also exempt from the duty of involved parties  to report them to the state under Transportation Code Sec. 550.001. Officers may be sent if any of the criteria for on-scene response are present. If both parties are still at the scene and one wants to prosecute, an information report will be completed.

  1. The investigating officer shall attempt to quickly determine the drivers of the vehicles involved and their physical condition as well as the physical condition of all accident victims. First aid shall be administered where applicable. Ambulances shall be called for the seriously injured and for those victims requesting such service. The Fort Worth Fire Department Rescue Unit shall be called for victims trapped in
  1. In addition to the initial care and disposition of the injured, the following emergency/assist units may be needed in order to secure the
    1. Additional police units shall be called if needed for traffic and crowd control. A supervisor shall be called if deemed necessary by the investigating officer, or if the accident involves a police vehicle or a
    2. The officer may secure any available assistance to move the vehicles for the purpose of preventing additional accidents provided that the investigation shall not be
    3. Fire department units shall be called if flammable, explosive, or toxic substances are present.
    4. The appropriate utility units shall be called to clear the scene of fallen utility poles, electrical wires, traffic control devices, etc. Freeway lighting systems are installed by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) and are then transferred to Fort Worth. Responsibility for the operation, maintenance, and repair of these lights lies with the city. Each officer is instructed to list damaged freeway lighting, including the number appearing on the light standard in the proper space on the accident report form and to properly identify Fort Worth as
  2. Investigative Assistance
    1. Crime Scene Search Unit officers shall be called on accidents involving all fatalities or serious injuries where death is imminent, and where an offense of Accident Involving Injury or Death has occurred. Supervisors shall ensure photographs are taken of all officer-involved
    2. Traffic Investigation Unit personnel shall be called during their normal working hours for accidents involving fatalities, failure to stop and render aid, and accidents involving city-owned vehicles where there is serious bodily injury. Accident investigators shall be contacted after their normal working hours if the accident involves fatalities, failure to stop and render aid with serious bodily injury, and accidents involving police units where there is serious bodily injury to either party. If these criteria are met and there is a request by a supervisor, Traffic Investigation Unit personnel shall respond regardless of the time of the
    3. When an accident investigator is called to the scene of an accident, as referenced in General Order 311.01 F. 2, the assigned accident investigator shall take charge of the investigation.
      1. Field personnel shall be expected to assist in interviewing witnesses and/or suspects identified initially at the scene, or upon request of the accident
      2. Patrol personnel shall provide for the protection of the accident scene upon their arrival.
      3. It shall remain the responsibility of the officer receiving the call to complete the initial accident report and any related reports, including the completion of the DWI and/or intoxication assault report, if warranted. The exception will be all fatalities, in which case, the officer receiving the call will complete the intoxication manslaughter and related reports, but the traffic investigator will have the responsibility to complete the accident
      4. Field supervisors on the scene shall be responsible for all supervisory duties, and ensuring all necessary activities for a complete investigation are carried out in support of the assigned accident
    4. The Tarrant County Medical Examiner’s office shall be notified in the event of a fatality.
  1. Clearing the Scene
    1. The police department shall impound a motor vehicle involved in an accident when the driver of the vehicle is incapacitated by reason of physical injury or other causes to such an extent as to be unable to provide for its removal, or when the driver has abandoned the vehicle or is not in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle. If the spouse of the driver or the registered owner is present at the scene of the accident and is not incapacitated, the vehicle shall be released to such person for disposition. Property from motor vehicles shall be disposed of in accordance with vehicle impoundment
    2. If wreckers were called, the wrecker selection and property forms shall be completed by the officer on the scene, with the designated copy given to the driver or other person to whom the vehicle has been released, if applicable. The appropriate enforcement action shall be taken and the driver shall be released. Officers shall ensure that the wrecker driver clears the scene of debris and wreckage, and to ensure their safety, the officer shall remain on the scene to provide traffic control. If a wrecker was not called, it is the officer’s responsibility to clean up the
    3. Damaged vehicles may be left at the scene provided they are not a traffic hazard and are legally parked, subject to department procedure regarding the storing of a motor vehicle on a public street as specified by Code of the City of Fort Worth, Texas,  22-159, Storing of Motor Vehicles on Public Street Prohibited. When the damaged vehicle is  left at the scene, the officer shall affix a note to the windshield stating that an accident has been worked, the date and time of the accident, the report number, and when the vehicle is to be removed by the owner. The appropriate dispatcher shall be notified that an accident has been worked and a damaged vehicle is being left at the
      1. Under the Texas Transportation Code, section 545.3051, officers may remove vehicles from a roadway or right of way if the vehicle blocks the roadway or endangers public

311.2             ACCIDENT CITATIONS

Any driver found to have violated a traffic law associated with an accident shall be issued a citation if the accident meets the criteria for investigating an accident described in General Order 311.01(A) and if the elements of the violation can be established and supported by witnesses, e.g., accident victims or independent witnesses. Exceptions to this general guideline are listed below in 311.02 (D).

  1. If accident criteria is met, the citation shall be issued for the actual statute violated. Example: Red Signal – Accident Involved. Stop sign violations are an exception, where the citation shall be issued for Violation of Right-of-Way (R.O.W.) – Stop Sign – Accident Involved.
  2. Officers may not make an arrest for a misdemeanor traffic offense occurring out of their presence with the exception of DWI, those found to have left the scene of accidents involving $200 or more damage to one or more vehicles or property, and those cases that by law allow the use of third party
  3. If it is determined at any point during the examination of the scene or investigation of an accident that a criminal offense has occurred before or after the accident, the officer shall initiate the proper report and take appropriate enforcement action in addition to completing the accident investigation. Sufficient assistance may be requested to accomplish the additional
  1. Accident citations shall not be issued for private property accidents, one-car accidents without an independent witness, any accident where there is serious bodily injury or death, or if charges will be filed with the D.A. stemming from the same incident as outlined in General Order 04.

311.3             ACCIDENT REPORT/CITATION SUBMISSION

  1. Before completion of a tour of duty, officers shall submit the accident report and turn in their accident-related citation(s) to the designated place at the appropriate roll call
  2. Accident reports shall be completed electronically with all validation errors corrected and forwarded to the Report Server on a daily
  3. Reports shall be reviewed on the Report Server and approved by the appropriate supervisor. If rejected, the report will be returned to the officer by the supervisor for correction(s).
  4. Records Division personnel will review and forward the reports for electronic submission to the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT).
  5. Officers’ reports rejected by TxDOT will receive an email to correct any errors within seventy-two (72) hours and to resubmit the report for

311.4             HIT AND RUN ACCIDENTS ON PUBLIC STREETS

Officers shall obtain an accurate description of the driver and/or vehicle leaving the scene of the accident and the direction of travel. As soon as possible, this information shall be given to the dispatcher for a broadcast unless the officer makes the broadcast via MDC-All message. Officers shall write the service number in the appropriate blank on all pages of the hit and run report.

  1. Arresting Officer Duties
    1. When an officer observes any person operating a motor vehicle upon a public street or highway and sufficient evidence exists to indicate that the person is leaving the scene of an accident, and the officer is able to verify that the accident involves damages of $200 or more, the investigating officer may initiate a custodial arrest for leaving the scene of an
    2. In order to maintain the charge, no citation shall be written for leaving the
    3. If the arrest is accepted by a jail supervisor, an offense report entitled “Accident with Damage over $200″ will be submitted. All information which is available that identifies the driver of the vehicle as the same person who left the accident scene shall be included and the report shall be directed to the Traffic
  2. Traffic Investigation Unit Duties
    1. The assigned investigator shall contact all witnesses and persons involved in the accident and assemble a case packet to include the witness list, summary, and estimates of vehicle and property damage. A copy of the case shall be forwarded to the county prosecutor’s office with a file sheet maintained at the Traffic
    2. A prisoner disposition sheet shall be completed by the investigator at the time the case packet is filed with the

311.5             ACCIDENTS INVOLVING POLICE VEHICLES

  1. The Traffic Investigation Unit shall respond to any accident resulting in serious bodily injury that involves a police department or city vehicle. The appropriate division supervisor shall be responsible for administration of all blood/breath/urine tests in such
  2. Investigation of accidents involving police vehicles shall include photographs of the scene and damage  to  all  vehicles  and  property    Form  P106  and  3501-005 (Vehicle

Accident and Incident Review Form) shall be completed on all accidents and incidents resulting in damage to police vehicles. A formal accident report will be required on all accidents and incidents resulting in damage to any one vehicle or stationary object, or there is injury or death to any person as a result of the accident.

  1. If the officer is injured in the accident, photographs of the vehicle and damage must accompany the DWC-1
  1. Notification of Accidents/Incidents.
    1. All accidents/incidents must be reported immediately by the officer. The driver shall inspect all suspected damage or where contact is made to ascertain whether or not any damage has been
    2. Accidents and incidents shall be reported immediately to the dispatcher, supervisor, and the Police Fleet Services utilizing the proper
    3. Accidents outside of the city limits of Fort Worth shall be reported to the police department with jurisdiction for a formal accident report. If within Tarrant County and the department refuses, the on-duty supervisor should report to the scene and complete a formal accident report to be used for departmental purposes
  2. The officer driving when the accident occurs should attend the equipment and complete a driver information form, collect the names, addresses and telephone numbers of all persons at the scene, and, if possible, do not move the vehicle until the investigating officer and supervisor arrive. Do not discuss the facts of the accident with anyone except the investigating officer and supervisor. Make no statements admitting fault, authorizing repair, or committing yourself or the City of Fort Worth in any way. The driver must remain at the scene until directed to leave by their supervisor, unless they must leave for medical
  3. If the police vehicle is rendered inoperable, the field supervisor shall arrange for the removal and safekeeping of the police vehicle, weapon(s), and other portable emergency
  4. If a peace officer or fire fighter is involved in an accident during an emergency and while driving a law enforcement vehicle or fire department vehicle in pursuit of duties as a peace officer or fire fighter, the investigating officer shall:
    1. Include in the “Describe What Happened” section of the accident report a statement identifying the driver as a peace officer or fire fighter, that the vehicle was being driven in response to an emergency, and the nature of the

NOTE: If the officer involved has a 216 Rider on the individual liability  insurance  coverage, they must report the accident to their insurance company, either in person or by telephone, within thirty (30) days.

311.6             COMPLETION AND DISTRIBUTION OF FORM P106

  1. It shall be the responsibility of the investigating supervisor to obtain the information necessary for the completion of the Form
  2. The investigating field supervisor will attach a copy of the Form P106 to the administrative report, along with all other documents related to the accident or incident. This administrative report will be forwarded to the Accident Review Board and then through the chain of command. Copies will be placed in the unit vehicle file, with one copy sent to the Law Enforcement Driver Training (L.E.D.T.) Coordinator in the Training Division and one copy sent to the Police Fleet Services. The original will be forwarded to the appropriate deputy chief for review and signature. The original will be forwarded to Police Fleet Services which will ensure that one (1) copy of the accident report and Form 3501-005 (Vehicle Accident

and Incident Review) shall be attached to the original Form P106 and distributed copies, if applicable.

  1. The reporting supervisor or driver is responsible for delivery of the damaged vehicle to the body shop for an estimate. A copy of the Form P106 and a detailed diagram must accompany the vehicle to the body
  2. It shall be the responsibility of each officer who is operating a police vehicle that is involved in an incident to complete Form 3501-005 (Vehicle Accident and Incident Review). This form, along with an original of any other miscellaneous reports, is to be forwarded through the chain of command to the Police Fleet Services with a copy directed to the L.E.D.T. Coordinator and Risk Management within the first working day following the accident/incident.

311.7             LATE ACCIDENT REPORT

The course of action of the Fort Worth Police Department is to not investigate accidents when both parties have left the scene of the accident and one party later calls requesting an accident report be made. Exceptions to this procedure are:

  1. When either party leaves the scene to call the police or pursue another party involved in the accident to get a description or license number and is returning to the scene to report the accident.
  2. When either party leaves the scene to seek immediate medical
  3. Reasonable circumstances exist that caused either party to leave the scene and that party is going to return to the scene to report the
  4. Officers who are requested to work an accident that does not fit the above criteria shall enter the basic information into their call details, issue a Driver’s Crash Report C-2(blue form) to the reporting party with instructions that the form should be completed and mailed to the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) in Austin, and offer reasonable assistance to the reporting

311.8             PROOF OF AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

  1. No motor vehicle, unless exempt by the Texas Transportation Code, may be operated unless financial responsibility is established for that
  2. Upon request of a police officer or a person involved in an accident, all operators shall furnish proof of financial responsibility. Hard copies of policies, applicable certificates and images displayed on a wireless communication device that includes the information as required by law will be
  3. If proof of financial responsibility can be provided by the operator, verifying that either the operator or owner has such coverage, no violation has occurred. Proof of financial responsibility pertains to the vehicle, not the

311.9             SEIZURE OF AUTOMOBILES BY PROPERTY DAMAGE VICTIMS

  1. In situations where a motor vehicle has caused damage to private property, particularly real estate fixtures, there is no statutory authority for the owner of the damaged private property to seize and retain the motor vehicle which has caused the
  2. If the motor vehicle causing the damage remains on private property, the owner of the vehicle normally has the right to make arrangements to have the vehicle removed at their request.
  1. If the driver fails to arrange for removal or is unable to do so, no physical danger exists, and the owner of the private property does not desire the motor vehicle to be removed, it should be left at the scene unless involved in a crime such as hit and
  2. If the owner of the property where the vehicle is located does not give permission to enter or bars entry, the vehicle owner may not enter forcibly or by criminal
  1. Police employees shall advise both owners that possession of the vehicle is a civil matter between the
  2. If the vehicle causing the damage meets the criteria of section 34-181 of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, “Contracted Police Pulls,” then the vehicle should be removed by police in accordance with the wrecker

311.10          ACCIDENT RE-INVESTIGATION

  1. No re-investigation of a traffic accident shall be conducted by an officer unless specifically authorized by the officer’s
  2. Officers in need of supplementing an accident report will request Records Section personnel return the report from the accident server, then the officer will check the “supplement” box at the top of the report, complete the changes, and resubmit the report to the accident server for
  3. Nothing in this section shall preclude efforts to ensure the completeness and accuracy of an accident report by Police Department personnel directly involved in handling, reviewing or processing such reports consistent with any General

312.1             INITIAL STOP AND FIELD SOBRIETY EVALUATION

Officers shall be careful to note all violations of traffic laws (state and city ordinances) which prompted the traffic stop. All other actions on the part of the violator during the traffic stop shall also be noted. If, after confronting the violator, the officer suspects the violator to be intoxicated, a field sobriety evaluation shall immediately be administered after the violator is out of the vehicle. If requesting recitations such as the alphabet, counting, data recognition, be sure the suspect is not in a custodial situation.

  1. The violator’s ability to follow directions and perform the field sobriety evaluation shall be reported in detail using the Field Sobriety Scoring Sheet. Officers shall avoid using pass or fail terms to describe the
  2. A field sobriety evaluation is to assist the officer in evaluating the violator’s state of sobriety, but shall not be used as the sole determination of
  3. Diabetes
    1. The symptoms of diabetes can sometimes resemble the indications of a person who is intoxicated, including disorientation, slurred speech, etc. Officers should check for a MedicAlert bracelet/necklace indicating a diabetic condition and/or see if the following symptoms are present prior to making a decision to initiate an arrest:
      1. Dullness, headache, irritability,
      2. Shaking, sweating,
      3. Hunger, numbness, pale and/or moist
      4. Dizziness, loss of coordination, slurred
      5. Abdominal pain, nausea,
  1. Blurred
  2. Rapid, deep breathing — fruity odor to
  3. Confusion, drowsiness,
  1. If the subject is suffering from one of the above symptoms, a determination of the severity shall be made. If the situation appears serious, officers shall request that the dispatcher send an

312.2             ARREST AND VEHICLE DISPOSITION

Once a decision has been made to arrest the violator for Driving While Intoxicated (DWI), officers shall:

  1. Advise the suspect that an arrest for DWI will be
  2. The Miranda Warnings should not be read to the suspect at the time of the arrest. Accordingly, no interrogation should be conducted at the scene once the suspect has been arrested. The DIC 24 (Police Officer DWI Statutory Warning) should not be given at the scene.
  3. Make disposition of the suspect’s vehicle in accordance with established
  4. Unopened and empty alcoholic beverage containers shall be noted in the DWI report, but shall not be collected and tagged as
  5. The suspect shall be transported to the jail and shall not be allowed to smoke, eat, or drink. If the suspect has been involved in an accident, an assist officer shall investigate  the accident. The accident report and related charges shall be coordinated with the arresting officer and properly
  6. The following procedure will apply only when a DWI suspect has been admitted to the hospital and will not apply when the DWI suspect is to be treated and released. When the hospital staff advises that the DWI suspect will be admitted:
    1. The officer guarding the suspect will:
      1. Ensure that proper identification of the arrested person has been
      2. Verify all necessary evidence has been obtained such as blood test, clothing seized, etc.
      3. When both of the above have been accomplished, the officer shall notify the jail supervisor.
    2. The Jail Supervisor will determine if any of the following exists:
      1. The arrested person is suspected of driving a vehicle involved in an accident which resulted in death of any person, or another person may die as a result of the accident;
      2. The arrested person has previously been arrested or convicted for DWI within the last five (5) years;
      3. The arrested person has two (2) or more previous DWI convictions; or,
      4. The arrested person is currently on parole or
    3. If any of the above apply, a guard will be posted. If none of the above apply, the jail supervisor shall:
      1. Notify the affected division’s on-duty supervisors that no guard will be kept on the prisoner;
      2. Notify the officer guarding the prisoner that it is no longer necessary to guard the prisoner; and,
      3. Note on the Jail Registration Sheet, the date, time, and division supervisor notified that the guard on the prisoner was
  1. If unable to verify identification, the guarding officer will ensure the following is completed before releasing the suspect:
    1. Crime Scene shall be called to photograph and fingerprint the
    2. Ensure that the jail supervisor, respective CID supervisor, or traffic supervisor is notified of the photographing and fingerprinting of the suspect and that the guard is clearing the
  2. If a DWI suspect is admitted to a hospital and circumstances arise jeopardizing the submission of the DWI case package in a timely manner, traffic investigators will be responsible for notifying the jail supervisor that the suspect will not be filed on immediately; notifying the jail supervisor to remove the guard from the DWI suspect; the issuance of an arrest warrant, if probable cause exists for an arrest; and the filing of any DWI case with the District Attorney’s office when an arrest warrant is

NOTE: See 312.06D, Blood Samples from Hospitalized DWI Suspects, for related processing of the DWI suspect.

312.3             PUBLIC INTOXICATION IN A CAR

  1. DWI suspects involved in accidents were no witnesses can testify that the suspect was operating the vehicle may still be charged with DWI if the suspect volunteers to the investigating officer that they were driving when the accident occurred. Officers should be careful when questioning the suspect as not to solicit an involuntary
  2. If there are no witnesses and the suspect does not admit to driving the vehicle when the accident occurred, the suspect may be charged with Public Intoxication if the elements to the offense are

312.4             VIDEO RECORDING AND INTERVIEWING THE DWI SUSPECT

Once a decision has been made by the officer to arrest a driver for DWI, the officer shall transport the prisoner to the intoxilyzer testing facility.

  1. Upon entering the intoxilyzer facility, the arresting officer shall notify the operator of the presence of the prisoner, contact the jail supervisor to explain the probable cause for arrest, and provide sufficient information for a driver’s license
  2. The intoxilyzer operator shall start the video recorder just prior to the prisoner entering the recording room. The prisoner, arresting officer, and interpreter, if needed, shall then enter. The arresting officer shall read the DIC 24 (Police Officer DWI Statutory Warning), administer the sobriety tests, read the Miranda Warnings, and ask the Intoxilyzer Report questions to the suspect on the recording. A definite affirmative or negative answer must be obtained, when applicable. The officer must then sign the DIC 24 while the video is recording. If the suspect does not understand the statements in the DIC 24, the officer can only repeat the questioned section. The officer shall not offer an interpretation of the statement.
    1. Upon a refusal or invalid specimen, the suspect shall sign the bottom section of the DIC
    2. If the suspect refuses to sign the DIC 24, the officer shall denote that decision by striking out the inappropriate box on the bottom section of the DIC 24.
    3. The prisoner shall be released to the custody of the breath test operator who shall follow the DWI interview and video reporting procedure. After the breath test or refusal has been completed, the prisoner shall then be returned to the custody of the arresting officer.
  1. A copy of the DIC 24 should be given both orally and in writing. Failure to give the suspect a written copy will cause the test result to be
  2. Following a failure or a refusal, the arresting officer shall serve notice of suspension of driving privileges on the suspect orally and by completing a DIC 25 (Notice of Suspension) and provide the driver with a copy of the DIC 25 form. The arresting officer shall deliver the prisoner to jail and follow normal booking procedures. The officer is authorized to confiscate the license if the suspect refused or if the suspect provided a .08% or higher
  1. The intoxilyzer operator shall be responsible for making a review of the video upon its completion or immediately after the intoxilyzer test, if applicable. The review shall validate that the video recorded correctly and that the audio and visual portions are intelligible. It is not necessary to review the entire video to validate the recording. If for any reason an error exists which would preclude the use of such video as evidence, the arresting officer shall be notified and shall be responsible for including this information in the DWI
  2. Once the video has been reviewed and validated, the intoxilyzer operator shall submit it as evidence. The intoxilyzer operator is also responsible for securing the video in the appropriate locked drawer at the jail

312.5             INTOXILYZER TEST AND BOOKING THE DWI SUSPECT

Upon completion of the interviewing and videotaping, the operator shall administer the intoxilyzer test.

  1. The request for the breath test should be made one time only. There is no right to an attorney for the purpose of deciding whether to take the breath test. It should not be implied to the suspect that if they pass the breath test, they will not be charged with DWI and may be released.
  2. The arresting officer shall denote the intoxilyzer test results (0.—%) in the title of the report and in the
    1. The arresting officer shall register the suspect in jail if the intoxilyzer test results indicate the suspect is intoxicated (0.08% or above).
    2. If the test results are 0.06% or below and DUI is not suspected, the suspect’s release may be authorized by the jail supervisor. All completed forms must be submitted through normal channels; however, only the DIC 23 and DIC 24 and a copy of the Breath Test Record will be forwarded to
      1. If the suspect is released, the jail supervisor shall authorize the release of the impounded vehicle and arrange for transportation for the subject to the Auto
    3. If the test results are 0.07% or below, a case may still be filed. In these cases, the DIC 23 for submission will be forwarded to the jail supervisor. Other completed forms must be submitted through normal
    4. If the test results are 0.30% or above, the suspect shall be closely observed and may be sent to John Peter Smith Hospital if deemed necessary by the jail
  3. If DWI-Other Than Alcohol is suspected and there is adequate evidence (witnesses, drugs, etc.), the suspect shall be charged with DWI-Other Than Alcohol. The officer shall request a sample of blood and, if applicable, if the officer is certified in Drug Recognition Evaluation (DRE), the officer may perform a DRE. In the absence of such evidence, the suspect may be released or charged with any appropriate charges that may be applicable subject to the judgment of the jail

NOTE:  If the officer is not certified in Drug Recognition Evaluation, the officer may still  do the field sobriety evaluation and note there was no alcohol smell. Officers may also ask the suspect if the suspect is currently on any medication or drug and document that answer.

  1. If the suspect was operating a commercial motor vehicle, forms must be completed dependent upon the alcohol concentration of the driver and whether the driver is suspected of only an alcohol-related commercial drivers license violation, or both an alcohol-related commercial drivers license violation and DWI. When test results for drivers operating a commercial motor vehicle are 040% or above, or if there is a breath test refusal, the DIC

54 (Peace Officer Sworn Report for Commercial Motor Vehicle Operators), DIC 55 (Statutory Warning for Commercial Motor Vehicle Operators), and the DIC 57 (Notice of Disqualification) along with all other forms must be submitted through normal channels.

312.6             REQUESTS FOR CHEMICAL TESTS

  1. If the suspect requests a chemical test administered by the suspect’s personal physician, either subsequent to refusal or in addition to the department’s intoxilyzer test, the operator shall:
    1. If a suspect requests a blood test at any stage, advise them of the right to obtain their own sample and that this right attaches only after they have submitted to the breath or blood test requested by the arresting
    2. Explain to the suspect that the test administered by the suspect’s physician shall not replace the test offered or administered by the department. In either case, the test must be completed within two (2)
    3. Furnish the suspect a telephone with which to call a qualified person to withdraw
  2. County procedures shall be followed upon arrival of the person who shall draw the blood. The arresting officer, if possible, shall be present during this test. The arresting officer shall note the exact time of the test, name and address of the person administering the test, and the type of test given in the DWI
  3. Blood/Breath Samples From DWI Suspects

The following is the requirement by state law in regards to drawing blood or breath samples from any person suspected of driving while intoxicated.

  1. Any person arrested for DWI will be requested to give a sample designated by the officer of the arrested person’s breath and/or blood to be used in determining intoxication. Failure to consent to a request for such a sample shall result in the suspension of the arrested person’s
  2. Prior to requesting that a breath/blood sample be taken, the actor must be warned orally and in writing of the consequences of refusal by reading the DIC 24 and providing the suspect with a
  3. If an actor is unconscious or in a condition thus rendered incapable of refusal, consent is implied and blood may be drawn without the actor’s
  4. Only a physician, qualified technician, registered professional nurse, licensed vocational nurse, or licensed or certified emergency medical technician-intermediate or emergency medical technician-paramedic authorized to take a blood specimen under Subsection C sec. 017 of the Texas Transportation Code may draw blood from a suspect.
  5. Unless the blood is withdrawn by a physician, it must be taken in a physician’s office or a hospital licensed by the Texas Department of With a blood search warrant,

blood can be withdrawn at other approved locations such as a police department facility or mobile van.

  1. A peace officer must obtain a blood search warrant even though the arrested person had refused, if the following conditions are met:
    1. The arrested person was the operator of a motor vehicle involved in an accident that the peace officer reasonably believes occurred as the result of a DWI offense; and
    2. The peace officer reasonably believes that a person has died or shall die as a result of that accident; and
    3. The arrested person has refused to voluntarily give a blood sample prior to the peace officer ordering the sample to be
  2. Blood Samples From Hospitalized DWI Suspects

If there is probable cause to suspect a person was Driving While Intoxicated, and that person has been transported to a hospital due to accident injuries, and that person is likely to be treated for such a period of time that the taking of a breath sample is impractical, the following procedure shall be followed:

  1. Each Crime Scene Search Unit officer shall carry a number of the kits should they be unavailable at the hospital. The kit shall contain:
    1. Three (3) grey top vacu-seal containers prepared by the Crime Lab with the proper chemical necessary for preserving the
    2. A Hospital Request to Withdraw Blood
    3. A DWI Statutory Warning form DIC
    4. An explanation sheet that can be used to satisfy the hospital personnel of the requirements of the
    5. A label for identifying and sealing the
    6. A “blood alcohol” envelope for holding the
    7. A Fort Worth Police Department Blood Withdrawal Procedure
  2. If the arrested person is conscious and coherent, the officer shall administer the DIC 24 (Peace Officer DWI Statutory Warning) and shall read the Hospital Request to Withdraw Blood form to the actor. The officer shall complete this form showing whether the actor consented or refused to give a blood
    1. If the arrested person refuses to give a sample, the officer shall complete the DIC 23 (Affidavit Form) and the DIC 25 (Refusal or Suspension Form).
    2. If the arrested person consents, the officer shall request of the hospital personnel that either a physician, qualified technician, registered professional nurse, licensed vocational nurse or licensed or certified emergency medical technician-intermediate or emergency medical technician-paramedic authorized to take a blood specimen under Subsection C sec. 724.017 of the Texas Transportation Code take a blood sample and deposit it in the vial provided. It is not necessary to complete the DIC 25 as the Department of Transportation in Austin will prepare the form once the lab result is
    3. If the person refuses to give a sample or is unconscious and incapable of giving consent and the officer reasonably believes that a person has died or shall die as a result of a motor vehicle accident, or that the arrested person was the operator of a vehicle involved in the accident and was intoxicated, the arresting officer shall request of the hospital that a blood sample be taken under the authority of a blood search
  1. When blood samples are taken, the following procedure shall be pursued:
    1. The officer requesting same shall be present to witness when the blood is withdrawn, complete the Fort Worth Police Department Blood Withdrawal Procedure form, and then take immediate possession of the vials of blood, sealing the vials in the presence of the person who draws the blood and completing the label.
    2. The vials shall be transported to the Property Room and placed in evidence per proper procedure. The blood samples shall be refrigerated, not frozen, as soon as possible of its collection by the officer until transported to the lab for testing. An evidence transmittal form and the yellow copy of a DIC 23A shall be
    3. The arresting officer shall complete a DWI report and attach all applicable forms to be submitted at the
    4. Assisting officers may accomplish such tasks as are practical ascribed to the arresting officer, but all such tasks shall be duly recorded in the proper forms and the chain must be

312.7             JUVENILE DWI ARREST

  1. Officers stopping juvenile traffic offenders fourteen (14) years and older suspected of DWI shall perform a field sobriety
  2. Once a decision has been made to arrest the juvenile for DWI, officers shall follow normal vehicular impoundment procedures. The arresting officer shall notify the jail supervisor that a juvenile DWI suspect is in custody. No juvenile will be allowed to enter the facility until clearance is received from the jail supervisor. The jail supervisor shall ensure no adult suspects, trustees or any other adults are occupying the facility’s holdover room. Upon this notification, officers may process the juvenile according to intoxilyzer guidelines. Logging and video of juvenile intoxilyzer examinations must be kept separate from the video recordings and records of adult suspects. Intoxilyzer operators are responsible for the video recording until retrieval by the assigned detective. Once completed, the assigned detective shall submit the retrieved video recording and case to the Youth
  3. All statutory warnings given to juveniles shall be
  4. Upon completion of DWI procedures, the arresting officer will transport the juvenile to the detention center and follow in-custody arrest procedures. Officers shall not release juvenile suspects to a parent or guardian. The arresting officer must submit a copy only of all DWI forms with the juvenile when transported to the detention center. The report will be entered by the officer and will be assigned to the Traffic Investigation
  5. If the juvenile has been informed of and understands the consequences of refusal to submit to the breath/blood test and refuses to submit to a specimen, the arresting officer shall request the juvenile’s signature on form DIC 24 (Police Officer DWI Statutory )
  6. Other than the requesting of a specimen, any other questions of a juvenile will require taking the juvenile before a magistrate for appropriate juvenile warnings. A written statement cannot be taken from a juvenile without a magistrate’s warning prior to and after this written statement.
  7. If the juvenile traffic offender is suspected of DWI has been involved in a failure to stop and render aid or intoxication manslaughter/assault offense, the officer shall make an offense report for the applicable
  1. If the juvenile traffic offender is suspected of DWI without other charges, then the officer shall charge the juvenile with Delinquent Conduct – Driving While Intoxicated under Texas Family Code Sec. 51.03 (a)(3).
  2. Traffic investigators shall be responsible for ensuring the completed original DWI case package is submitted to Youth Services within two (2) business days of the juvenile’s arrest if circumstances

312.8             DWI REPORT COMPLETION AND SUBMISSION

Once the suspect is registered in jail, the arresting officer shall complete the  DWI  report. Officers shall be specific when describing the actions of the suspect from the time of initial observation to the time the suspect is registered in jail. All times and witnesses pertinent to the arrest shall be accurately recorded. When inputting the report to ARS, the format shall include information pertaining to existing conditions, a summary, witnesses, observation of driver, field sobriety evaluations, inventory of vehicle, accident investigation if necessary, intoxilyzer room, and incident times.

  1. The arresting officer shall gather the information necessary for submission of the appropriate reports. Follow-up and case filing for the offense of DWI will be the responsibility of the Traffic
    1. If a Traffic Division DWI Unit takes over a DWI investigation from another bureau/division, the Traffic Division will be responsible for all follow-up investigation and case
    2. When a DWI arrest is involved in an accident which resulted in serious bodily injury or the death of any individual, the report will be worked as a DWI, but the title will be intoxication assault or intoxication manslaughter. The paperwork listed in 312.08 D shall be forwarded to the Traffic Investigation Unit using the DWI format by the patrol officer, or the DWI officer if so
  2. Submission of Forms to the Suspect:
    1. A completed copy of the Form DIC 24 (Police Officer DWI Statutory Warning)
    2. A completed copy of DIC 25 (Notice of Suspension), and
    3. If the suspect is a commercial motor vehicle operator, the suspect will receive a copy of the additional following forms:
      1. DIC 55 (Peace Officer Statutory Warning for CMV Operators)
      2. DIC 57 (Notice of Disqualification)
    4. Submission of Forms to the Jail Supervisor:
      1. Texas Department of Public Safety Criminal History Reporting form (TRN)
      2. Jail Registration
      3. Adult Warning
      4. Notarized copy of the DIC 23 (Probable Cause Affidavit) and the DIC 24 (Police officer DWI Statutory Warning), if applicable, the DIC 25 (Notice of Suspension) and accident report
      5. Continuation Sheet, if applicable
      6. Copy of Breath Test Record, if applicable
      7. Affidavit
      8. All in-vehicle, body camera, and other media
    5. All other paperwork will be reviewed by a jail supervisor for completeness before leaving the jail
      1. Breath Test Record
  1. Pink/Yellow Copy of TRN – generated by computer unless system is inoperable
  2. Field Sobriety Score Sheet
  3. Intoxilyzer Report
  4. Form DIC 24 (Police Officer DWI Statutory Warning)
  5. Original Form DIC 23 (Probable Cause Affidavit)
  6. Continuation Sheet, if applicable
  7. Form DIC 25 (Notice of Suspension) – If refusal or provided a reading of .08% or higher
  8. LIDR/Copy of Driver License
  9. Copy of Accident Report, if applicable
  10. Copy of Evidence Transmittal, if applicable
  11. Blood Request for Conscious or Unconscious Subject, if applicable
  12. Search Warrant with warrant number listed
  13. In the case of a commercial motor vehicle, the following additional forms will be necessary:
    1. DIC 54 (Peace Officer Sworn Report for CMV Operators)
    2. DIC 55 (Peace Officer Statutory Warning for CMV Operators)
    3. DIC 57 (Notice of Disqualification)
  14. Traffic investigators will be responsible for completing the case report cover sheet and obtaining, if applicable, the LIDR, criminal history, adult warning, probable cause affidavit, and laboratory analysis. Traffic investigators shall be responsible for ensuring a complete DWI case package is submitted to the District Attorney’s office, and that a complete set of forms is sent to the Driver Improvement and Administrative License Revocation (ALR) Program within the Department of Public Safety in a timely manner. If the test results are 0.08% or below, all completed forms must be submitted through normal channels, however, only the DIC 24 and a copy of the Breath Test Record will be forwarded to

313.1             ARREST /DETENTION OF FOREIGN NATIONALS AND UNDOCUMENTED PERSONS

  1. For the purpose of consular notification, a foreign national is any person who is not a U.S. citizen.
  2. When an officer takes a person into custody and the officer is aware or has reason to suspect that the arrested person may be a foreign national, the officer shall inform the jail supervisor of this situation. The jail supervisor shall note this on the jail registration
  3. The arresting officer shall deliver any documentation of foreign citizenship, which is not evidence, to the jail supervisor. It will be the responsibility of the Jail Division to maintain a file with all documentation concerning notification and any copies of documentation of citizenship found on a foreign
  4. The jail supervisor shall be responsible for notification of the foreign embassy or
    1. For foreign nationals whose country is on the list of mandatory notification countries:
      1. Notify the nearest consulate of the foreign national’s country via fax immediately or as soon as reasonably possible, and in no case longer than the end of the booking shift. Notification must be made even if the foreign national does not want the notification.
  1. Document the notification in accordance with the U.S. State Department Guidelines.
  1. For foreign nationals whose country is not on the list of mandatory notification countries:
    1. As soon after the arrest as reasonably possible, but no later then booking, inform the foreign national that notification can be made to consular officers if requested. If foreign national requests notification, notify the nearest consulate of the foreign national’s country as soon as reasonably possible but no later than seventy-two (72) hours after
    2. Document the notification in accordance with the U.S. State Department Guidelines.
  2. A list of foreign embassies and consulates, and countries with special treaties will be on permanent file with the jail
  3. The enforcement of immigration laws rests with the US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).
    1. Officers may not arrest an undocumented person, without a warrant, solely upon the suspicion that the individual has entered this country
    2. Officers shall not use coercion or intimidation based on immigration
    3. Officers shall not contact the US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)

313.2             U VISA REQUESTS

The U visa is an immigration benefit that can be sought by victims of certain crimes who are currently assisting or have previously assisted law enforcement in the investigation or prosecution of a crime, or who are likely to be helpful in the investigation or prosecution of criminal activity. Law enforcement certification is a required element for U visa eligibility.

  1. Eligibility
    1. For law enforcement certification, the individual may be eligible for a U visa if:
      1. The individual is a victim of qualifying criminal activity,
      2. The individual has suffered substantial physical or mental abuse as a result of having been a victim of criminal activity,
      3. The individual has information about the criminal activity. If under the age of sixteen (16) or unable to provide information due to a disability, a parent, guardian, or next friend may possess the information about the crime on the individual’s behalf,
      4. The individual was helpful, is being helpful, or is likely to be helpful to law enforcement in the investigation or prosecution of the crime. If under the age of sixteen (16) or unable to provide information due to a disability, a parent, guardian, or next friend may assist law enforcement on behalf of the individual,
      5. The crime occurred in the United States or violated U.S. laws, and
      6. The individual is admissible to the United States. If not admissible, an individual may apply for a waiver on a Form I-192, Application for Advance Permission to Enter as a Non-Immigrant.
    2. S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) Form I-918, Supplement B, the U visa certification document, will be completed by the Victim Assistance Coordinator based on information presented to the police department by an agency or attorney representing the individual. The form will confirm that a qualifying crime occurred and

that the victim was helpful, is being helpful, or is likely to be helpful in the detection, investigation or prosecution of criminal activity.

  1. It shall be at the discretion of the Chief of Police or a sworn supervisor designated in writing by the Chief of Police to sign the Form I-918B issuing a U Nonimmigrant Status Certification on behalf of the police department and must be done in accordance with this General Order based on the Department of Homeland Security
  2. Whether the Chief of Police or designee signs a Form I-918B will be considered on a case-by-case
  3. A current investigation, the filing of charges, a prosecution or conviction are not required for the Chief of Police or designee to sign the Form I-918B.
  4. By signing a law enforcement certification, the Chief of Police or designee is stating that a qualifying criminal activity occurred, that the victim has specific knowledge and details of the crime, and that the victim was helpful, is being helpful, or is likely to be helpful in the investigation or prosecution of the qualifying
  5. While a U visa petition will not be granted by the USCIS without the completed Form I- 918B, the fact that a Form I-918B has been signed does not automatically grant the victim a U
  1. Processing of U visa Requests
    1. Accepting U visa requests
      1. U visa requests shall be sent to the Victim Assistance Coordinator for review and preparation for signing. Due to the requirement that the full offense report be attached to the application, requests may only come through an agency or attorney asking on behalf of the
    2. Department Approval Process
      1. The Victim Assistance Coordinator will review the case to verify it meets the criteria for a U visa and will consult with the detective to verify the victim is cooperative with the investigation if it is ongoing or with the Tarrant County District Attorney’s Office if charges have already been
      2. The Form I-918B must contain an original signature from the Chief of Police or designee. The form should be signed in a color of ink other than black for verification
    3. Retention of Records

The Victim Assistance Section will be responsible for retaining copies of each signed U visa application for a period of three (3) years or as directed by the City of Fort Worth Record Retention Policy.

314.1             AUTHORITY TO ARREST

  1. Arrests may be made when a warrant of arrest has been issued by an authorized magistrate or when arrest without a warrant is authorized under the laws of the United States, laws of the State of Texas, or the ordinances of Fort
  2. The following limitations apply to warrantless arrests:
    1. Article 14.03 of the Code of Criminal Procedure states that a peace officer outside of the officer’s jurisdiction may arrest, without warrant, a person who commits an offense within the officer’s presence or view, if the offense is a felony, a violation of Title 9,

Chapter 42, Penal Code (Offenses Against Public Order and Decency), a breach of the peace, or an offense under Section 49.02, Penal Code (Public Intoxication). A peace officer making an arrest under this subsection shall, as soon as practicable after making the arrest, notify a law enforcement agency having jurisdiction where the arrest was made. The law enforcement agency shall then take custody of the person committing  the offense and take the person before a magistrate in compliance with Article 14.06, Code of Criminal Procedure.

  1. A police officer outside of the officer’s jurisdiction is precluded from any traffic code enforcement by the Code of Criminal Procedure Article 03 (g).
  2. On-duty officers may make warrantless arrests for pursuits originating in Fort Worth and during activities operating under an inter-local agreement as consistent with the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure and chapter 362 of the Texas Local Government Code.

314.2             SEARCHING OF PRISONERS

  1. The transporting officer shall be held accountable for any prisoner arriving at the jail booking area or juvenile detention center with a weapon or contraband. Therefore, officers accepting prisoners from other officers shall search (subject to provision C below) the prisoners themselves before accepting custody and responsibility for the
    1. Incidental to arrest, officers shall search all bags, purses, and large items for weapons and contraband before submitting the property to the Property Room or to the jail intake personnel.

NOTE:  Field strip searches are strictly prohibited.

  1. Prisoners of the same gender as the arresting officer shall be thoroughly searched at the time of
  2. Searches of prisoners of the opposite gender shall be accomplished in the following manner:
    1. Routine searches shall be limited to patting the pockets of the outer garments, and searching purses, sacks, or other personal possessions they have with
    2. If the officer is reasonably certain that the prisoner is concealing a deadly weapon, the search, may be carried further. If possible, a witness should be present and extreme safety precautions shall be
    3. If any doubt exists, the prisoner shall be handcuffed and the search shall be conducted by a member of the department that is the same gender as the prisoner. In the event an officer of the same gender is not immediately available to perform the search, the officer shall transport the prisoner to the jail or juvenile detention center. Upon arrival  at the jail, and before the prisoner is placed in the holding area, the officer shall inform the jail supervisor that because of the prisoner’s gender, the prisoner has not been thoroughly searched. If the arrested person is a juvenile, the officer should request the dispatcher to notify the personnel at the detention center that a juvenile prisoner is en route and needs to be searched by juvenile detention personnel in the presence of the transporting officer prior to admission into the juvenile detention
  3. The transporting officer shall witness the intake officer’s inventory of the prisoner’s personal property. Upon completion of the inventory, the FWPD officer shall sign the Prisoner Property
    1. Any personal property of the prisoner not submitted at the time of arrest shall be submitted to the Property Room using the appropriate
  4. Searching of prisoners possibly having infectious diseases.
  1. Latex gloves shall be worn whenever a prisoner has open sores, lesions, skin disorders, body fluids, blood, secretions, excretions, vomit, urine, or similar signs
  2. Officers shall use extreme care when searching persons arrested for drug use or persons with suspected infectious diseases, and shall use extreme care to avoid breaking the skin with needles or other
  3. Officers shall immediately and thoroughly wash hands or other skin surfaces after contact with blood or other body fluids, after contact with substances that  contain visible blood, and after removing

314.3             PRISONER PICK UPS

  1. When officers are requested to pick up an individual detained by a third person, they shall make an independent investigation to determine if an offense has been committed and that there are reasonable and sufficient grounds for holding the
  2. The officer shall obtain information from all witnesses as well as sufficient complaint information to complete a thorough preliminary

314.4             HANDCUFFING PRISONERS

  1. An arrest occurs when the person’s liberty of movement is restricted, restrained, or the person has a reasonable belief that they are not free to leave and either yields to the officer or is physically forced to yield. Handcuffs should be used to protect the officer, citizens, and the prisoner; to prevent the prisoner from escaping; to maintain control of the prisoner; and, to minimize the possibility of escalation of the situation to a point necessitating more drastic means of
  2. All prisoners should be handcuffed; however, circumstances may render the handcuffing of a prisoner inappropriate. The use of handcuffs in such situations shall remain a judgment of the officer. The primary concern should be the safety of the officer, the public, and the prisoner. The factors that should be considered in the decision not to use handcuffs are age, health, physical condition including any disabilities or injuries, mental condition, the possibility of the prisoner escaping, and the possibility of escalation of the incident. An officer shall continually monitor the actions of an unhandcuffed prisoner and if the prisoner gives any indication of becoming belligerent or constituting a potential hazard, the prisoner should be
  3. When handcuffs are used, the prisoner’s hands normally shall be cuffed behind the back, unless inappropriate and/or
  4. Whenever a prisoner is handcuffed, the officer shall immediately either roll the prisoner on their side, place the prisoner in a sitting position, or help the prisoner into a standing position. Extreme caution shall be exercised with a prisoner that is obese, intoxicated by alcohol or drugs, or has an injury to the chest or stomach since cuffing behind the back and laying the prisoner in a prone position could lead to positional
  5. Officers are strictly prohibited from using a hogtie in any manner or form.

NOTE: For purpose of this order, hogtie will be defined as any form  or  variation  of restraint by which the wrists are handcuffed or bound together behind the back, the ankles are bound together, and the bound wrists and ankles are then tied together. This restraint method is commonly referred to as a hobble restraint.

  1. Male and female prisoners shall not be handcuffed together nor shall juvenile and adult prisoners be handcuffed
  1. Prisoners shall not be handcuffed to a vehicle or to a stationary object except in exigent circumstances when the safety of the officer, prisoner, or citizen may be in jeopardy such as a lone officer with multiple suspects or a high-risk tactical

314.5             FIELD WARNING PROCEDURE

  1. As soon as practical, but no later than a custodial interrogation begins, arresting officers shall warn all arrested persons of their constitutional
  2. Field warnings are not required under the following circumstances:
    1. When the person questioned is not under arrest and is free to leave and fully understands this
    2. When the person questioned is not a suspect in the particular case about which they are being
    3. General questioning at the scene of a criminal offense of those persons present where the investigation has not centered upon the individual being questioned as a suspect in the
    4. When the suspect is not being interviewed to obtain a statement, officers must keep in mind that failure to give this field warning may prohibit the use of such statements from the suspect in a criminal court

314.6             TRANSPORTING PRISONERS

  1. At no time shall a prisoner be transported in the back seat alone unless the patrol unit is equipped with a prisoner shield. If the vehicle has a prisoner shield, the officer may place the prisoner in an upright, seated position in the rear seat. Prisoners shall be restrained with safety belts while being transported in the patrol unit unless existing conditions make the use of the safety belt impractical or
    1. Under no circumstances will a prisoner be left unattended or transported in a police vehicle in a prone position as this may result in positional
  2. Two (2) officers shall be required to transport a prisoner when there is a possibility of violence on the part of the prisoner. If the primary vehicle is staffed by one officer, the second officer will follow the primary unit to the jail. The jail will be informed officers are en route with a potentially violent prisoner. When transporting any prisoner in a vehicle without a prisoner shield, there shall be two (2) officers in the vehicle and the prisoner shall be placed in the right rear with the assist officer sitting in the rear seat behind the
    1. The officer shall vigilantly observe the prisoner at all times, noting any difficulty in breathing, change in color, level of consciousness, etc. If the officer observes a significant change, they shall either transport the suspect to a medical facility or have paramedics called to the scene, depending on the officer’s judgment of the severity of the condition and the quickest means to receive medical
    2. Department provided leg restraints may be used when a prisoner is combative and/or attempting to damage city property. The following guidelines shall be adhered to when using the leg restraints:
      1. Leg restraints are never to be attached to the prisoner’s
      2. When transporting a prisoner, the leg restraints are to be used in conjunction with the bolt system provided in the vehicle. Handcuffs and the vehicle lap restraint will be used in their designed manner when leg restraints are
      3. A combative or destructive prisoner should be transported in a specially equipped vehicle, if
  1. Leg restraints are to be applied outside of the
  1. Prisoners exhibiting physical exertion or believed to be suffering from any medical, physical, or emotional problem that does not require immediate medical attention shall be monitored by the officer as outlined in the above paragraph 06B.
  2. Officers transporting prisoners of the opposite gender shall give the mileage of the patrol unit to the dispatcher and request a transport time (10-15) upon leaving the arrest location. Upon arrival at the detention facility, the officer shall give the arrival mileage and request an arrival time (10-30). Officers shall immediately notify the dispatcher on all stops en route, except for short-termed traffic-related (i.e. traffic lights, train crossing, etc.). When notifying the dispatcher of the unscheduled stop, the officer shall provide an explanation and estimated time for the stop and notify the dispatcher when stop has
  3. Female prisoners shall not be transported with male prisoners unless the arrests resulted from the same offense. If a female is arrested with a male prisoner or prisoners and  the patrol wagon is used for transportation, the female shall be placed in front with the driver. If this is impractical due to the number of female prisoners, a patrol car shall be used for their transportation.
  4. Juveniles shall not be transported in a patrol wagon nor shall they be transported with adult prisoners unless the juvenile and the adult were arrested in connection with the same offense or unless the adult is the parent or guardian of the
  5. Transporting prisoners exhibiting symptoms of infectious
    1. Officers arresting prisoners with visible signs of infectious diseases, or persons indicating they are suffering from an infectious disease, should isolate the prisoner from other persons as much as They shall not be transported with other prisoners.
    2. Prisoners with infectious diseases, or complaints of an infectious disease, who require emergency medical attention shall be transported to the hospital by ambulance. When non-emergency medical attention is required and the officer is not at risk of exposure to the infectious disease, the prisoner may be transported to the hospital in a police vehicle. Hospital personnel are to be informed that the prisoner possibly has an infectious
  6. Special Needs Prisoners

It is incumbent upon all personnel to safeguard the dignity, comfort, and safety of a physically-challenged person, while maintaining the security of the officers and public.

  1. The term physically-challenged may include, but is not limited to, confinement to a wheelchair, use of braces, crutches, or canes, amputees, blindness, or
  2. If the offense committed is a Class C misdemeanor, which does not include a breach of the peace or a threat of further violence, the physically-challenged suspect shall be issued a General Complaint citation, providing the suspect has the proper
  3. When transporting a physically-challenged person, proper care and tact shall be used when placing the prisoner in the vehicle. The prisoner’s wheelchair, crutches, or prosthetic appliance shall be secured by the officer and transported along with the prisoner to the holding facility. All other procedures shall apply as with non physically- challenged
    1. If the arrested person requires any special cushions, padding or devices, the officer shall ensure these are transported with the arrested person to the holding
    2. Prosthetic appliances, crutches, and wheelchairs shall be examined to ensure that they do not contain or conceal any weapons, contraband, or have removable

The arresting officer shall advise holding facility personnel if any removable parts are discovered.

  1. If an officer arrests a person who is utilizing a motorized three-wheeled cart, the motorized cart will be left at the residence. If the arrest is not made at a residence, the officer shall attempt to contact a friend or relative of the prisoner to take custody of the motorized cart. If a responsible person is not available to  take custody of the cart, the motorized cart will be taken to the Police Auto Pound for safekeeping. A manual wheelchair will be made available for the prisoner’s use upon arrival at the holding
  1. When the arrested person is accompanied by a service animal, officers shall contact a person identified by the arrested person or a local contact agency for the service animal to take custody of the service animal. The service animal may be taken into custody only when the service animal cannot be turned over at the scene of the arrest to a responsible person, either a person named by the arrested person or a local contact agency for the service

NOTE: For the safety of the service animal, it is strongly recommended that the arrested person leave the service animal with a trusted friend, family member, or special caretaker.

314.7             ARRESTS BY OFFICERS ENGAGED IN OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT

  1. When an off-duty officer makes an arrest, the prisoner(s) will be transported by an on-duty officer. Completion of all related paperwork and any investigation becomes the responsibility of the responding on-duty
  2. If a disagreement between the transporting officer and an off-duty officer occurs, the transporting officer shall request that a supervisor of equal or higher rank as the off-duty officer make the scene. The supervisor shall resolve the matter in a manner that is in the best interest of the
  3. When a supervisor is called to the scene of an incident involving an off-duty officer, any supervisory action, including required documentation, will be the responsibility of the responding on-duty

314.8             GENERAL COMPLAINT CITATION

  1. The decision to issue a general complaint citation for a Class C misdemeanor in lieu of a custodial arrest shall remain the discretion of the officer making the call unless otherwise directed by a
  2. The purpose of the general complaint citation is to reduce overcrowding in the jail, lessen the hardship on the suspect, and to reduce the amount of time an officer is out of service. The citation may be used when the offense is a Class C misdemeanor or city ordinance violation, and the suspect has a local
  3. The issuance of a general complaint citation is not authorized under the following conditions:
    1. When the actor demands an immediate appearance before a
    2. When the actor is being arrested on a warrant or capias, or when the officer is aware that the actor has an outstanding warrant or
    3. When the actor fails or refuses to give satisfactory identification or furnish other information
    4. When the actor is
  1. When the release is likely to allow a continuation of the violation or where failure to make a custody arrest is likely to allow a more serious violation to
  2. When the officer is aware that the actor has a history of failure to appear in court when scheduled.
  3. When the officer has reason to believe that the actor is involved in a more serious offense and a custody arrest would serve to gather evidence to support another
  4. When the officer or store employee has had to physically restrain the
  1. The circumstances of some offenses may require that the actor be taken into custody and transported to jail. The jail supervisor, after interviewing the arresting officer and the suspect, shall have the option of approving the issuing of a citation rather than placing the person in jail. In this event, the jail supervisor may instruct the arresting officer to write the citation.
  2. The officer issuing a general complaint citation shall completely fill out the form and obtain the actor’s signature. The officer shall explain that signing the citation is not an admission of guilt. If the actor refuses to sign the citation, a custody arrest may be
  3. An offense report on theft under $50.00, or theft under $20.00 if the property was obtained by issuing or passing a check or sight order as detailed in Texas Penal Code 31.06 “Presumption for Theft by Check”; assault by contact; or drug paraphernalia offenses shall be submitted in addition to the general complaint
  4. On all other Class C misdemeanors, the officer shall adequately describe the offense in the comments section on the reverse side of the white copy of the citation. Any witnesses must also be
  5. Off-duty use of the general complaint citation shall be as follows:
    1. Officers employed in an off-duty capacity, such as store security, shall not issue citations for theft, assault, or drug paraphernalia
      1. A patrol unit shall be
      2. The responding officer shall decide whether to issue the citation or make a custody arrest.
    2. Officers observing other Class C misdemeanors may elect to issue the citation or detain the actor and call for a patrol unit to transport the prisoner to
  6. Issuance of general complaint citations to juveniles shall follow the procedure outlined in General Order 01C.

NOTE: If a general complaint citation is issued to a juvenile, then the officer must make an offense report regardless of the type of offense.

314.9             PRESENCE OF UNIFORMED OFFICERS DURING SERVICE OF ARREST AND/OR SEARCH WARRANTS

  1. Plainclothes officers should, whenever practical, consider having at least one uniformed officer present during service of arrest and/or search warrants. A highly visible uniformed officer at the scene of this type of operation will reduce the possibility of confusion on the part of citizens and police
  2. Unless exceptions exist in this order, officers are strictly prohibited from wearing masks, hoods, or other face-concealment devices during forced entries and/or service of search/arrest
  3. Exceptions for concealment shall include:
    1. Narcotics or specialized units who must wear a hood/mask to conceal their identity at the scene, shall strictly adhere to the following:
  1. The masked/hooded officers shall not be on the entry team. If an undercover officer must enter the scene to direct other officers to evidence, the masked/hooded officer will enter with the search team only after occupants are aware of police presence and the scene is
  2. The hood/mask shall be black in color, and the words “POLICE” shall be printed on both the front and back of the hood/mask in white block lettering that is visible in the
  3. The hood/mask shall not be worn into any residence, business establishment, or other uncontrolled environment where occupants may not immediately be aware of police
  4. The hood/mask shall only be worn in conjunction with other readily identifiable clothing, such as raid-type non-ballistic vest or ballistic body armor identified with “POLICE” that is visible in the dark and/or other readily identifiable marked outer clothing.
  1. Members of SWAT shall be authorized to wear the issued NOMEX mask when incendiary devices may be deployed during the execution of a
  2. Members of SWAT and Narcotics shall be authorized to wear the issued NOMEX mask and/or protective masks when making entry at a location of a suspected drug lab or where volatile chemicals are being

NOTE:  This order does not prohibit members of a warrant entry team from wearing  gas mask or WMD-rated masks when deemed necessary.

314.10          PLAINCLOTHES AND UNIFORMED OFFICERS AT UNPLANNED ARRESTS

  1. To minimize the danger to all officers on the scene, plainclothes officers will defer any action until complete identification has been made to the uniformed
  2. Plainclothes officers who assist other plainclothes officers in making an arrest should use extreme caution and be sure to identify themselves, thus minimizing the possibility of mistaken

314.11          CASH BONDING/TRAFFIC ARRESTS

  1. An officer may arrest any person who commits any traffic offense in their presence, except speeding, without a
    1. Officers intending to make an arrest under this portion of the law cannot issue the violator a citation and then make the arrest. The decision to arrest must be made prior to the issuance of a citation except that an officer may arrest a person for any traffic offense committed in the officer’s presence when the person refuses to give  their written promise to appear in
    2. All traffic violators shall be requested to sign the citation. However, all officers shall take extreme care to see that the violator fully understands that the signing of the citation is not an admission of guilt, but rather, is only a promise to appear as directed. If a violator refuses to sign the citation, a supervisor should be requested to make the scene to explain the reason for the signature to the
  2. Speeding
    1. An arrest for speeding may be made only under the following circumstances:
      1. The violator is operating a motor vehicle licensed out of state;
      2. The violator committed any traffic offense in the officer’s presence and the violator refuses to give their written promise to appear in court; or,
  1. The violator/driver, as evidenced by the driver’s license presented, is not a resident of a state that is a member of the Non-Resident Violator Compact of

NOTE: The following states are members of the Non-Resident Violator Compact of l977. Alabama                             Iowa                     New Hampshire                 South Carolina

Arkansas                             Kansas                  New Jersey                         South Dakota

Colorado                            Kentucky             New Mexico                       Tennessee Connecticut                        Louisiana             New York                          Texas Delaware                                           Maine                   North Carolina                   Utah District of Columbia                            Maryland             North Dakota                     Vermont Florida                                           Minnesota            Ohio                                   Virginia

Georgia                               Mississippi           Oklahoma                           West Virginia

Illinois                                Missouri               Pennsylvania                      Wyoming

Indiana                               Nebraska              Rhode Island

  1. An arrest for speeding shall not be made if:
    1. The violator is a Texas resident and driving a vehicle registered in Texas and signs the promise to
    2. The violator is driving a motor vehicle registered in a member state or is a resident of a member state of the Non-Resident Violator Compact of
  2. An arrest shall be made in instances of traffic offenses involving involuntary manslaughter, negligent homicide, driving while intoxicated, or failure to stop and render aid when there is serious bodily injury or
  3. In all of the foregoing instances, the person arrested must be taken immediately before a magistrate.
    1. This shall be accomplished by transporting the arrested person to the holding facility, where the arresting officer shall relate the details of the reasons for the arrest (as opposed to the issuing of a citation, if applicable) to the jail supervisor. The supervisor shall, on the basis of law and/or departmental procedure, accept or reject the
    2. If a magistrate is on duty, the person shall be taken from the jail to the magistrate immediately. If the arrest occurs during hours when no magistrate is available, then normal cash bonding procedures shall
  4. The course of action of the department in the enforcement of traffic violations is to dispose of these matters through the issuance of appropriate citations except in those cases above which require an arrest. The only reason for disposing of these matters through arrest, rather than citation, is that the officer has a valid reason for believing that the violator shall not appear as
    1. The failure to produce identification by the violator is not sufficient cause by itself to justify an arrest/cash bond for offenses other than not having a driver’s license. Officers should be able to state why they reasonably believe the violator shall not appear in court as
    2. The attitude of the violator in regard to the receipt of the citation in these instances is not a reasonable basis for an

314.12          DRIVING WHILE LICENSE INVALID

  1. When an officer observes a person commit a violation while operating a motor vehicle upon a public street or roadway whose Texas operator’s license has been suspended by the Department of Public Safety (DPS) the officer may:
  1. Issue a traffic citation for the offense of Driving While License Invalid (DWLI) if the operator has not been previously convicted of DWLI, or
  2. Make a custodial arrest under the following circumstances:
    1. The driver’s license of the operator of the vehicle was suspended as a result of Driving While Intoxicated (Class B),
    2. The operator of the vehicle has no prior convictions, but is operating a motor vehicle without insurance (Failure to Maintain Financial Responsibility -FMFR) (Class B),
    3. The operator of the vehicle has been previously convicted of DWLI (Class B), or
    4. The operator of the vehicle was found to be at fault for a motor vehicle accident that resulted in the serious bodily injury or death of another person (Class A).

Note: If sufficient evidence exists to indicate that a person was operating a motor vehicle upon a public street or roadway and the offense occurred out of view or presence of the officer, the officer will not make a custodial arrest but instead complete an offense report entitled “Traffic Offense.” The report will be forwarded to  the Traffic Investigation Unit for a follow-up investigation.

  1. Arresting Officer’s Duties

When confirmed by the Police Information Center (PIC) that the driver’s license is currently under suspension, the officer shall:

  1. Obtain as much identification information as possible to ensure that the vehicle operator is the same person whose license is reported
  2. After verification, the officer shall make a custodial arrest, read the actor the Miranda warning, make disposition per procedures of the actor’s vehicle transport the actor to jail and. complete the required jail booking
  3. In order to maintain the DWLI offense, officers shall not issue any traffic citations to the arrested
  4. The arresting officer shall initiate an offense report titled “Traffic Code.” All information which is available that identifies the vehicle operator as the same person whose license is suspended and the associated vehicle information shall be included in the The offense report shall be directed to the Traffic Division for follow-up.
  1. Traffic Investigator’s Follow-up Duties
    1. The traffic investigator shall obtain a certified confirmation of the license suspension from the Texas Department of Public Safety, along with all documents required by the District Attorney’s office to accept the
    2. If the case cannot be filed in a timely manner, the prisoner will be released. When the traffic investigator receives the necessary documentation, a warrant or a citation may be issued and the case

314.13          RESISTING ARREST CHARGE

When a charge of resisting arrest is pending, the arresting officer shall immediately notify their supervisor. The supervisor shall review the elements for a charge of resisting arrest to determine if probable cause exists to charge the suspect and to ensure appropriate actions are taken.

315.1             JAIL SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES

  1. On all arrests, the patrol and jail supervisors shall determine that probable cause exists to assure a legal arrest and sufficient information is given to support the
  2. Each arresting officer shall be interviewed to determine the sufficiency and accuracy of the charge. No prisoner shall be booked until the arrest is reviewed and accepted by the jail supervisor.
  3. Officers are encouraged to make use of available means of avoiding a full custody arrest when possible. General complaint citations should be used when the situation meets the criteria indicated in General Order 08.
  4. Arrest of person with possible infectious
    1. When substantial information or evidence indicates the presence of an infectious disease, officers shall provide verbal notification to jail
    2. Police, hospital, emergency medical and other personnel dealing with prisoners must be informed that an arrested individual claims to have or is known to have a serious infectious disease, or that the person is in a high risk

315.2             FULL CUSTODY ARREST PROCEDURE

If the officer determines that a custody arrest is appropriate and the situation cannot be controlled by a general complaint citation or other alternative means, the following procedure shall be pursued:

  1. The arresting officer shall transport the prisoner to the jail
  2. The officer shall contact jail personnel by the
  3. The prisoner and any small items of property shall be surrendered to the jail intake officer inside the area where the prisoner shall be searched prior to entry into the jail security area. Any large items of property belonging to the prisoner shall be submitted to the Property Room. Officers shall have any traffic or general complaint citations ready to be placed in the prisoner’s property at the time of
  4. The intake officer shall place the prisoner in a holding cell pending the jail supervisor approval of the
  5. The arresting officer shall relate the details of the arrest to the jail
  6. If the jail supervisor determines that probable cause exists for the arrest and that there are no other viable alternatives, the arrest shall be approved and the officer shall complete the jail registration form, the Criminal History Report Form (CR-43), the appropriate affidavits and warning sheets when applicable, and present them to the jail supervisor. In addition, the Supplemental Criminal History Report Form (CR-44) will be applicable on multiple
  7. The jail supervisor shall process the jail registration form while the arresting officer completes any additional reports relating to the
  8. Any general complaint citation written by the officer shall be listed by charge and citation number in the first line of the narrative of the
  9. The jail supervisor shall forward the affidavit and warning sheet to the judge conducting the warnings.
  10. Evidence
    1. All evidence will be submitted to the Fort Worth Police Property
  1. Absolutely no weapons or other dangerous evidentiary items will be permitted into the jail supervisor

315.3             CLASS C MISDEMEANOR WARRANT ARRESTS

  1. In those situations where a suspect has confirmed, bondable, Class C misdemeanor warrants, the money to pay the bond on the warrants, and wishes to pay the warrants, the arresting officer shall transport the suspect to the Municipal Court during normal working hours rather than to jail. The officer shall remain with the suspect until the transaction is completed, then return to service taking credit for the
  2. If the   arrested   person’s   vehicle    was   impounded,   the   officer    shall   complete    an offense/incident report with the details of the arrest and impoundment of the
  3. Every effort shall be made to ensure that the suspect is given the opportunity to gain a bond release as soon as

316.1             DETECTIVE CHECKOUT OF PRISONERS

  1. Checkout of prisoners in the custody of the Fort Worth Police
    1. Prisoners will only be transported from one facility to another facility under the following circumstances:
      1. To conduct a live lineup, or
      2. If the prisoner is suspected of a sensational or notorious crime such as a homicide, serial rape, etc., or
      3. To execute a search warrant of the hair, blood, etc., or
      4. If translation services are required, or
      5. If exigent circumstances exist on a serious felony case. This determination will be made by the detective’s section
    2. If the above criteria exists, the officer or detective will contact the jail supervisor who will be responsible for arranging transport of a
    3. The officer or detective shall proceed to jail supervisor office to sign the check-out log before taking custody of the
    4. Prisoners charged with lessor offenses may be interviewed at or checked out from the jail facility. To expedite the process and to assure the availability of the prisoner, it is recommended officers contact the facility prior to their

316.2             PRISONER WARNING AND JAIL DOCKET

  1. Court dockets are available 24 hours a day, seven (7) days a week. All court dockets will open with a warning docket followed by a Class C misdemeanor
  2. A Fort Worth municipal judge is available 24 hours a day, seven (7) days a

316.3             PRISONERS REQUIRING MEDICAL ATTENTION

  1. No prisoner shall be booked into jail who exhibits obvious indications of serious injury or sickness. Officers shall transport sick or injured prisoners directly to John Peter Smith Hospital for treatment rather than to the jail. If the prisoner refuses treatment, the officer shall bring a copy of the signed statement to that effect from the
  1. The arresting officer is responsible for any property belonging to a prisoner who is transported to the hospital for medical attention. They shall take all such property to the jail or Property Room and shall indicate on the forms that the prisoner is at the
  2. As soon as practical, the arresting officer will report the circumstances to the jail supervisor and provide the appropriate paperwork. The arresting officer will notify the jail supervisor where the prisoner is being
  1. When a prisoner is transported to the jail who appears to be injured, and has not been taken to the hospital for examination and/or treatment, the jail supervisor on duty shall examine the prisoner and direct the arresting officer to transport the prisoner to the hospital if necessary.
  2. Prisoners who are injured or sick and shall be held in John Peter Smith Hospital for an extended period of time may be booked out of custody but shall be turned over to the county officers to be guarded only after a case is
  3. Hospital guard duty is the responsibility of the division that actually affects the arrest. Sergeants will be responsible for scheduling officers to work hospital guard duty until either the case is filed or the prisoner is released from the hospital to be placed in

317.1             WRIT OF HABEAS CORPUS

  1. A Writ of Habeas Corpus received from a judge by telephone shall be honored as though it were received in
  2. The supervisor over the section charged with the investigation of the offense shall be contacted and advised of the writ. If the supervisor over that unit is not available, the next higher level in the chain of command of the unit shall be
  3. If the writ is received during hours when the investigative supervisors are not on duty, they shall be contacted through the call-back
  4. The officer who delivers the writ and the prisoner shall have sufficient knowledge of the matter to inform the court of the charge against the
  5. If the writ is delivered by an attorney, signed by a magistrate of competent jurisdiction, with a bond included in the writ, the prisoner shall be released according to jail
  6. The jail supervisor shall maintain a log of all writs that are phoned or delivered to the jail supervisor. The log shall include the date and time received, whether the writ was telephoned or received in person, the writ number from those delivered in person, the name of the judge or bailiff authorizing the writ, the time the detective supervisor was notified, the prisoner’s name, and the name of the jail supervisor. The jail supervisor should indicate unit/division designation on the corner of the writ and place the writ in the appropriate detective’s

317.2             BOND RELEASES

  1. Cash Bond
    1. If a prisoner has sufficient money in their property to make bond on a Class C misdemeanor and wishes to make bond, the jail supervisor shall notify county personnel to allow the prisoner to use that money to make
    2. The prisoner shall not be allowed to make the bond for a Class C misdemeanor while higher grade charges are still
  1. Surety Bond on Class C Misdemeanors
    1. Attorneys or bond persons wishing to post surety bonds for prisoners charged  with Class C misdemeanors shall be directed to the City Bonding Office where personnel shall furnish information regarding the necessary
    2. The city bond clerk shall advise the county jail personnel when the proper paperwork is completed. County personnel shall initiate the release
  2. Surety Bond on Class A and B Misdemeanors and Felony Charges

After prisoners have received their magistrate’s warning, a surety bond may be posted. Attorneys and bond persons wishing to post bond must conform to the procedures set forth by the Tarrant County Sheriff’s Office.

  1. Personal Appearance Bond – Class C Misdemeanors
    1. The jail supervisor may set bonds under certain circumstances, but only a magistrate may authorize release of a defendant on a personal bond. To consider a defendant eligible for release on a personal bond, the following conditions must be met:
      1. Prisoner must have good identification which includes:
        • correct name and address
        • date of birth
        • current and correct driver’s license
        • proof of place of birth
      2. Prisoner must live within a fifty (50) mile radius of Fort
      3. Prisoner must have ties to the community. This can be shown with:
        • nearest relative living in the area
        • employment in the area
        • spouse’s employment in the area
        • children living in the area
      4. Prisoners with extensive criminal histories will not be eligible. Minor arrest history, but not on probation or parole, may be eligible at the discretion of the jail supervisor.
      5. Only misdemeanor offenses shall be considered. The following groups of offenses are not eligible:
        • offenses or criminal attempts contained in art. 17.03 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure
        • assaults
        • injury to a child or criminal attempt
        • escape or criminal attempt
      6. The jail supervisor will review the charge and information on the prisoner in custody to determine the feasibility of utilizing the personal bond procedure. The jail supervisor shall cause the necessary documentation required by statute, pre-trial release, and the authorizing magistrate to be completed. The personal appearance bond shall be signed and notarized, with a copy given to the principal. Only after completion of the necessary case reports, probable cause affidavits, warning sheets, etc., and the approval of the magistrate may the prisoner be released from

317.3             CHARGES DISMISSED OR NOT FILED

  1. The jail supervisor shall release any prisoner that has been held over seventy-two (72) hours as “Case Not Filed” unless a written request from the responsible division’s captain has been delivered to the on-duty jail When a prisoner has been released without a case

filed, the jail supervisor shall forward a copy of the prisoner disposition sheet to the appropriate division captain and deputy chief.

  1. When a person charged with a Class C misdemeanor appears before a municipal court judge, who dismisses the case, the jail personnel shall make a notation on the final charge line of the registration card that the charge was dismissed and list the judge’s name who ordered the dismissal.
  2. If the person is charged with any offense above a Class C misdemeanor and the district attorney’s office rejects the case, the investigator shall complete the PJ-10 form indicating that the charge was not
  3. Jail personnel shall make the necessary notations on the registration card and, if no other charges are pending, release the

317.4             COUNTY CASES FILED

  1. The investigative unit with the highest charge on an arrested person shall file all charges resulting from the incident. When necessary, the investigative unit filing the charges may request the assistance of a centralized investigative
    1. The exception to filing all charges shall be:
      1. Narcotics/Vice will file all narcotics/vice-related offenses and will be responsible for filing Resisting Arrest, Evading or Escape offenses related to those Narcotics/Vice arrests. Narcotics/Vice will file all offenses resulting from arrests by Narcotics/Vice personnel; and
      2. Traffic Investigation Unit will file all offenses resulting from accidents, motor vehicle and license invalid-related offenses, and arrests by traffic officers, except narcotics
    2. All warrant arrests will be filed by the issuing investigator regardless of which unit is responsible for any other
    3. Any deviation from this procedure must be with approval of affected unit’s
  2. Upon completion of an investigation, the investigator shall submit to the district attorney an Initial Case Report along with the complete investigative packet. The district attorney’s office will return a copy of the Initial Case Report to the investigator, who will place the copy in the case
  3. Upon submitting the case to the district attorney, the investigator will provide a time/date stamped copy of the Initial Case Report to the case management
  4. The investigator will complete a PJ-10 form with the correct disposition of the charges and forward the form to the jail
  5. Jail personnel shall indicate the final charge on the registration card and shall arrange to have the prisoner transferred to the appropriate

317.5             OUTSIDE AGENCY WARRANT ARRESTS

When persons are arrested on warrants from an outside agency and they cannot secure release by any of the accepted means, jail personnel shall notify the other agency that a prisoner is being held pursuant to their warrant and arrangements should be made for transportation.

317.6             HEALTH OR MEDICAL RELEASES

  1. The jail supervisor shall at all times retain the prerogative to release any prisoner when further confinement may jeopardize the health or safety of the
  1. The jail supervisor making such a release shall notify any other agency or division which may be affected by such release. A Prisoner Injury/Incident Report shall also be submitted by the jail supervisor to their captain with a copy to the affected division
  2. Persons charged with major crimes should not be released, but instead transferred to John Peter Smith Hospital if such actions are warranted and arrangements made with a patrol supervisor or section supervisor to provide a guard for such

318.1             MITIGATION IN MUNICIPAL COURT CASES

  1. Personnel shall submit their requests for mitigation in municipal court cases in writing, clearly stating why the department is recommending that the municipal court administer mitigation in the case along with a copy of the citation. These requests shall be submitted through the chain of command up to the deputy chief. Oral requests shall not be
  2. Should the request concern a parking citation received by an employee while on city business, the employee shall forward the citation and an IOC stating the details of the citation and the requested action through the chain of command to their division captain/manager on or before the next working day after the issuance of the citation. The division captain/manager shall determine if the employee was on city business and forward a signed request for dismissal, with signature blocks for both the captain/manager and deputy chief, to the affected deputy
    1. The only parking citation that will be considered for dismissal will be parking at an expired meter. All other parking violations shall be the responsibility of the
  3. Deputy Chiefs shall direct their official requests for mitigation of municipal court cases to the hearing officer of the municipal court within five (5) days. The parking citation hearing officer shall review the request and recommend disposition to the

318.2             REDUCTION OF OFFENSES TO A CLASS C MISDEMEANOR

  1. The investigator shall present a written request for the reduction or change of a charge on a prisoner to their supervisor with the reasons for the
  2. The supervisor shall sign the prisoner disposition slip in
  3. The investigator shall then deliver one copy of the prisoner disposition slip and initial offense report to the complaint clerk in municipal court and shall obtain a complaint or citation
  4. The investigator shall deliver the other copy of the prisoner disposition slip to the jail supervisor. The investigator shall then make a supplement to the initial offense report indicating the type of case filed and complaint

318.3             REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL HANDLING OF CRIMINAL CASES

Officers within the Fort Worth Police Department are prohibited from requesting verbally or in writing the special handling of criminal cases with the exception of General Order 318.01 and

318.02. The authorized position to request special handling of criminal cases shall be the captain of the division investigating the case.

318.4             REFRAINING FROM ISSUING CLASS C MISDEMEANOR CITATION

  1. Officers shall not issue Class C misdemeanor citations during an incident if the department will be filing any of the following charges with the District Attorney’s office against the person concerning the same incident:
    1. DWI and DWI-manslaughter
    2. DWLI – higher than Class C
    3. Vehicular homicide
    4. Evading arrest
    5. Fleeing from police
    6. Fleeing scene of accident
    7. Failure to stop and render aid
  2. Officers shall not issue Class C misdemeanor citations for possession of drug paraphernalia if the department will be filing a narcotics charge with the District Attorney’s office against the person concerning the same
  3. Officers shall not issue Class C misdemeanor citations in other situations in which the conduct making up the Class C offense could be used by the District Attorney to prove a more serious offense against the
  4. In the offense report, the officer shall note any Class C misdemeanor offense that is observed and shall state that the officer refrained from writing a ticket only to comply with the District Attorney’s policy concerning filing a more serious offense against the

319.1             PROPERTY/EVIDENCE SUBMISSION

  1. All property and evidence taken into custody by department personnel for any reason shall be properly marked and submitted to the appropriate property storage area. This shall include found, confiscated or abandoned property; property acquired as possible evidence; and all evidence seized or departmentally generated. All evidence and possible evidence shall be properly marked to identify the submitting
    1. The appropriate storage area for property and evidence shall be the property room, auto pound, or crime lab; however, with the written approval of the Chief of Police, a deputy chief may designate an alternate property storage area for specified evidence and property. The request for a property storage area shall include controls for storage, review, and disposition which are consistent with the requirements of the property
    2. No money shall be placed in an alternate property storage
    3. Property and evidence retained in the alternate property storage area shall follow bureau procedures and policies that have been established for that alternate property storage area.
  2. Officers shall carefully scrutinize all items being submitted as property or evidence to assure that the items meet the criteria for such submission. The following list shows some common types of property listed as evidence:
    1. Weapons used in a felony or attempted felony, in a suicide, weapons with obliterated serial numbers. Weapons turned in must be emptied of
    2. All controlled
    3. All fired
  1. Photographs, video tape, audio tape, magnetic digital media, and similar items regardless of whether the items were confiscated, acquired, or generated by officers during a police operation. The only exception shall be video of DWI suspects, disposition of which is addressed in General Order 04.
  2. Other miscellaneous items or physical evidence which, on examination, may produce valuable information in felony investigations. However, in most cases, stolen credit cards, and recovered money should be tagged as property, not evidence. Burglary tools shall normally be processed by Crime Scene Search Unit personnel prior to submission as
  1. To satisfy the rules of evidence, each person who has had evidence in their possession, regardless of the length of time, may be required to identify it later in court. When submitting evidence, officers should:
    1. Mark all the evidence by initialing each by item. Drugs, in the form of individual tablets or capsules, should not be marked, but containers of marijuana cigarettes, packets of powdered drugs, and containers in which these items were recovered should be
      1. Whenever possible, individual drug tablets or capsules that are not in a container should be sealed in an envelope or small plastic bag to better preserve the evidence for testing by the Crime
    2. Place the evidence in an envelope or sack, seal the container, and initial the
      1. Syringes shall be placed inside a plastic tube and then placed in an evidence envelope. Mark the outside of the envelope with the word “Syringe/Biohazard.”
    3. Record pertinent details, such as date, defendant, victim, service number, and provide a brief description of the contents on the
      1. If the items are photographs, video or audio recordings, or other magnetic type media, other than those used for recording DWI suspects, the officer shall indicate whether the items were confiscated or are property of the department and produced during a police
    4. Any officer or employee of the department when removing evidence from the property room to be utilized as exhibits in court shall, if that court retains this evidence, return a receipt of retention within the same working day it is removed. If the exhibit is to be returned after litigation, a receipt of this shall be submitted the same working day it is removed by the officer removing the evidence from the Property
  2. Property tags shall be completed and attached directly to items submitted as property, except confiscated property, so as to identify ownership and/or the reason the property is being A property tag is to identify recovered stolen property, evidence, confiscated property, guns, prisoner property, etc., while a Property from Wrecked or Abandoned Cars tag will be used for those items.
  3. All combustible evidence less than thirty-two (32) ounces (one quart) that is associated with a criminal charge will be submitted to the Property Room pending chemical analysis. Small subsamples of highly combustible materials, such as gasoline, should be collected and submitted to the Property Room with a Crime Lab request (when needed) with the bulk of the material submitted to the Property Room. All containers will be sealed in such a manner to avoid spillage, cross contamination, and/or evaporation. The appropriate metal containers are available in the Property Room. All combustible materials greater than thirty-two (32) ounces (one quart) and/or not associated with a criminal charge, and the items listed in E.1 –

E.2 of this section, will be submitted to the Property Room for storage/destruction. All

containers of highly combustible materials shall be labeled as “flammable.” Gasoline of any amount will be stored at the Auto Pound.

  1. Gasoline-operated equipment such as lawn mowers, edgers, go-carts, water pumps, portable generators, etc., shall not be accepted for storage in the property room spaces due to the fire hazard presented by the attached gasoline tanks. These items should be stored at the Auto
  2. Gas cans, oil cans or containers or any container designed for storage of combustible material, due to the fire hazard presented, shall not be accepted for storage in the Property
  3. An officer must accompany all property items that are required to be stored at the Property Room or the Auto
    1. Pound personnel shall designate the location for storage of particular items and the officer shall complete and attach the appropriate property tag to the
    2. The officer shall complete and submit the original property record invoice to the appropriate personnel at the auto pound who shall sign for the receipt of property in the property clerk section on the face of the property record
    3. The property control specialist or attendant shall file the original property record, and one (1) copy shall be forwarded to the assigned detective/division on the next work
  4. Evidence received by Property Room personnel must be marked, packaged, and sealed by the submitting officer, prior to
  5. Officers shall ensure that evidence or property which has the potential to inflict cuts, such as broken glass, knives, razor blades, pointed objects, and similar items, are sealed in a manner to provide for safe handling and shall prominently note on the sealed package that the object inside should be handled carefully. A plastic tube shall be used for any sharp object that can be placed
  6. Property Room employees receiving evidence shall place on each package the date and time of receipt, and the name of the employee receiving the
  7. The officer submitting evidence shall prepare an original evidence transmittal
  8. Storage of evidence in its original, sealed condition shall be the responsibility of the Property Room until the Crime Lab requests the
  9. If the evidence to be submitted is perishable, such as biological fluids, chemicals, or photographic evidence, it shall be submitted directly to the Property Room with the appropriate Lab request filled out for the Crime Lab. If the submission is not during their hours of operation, the perishable evidence will be placed in a refrigerator by the Property Room staff until retrieved by the Crime Lab the next working
  10. Items of evidence shall be picked up by personnel from the Crime Lab as needed, and returned when testing is completed. A record shall be maintained showing those receiving and releasing the evidence along with dates and times of receipt and
  11. If it becomes necessary to open packages of evidence still having evidentiary value, then such opening shall be made in the presence of the appropriate laboratory employee. Packages containing controlled substances stored in the Property Room following laboratory analysis shall be attached to a special inventory summary sufficient to satisfy legal requirements for the periodic court-ordered
  12. Officers needing to review video or audio recordings, or similar electronic/ magnetic media must receive written authorization from a supervisor, with exception for the detective assigned the The review shall normally be done in a police facility and the chain of

custody log shall notate the name of the person reviewing the material, date, and time. Photographs shall be obtained from the Crime Lab in the same manner.

  1. If proper equipment is not available within the Property Room, or the review necessitates removal of the magnetic media items or photographs, a Property Room employee (or Crime Lab personnel if the item is a photograph) shall note the person removing the item, the date, and time and a similar notation shall be made when the items are
  2. Electronic/magnetic media items or photographs shall normally be returned within eight

(8) hours of removal. Should the items be required for a longer period, a supervisor  shall make such a request in writing to the supervisor of the Property Room or the  Crime Lab stating the reason for the retention.

  1. No copies of a photograph, video recording, audio recording, or digital image shall be made without written permission from the Chief of
  1. Outside agencies may utilize the facilities of the Crime Lab by turning evidence to be examined into the Property Room in the same manner followed by our own
  2. When evidence is removed from the Property Room and the evidence is retained out of the immediate control of the officer, a receipt from the agency or court retaining the evidence shall be returned to the Property Room and attached to the original
  3. Handling and submission of contaminated
    1. Latex gloves shall be worn when handling contaminated evidence and
    2. Extreme care shall be taken when handling knives, scalpel blades, and other sharp instruments in order to avoid puncture wounds. Plastic tubes shall be used, when possible, for submission of contaminated sharp objects. If the object is too large to fit in a tube, the officer shall carefully wrap and mark the package as containing hazardous materials not in a
    3. Officers shall mark any contaminated evidence as a bio-hazard.
    4. Officers shall double bag or seal any items which are visibly
  4. Contaminated
    1. In order to prevent transmission of disease, employees shall not eat, drink, or use tobacco at a contaminated
    2. There shall be no eating, drinking, or tobacco usage in areas where evidence is being packaged, processed, or
  5. In order to prevent possible contamination, evidence shall not be processed in areas where food is routinely

319.2             PROPERTY REPORTING

  1. All police employees, when reporting stolen, recovered, and lost or found property must describe the property as completely as possible in the following sequence: property type, brand name, serial number, model number, engraving or marking, color of item, size, material, quantity, value, remarks, condition or
  2. All property, stolen, recovered, lost, found, confiscated, or evidence placed in the Property Room or Auto Pound requires that one of the following reports be prepared:
    1. Offense Report – To be used for reporting all violations of the Penal Code which are reported to the police. This includes all offenses where property is reported stolen. When an officer is unable to describe stolen property on an offense report because the reporting person does not have the necessary information, the following procedure shall apply:
  1. If the information does not exist, the following statement must be made in the narrative: “Complainant is unable to furnish any additional information now or in the future.” When an offense report is submitted which contains this statement, it can be marked “pending” by report review personnel if the rest of the criteria is met.
  2. If the information is thought to exist and the complainant shall attempt to retrieve it, state in the narrative, “Complainant shall furnish additional descriptions on listed property.” When an offense report is submitted which contains this statement, the report must be marked “open” by report review personnel and it is the responsibility of the investigative unit assigned to the case to obtain the additional descriptions and supplement the
  1. Investigative Supplements – All recovered, stolen, or found property must be described on a supplement using the service number of the original report. If the original service number is unknown, an incident report must be made using the service number of the call the officer is on when the recovery is made. It shall be the responsibility of the detective assigned to the original offense to notify the owner in order for them to claim the property. If the original offense was originally suspended, the responsibility of ensuring notification of the owner of the property shall rest with the supervisor of the investigator assigned the suspended
  2. Incident Reports – Officers reporting lost or found property must complete an incident report describing the lost or found property. Incident reports describing found property shall be marked open by report review personnel and assigned to the Property Room. If the property is placed in the Property Room by a uniformed officer, the report shall be assigned to the proper investigative unit. In either case, it shall be the responsibility of the detective assigned to identify the property, if possible, and notify the owner to claim it. If the property cannot be identified, it shall be disposed of according to department procedures.
  1. A Property Record report shall be completed by the reporting officer on all property submitted to the Property

319.3             PROCESSING STOLEN PROPERTY IN POSSESSION OF PAWN BROKERS

  1. When a call is received concerning an incident of this nature, the victim shall be referred to the investigating detective unit. When investigating detectives are not available, patrol personnel shall handle the call according to the procedures
  2. The investigating detective or officer assigned the call shall determine whether an active complaint exists in the police files that properly identifies the alleged stolen property, and states ownership information. Officers and investigating detective shall interview the victim to determine if the property was in fact stolen. If the loss was not previously reported, the officer or investigator shall fill out an offense report with all information available including the victim’s reason for not reporting the loss at the time it
  3. The investigating detective or officer shall determine if the property is the same as that allegedly stolen from the victim and if the victim is the owner of the property. Disposition of the property shall be determined after consideration of all evidence and the following requirements:
    1. The property alleged to be stolen must be sufficiently identified in the official complaint by serial number, initials, identifying marks, or other positive identification method so that there is no doubt that the property in question is the stolen property; and
  1. The property is believed to be
  1. If the evidence meets the above requirements, the officer or investigating detective shall place a hold on the property by completing the proper report in Leadsonline or a Scheduled of Seized Property Alleged to Have Been Stolen form and the officer or investigating detective shall distribute the original form to the pawn shop in question and the remainder to the officer or investigating detective’s case
  2. If an officer responds because the investigating detective is unavailable and does not have the proper form, the pawn shop operator shall be advised that the merchandise may soon have a hold placed on it by the police department and request that it not be disposed of until the officer discusses the situation with the investigating
  3. The hold order in effect places the affected pawn shop in the position of being an extension of the Property Room and establishes the pawnbroker as bailee of the property for the court, pending a court
  4. After a written hold has been placed on the property, the investigator shall advise the victim that the pawnbroker may, after being advised of the facts in the case, release the property without charge, the victim may pay the pawnbroker the amount of money that has been loaned on the merchandise, or the victim and pawnbroker may negotiate the charges on the item. If the victim and pawnbroker cannot reach an agreement, the investigating detective shall contact the prosecuting attorney of the municipal court and request that a property hearing be filed, at no cost to the
  5. The hold shall remain in effect for a period of time not to exceed sixty (60) days, unless a thirty (30) day extension is sought, at which time it shall be removed by the investigating detective, provided that no property hearing is
  6. In the event evidence cannot be positively identified, the victim cannot show positive identification of ownership, the property was pawned or sold by a member of the victim’s family or household and the victim is unwilling to pursue or follow through with charges against the suspect, or the evidence of the case indicates that the property was not actually stolen, then the investigator shall advise the victim to secure legal means for recovering the property from the pawn

319.4             DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY/EVIDENCE

  1. Property received via a property form marked “found” may be released to the owner of the property by Property Room personnel at their earliest convenience, unless such found property has a complaint number, arrest number or charge. In these cases, the officer or investigator in charge of the investigation connected with the property shall be required to provide approval for release A property hearing will be held in cases where the ownership cannot be determined and the “finder” wishes to claim the property that was
  2. Property that is received via a property form marked “recovered” or “confiscated”  and which has no offenders or owner’s name, complaint number, arrest number or charge shall  be handled in accordance with article 18.17 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure “Disposition of Abandoned or Unclaimed Property.” Once the requirements set out in the Code of Criminal Procedure are met, the property control employee can approve the property for
  3. Property that is received via a property form and marked “Confiscated – possibly stolen” shall be handled in accordance with article 18.16 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedures “Preventing the Consequences of Theft.” It shall be the assigned investigator’s responsibility to set the confiscated property up for a Property Hearing no later than thirty (30) days  after

the property is received if one or more owners are claiming the confiscated property. If no one claims the property, or ownership cannot be determined, then the property shall be changed to abandoned or unclaimed and handled in accordance with art.18.17 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedures “Disposition of Abandoned or Unclaimed Property.”

  1. Any video or audio recording which is owned by the department and was produced during a police operation, and is no longer required as evidence, shall be destroyed or returned to the unit which submitted the item following a complete erasure of the recording by Property Room
  2. Before any weapon can be disposed of, it must be checked through NCIC and for current status in any case which is pending. Weapons received from the Crime Lab are eligible for disposal after they are checked through NCIC, are at least one (1) year old, and are not designated as having current status in any case pending or set for
  3. Weapons shall be released to their rightful owners between the hours of 0800-1600 and only by Property Room staff who has conducted a Brady Bill inquiry. When a weapon is returned to its owner, it shall be void of
  4. Chemical evidence will be destroyed after a subsample and court order to destroy are received.
  5. The Police Training Division Captain shall establish an inventory of all weapons retained for departmental use. The range master shall have sole control and custody of all weapons retained for departmental use in accordance with General Order 05.

NOTE: No item held by the department shall be released except through the procedures established in accordance with the Code of Criminal Procedure that conform to departmental standards and the orders of the courts.

319.5             FIELD TESTING DRUG EVIDENCE

  1. Definitions
    1. Presumptive Field Test – the preliminary identification of a substance as a controlled substance or a dangerous drug by means of a reagent test or by visual/physical comparison for the purpose of determining if a criminal offense has been
    2. Conclusive Test – when the color of the liquid in the kit matches that color on the package.
    3. Controlled Substance – a substance, including a drug or an immediate precursor, listed in Schedules I through V or Penalty Groups 1 through 4 of Title 6, Subtitle C, Chapter 481, Subchapter B and D, of the Texas Health and Safety Code (HSC).
    4. Dangerous Drug – a device or drug that is unsafe for self-medication and is not included in Schedule I through V or Penalty Groups 1 through 4 of Title 6, Subtitle C, Chapter 481, Subchapter B and D, of the Texas
    5. Field Test Kit – a reagent test kit designed to detect the presence of a controlled substance.
    6. Inconclusive – the results of a presumptive field test that indicates no definitive result that the sample contains the presence of a controlled substance or dangerous drug for which the sample was tested. Further testing may be warranted based on the circumstances.
    7. Visual/Physical Comparison – as used in this procedure, means the preliminary identification of a controlled substance, dangerous drug, or marijuana using an officer’s best judgment based on their training and
  1. Training
    1. Officers shall receive approved training on the procedures of conducting field testing of seized
    2. Only officers who have received approved training are authorized to utilize the field test kit.
    3. Supervisors shall ensure that officers under their command have a sufficient working knowledge in the use of field test kits and have completed
    4. Training will consist of reviewing the video supplied by the manufacturer which is posted on the fwpd portal under Forms and Documents,
  2. Equipment
    1. Currently the only approved test kits are as follows:
      1. Nik – Narcotics Identification System
      2. ODV NarcoPouch
    2. The test kits will be maintained at the Property Room. Personnel from that location will make the test kits available to officers on an as needed
    3. Supervisors of the Property Room will maintain an inventory of test kits and will reorder additional test kits on an as needed
  3. Testing Procedures/Reporting
    1. With the exception of residue cases, officers shall conduct a presumptive field test of drug evidence submitted to the Property Room in cases where that substance is linked to an arrested
    2. Officers seizing small amounts of substances which would be considered for residue cases should not field test the substance. Residue amounts should be submitted in their entirety to the lab for analysis. An example of what constitutes residue amounts is available for visual inspection at the Property
    3. In cases in which no arrest is being made in connection with the seized substance such as abandoned drugs or found property, the substance should be submitted to the Property Room with a request made for destruction of the
    4. All arrests involving suspected violations of the Texas HSC will be based upon articulated probable
    5. Reagent test kits shall be used in the manner consistent with the training received and the manufacturer’s
    6. Reagent test kits shall be used to detect the presence of cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine, 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA or Ecstasy), and gamma-Hydroxybutyric acid (GHB) in the
    7. On substances other than those listed above, the presumptive field test will be in the form of visual/physical comparison and will include a comprehensive articulation of the officers observations based on their training and experience in the offense/information report.
    8. Officers shall contact the Texas Poison Center or a pharmacist for assistance in identifying substances in pill, tablet, or capsule
      1. The name, identification number, store address and a direct contact telephone number of the personnel identifying the substance will be documented in the report, along with a description of the pill(s) and their
    9. If applicable, officers shall document the name and identification number of the person locating the evidence along with the specific location each item was
  1. Upon completion of a test, the field test kit should be photographed in a manner that documents test results and attached to the offense/information
  2. Officers shall indicate in their report what type of field test kit was used and the results of the test, i.e. “Using a NarcoPouch 923 the substance tested presumptive positive for the presence of ”
  3. Be specific regarding the type of drug that was detected using the same terminology used on the test
  4. Indicate in the report inconclusive results, i.e. “Using a NarcoPouch 923 the test was inconclusive.”
  5. Note within the report narrative a description of the substance and its packaging, its field weight, its location when found, and articulate any existing affirmative link to person(s).
  6. In cases in which the test return is inconclusive, and based on the totality of the circumstances, officers should consider submitting the substance as evidence to preserve the possibility of a lab analysis at a later
  1. Disposition of Evidence
    1. Disposition of evidence shall be in accordance with existing policies regarding evidence and seized
    2. The used test kit should be safely disposed of by placing it in a trash receptacle and not submitted with the
    3. Officers shall not request analysis of the substance, except when noted above. A request for analysis will be completed by the Narcotics detective once the case has been accepted by the District Attorney’s
    4. The results of the lab analysis will be forwarded by the Crime Lab to the assigned narcotics

319.6             DRUG TAKE-BACK BOXES

  1. The purpose of a drug take-back box is to keep the various drugs out of the water supply and away from children in the community, helping to prevent drug
  2. Specifically marked drug take-back boxes are placed at selected  police  department locations to collect over-the-counter and prescription medication no longer needed or that have expired. It will be the responsibility of the Property Room staff to provide personnel at each drug take-back box location with information to assist in answering questions from the public.
  3. No less than two (2) employees from Property and Evidence will meet an officer at the selected drug take-back box location to empty the box. Each drug take-back box contains an inside box which will be removed and replaced by the Property and Evidence personnel in the presence of the officer. The Property and Evidence personnel will mark “To Be Destroyed” on the retrieved inner
  4. Using the Property and Evidence personnel’s scales, the officer shall weigh the retrieved inner box with the collected drugs and medications, seal the box with tape, initial that seal and notate the weight of the box and location of the Drug Box on the Take Back Drug
  5. The officer will turn over the box and log to the Property and Evidence personnel to be transported to the evidence room for placement into the drug destruction
  6. The on-duty Property and Evidence lead or supervisor will sign, date and notate the time on the log when the box was returned to the Property Room and will verify that the box is sealed.
  1. The log will be given to the Property and Evidence supervisor to be kept in a folder until the box(s) are destroyed. The log will then be noted with the date and time of destruction in accordance to the Property Room’s standard operating procedures on drug

320.1             MOTOR VEHICLE SEIZURES

  1. An officer of the department may impound a motor vehicle and conduct standard inventory of its contents under the following circumstances:
    1. Removal of motor vehicles from the scene of an
    2. Impoundment of motor vehicles parked in tow away
    3. The motor vehicle is stolen or the officer has probable cause to believe that it is
    4. The driver is removed from the vehicle and placed under arrest, there is reasonable connection between the arrest and the vehicle, and no other alternatives are available other than impoundment to ensure the protection of the
    5. The owner or driver requests or consents to the impoundment by the
    6. A motor vehicle which is being stored on any public street, parkway, sidewalk, or alley in accordance with General Order 07.
    7. A motor vehicle which constitutes a danger, hazard, or obstruction to others using the public streets or
    8. The officer is authorized to seize and impound the motor vehicle under statute (e.g., section 103.03 of the Alcoholic Beverage Code), a city ordinance, a court order, or the laws of search and
  2. A motor vehicle shall not be inventoried unless the vehicle is to be
  3. If the vehicle is impounded as part of a criminal offense, an explanation of the impoundment shall be made in the narrative of the offense report or supplement, including any holds placed on the vehicle, and the investigative unit that placed the
  4. If the vehicle is impounded for any reason other than a criminal offense or hit and run accident, an incident report shall be made explaining the reason for the impoundment and specifying which investigative unit the holds were placed. Multiple impoundments from the same incident can be explained in a single incident report. Example: two or more vehicles pulled from a tow away
  5. If a vehicle is impounded in reference to a hit and run accident, the impoundment shall be explained in the accident report, including the fact that a hold was placed on the vehicle for hit and run. If the vehicle is involved in a hit and run accident as well as another offense, both the hit and run report and the offense report shall contain an explanation of the impoundment and what sections the hold was placed
  6. A standard inventory search is limited to accomplishing a “care-taking” purpose for which it is justified and shall not be used as a pretext for a warrantless investigatory search. As part of a standard vehicle inventory, officers shall open and inventory any and all containers, as permitted by law, to which the officer has immediate access. Containers in the vehicle that are locked for which no key is available shall be noted as “locked and not inventoried” in any related report(s) and shall remain secured, absent a search under
  7. If a vehicle hold is not validated or released within ten (10) business days, notice will be forwarded to the division captain having responsibility for the vehicle. The notice must then

be signed and forwarded to the Auto Pound with either instructions to validate or release the hold.

320.2             ARRESTED PERSON’S VEHICLE

  1. An officer may impound a motor vehicle if the driver has been removed from it and placed under custodial arrest, if there is a reasonable connection between the arrest and the vehicle, and no other alternatives are available other than impoundment to ensure the protection of the
  2. Upon the request of the arrested driver, the officer shall leave the motor vehicle at the scene of the arrest, provided the vehicle is legally parked and does not create a danger, hazard, or obstruction to others using the public streets or highways. If the arrested driver elects to leave the vehicle on a parking lot, the arresting officer shall advise the person that the owner of the parking lot has the right to remove the
  3. Upon the request of the arrested driver, the officer may release the car to a third person, provided said person has a current driver’s license, can provide proof of insurance in accordance with General Order 08, and is not incapacitated in any manner.
  4. If the arrested driver requests the officer to leave the vehicle at the scene or to release the vehicle to a third person, the driver shall be requested to sign a vehicle disposition form absolving Fort Worth and its agents of any responsibility for the vehicle or its contents. The arresting officer shall prepare two (2) copies of the form, with the original forwarded to the Records Division and a copy given to the arrested
  5. Unless the circumstances as described in paragraph A exist, the arresting officer is not responsible for the prisoner’s motor vehicle, and the vehicle shall not be impounded by the department. However, the vehicle may still be impounded if it falls within any of the other paragraphs of this general order which allow
  6. If a motor vehicle is not impounded under the provisions of this order, the arresting officer shall honor the arrested person’s request to remove the motor vehicle, if said vehicle is at or near the scene of the arrest. The person may request a wrecker service of their own choosing or a referral service wrecker to remove the vehicle. This request shall be made in writing on the wrecker selection form. The arrested person may likewise request that the vehicle be impounded by the department, in which event the person shall execute a vehicle disposition form. The arresting officer shall inform the arrested party that they are responsible for towing and storage fees and that the vehicle will be
  7. Officers shall not drive an arrested person’s vehicle. If the vehicle is to be impounded, the vehicle shall be towed by a wrecker. This does not prevent the officer, in an emergency situation, from driving or pushing the vehicle to a safer location to await the arrival of the wrecker.

320.3             WRECKER SELECTION AND PROPERTY FORM

  1. The Wrecker Selection and Property form is designed to record a vehicle owner’s request for a specific wrecker (10-51 Wrecker – Owner Specified or Owner’s Request), a rotation wrecker (10-52 Wrecker from the Public Service Referral Towing Rotation List), or an officer’s request for a police department removal (10-50 Wrecker for D. Pull.)
  2. Requests for a large wrecker shall require the approval of a field supervisor prior to the dispatching of the wrecker. Field supervisors shall make certain that the vehicle is ready to be moved prior to approving the call for a large
  1. Money, checks, securities, guns, other small valuable items, and property of an evidential nature shall be removed from the vehicle, tagged, and turned in to the Property Room. It is essential that a reasonable inventory, including the opening of closed containers, be conducted at the time of the removal of the vehicle and items noted on the wrecker
  2. These forms shall be furnished by the wrecker driver at the scene of the pull. Upon completion of this form and after the owner/driver copy and the officer’s copy have been removed, the book with the other two (2) copies remaining intact shall be returned to the wrecker
    1. An owner’s request for a specific wrecker or an owner’s request for a referral service wrecker requires the signature of the driver/owner at the bottom of this
    2. The officer and wrecker driver must sign this form on all vehicle removals. An exception for the officer’s signature will be at the owner’s request for a specific wrecker.
    3. All blanks in this form shall be completed in a neat and legible manner. Officers shall print their name (not initials) and shall accurately record their ID, their unit number, and reason for the
  3. Officers are to exercise extra care in recording accurate arrival and clear times of the wrecker and in checking the appropriate spaces that indicate type of pull and any extra charges to be
  4. Fees and certain conditions for non-consent tows (PD Pull) are regulated by contracts between the City of Fort Worth and the companies; however, on an owner’s request to tow or a referral service wrecker, officers shall explain to the requesting person that:
    1. The fees may vary since the City of Fort Worth does not regulate wrecker company
    2. Negotiating the fee, including possible storage or other charges is the responsibility of the requesting person, and
    3. Neither the City of Fort Worth nor the police department warrants or guarantees conditions of
  5. Significant requirements of service include, but are not limited to:
    1. All non-consent P.D. pulls go to the Auto
    2. Wrecker response time is limited to thirty (30)
    3. Debris must be cleared and removed from the
    4. Officers shall authorize the billing of extra work for the wrecker company before such work can be performed or
  6. Wrecker Service Complaints
    1. Persons whose vehicles were towed under non-consent conditions have the right to a hearing in municipal court if they allege a violation of city
    2. The Contract Services Administrator in the Police Grants and Contract Section is the point of contact for any complaint about the conditions of wrecker

320.4             TOW AWAY ZONES

  1. Officers finding a vehicle illegally parked within a designated tow away zone shall issue a parking citation to the vehicle in violation. Officers may then request a wrecker from the dispatcher.
  2. When the wrecker arrives at the scene, the officer shall adhere to the following procedures:
    1. If an actual hookup with the vehicle in violation has been made, the vehicle shall be towed away at the owner’s
  1. If the owner/operator returns prior to the actual removal of the vehicle, the owner/operator may request immediate release of the vehicle by the wrecker company. If not prevented by other circumstances:
    1. The wrecker company shall comply with the demand at no cost to the owner/operator.
    2. A parking citation shall be
    3. The wrecker company will be returned to the top of the list for non-consent
    4. The officer shall indicate on the wrecker slip “released to ”
  2. The fees for this service by the wrecker companies shall be commensurate with prevailing rates.
  3. Police personnel in contact with the owner/driver of a vehicle impounded from a tow away zone shall advise the owner/driver of such vehicle that the vehicle may be redeemed by showing proof of ownership and by paying all towing and storage charges at the Fort Worth Police Department Auto

320.5             MOTOR VEHICLES WHICH CREATE A DANGER OR HAZARD

Motor vehicles may be impounded by the department if:

  1. The vehicle constitutes a hazard or an obstruction to traffic by being left unattended upon any bridge, viaduct, or causeway, or in any underpass or
  2. The unattended vehicle represents a traffic hazard and interrupts the normal safe flow of traffic, g., parked in a traffic lane, parked near a dangerous curve, or left in an intersection.
  3. The vehicle is illegally parked, so as to block the entrance to any private driveway, and the owner of the driveway requests
  4. The vehicle is parked or standing in or on any portion of the street or highway in such a manner that it interferes with a normal function of a government agency or by reason of any catastrophe, emergency, or unusual circumstances, the safety of the vehicle is

320.6             RECOVERED STOLEN VEHICLES

  1. When seizing a known stolen vehicle or a vehicle where probable cause exists to believe it is stolen and it appears to the officer to be operable, the officer shall contact the Police Information Center, who shall attempt to contact the owner of the stolen vehicle. If the owner wishes to come to the scene and claim the vehicle and can arrive within a reasonable amount of time, the owner shall be advised that, with satisfactory identification and proof of ownership, the vehicle shall be released at the scene. If the owner cannot be contacted, or if the vehicle is obviously not capable of being driven, the vehicle shall be removed. Officers shall place a hold on all auto theft recoveries for the appropriate Criminal Investigations Unit (CIU).
  2. Vehicles released at the scene shall first be processed by a patrol officer who has received training in fingerprint evidence. Processing includes attempting to locate physical evidence, i.e., fingerprints, tools, etc. and collecting any evidence found. If an officer locates a person in possession of a local recovered stolen vehicle and there is probable cause to make an arrest, the officer shall supplement the original Auto Theft report with this information instead of creating a new offense report. If the officer has additional charges on the arrested person, a new report shall be generated for those additional
    1. When appropriate, both the vehicle operator and any passengers at the time of recovery shall be entered on the person screen in
  1. For a vehicle located locally, the officer shall itemize in the narrative a detailed list of items missing from the vehicle on the property
  1. Vehicles stolen out of town and recovered locally shall be removed via police department wrecker and an incident report for out-of-town recovery shall be
    1. The incident report number shall be recorded in the space provided on the wrecker form or the electronic wrecker form on the
    2. The listed victim for an out-of-town recovery report will be the reporting agency entering the vehicle into NCIC. The officer will include the OCA number in the narrative section and use the appropriate codes on the recovered stolen vehicle
    3. If suspects are arrested for an out-of-town recovered vehicle with additional charges, the officer may enter the vehicle as an out-of-town recovery (OUT) in RMS or complete a separate out-of-town recovery report and link it to the offense
    4. On an out-of-town recovery, the officer shall itemize in the narrative a detailed list of items missing from the vehicle, a property screen is not
  2. Officers shall enter only the information from the license plate which was physically on the vehicle when recovered on the vehicle
    1. In the narrative, the officer should include the total number of license plates physically found with the recovered vehicle, detailing whether the license plate was registered to the recovered vehicle or noting if registered to another If the vehicle had two

(2) different license plates attached when recovered, the rear license plate will  be entered in the vehicle screen and the front license plate entered in the narrative with details.

  1. In the narrative, the officer shall state any signs of forced entry, whether the keys were recovered, and/or how the vehicle was stolen. The officer should inspect the VIN for tampering or
  2. Stolen commercial vehicles, including but not limited to semi-trucks and trailers, bobcats, construction vehicles, etc, are the responsibility of the Commercial Auto Theft Unit. Officers dispatched to a theft call for a commercial vehicle shall notify Commercial Auto Theft Unit immediately. If after hours, the officer shall contact the on-call Commercial Auto Theft

320.7             STORED, ABANDONED, AND JUNKED VEHICLES

  1. Traffic Division has primary responsibility for enforcing violations concerning stored, abandoned, and junked vehicles. In the event a vehicle meets the criteria for being stored, abandoned, or junked upon any public street, parkway, sidewalk, or alley, it may be removed.
    1. Stored – Sec. 22-159 of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, Texas states that a motor vehicle shall be considered stored when it has remained parked at or nearly at the same location for a continuous period of time in excess of five (5)
    2. Abandoned – Chapter 683, sec. 683.002 of the Texas Transportation Code states that a vehicle is abandoned when:
      1. It is inoperable and more than five (5) years old and left unattended on public property for more than forty-eight (48) hours,
      2. Has remained illegally on public property for a period of more than forty-eight (48) hours,
      3. Has remained on private property without the consent of the owner or person in control of the property for more than forty-eight (48) hours, or
  1. Left unattended on the right-of-way of a designated county, state, or federal highway within this state for more than forty-eight (48)
  2. Has been left unattended for more than twenty-four (24) hours on the right-of-way of a turnpike project constructed and maintained by the Texas Turnpike Authority Division of the Texas Department of Transportation or a controlled access
  1. Junked – Chapter 683, sec. 683.071 of the Texas Transportation Code states that a vehicle is junked when it is inoperative and does not have lawfully affixed to it either an unexpired license plate or a valid motor vehicle inspection certificate; is wrecked, dismantled, partially dismantled, or discarded; or has remained inoperable for:
    1. Seventy-two (72) consecutive hours, if the vehicle is on public property; or
    2. Thirty (30) consecutive days, if the vehicle is on private
  2. If a vehicle is stored on the public roadway, police officers shall make every attempt to have the vehicle in violation removed by the owner. Officers shall make a diligent effort to locate the owner of such vehicle and inform them that the vehicle is in violation and must be removed.
  3. After the officer has located the owner of a vehicle stored in violation of section 22-159 of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, the officer may allow the owner a reasonable length of time to accomplish the moving of the vehicle without issuing a citation. If, after five (5) days, the owner has failed to move the vehicle in violation, a citation for violation of city ordinance 22-159 will be issued, and the officer may call for a wrecker to remove it from the
  4. If the officer is unable to locate the owner of the stored vehicle after a reasonable attempt to do so, a parking citation shall be issued citing the vehicle for violation of city ordinance 22- 159, and a red sticker, if available, may be placed on the windshield notifying the owner to move the vehicle. After five (5) days, if the vehicle is still in violation, the officer shall issue a second citation and call for a wrecker to remove it from the scene. Unless other action is approved by a supervisor, patrol officers investigating an abandoned or junked vehicle shall follow the criteria and procedures for a stored
  5. The Abandoned Vehicle Enforcement Unit will respond to all routine abandoned vehicle calls. Officers may volunteer to respond to a routine abandoned vehicle call if no calls are holding and at least one officer is available to take

320.8             VEHICLE HOLDS

  1. Holds shall be placed on vehicles that are:
    1. Evidentiary value and
      1. Part of a crime scene,
      2. Subject to impoundment under state law, or
      3. A search warrant is
    2. Suspected as being stolen and require the inspection by a detective or investigator prior to release to the registered owner or
    3. The product of a crime or a criminal
    4. Subject to seizure under state or federal
  2. Holds should not be placed on vehicles when:
    1. The vehicle is pulled in association with an arrest, and the vehicle has no evidentiary value.
  1. The vehicle contains only evidence, contraband, or products of crimes that can be easily removed with no reduction in the evidentiary value of such
  2. The vehicle is not subject to seizure under state or federal
  1. No holds shall continue after final disposition of any and all cases for which the vehicle is held.
  2. Investigators shall release their hold on a vehicle as soon as possible by advising the on-duty auto pound supervisor by telephone, followed by transmittal of documentation of the release authority.
  3. If a vehicle hold is not validated or released within ten (10) business days, notice will be forwarded to the division captain having the responsibility for the vehicle. The notice must then be signed and forwarded to the Auto Pound with either instructions to validate or release the
    1. If the hold is not validated or released within five (5) business days in response to the above notice, the vehicle hold will automatically be
    2. If the hold is validated in response to the notice, the Auto Pound will store the vehicle and a notice of active hold will be forwarded to the investigative unit having the hold every thirty (30) The investigator may then release the hold or continue it.
  4. Stolen/recovered vehicles which are held for crime scene processing will have the hold removed by the Crime Scene Search officer completing the
  5. A specific reason must be articulated in the offense report to place a hold on a stolen/recovered vehicle for the Auto Theft

320.9             IMPOUNDED VEHICLE STORAGE FEES

  1. Vehicles stored in the auto pound shall accumulate storage fees at the current rate set by city ordinance, but not to exceed those permissible under state
  2. Vehicles placed under a police hold shall not accumulate storage fees while such hold is in effect. When the hold is no longer necessary, the unit for which the hold was placed shall immediately notify the Auto Pound and authorize removal of the hold as well as provide them with the name, address, and zip code of the complainant from the offense report. The investigative personnel removing the hold shall generate a supplement to the offense report with the time and date the Auto Pound was notified, how notification was made, and the name and identification number of the Auto Pound personnel
  3. After receiving authorization to remove a hold, auto pound personnel shall process the vehicle in accordance with their standard operating procedure and in compliance with the Texas Litter Abatement Act, Section 03d, for notification of owners and lien holders.

320.10          RELEASE OF IMPOUNDED VEHICLE WITHOUT FEE

  1. Police personnel of the rank of lieutenant or above may authorize the release of impounded vehicles without payment of towage, impoundment, and storage fees. In arriving at such decisions, the supervisor must weigh the city’s fiscal responsibilities against the department’s obligation to the general public to provide fair and equitable procedures of operation. Generally, the supervisor may authorize the release of a vehicle if the vehicle was impounded for safekeeping and the incident did not involve an arrest, violation, or automobile accident. Such incidents would involve, but not be limited to, the following circumstances:
    1. When a vehicle was pulled and the driver was arrested but refused at the jail due to lack of probable cause or other legitimate
  1. When the vehicle is owned or is being driven by an individual who is entitled to diplomatic
  2. If an owner has not been properly notified of impoundment or release of investigative hold,
  3. When an owner has not been properly notified of the recovery of a vehicle and given the opportunity to pick up the vehicle at the
  1. Procedure for Release
    1. Police personnel who have knowledge of extenuating circumstances shall notify their supervisor of such circumstances. These facts shall in turn be relayed to a police supervisor of the rank of lieutenant or above so that an authorized request may be made to release an impounded
    2. Verbal authority for immediate release without fees shall be accomplished by calling the shift supervisor at the auto pound. A description of the vehicle shall be provided along with the name, rank, and organizational unit of the person authorizing the
    3. The supervisor of the Auto Pound shall maintain a log of vehicles released without charge and shall ensure that proper written justification is

320.11          DISTURBANCES INVOLVING REPOSSESSION OF AUTOMOBILES

  1. Officers encountering disturbances involving the repossession of automobiles shall:
    1. Take the necessary steps to preserve the
    2. A repossessor is not required by law to possess a court order or documents such as the vehicle title, license receipt or instructions on the lien holder’s letterhead; however, if sufficient evidence exists that a repossession is occurring and no laws have been violated, then the repossessor is allowed to take possession of or retain possession of the vehicle.
    3. The repossessor may not violate any laws during a vehicle repossession, such as trespassing or forcing entry into an area, and may not remove the owner or anyone else from the Officers should not assist a repossessor.
    4. Arrests may be made if probable cause exists that a theft is taking place or for offenses committed in the officer’s

320.12          ABANDONED BICYCLES

  1. Officers receiving calls in reference to abandoned bicycles shall check the neighborhood in an attempt to locate the
  2. If unable to locate the owner, the officer shall arrange for the bicycle to be transported to the auto
    1. During the hours of 0800-1700, Monday through Friday, Abandoned Vehicle Enforcement (AVE) shall be notified to furnish transportation for the
    2. During other hours, a police van or pick-up, if available, shall be used for If not, officers must use patrol units and secure the trunk, using due caution when transporting bicycles.
    3. If no transportation can be made immediately available and the complainant is on the scene, the officer shall request that the complainant retain possession until 0800 hours the next day or until such time as the complainant can contact AVE and arrange for transportation.
  1. The officer receiving the original abandoned bicycle call shall be responsible for completing both an incident and property report. All other actions subsequent to the initial call shall be documented on a supplement

321.1             NOTIFICATION OF NEXT OF KIN

  1. Notification of next of kin of deceased persons, when the deceased is known and the next of kin can be located, shall be the responsibility of the staff of the Tarrant County Medical Examiner. Officers shall refrain from removing identifying documents from the
  2. If the body of the deceased is not immediately identified or the next of kin is not known or cannot be contacted, the medical investigator may request assistance of the police department.
    1. When a fingerprint identification is requested, the crime scene officer shall take the necessary prints. An evidence sheet shall be prepared indicating that identification of the deceased has been requested. A copy of the evidence transmittal sheet shall be hand carried to the lieutenant over the Homicide Unit. If the Homicide Unit is not open, the evidence transmittal sheet shall be placed in the Homicide Unit’s box in the Offense Report
    2. Requests for assistance, other than those requested on the scene, shall be sent directly to the homicide
  3. The lieutenant in charge of the Homicide Unit shall be responsible for complying with the request for assistance and forwarding the results to the medical examiner’s
  4. Notification of next of kin shall be limited to the spouse of the deceased person, parents of the deceased, or nearest living immediate family member, depending on which is most applicable.

321.2             COMPOSITION AND DISTRIBUTION OF CASE FILES

  1. Personnel responsible for filing cases must create an electronic case packet containing all documents and information pertinent to the case to include any information of an exculpatory nature. This electronic packet includes all pieces of evidence scanned in a PDF format. This electronic case packet will be sent to the District Attorney’s office by uploading the electronic file on the electronic case file system (ecfs) through Tarrant County Integrated Justice Information
  2. All original documents, with the exception of offense reports, shall be retained by the office filing the case. The officer filing the case shall return the original documents to their investigative unit and ensure that they are properly
  3. Copies of case files shall be released only to those officers responsible for presenting the case in

321.3             PROBABLE CAUSE WARRANTS

  1. An investigator who has sufficient information to secure a probable cause warrant shall prepare an affidavit and warrant consistent with the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure, and a wanted person data input
  2. The investigator’s supervisor shall review the documents and indicate approval by signing the  wanted  person    The  supervisor  shall  also  indicate  on  the  sheet  whether   the

information shall be put in the Regional, TCIC, or NCIC computer systems, based on the following criteria:

  1. NCIC – Must be a felony warrant and the department must be willing to
  2. TCIC – Felony or misdemeanor warrant, excepting Class C misdemeanors, and the department must be willing to pick up the
  3. Regional – All warrants should be entered in this
  1. After the arrest warrant has been approved by their supervisor, the investigator shall take the complaint and warrant to a magistrate to be
  2. Once the warrant has been signed by the magistrate, the investigator shall generate a warrant number on the fwpd portal, warrant number assignment, and sign the warrant in under the Tiberon warrant menu. The investigator shall fill out all pertinent information for the suspect listed on the warrant and show it “sent” under the activity
  3. The investigator shall take the original complaint, warrant, and wanted person sheet to the Identification
  4. Identification personnel shall assign and log the next warrant number in the felony or misdemeanor log, and copy and distribute the warrant and wanted person
  5. Police Information Center personnel shall enter the warrants marked NCIC or TCIC into those systems. Municipal court personnel shall enter the warrants marked regional into that system.
  6. Warrants shall be canceled in the following manner:
    1. Upon determination by Identification Unit personnel that a person is in jail who has an outstanding probable cause warrant, the person making the discovery shall notify the jail. The jail shall also be notified when a determination is made that a prisoner was registered in jail under an alias name, so that the necessary records can be

NOTE: In these cases, the Identification Unit personnel shall be responsible for completing the wanted person cancellation report.

  1. If an arrest is based on the warrant, or if an officer receives information that the person is no longer wanted, the arresting officer or the officer receiving the information shall initiate a wanted person cancellation
  2. The cancellation report shall be distributed by the Identification Unit in the same manner as the original input sheet. The appropriate blocks, Regional, TCIC, or NCIC shall be checked to indicate the systems to be
  3. Personnel of the Police Information Center and municipal court shall purge the information from the appropriate

321.4             CANADIAN WARRANTS

The NCIC Advisory Policy Board has approved the establishment of an NCIC Canadian Warrant File. However, the arrest and/or detention of a person cannot be executed in the United States based on a Canadian warrant.

  1. When an officer makes a routine NCIC inquiry on a person and receives a response on a Canadian warrant, the officer shall not arrest that person on a Canadian
    1. If the person is arrested on a federal, state, or local charge, the officer shall direct copies of all related reports concerning the arrest to the Fugitive
    2. If the person is not arrested, the officer shall obtain as much information as possible concerning the person and make an incident report directed to the Fugitive

NOTE: In either instance (A.1 or A.2), the officer shall make every effort not to reveal to  the person that a Canadian warrant is outstanding.

  1. Police Information Center personnel, upon receiving a response on a Canadian warrant, shall:
    1. Advise the inquiring officer not to arrest based upon this
    2. Contact the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP), Ottawa, Canada, and advise that a match has been made on a Canadian warrant, including the warrant
    3. Advise the RCMP representative that any further dissemination of information regarding the warrant shall be furnished by the Fugitive Unit, and advise them how the section may be
  2. The Fugitive Unit shall furnish all available information to RCMP representatives making inquiries on Canadian

321.5             CONSENT SEARCHES AND SEARCH WARRANTS

  1. Consent Searches
    1. The officer/investigator, when attempting to obtain a consent to search, shall be sure that:
      1. A supervisor is called to the scene for residential consents and the supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring that the consent is voluntarily made. For purposes of this section, a motor vehicle that has been immobilized in one location for use as a storage facility or home is not a motor vehicle and will be considered a residential consent, and
      2. A consent form shall be signed before a search is conducted unless an individual refuses and it is captured on audio/video recording, and
      3. The person providing consent has the legal authority to do so, and
      4. The person providing consent shall remain at all times in such close proximity to the officer/investigator conducting the search that they may withdraw the consent at any

NOTE: Officers and investigators in specialized units which deal with a more narrowly focused mission where consent to search forms are used regularly will follow the guidelines of their Standard Operating Procedures for consent searches.

  1. When the suspect is in custody, the officer/investigator shall always be sure the subject understands the Miranda warning before the consent form is signed and the consent shall still be made
  2. The officer/investigator shall give the person signing the consent form a copy of that form as well as a list of all property seized as required by the Texas Code of Criminal Procedures.
  3. The investigator will place a copy of the consent form in the case file, and deliver the original consent form to the Records Division in a timely manner for proper filing and disposition.
  1. Search Warrants
    1. An investigator who believes sufficient information is present for a search warrant should consult with a supervisor to determine if sufficient probable cause exists for the issuance of a
    2. The investigator shall prepare an affidavit and a warrant consistent with Article 18 of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure and present the completed documents to a supervisor for
    3. After review by a supervisor, the investigator shall take the affidavit and warrant to a magistrate for review and
  1. Once the warrant has been signed by the magistrate, the investigator shall take the original to the Identification Section where copies shall be made for the investigator and the original assigned a number and filed. If the magistrate chooses to retain the original document, the investigator shall bring the copy to the Identification
  2. When the search warrant is executed, the investigator shall make a return to any municipal court magistrate or district court magistrate based on which court signed the original search warrant. In the return shall be a schedule of all property seized, the date and the time. The investigator shall then take the original return to the Identification Unit for filing. If the magistrate chooses to retain the original document, the investigator shall bring the copy to the Identification
  3. When executing a search warrant, it shall be the responsibility of the investigator to assure that a copy of the warrant and a schedule of property seized is left with the person on whom the warrant is served as required by the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure. If no one is on the scene of the search, a copy of the warrant and schedule of property shall be left in a conspicuous
  4. All property seized on a consent and search warrant shall be invoiced into the Property Room. It shall be the investigator’s responsibility to note how this property was seized and which magistrate issued the warrant or signed the

321.6             RACIAL PROFILING

The guidelines in this General Order are intended to reaffirm the department’s commitment to unbiased policing in all its encounters between an officer and any person; to reinforce procedures that serve to ensure public confidence and mutual trust through the provision of services in a fair and equitable fashion; and to protect officers from unwarranted accusations of misconduct when acting within the dictates of departmental policy and the law.

  1. Officers shall police in a proactive manner and investigate suspected violations of law. Officers shall actively enforce state and federal laws in a responsible and professional manner, without regard to race, ethnicity or national origin. Officers are strictly prohibited from engaging in racial profiling as defined in this order. This order shall be applicable to officer’s interactions with all persons, whether drivers, passengers or
  2. Officers shall conduct themselves in a respectful manner at all times when dealing with the public. Two of the fundamental rights guaranteed by both the United States and Texas constitutions are equal protection under the law and freedom from unreasonable searches and seizures by government agents. The right of all persons to be treated equally and to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures must be respected. Racial profiling is an unacceptable patrol tactic and is strictly
  3. This order shall not preclude officers from offering assistance, such as upon observing a substance leaking from a vehicle, a flat tire, or someone who appears to be ill, lost or confused. Nor does this order prohibit stopping someone suspected of a crime based upon observed actions and/or information received about the
  4. Definitions
    1. Racial Profiling – A law enforcement-initiated action based on an individual’s race, ethnicity, or national origin rather than on the individual’s behavior or on information identifying the individual as having engaged in criminal
      1. Racial profiling pertains to persons who are viewed as suspects or potential suspects of criminal behavior. The term is not relevant as it pertains to witnesses, complainants or other citizen
  1. The prohibition against racial profiling does not preclude the use of race, ethnicity or national origin as factors in a detention decision. Race, ethnicity or national origin may be legitimate factors in a detention decision when used as part of an actual description of a specific suspect for whom an officer is searching. Detaining an individual and conducting an inquiry into that person’s activities simply because of that individual’s race, ethnicity or national origin is racial profiling. Examples of racial profiling include but are not limited to the following:
    • Citing a driver who is speeding in a stream of traffic where most other drivers are speeding because of the cited driver’s race, ethnicity or national
    • Stopping or detaining the driver of a vehicle based on the determination that a person of that race, ethnicity or national origin is unlikely to own or possess that specific make or model of
    • Stopping or detaining an individual based upon the determination that a person of that race, ethnicity or national origin does not belong in a specific part of town or a specific
  2. A law enforcement agency can derive these principles from the adoption of this definition of racial profiling:
    • That law enforcement officers may not use racial or ethnic stereotypes as factors in selecting whom to stop and
    • Racial profiling is not relevant as it pertains to witnesses,
    • That police may not use racial or ethnic stereotypes as factors in selecting whom to stop and search, while police may consider race in conjunction with other known factors of the
  3. Race or Ethnicity – Of a particular decent, including Caucasian, African, Hispanic, Asian, Middle Eastern or Native
  4. Traffic Stop – A peace officer who stops a motor vehicle for an alleged violation of a law or ordinance regulating
  1. Training
    1. Officers are responsible for adhering to all Texas Commission on Law Enforcement (TCOLE) training as mandated by
    2. All officers shall complete a TCOLE training and education program on racial profiling not later than the second anniversary of the date the officer is licensed under Chapter 1701 of the Texas Occupations Code or the date the officer applies for an intermediate proficiency certificate, whichever date is earlier. A person who on September 1, 2001, held a TCOLE intermediate proficiency certificate, or who had held a peace officer license issued by TCOLE for at least two years, shall complete a TCOLE training and education program on racial profiling not later than September 1,
    3. The Chief of Police, as part of the initial training and continued education for such appointment, will be required to attend the LEMIT program on racial
    4. An individual appointed or elected as a police chief before the effective date of this Act shall complete the program on racial profiling established under Subsection (k), Section 96.641, Education
  2. Complaint Investigation
    1. The department shall accept complaints from any person who believes he or she has been stopped or searched based on racial, ethnic or national origin profiling. No person shall be discouraged, intimidated or coerced from filing a complaint, nor discriminated against because he or she filed such a
  1. If an officer initiating a stop receives an allegation of racial profiling, the officer shall provide their name and ID number to the individual with information on how to contact Internal Affairs or the officer’s supervisor. Any employee contacted shall provide to that person information on the department’s process for filing a complaint. All employees will report any allegation of racial profiling to their supervisor before the end of their shift.
    1. Officers shall provide the pamphlet, Racial Profiling Policy and Procedures, or provide information on how to contact Internal Affairs to any individual that inquires about reporting an incident perceived to be racially
    2. Any supervisor/manager receiving a racial profiling complaint shall notify the Internal Affairs Division in a timely manner of the compliant and the action
    3. Supervisors shall monitor the adherence to the General Orders by all employees under their command and shall initiate an investigation into all alleged violations established under this General
  2. All complaints will be acknowledged in writing to the complainant who will receive information regarding the disposition of such complaint within a reasonable period of time. The investigation shall be reduced to writing and any reviewer’s comments or conclusions shall be sent through the chain of command to the Chief of Police or designee. When applicable, findings and/or recommendations for disciplinary action, retraining, or changes in policy shall be part of the recommendation to the Chief of Police or
  3. Allegations of misconduct and disciplinary action shall follow the procedures as outlined in General Order 410.00. Officers shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including indefinite suspension for engaging in racial
  4. If there is a departmental video or audio recording of the events upon which a complaint of racial profiling is based, upon commencement of an investigation into the complaint and written request of the officer made the subject of the complaint, this department shall promptly provide a copy of the recording to that
  1. Public Education

The police department will inform the public of its guidelines against racial profiling and the complaint process. Methods that may be utilized to inform the public are the news media, radio, service or civic presentations, the Internet, as well as governing board meetings. Additionally, information will be made available as appropriate in languages other than English.

  1. Data Collection and Reporting
    1. Data shall be collected on all motor vehicle stops. Information will be collected on the driver only. The officer shall promptly enter all data required by law into the Motor Vehicle Stop Checklist database before the end of the duty shift. The form may be found on the Fort Worth Police internal portal under Racial
    2. Any vehicle equipped with video and/or audio capabilities shall retain the video and/or audio documentation in accordance with the division’s standard operating procedures. Such documentation shall be retained for at least 180 days after the stop, or until disposition if a complaint has been
      1. If a complaint has been made, the documentation shall be retained by the Internal Affairs Division until final disposition of the complaint, if not longer as required under other laws or
  1. Internal Affairs shall be responsible for compiling the number of racial profiling complaints and forwarding this information to Research and Planning at the end of the year.
  2. At the direction of the Chief of Police or designee, additional data may be collected by the department in an effort to monitor enforcement actions and to provide a overview of department compliance with this General
  3. An annual report will be prepared or coordinated by Research and Planning based on the data collection and in accordance with TCOLE guidelines and forwarded to the city manager within the prescribed time period for presentation to the City

321.7             BIAS-BASED POLICING

  1. Purpose and Scope

The Fort Worth Police Department provides police services to the community in a nonpartisan, fair, equitable, and objective manner without consideration of race, color, gender, age, national origin, religion, disability, economic status, sexual orientation, gender expression, gender identity, transgender status, membership in a cultural group, or other individual characteristics or distinctions.

  1. Definitions
    1. Biased Policing – Discrimination in the performance of duties, based on personal prejudices or partiality of officers, that interferes with their professional judgment, training or adherence to law. Biased policing includes, but is not limited to, making prejudicial decisions affecting individuals in classes protected by federal, state and local law.
    2. Equal Treatment – Persons, irrespective of race or other distinction shall be treated in the same basic manner under the same or similar circumstances. Equal treatment does not mean all persons in the same or similar circumstances can or must be treated identically in all cases. Reasonable considerations and/or accommodations may be made when dealing with individuals with physical or mental disabilities, infirmity, illnesses or similar conditions or when information about them necessitates different treatment.
    3. Gender expression – Person’s external characteristics and behaviors including, but not limited to, dress, grooming, mannerisms, speech patterns and social interactions that are socially identified with a particular
    4. Gender identity – Person’s innate, deeply felt sense of gender, which may or may not correspond to the person’s physical body or sex listed on their original birth
    5. Sexual orientation – Heterosexuality, homosexuality or bisexuality or being identified with such
    6. Transgender – Person who experiences and/or expresses their gender differently from conventional or cultural expectations including, but not limited to, those who express a gender that does not match the sex listed on their original birth certificate or who physically alter their
  2. Limitations
    1. Bias-based policing is prohibited both in enforcement of the law and delivery of police services.
    2. Officers shall not use race, color, gender, age, national origin, religion, disability, economic status, sexual orientation, gender expression, gender identity, transgender status, membership in a cultural group, or an individual’s ability/inability to speak

English as the criteria for determining when or how to take enforcement action or pro- vide police services.

  1. Nothing in this order prohibits officers from using the traits and characteristics of persons, such as race, ethnicity, or national origin, in combination with other facts, to assist in establishing reasonable suspicion or probable cause in the same manner that officers would use descriptions such as a specific hair color, height, gender or other identifying
  1. Any employees who witness or are aware of instances of bias-based policing shall report the incident to their supervisor

322.1             POLYGRAPH EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

  • ELECTRONIC LISTENING DEVICES

State law prohibits the use of electronic surveillance equipment which has been designed for the purpose of intercepting or recording conversations between two unknowing parties. State law does provide for the Department of Public Safety (DPS) to own, operate, or monitor this type of equipment. A judge of competent jurisdiction may issue an order authorizing the interception of wire or oral communications if a prosecutor applying for a court order shows probable cause that the interception will provide evidence of a felony (other than felony possession of marijuana) under the Texas Controlled Substances Act or the Texas Dangerous Drug Act. Officers of the department may assist members of the Texas Department of Public Safety in the operation or monitoring of electronic surveillance equipment, but a DPS officer must be present at all times. Whenever officers are involved in the implementation of a court order to use electronic surveillance equipment, the Chief of Police shall be notified of this fact by the appropriate  deputy chief.

322.3             ALIAS DRIVER’S LICENSES

State law allows the Texas Department of Public Safety to issue alias driver’s licenses to law enforcement officers involved in undercover investigations. In accordance with this law, the following guidelines shall be adhered to by all officers regarding the issuance and use of alias driver’s licenses.

  1. No officer shall be issued an alias driver’s license unless they are involved in undercover assignments.
  2. Requests for the issuance of alias driver’s licenses shall be directed to the captain of the officer’s division for
  3. The affected captain shall complete a requisition for alias driver’s license form and submit one copy and the original to their deputy
  4. The Deputy Chief or designee will forward the original to the captain in charge of the local driver’s license office of the Texas Department of Public Safety. A duplicate copy shall be retained in the bureau for audit once a
  5. An officer shall use an alias driver’s license only when engaged in official police duties and only when it is necessary to conceal their true
  6. In the event that officers who have been issued an alias driver’s license are involved in a traffic accident, they shall not use such license for purposes of the accident
  7. Alias driver’s licenses shall be renewed on a yearly basis with the Department of Public Safety.
  8. Upon termination of an officer’s undercover assignment, the alias driver’s license issued to the officer shall be returned to the bureau deputy chief who shall return the same to the Department of Public

322.4             INFORMANTS

  1. It is the course of action for the police department to develop and use informants in the performance of crime prevention, crime suppression, and in the apprehension of criminal offenders. Individual officers are encouraged to develop sources of information by their own initiative, but in doing so, at no time shall the officer commit any act constituting a violation

of any law. Only employees of the rank of captain or above shall be the approving authority for:

  1. Any agreement or proposed agreement, recommendation, or initial officer contact to mitigate a charge, reduce a charge or refrain from filing a charge against an informant in exchange for information leading to an apprehension or prevention of a felony or misdemeanor crime. Such action shall be approved and documented under the authority of the captain or above and maintained within divisional
  2. Any agreement to use an informant in any manner which would induce the informant to become involved in what would otherwise be a criminal act. Any specific practices which are approved shall be covered within the division standard operating
  1. Any business or personal relationship between an informant and police officer is strictly prohibited.
  2. When an officer has developed an informant source, the officer shall prepare and have approved, an informant documentation packet. Upon approval from the division commander, the packet shall be maintained within the divisional files of the originating division. It shall be a command responsibility to ensure informant packets are maintained in a manner that provides maximum
  3. Informant packages shall contain the following information:
    1. File labeled by confidential informant code number only
    2. Photograph of informant
    3. Fingerprints of informant
    4. Personal history information
    5. Record of payments to informant to include receipts
    6. Data concerning informant’s operational involvement and an evaluation of each disbursement
    7. Criminal history record, if applicable
    8. Signature cards of the confidential informant
  4. When an informant is documented and providing assistance for remuneration, all payments shall be approved by the disbursing officer’s immediate or designated supervisor prior to payment being made based on the requirements and limitations listed within that division’s standard operating procedures governing the use and payment of informants. No payments shall be made without supervisory
    1. Funds for informant and/or purchase of evidence or services shall be issued by a designated supervisor within the division. The requesting officer shall complete a Cash Expenditure Report on the monetary draw, and present the report to the issuing supervisor prior to any funds being issued. The Cash Expenditure Report shall be placed in the imprest fund file until the transaction is complete. Under no circumstance will funds be checked out for a period in excess of seventy-two (72) hours without supervisory
    2. No monetary payment will be made to an informant without the informant and information being properly documented. All payments shall be documented upon the approved Informant Receipt/Evaluation form. Under no circumstances will the Informant Receipt/Evaluation form be pre-signed by the disbursing officer or informant. All informant payments shall be witnessed by a second officer. No informant payment shall be made without the presence of a witness. The second officer shall sign the Informant Receipt/Evaluation form in order to confirm their presence at the time that

the informant payment was made. The informant, disbursing officer, and appropriate supervisor shall also sign the Informant Receipt/Evaluation form.

  1. The completed original Informant Receipt/Evaluation form shall be attached to the related Cash Expenditure Report and submitted through the chain of command to the division commander for review and approval. Upon approval, the original forms will be returned to the informant records officer for filing in the imprest fund file. One copy of the Informant Receipt/Evaluation form shall be filed in the informant file
  1. The division commander shall be the custodian of all confidential informant records and imprest funds. The commander’s responsibilities shall be to ensure that all required steps are taken in the documentation of informants, disbursement of funds and funds reconciliation, timely submission of completed documentation, and that all informant files and imprest funds are secure and maintained with the utmost confidentiality by the informant records officer.
  2. Should an informant be documented and providing assistance for the purpose of mitigating a criminal charge, all services or information provided shall be thoroughly documented on the approved Informant Receipt/Evaluation form. The completed form shall be routed through the divisional chain of command for review, then filed within the appropriate informant packet.
  3. Commanders employing the use of informants shall implement written divisional guidelines guaranteeing conformity to the requirements specified within this
  4. Whenever information from a confidential informant is used in an apprehension, the confidential informant’s number shall be referenced in the related offense/arrest
  5. In the event that the informant is on probation or parole, the officer shall inform their supervisor who shall contact the court granting the probation, the Tarrant County Adult Probation Department, or the Texas Board of Pardons and Paroles, whichever is applicable, and request permission to utilize the probationer or parolee as an informant. The supervisor will request approval in writing and will include all correspondence in the informant packet. Such information shall be held in the strictest confidentiality. If the request to utilize the probationer or parolee as an informant is denied, no officer shall use the person as an informant.

322.5             USE OF VIDEO CAMERAS

The Fort Worth Police Department, under certain circumstances, will authorize the use of video cameras in the performance of official duties. The use of video cameras, other than the body camera, must be approved by the requesting officer’s division commander. No departmental or personal video equipment shall be used in a capacity where the use would involve constitutional infringements, violations of the law, or violations of departmental rules and regulations. Any video product that is utilized in developing a criminal case will be submitted as evidence as provided in General Order 319.00. All divisions are subject to this General Order, except for the use of video equipment related to processing DWI suspects provided in General Order 312.00.

  1. The use of all video equipment shall be for official police business only and conducted in a professional manner. No joking or unprofessional use of the video camera, equipment, or product shall be
  2. Any video product shall be processed according to its intended use and no reproduction shall be made without written approval of the commander of the division requesting the reproduction. Any reproduction will be for official departmental purposes
  1. Video recordings, CD/DVD, or any recorded media that are developed or received under any circumstance shall be logged and maintained by the originating division commander, unless the video recording, CD/DVD, or any recorded media is
  2. Video recordings, CD/DVD, or any recorded media regarded as evidence shall be tagged and submitted to the Property Room in accordance with General Order 00.
  3. Video recordings, CD/DVD, or any recorded media developed for intelligence gathering shall be logged, secured, and maintained at the division level or erased, with approval of the commander, in accordance with the City of Fort Worth record retention and destruction
  4. Original video recordings, CD/DVD, or any recorded media developed for training purposes shall be logged, secured, and maintained with the Public Relations Office. Original video recordings, CD/DVD, or any recorded media developed at division level shall be logged, secured, and maintained at the division level. Whenever practical, the technical expertise of the Video Detail should be utilized to produce or advise on the production of a
  1. All divisional requests for video will be approved by that division’s commander with such requests being made in writing, stating the specific rationale for the intended use including, but not limited to:
    1. Type
    2. Purpose of
    3. Name of video equipment
    4. The intended focus of the
    5. Date and time of
    6. Description, when
  2. Video equipment usage, other than that defined in this order, shall be approved by the requesting officer’s commander who shall ensure that the intended use complies with the spirit of this order. Any use of video equipment, other than defined in this order, shall be documented at the division level. Any release of a video recording, CD/DVD, or any recorded media or any viewing by other than police personnel shall require the approval of the deputy
  3. Divisions that utilize video equipment on a regular basis shall develop and disseminate written procedures for proper training, approved use of division video equipment, and the maintenance and disposition of the video product. These procedures may exceed the requirements of this General
  4. When questions of legality arise, any decision pertaining to video recording, use, reproduction, or viewing of a video product shall be reviewed by the police department legal advisor who shall give an

322.6             ADMINISTRATION AND CERTIFICATION OF OATH

  1. Texas Government Code section 602.002 allows a peace officer, who is otherwise not licensed as a notary public, to notarize affidavits and depositions taken by an officer when no other licensed notary public is Section 602.002 states:
    1. The oath may be administered and a certificate of the fact given by a peace officer described in Article 12 of the Code of Criminal Procedure if:
      1. The oath is administered when the officer is engaged in the performance of the officer’s duties; and
  1. The administration of the oath relates to the officer’s
  1. Only officers of the rank of corporal/detective and above shall be authorized by the Fort Worth Police Department to administer oaths as provided by Section 002.
  2. The primary function when an authorized officer administers and certifies facts is to show that a disinterested party has admonished the signer of the document as to the importance of the document, and the signer has declared that the identity, signature and reason for signing are genuine. The authorized officer shall not have a personal interest in the transaction, nor shall the authorized officer have been involved in any way in the investigation or case for which documents are to be
  3. Section 602.002 only applies to oaths. If the person is required to swear to anything other than truth and correctness, it is more than an oath and cannot be administered by a police officer.
  4. If the form does not have a separate blank for a peace officer’s signature, the authorized officer shall sign with their rank, name and ID number on the signature line. The authorized officer shall then mark through the “Notary Public” statement and replace that statement with “Peace Officer, Fort ”
  5. When administering and certifying facts, the authorized officer is prohibited from notarizing their own signature, a document without the signer being in the authorized officer’s presence, any document created by the authorized officer, and any document while off

322.7             DPS IMAGE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM ACCESS

The Texas Department of Public Safety (DPS) maintains the Driver License Image Retrieval System (IRS) which provides driver records information and the associated digital image.

  1. The designated liaison between the DPS and the Fort Worth Police Department shall come from the Intelligence Section. The Homeland Security Sergeant shall be that designated liaison. Responsibilities shall include, but not be limited to:
    1. Maintaining an accurate, complete, and updated list of all designated police department users of the DPS/IRS. This responsibility shall include informing DPS of the removal of transferred personnel and the addition of new
    2. Allotting user slots for the appropriate divisions. User slots shall be distributed throughout the department to ensure access to all essential investigative areas. The designated slots shall stay within an assignment or position, rather than with an individual. DPS assigns the total number of slots for the department and responsibility for assignment within the department is with the Tactical Command Deputy Chief or designee.
    3. Coordinate with DPS to resolve any problems/questions experienced within the police department. All information between the DPS and the police department shall be the responsibility of the Homeland Security Unit Sergeant. If a problem develops due to abuse of the system by a user, the Homeland Security Unit Sergeant shall have the responsibility to relinquish their access to the
    4. Provide training on accessing and proper use of the
  2. The Division Commander or their designee having allotted slots assigned within the division shall have the following responsibilities:
    1. Advise the Homeland Security Unit Sergeant of any personnel changes effecting the assigned
    2. Ensure all designated personnel complete a DPS/ IRS Security Request form and forward the completed form to the Homeland Security Unit
  1. Ensure that all problems or questions by their personnel are promptly forwarded to the Homeland Security Unit
  2. Assign the designed slots within the division. When the number of allotted slots creates a problem, or if slots are no longer required, inform the Homeland Security Unit Sergeant.
  3. Ensure each user keeps an accurate log of all accesses/images taken from the DPS/IRS system. This is mandated by the DPS. Failure to do so may result in Permanent Denial of access to the DPS/IRS
  1. Any police department user who disseminates IRS information, including the digital image to a third party law enforcement or criminal justice agency must verify the third  party agency is in agreement with the terms set forth by the Department of Public Safety and the Fort Worth Police

323.1             POLICE AVIATION DIVISION

  1. Flight
    1. Directed Patrol – Through information obtained from a crime analyst,  patrol assignments shall be made for areas where concentrated, serious, and/or developing crime trends are
    2. Aerial Surveillance – Two types may be performed:
      1. Overt surveillance is performed in an open manner with no attempt to conceal the helicopter’s presence and can be performed at any
      2. Covert surveillance is used when the mission is intended to be clandestine, and it requires a minimum of 1,000 feet above ground during day light and 500 feet at night.
    3. Call Response – While in the air or on the ground, Communications will immediately notify the Police Aviation Division on the following types of calls:
      1. Pursuits
      2. Life threatening calls i.e. calls in progress or just occurred such as shootings, stabbings, kidnappings,
      3. Bank robberies and armed robberies when sufficient information is provided for Air One to be of
      4. Missing persons after the patrol officer has made the scene and obtained accurate descriptions and has determined that Air One can be of assistance in locating the person.
      5. Suicide calls where the location of subject is unknown after the patrol officer has made the scene, obtained accurate descriptions, ascertained the subject does intend to cause themselves harm, and has determined a reasonable search
      6. While in the air, any call where accurate information has been obtained where Air One can be
      7. Whenever Air One is requested, the flight crew will make every effort to accommodate the request unless a timely response cannot be made, Air One’s capabilities cannot provide the needed assistance, or conditions such as weather or mechanical problems make it dangerous to fly. If these or other similar  conditions

exist and Air One is unable to respond to the call, the flight crew shall immediately notify Communications or the requesting officer.

  1. The flight officers shall respond to the dispatcher the status of
  1. Emergencies
    1. Major Disaster – In a disaster situation, the helicopter’s primary function shall be to provide an aerial platform to assist in the tactical coordination of ground
      1. The helicopter shall monitor VHF 123.02 MHZ, using the call sign of “Fort Worth Air One” or “Fort Worth Air ”
      2. The helicopter shall not be used as a medical or detainee
      3. All unit personnel are subject to 24-hour call back. The chief pilot shall submit and revise, as necessary, a list of pilots and flight officers for callback duty. The list shall be maintained by the Police Communications Division. Callbacks can be requested by supervisory-level personnel through the dispatch supervisor. The re- quest must be approved by the chief pilot, the Patrol Bureau administrative sergeant, or either patrol command deputy
    2. FLIR Video
      1. When Air Support responds to an incident which may result in an arrest or attempted arrest, the flight officer shall be responsible for activating the FLIR video system if conditions are favorable for the system’s use rather than visual observation. At the conclusion of the incident, the patrol unit responsible for the incident shall be in formed by the flight officer that the video recorder had been activated and the incident recorded on FLIR
        1. The patrol unit responsible for the incident shall, when notified by the flight officer that the incident was recorded, make a notation in any report filed that a FLIR video of the incident
      2. Investigators shall contact the Police Aviation Division regarding access to FLIR video. The video are retained for 120
    3. Flight Officer Vacancies
      1. Flight officer vacancies shall be filled from a current eligible relief flight officer list. The list will contain a specified number of officers who were selected for inclusion on the list by posting the position city-wide when the list falls below the specified number of eligible

323.2             CRIME SCENE SEARCH UNIT

  1. The Crime Scene Search Unit (CSSU) shall be notified on the following types of calls:
    1. All homicides, suicides, and other deaths under suspicious
    2. Sexual
    3. Assaults where serious bodily injury has occurred, including:
      1. Visible bodily injury to a child fourteen (14) years of age or
      2. Visible bodily injury to an elderly person sixty-five (65) years of age or
      3. Visible bodily injury to a disabled person as defined in Texas Penal Code 22.04.
    4. Critical Police
    5. When a supervisor of the division concerned who is on the scene requests a Crime Scene Search Unit to
  2. The Crime Scene Officer will be responsible for the following:
    1. Protection of the crime scene and prevention of unauthorized
    2. Collection and processing any evidence on the

323.3             CANINE UNIT

The principal duty of the Police Canine Unit is to serve as a support unit by assisting field officers in apprehension and detection. Tracking and building searches at the scene of  commercial or residential burglaries, armed robberies, search for illicit drugs, or other street crimes are examples of reasons for request of canine units. When the services of a canine unit are considered, every effort should be made by the officers at the scene to avoid contamination of   the area with human scent.

  1. Canine units shall respond to requests from police personnel when a building is to be searched. Once at the scene, the canine handler shall take charge of that portion of the call dealing with the building search. The handler shall ensure that the search is proper. Only the area described in a search warrant, if applicable, shall be searched. The narcotics canine shall not be used to search an area near, or within, a suspected methamphetamine
  2. The canine handler is responsible for determining whether the circumstances justify the use of the canine and for determining tactical utilization in keeping with the circumstances. When practical, efforts should be made by the canine handler to apprise field supervisors of the method to be utilized and rationale for same. Offense, supplemental, or inter-office reports shall be completed as appropriate to the
    1. Canines shall not be used for crowd
    2. Canines shall not be used in making Class C misdemeanor
    3. A canine unit may be utilized in Class A and B misdemeanor arrests at the K-9 officer’s discretion, provided the handler reasonably believes that it is immediately necessary to utilize the canine and the handler maintains on-the-leash control at all
    4. A canine unit shall be used at the scene of a silent alarm to conduct a building search when circumstances indicate burglary suspect(s) may still be concealed within, and a search of the premises without canine assistance may endanger officers at the scene. To provide for the safety of the handler, the canine may be worked off the leash if qualified by previous
    5. A canine unit may be used to effect the arrest of a fleeing felon or person(s) whom the canine handler has probable cause to believe has committed a felony. The canine handler has responsibility for the police service canine and determining when circumstances warrant using the canine off leash in their particular felony situations involving dangerous
    6. A canine unit may be used in the other field situations in either on- or off-leash capacity if the canine handler reasonably believes such use is immediately necessary to enhance the safety factor for all officers
    7. All police working canine units must have been qualified to work on- and off-leash prior to any field work. The documentation to support those qualifications shall be maintained by the canine
    8. The narcotics canine handler and the officer responsible for the scene of a search for illicit drugs shall be the only persons to conduct the search. The officer responsible for the scene shall ensure that the scene remains uncontaminated prior to the arrival of the narcotics detecting canine. Under no circumstances shall the canine be permitted to search
    9. If any narcotics are discovered, it shall be the responsibility of the reporting officer to take custody of the
    10. The search for illicit drugs may be discontinued at the discretion of the narcotics canine handler, and control of the search site returned to the reporting
  1. Canine units should not be the primary unit on dispatched radio
  2. Every reasonable effort or precaution shall be exercised to prevent a canine from biting a
  1. Canine units may be used for special details, such as trail work, lost person searches, specialized foot patrols, and other details where the use of canine would be of benefit. The narcotics canine may be used only for searches for illegal drugs, unless certified for another purpose. Requests from outside agencies for canine services must be approved by the canine commander.
    1. Since the Canine Unit dogs are not normally trained to follow a specific person’s odor, the Canine Unit has a limited ability to find lost or missing persons. On missing or lost persons calls were the person has been missing for more than an hour, officers should request dispatch to contact a civilian search and rescue group for
  2. In the event it is necessary to recall any canine handler and canine to duty during off-duty time, the field officer will contact their immediate supervisor who will assess the situation. If the situation warrants recall, the officer will contact Communications providing all details of the call and to request the Canine Unit. The Canine Unit supervisor will determine if Canine can be utilized and the number of Canine teams needed for the call. The officer shall remain on the scene until the Canine handler arrives on the scene to relieve the officer of the search portion of the
    1. Due to time limits set by the courts, the Canine Unit will not respond to assist outside agencies for narcotics searches during off-duty
  3. Decisions to send canines into any situation which the handler deems to be harmful to the canine or which may be beyond the capabilities of the canine are made at the discretion of the
  4. Special training needs of the narcotics canines require that specialized training aids, namely various illegal drugs, be used during training exercises. The following procedures shall be utilized in the acquisition and use of these
    1. The handler shall obtain a listing of all confiscated illegal drugs which have been authorized for
    2. The handler shall prepare an inter-office correspondence listing the items to be obtained and submit it to their supervisor for approval through the chain of
    3. The handler shall take the approved request to the Property Room supervisor and obtain the items listed within the
    4. The handler shall transport the substances to the Crime Lab for analysis and weighing. Small amounts may be retained by the crime lab, and the handler shall submit an evidence transmittal form indicating which substances and the amounts were retained, and those which were kept by the handler as a training
    5. The handler shall submit a document listing the substances to be used as training aids, the amounts, and the invoice number of the items. This document shall be approved by the Chief of Police prior to the items being used as training
    6. The handler shall submit a report of the disposition of the training aids, particularly any substances which expire due to the relatively brief shelf life of the drugs utilized. The report shall list the substances, their invoice number, the amount originally obtained, and the amount which has been destroyed through exposure to the elements. The report shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police through the chain of
  1. Canine units shall respond to requests from the department for demonstrations at police functions, such as open house and in-service training, or when authorized by the Chief of Police.

323.4             SCHOOL SECURITY INITIATIVE

  1. In the event that a School Security Initiative officer makes an arrest and shall be the testifying officer to the details of such arrest, they shall have the responsibility for completion of the proper
  2. In instances where the School Security Initiative officer merely acts as a messenger by calling a patrol officer to a school for the purpose of meeting a complainant or other person in which the School Security Initiative officer was not involved as the arresting officer, then it shall be the responsibility of the responding patrol officer to meet such complainant and make any reports, investigation, and/or arrests as necessary. Officers shall not issue citations for class C misdemeanors on a school

324.1             INITIAL POLICE ACTION

  1. Upon receiving a call of this nature, officers shall proceed to the scene as quickly and safely as possible.

B The officer receiving the call, as well as all assist officers, should survey the scene upon  arrival and call for additional help if needed to properly secure the scene.

  1. After the scene is secured and the appropriate number of assist officers is present, a protective sweep should be done to locate any additional victims and/or
  2. If the assailant is at the scene, officers shall locate, disarm, and detain the subject. Officers shall detain the subject until the homicide detective in charge is
  3. As soon as possible, officers shall check the condition of the victim and call for medical aid as
  4. Officers should attempt to identify any witnesses and/or suspects. All witnesses and/or suspects should be kept separated from each
  5. Homicide Unit and Crime Scene Search Unit need to be notified immediately. The Public Relations Office should be notified when
  6. The initial responding first-line supervisor will appoint an officer the responsibility of completing a Crime Scene Log on all homicides, suicides, and suspicious deaths. The crime scene log will include all persons present in the crime scene, including police, fire, ambulance, and medical investigators. The log will include their time of arrival, unit number, rank, name, ID number, purpose, and their time of departure. Upon completion, the crime scene log will be given to the on-scene homicide
  7. The first-line supervisor will ensure the entire crime scene including possible areas such as a house or entrance/escape routes is properly secured, protected, and kept undisturbed, and sterile with tightly controlled access. Officers not necessary to the successful operation at the scene will be immediately returned to their regular
  8. If a homicide detective makes the scene of a homicide, the detective shall be responsible for the initial offense
  9. When a homicide detective makes the scene of any death, they shall be in charge of the scene and shall coordinate the processing of the crime scene with the crime scene

This shall include providing instructions to patrol personnel as to their duties and responsibilities concerning the interviewing of witnesses and/or suspects as well as the protection of the crime scene. When patrol supervisors are on the scene of a death, they shall supervise only those functions of a patrol-oriented nature and shall allow the detective freedom to take charge of the investigation.

  1. The field supervisor of the district where the offense occurred should be notified so that they can make the scene and assure that patrol functions are carried out properly, and, if homicide does not make the scene, that a thorough preliminary investigation is
  2. In cases where the victim is quickly transported from the scene by ambulance personnel and upon arrival officers find little physical evidence, they shall not leave for the hospital until other units have arrived to secure and protect the crime scene. Once the scene is secured, the officer may proceed to the

324.2             DISPOSITION OF THE VICTIM

  1. When the victim is obviously alive, the officer shall immediately send the subject to the hospital of the victim’s choice or, if they are unable to request one, John Peter Smith Hospital.
  2. If there is any possibility that the victim is alive, the victim shall be sent to the
  3. In a case where the body is cold, stiff, or other obvious indications are present to indicate the subject is dead, do not disturb or remove the body, but protect it, and the scene, until the arrival of the medical investigator and/or representatives of the Homicide

324.3             WITNESSES

  1. Witnesses should be encouraged to remain at the scene until either the investigating officer or the homicide detective interviews them. In some situations, the witness may be offered the option to provide a statement at a police facility rather than at the scene. If the witness is a juvenile, the parents are to be
  2. The investigating officer, while at the scene, should attempt to identify each witness by name, age, address, phone number, and write a brief narrative of what they observed and where they were when they observed
  3. Witnesses should be interviewed separately, either at the scene, the hospital, or a police facility.

324.4             DISPOSITION OF WEAPONS

  1. Unless the possibility exists that a weapon used in a crime may be stolen, misplaced, carried away or otherwise moved by others, it should not be handled or
  2. If the weapon is not taken from the victim, leave it where it is
  3. If the weapon is confiscated from the assailant or victim, the officer taking charge of it shall be required to tag the weapon as evidence or property, and complete all necessary
  4. Should it become necessary to move a weapon, the person moving it shall mark the spot where the weapon was originally
  5. In all other cases, the scene should not be disturbed so that crime scene officers can process the

324.5             OTHER POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES

  1. If the actor is not on the scene, the officer handling the call shall obtain as much information as possible and provide the police dispatcher with a wanted person
  1. The officer handling the call shall be responsible for assuring that all necessary police reports pertaining to the preliminary investigation have been completed. If the incident involved a drive-by shooting, the officer shall notify the DECOR operator to flag  the offense.

324.6             DECEASED PERSONS

  1. A supervisor shall be notified of all deceased person calls where the body is not at the hospital and a doctor is not in
  2. If the deceased person is a patient at a hospital or has been a patient for more than twenty- four (24) hours at a convalescent or rest home, or the person has been under medical care for a serious health impairment for some time and death appears attributable to natural causes, the medical investigator shall be notified. In some cases, the medical investigator may not make the scene. When there is a doubt as to the cause of death, the supervisor may request that the medical investigator and on-call homicide investigator be
  3. As the patrol officer is generally the first person on the scene, the following steps shall be taken:
    1. The officer shall ensure that the field supervisor has been
    2. The officer shall notify, or cause to be notified, the medical investigator, ambulance or funeral home, Crime Scene Search Unit, if necessary, and any other agency or division that may be of help in the investigation or removal of the
    3. An offense or incident report shall be made and shall contain the usual information to include:
      1. Name and address of
      2. Ambulance company or funeral home, name of driver and attendant, as well as correct address of the
      3. Time of death, if known, and who pronounced
      4. Medical investigator’s
      5. If police detectives were notified, the name of the detective on the
      6. Name and address of the person who found the body and under what circumstances.
      7. Subject’s medical history, if
      8. List of all personal property of the deceased and its
      9. Disposition of the

324.7             DEATHS INVOLVING PATIENTS ENROLLED IN HOSPICE PROGRAM

The Hospice Program is designed to give support to patients afflicted with terminal diseases who desire to remain in their homes until death. Therefore, the following procedures shall be adhered to:

  1. Police Communications Division
    1. Employees receiving notification of the death of a patient in a hospice program shall initiate a radio call noting that the deceased was a participant in this
    2. Dispatchers shall dispatch a patrol unit to the scene advising the officer of the circumstances.
  2. Patrol Response

The officer receiving the call shall proceed to the scene and contact the family or hospice staff members who reported the death. The officer shall complete an incident report containing the patient’s name, name of the patient’s attending physician, a statement that the

patient died of natural causes, the name of the attending nurse who confirmed the death, and that the deceased was enrolled in a hospice program.

  1. This program is designed to assist the patient and family to live as fully as possible and to allow death to occur as unobtrusively as possible. Therefore, it shall not be necessary for the officer to view the body unless information is developed which indicates a necessity for further investigation of the death. In that event, a supervisor shall be called to the scene before the investigation is
  2. The medical investigator shall be contacted on the scene and normally shall not make the scene.
  3. A family member or hospice staff member shall contact the funeral

325.1             INITIAL POLICE ACTION

  1. A minimum of two (2) officers shall be dispatched on all robbery alarm calls or robberies in progress.
  2. If possible, the call taker shall encourage the person calling to remain on the telephone so as to provide updated information concerning the situation as officers
  3. Officers responding to a robbery alarm or robbery in progress call shall exercise extreme caution when approaching the scene and always assume that a potential for danger
  4. The responding officer shall determine if further assistance is needed to properly contain the area. The responsibility for containment shall rest with the officer assigned the call until a supervisor is on the scene,
  5. If the first officer on the scene cannot determine if the robbery is still in progress, the officer shall assume a position of concealment that provides the best vantage point of the scene and, if possible, await arrival of assist officers before approaching the
  6. If the reporting person is no longer on the phone with the call taker, the first officer on the scene will have dispatch personnel contact the complainant by telephone to determine if the suspects are still on the scene. This should be accomplished with caution to avoid placing the possible victim in any greater
  7. When a sufficient number of officers have arrived on the scene, the officers shall take whatever action is necessary to protect themselves and the victim while attempting to apprehend the
    1. If the robbery is at a business, financial institution, or residence and is still in progress, officers shall attempt to remain concealed outside the building until the suspects emerge from the building. Once outside, the officers shall attempt to apprehend the suspects if apprehension can be made with an acceptable degree of
    2. If the robbery is at a business or financial institution and the suspect has left the scene, the dispatch employee shall obtain descriptive information about the employee who shall be exiting the building to contact officers covering the building. The information obtained shall be passed on to the officers responding to the call. Officers shall wait for the contact person to emerge from the building and contact the officer before the officer enters the building for further
    3. When officers gain control of the scene the responding officer shall determine the need for any medical assistance for victims and request same, protect the crime scene, and broadcast a physical description of the suspect, weapon, and
  1. Officers in the general area, who have not been dispatched to the scene, shall not go to the scene, but shall remain alert to any subjects and vehicles matching the description of the perpetrators.
  2. If the robbery becomes a hostage situation, the officers shall follow the department’s procedure for the handling of hostage situations and attempt to maintain control of the scene. Officers shall establish an outer perimeter appropriate for the situation, until SWAT arrives to negotiate the release of the hostages. The safety of the hostages shall remain the first priority of those officers responding to this or any similar
  3. Officers are cautioned to remember that the main objective of the police is the protection of life and property; therefore, the officers should take whatever action is necessary to ensure that the victims and potential victims are protected from
  4. If evidence of the offense is present, a request for Crime Scene Search Unit assistance shall be
  5. For aggravated robbery scenes, the initial responding supervisor will appoint an officer the responsibility of completing a Crime Scene Log. The Crime Scene Log will include all persons present in the crime scene, including police, fire, ambulance, and medical investigators. Once completed, the log will be given to the on-scene robbery investigator or forwarded to the Robbery Unit if no investigator makes the
  6. The supervisor will ensure the crime scene is properly secured and protected with tightly controlled access. Officers not necessary to the successful operation at the scene will be immediately returned to their regular
  7. When information indicates a robbery has occurred, the Robbery Unit shall be notified prior to responding officers leaving the
  8. During normal business hours, the Robbery Unit will be contacted directly. If after hours, notification will be made through the Communications Division. Based on a review of the circumstances as related by the responding officer, the Robbery Unit detective will have the discretion to make the
  9. When a robbery detective makes the scene, the detective shall be in charge of the scene and shall coordinate the processing of the crime scene with the crime scene search officer. This shall include providing instructions to patrol personnel as to their duties and responsibilities concerning the interviewing of witnesses and/or suspects as well as the protection of the crime scene. When patrol supervisors are on the scene of a robbery, the supervisor will only be responsible for those functions of a patrol-oriented nature and shall allow the detective freedom to take charge of the
  10. The patrol division where the offense occurred shall ensure that patrol functions are carried out properly if a robbery detective does not make the scene and that a thorough preliminary investigation is conducted and a report
  11. In cases where the victim is transported from the scene by ambulance and the arriving officers find little physical evidence, the officers shall proceed to the hospital only after other units have arrived to secure and protect the crime

325.2             OTHER POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES

  1. Witnesses
    1. Witnesses should be encouraged to remain at the scene until either the investigating officer or the robbery detective interviews them. In some situations, the witness may be offered the option to provide a statement at a police facility rather than at the scene. If the witness is a juvenile, the parents are to be
  1. While at the scene, the investigating officer should attempt to identify each witness by name, age, address, phone number, and write a brief narrative of what they observed and where they were when they observed
  2. Witnesses should be interviewed separately, either at the scene, the hospital, or a police facility.
  1. Disposition of weapon
    1. Unless the possibility exists that a weapon used in a crime may be stolen, misplaced, carried away or otherwise moved by others, it should not be handled or
    2. If the weapon is confiscated from the assailant or victim, the officer taking charge of it shall be required to tag the weapon as evidence or property, and complete all necessary reports.
    3. Should it become necessary to move a weapon, the person moving it shall mark the spot where the weapon was originally
    4. In all other cases, the scene should not be disturbed so that crime scene officers can process the

326.1             ASSAULTS

  1. Officers first arriving at the scene of an assault should determine if the victim requires hospitalization, and if so, call for an
  2. Once the victim has been taken from the scene, the officer should remain until such time as all physical evidence has been obtained or at least until the first assist unit
  3. At this point, the officer should change locations to the appropriate hospital where the victim was
  4. The investigating officer should interview the complainant and any other witnesses present, paying close attention to the type of assault that occurred as defined in the Texas Penal
  5. The officer shall complete all required reports as soon as possible, paying particular notice as to the means of assault such as hands, feet, head, etc. If the incident involved a drive-by shooting, the officer shall notify the DRU operator to route the report to the Gang

326.2             AGGRAVATED ASSAULTS AGAINST A PEACE OFFICER

  1. If the assault is committed against a peace officer and the officer is injured:
    1. A supervisor shall be notified and
    2. The peace officer shall be taken to the hospital for a physical exam and a report from the examining physician shall be made, indicating the extent of injuries
    3. The officer’s injuries shall be
    4. If a recent color photograph of the suspect is not available, county identification shall photograph the suspect at the time of
    5. If the prisoner shows signs of injury or claims injury, they shall be transported to the hospital by ambulance or a police officer other than the assaulted
    6. If there is physical evidence of injury regardless of whether the suspect claims excessive force was used, photographs shall be taken of the
  1. Precautionary measures shall be taken against bites by individuals suspected to have infectious diseases, including the use of defensive and verbal control techniques to minimize physical contact with the

326.3             SEXUAL ASSAULTS

  1. A supervisor shall be notified of any sexual assault to coordinate the investigation of the incident.
  2. On all sexual assaults, the Crime Scene Search Unit shall be notified to collect and preserve any
  3. The victim, whenever possible, should be transported to the hospital via private car or ambulance. However, under certain circumstances, the victim may be transported by patrol personnel, but only when two officers are present in the vehicle. Officers shall adhere to General Orders and standard procedures concerning the transporting of ride-ins, prisoners, etc.
  4. The victim shall be advised by the officer that a rape examination is made available at John Peter Smith Hospital, the victim’s hospital of choice, or the victim’s personal physician. If the exam is to be conducted at the victim’s private physician’s office, a prepared kit should be obtained by the Crime Scene Search Unit. Officers shall sign an authorization form at the hospital to initiate the rape examination. However, only the rape examination itself shall be paid for by the city and any other expenses incurred shall be the responsibility of the
  5. In either event, the victim shall be instructed that for the examination to be of maximum benefit it should be taken within ninety-six (96) hours of the attack, taken prior to the victim’s bathing or douching, and consented to in writing by a parent or legal guardian, if the victim is under eighteen (18) years of
  6. If the exam is held at the victim’s physician’s office and the Fort Worth Police Department is notified, the victim shall be met by a crime scene officer with a proper kit for use by the victim’s physician to collect evidence. Instructions are provided with the kit for the physician to follow. Exams held at facilities other than John Peter Smith Hospital shall also be paid for by the city when the exam is authorized by signature & ID of a Fort Worth  Police Officer; the exam is completed for evidentiary value, and the kit will be used by the Fort Worth Police Department in conjunction with a criminal
  7. The officer shall obtain complete details from the victim concerning the time and place of the attack, weapon used, if any, description of the attacker, vehicle description, if any, and specifics of the suspect’s speech and mannerisms. Specific attention should be given to statements made by the suspect during the
  8. As soon as possible, the officer should provide a radio broadcast for the wanted person providing sufficiently detailed information to assist apprehension
  9. The officer shall complete an incident report and under the Summary tab relate only the basic information necessary to establish the elements of the offense. The officer shall then complete the Narrative containing complete and specific details of the offense. The officer shall also complete any other necessary reports in relation to the
  10. Sexual Assault Victim Pseudonyms
    1. During the preliminary investigation of a sex offense, the reporting officer shall inform the victim, if feasible, of the following:
      1. Victims have the right to be listed by a pseudonym in public police and judicial records. If such an election is made, the victim’s name, address and telephone number shall not be publicly disclosed in connection with the
  1. Upon choosing an appropriate pseudonym, officers shall complete the incident report and then notify DRU with the victim’s actual
  1. The incident report shall contain the date, time and location of when the victim was informed of their right to select a pseudonym. If circumstances prevented the officer from advising the victim of this option, the officer shall state this fact in the narrative along with an explanation of the circumstances. The officer shall maintain no personal notes regarding the identity of the
  2. The physical description, age, date of birth, etc., of the victim shall be completed in the normal manner in the incident
  3. All incident reports received by the Digital Transcription System involving sexual assault shall be entered with an additional code which shall cause the victim name, address, telephone number, and business information fields to be stored in the computer as
  4. The Sex Crimes Unit shall have responsibility for contacting all sexual assault victims to ensure that the pseudonym form is available to the victim and that, if a pseudonym election is made, the form is properly completed. If a victim does not elect to use a pseudonym, the sexual assault detective shall document this refusal in a supplemental report.
  5. The Sex Crimes Unit shall maintain all completed pseudonym forms in a confidential manner in accordance with state
    1. Pseudonyms may be chosen by the victim, however, the Sex Crimes Unit supervisor shall make every effort to ensure that duplicates are not selected in order to facilitate the work of the investigative personnel
    2. Once a pseudonym form is filed with the Sex Crimes Unit, the service number of the incident report shall be linked to the pseudonym selected by the victim. All future references in reports, files, and records of the department shall refer to the pseudonym of the victim in conjunction with the service number. Example: Jane Doe (98123456). Official laboratory reports, evidence release receipts, and correspondence shall bear only the pseudonym and service number, if
    3. The Sex Crimes Unit supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring appropriate action is taken to protect the confidentiality of those persons filing the pseudonym
  6. Only police personnel, sworn or civilian, who are involved in the investigation of sexual assaults shall have access to the files which disclose the name, address, telephone number, and business information of sexual assault victims. Access to these computerized files shall be through restricted terminals and passwords. The Deputy Chief shall designate all such authorized persons and the location of computer equipment which can access these
  7. The Sex Crimes Unit supervisor shall notify the attorney for the state of the fact that the victim has elected to be designated by a pseudonym, and shall provide the pseudonym which has been
  8. The Deputy Chief or designee shall ensure that the procedures of the assigned investigative staff maintain the pseudonym form in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the information on the

327.1             SILENT ALARM

  1. The officer receiving the call on a silent alarm shall be responsible for the coordination and placement of other units also responding to the
  2. All main exit ways should be guarded so as to prevent the escape of any
  3. The unit in charge of the call shall inspect the structure to determine if there is any sign of forced
  4. If officers find signs of forced entry or have any reason to believe that a burglar may still be in the building, they shall keep all exits under surveillance and call for assistance from available canine units and for any additional units required to secure the
  5. If the building shows no signs of forced entry, officers shall continue to keep the building under surveillance and have the Police Information Center contact the owner of the building and/or alarm company reporting the alarm. If contact is made with the owner, an owner or authorized agent shall be requested to make the scene so that officers may conduct a routine inspection of the inside of the
  6. If the building appears secure and the owner or alarm company representative shall not be making the scene or shall be delayed by more than twenty (20) minutes, the officer shall clear the call and return to service. The complainant shall be advised to contact the Police Communications Division upon their arrival at the scene so that officers may return to the location.
  7. On structures that are not secure and where the complainant cannot be located, officers shall attempt every reasonable means to secure the building. If the building cannot be secured, officers shall stand by until the building can be secured. Dispatchers shall attempt to have the officers relieved every two (2) hours. The structure shall not be abandoned without the permission of a supervisor who shall base the decision to remain or to abandon the building on existing conditions at the
  8. The officer with responsibility for the call shall make the appropriate offense/incident report when the officer finds that the alarm notification was caused by burglary, robbery or an attempt of either, hostage situation, criminal mischief, reckless damage, or an arrest is
  9. If the officer determines that the alarm notification was caused by damage where no offense was committed, the officer shall direct an incident report to the Alarms Unit titled “Alarm Call.” Any such damage must be readily visible to the officer. Officers may direct an incident report to the Alarms Unit under circumstances where the officer believes a possible violation of the alarm ordinance
  10. If the responding officer determines that the alarm notification was caused by the weather and there is no visible damage to the alarm site, the officer shall not have to make an incident report. The weather-related alarm shall be recorded on the officer’s CAD disposition as caused by the weather and the dispatcher shall be so
  11. An alarm call on which no report is made shall be counted as a false alarm against the permit holder. Therefore, officers shall not make a report using the alarm call service  number unless the report has to do with the alarm notification. Example: An officer responding to an alarm call finds no signs of attempted entry on the building. However, before clearing the call, the officer is approached by the clerk of the store next door who wants to report a theft. In this instance, the officer must clear the alarm call and call for a new service number to make the theft
  1. If, when checking an alarm site, an officer finds what is known to be old damage or old evidence of forced entry, the officer shall make a note of the findings on the officer’s CAD disposition if no other reports were made as a result of the alarm
  2. Employees shall not recommend a particular alarm company or alarm system to anyone or make any statement supporting or discouraging the need for an alarm

327.2             AUDIBLE ALARM

  1. Audible alarms shall be processed in the same manner as silent
  2. When audible alarms cannot be silenced, the officer investigating the call shall notify the dispatcher that the building is secure and that the alarm shall continue to
  3. The dispatcher shall note on their console that the alarm call has been

327.3             BURGLAR IN A BUILDING

  1. This call should be processed in the same manner as silent alarms, however, a greater degree of caution should be
  2. If apprehension is made, the officer shall place any subject(s) under arrest, provide the appropriate warning, and transport the prisoner(s) to the proper detention facility as soon as possible.
  3. The officer having the original call shall process all reports to complete the preliminary investigation.

327.4             BURGLARY, THEFT, OR CRIMINAL MISCHIEF

  1. Officers should determine if an offense has been committed and obtain as complete information as possible for the submission of an offense report and if appropriate, a broadcast.
  2. Officers dispatched to the scene of a burglary, theft, or criminal mischief shall thoroughly investigate all leads which provide hope of the offender being arrested on or near the
  3. On any property crime, officers shall conduct a thorough scene investigation, including processing for fingerprints when appropriate, and collect any physical evidence found on the scene.
  4. The Crime Scene Search Unit may be requested for property crimes only when the collection of physical evidence exceeds patrol
  5. Officers should pay particular attention to asking a sufficient amount of questions to ensure that all pertinent information is obtained from the
  6. Officers shall also adhere to General Order 319.02, regarding the complainant’s ability, or inability, to furnish additional information concerning the offense in the

327.5             OPEN DOORS AND WINDOWS

Open doors and windows shall be investigated as silent alarms with the officers eliminating all means of escape prior to beginning their search of the building.

327.6             CRIMINAL MISCHIEF/THEFT OF PUBLIC UTILITIES

  1. If requested by a utility company, the officer shall respond to the scene and act only as a witness to the fact that a bypass is installed. The officer shall not take initiative in the investigation of the case or collection of physical
  2. The officer shall record the event on an incident report which shall be assigned to the appropriate field  operations  investigation  unit,  noting  the  type  of  device,  how  it    was

installed, and any observable service being rendered by the device. The officer shall observe only what is open to the officer’s view and shall make no searches. The officer shall not arrest under this charge.

  1. If a felony, or breach of the peace occurs within the officer’s view, proper action as stated in the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure, Chapter 14, shall be
  2. When a utility company has decided to pursue a criminal prosecution under the criminal mischief statute, they shall bring their information and/or evidence to the appropriate division
  3. An investigator shall review the evidence, and if it is sufficient, the investigator shall make a supplemental report changing the incident report to an offense report and follow-up the investigation in the normal manner. It shall be the investigator’s responsibility to obtain any search warrants
  4. If an officer or an investigator must deviate from this procedure, they shall first obtain permission from a
  5. Nothing in this order shall be interpreted as to prevent the utility companies from filing direct with the district attorney’s

328.1             DISTURBANCES

  1. If the officer receiving this call is working alone, they shall try to arrange arrival time as closely as possible with that of the responding assist
  2. Upon arrival at the scene, officers shall approach the situation as carefully as
  3. After officers have arrived at the scene, they should determine the cause of the disturbance and take the reasonable steps necessary to quell the disturbance and restore
  4. Officers should control their voice and actions while on the scene as these can cause aggravation and incite an even greater
  5. Officers should try to gain a complete understanding of the situation by investigating thoroughly before taking any
  6. Once an evaluation is made, officers shall attempt to restore peace quickly by separating persons having a
  7. If a criminal offense is committed in the officer’s presence, they may arrest or issue a general complaint citation to the actor, depending upon the
  8. When the officer has reason to believe, based on the investigation, that a Class C misdemeanor has been committed, but the act was not completed in the officer’s presence, a general complaint citation may be issued to the

328.2             LANDLORD AND TENANT DISPUTES

In situations involving landlord and tenant disputes, officers should only act when a criminal offense is involved. Normally both sides in these matters should be referred to the proper authority such as a justice of the peace court or dispute mediation. In the event a civil court has made a ruling on the disposition of property, officers should remember that the enforcement of civil orders is the duty of the Tarrant County Sheriff and the various constables and their deputies. Officers of the department shall not become involved in the enforcement of civil orders except to assist a county law enforcement official.

328.3             PROPERTY SETTLEMENTS AND CHILD CUSTODY MATTERS

  1. Although state law allows a peace officer to use reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of a court order that provides for possession of or access to a child, unless an immediate breach of the peace is imminent or there is probable cause to believe that a danger of imminent bodily injury exists or a disturbance is in progress, police employees shall tactfully refuse to participate in child custody or property settlement
    1. With supervisory approval, officers may standby with a victim in order to preserve the peace so the victim can retrieve only the things they immediately need for their care or the care of their
  2. If the request is received in the Police Communications Division, the call taker shall follow the above guidelines and no police unit shall be dispatched unless a disturbance is in progress or
  3. Although state law allows a peace officer to use reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of a court order that provides for possession of or access to a child, police officers in the field, when receiving such a request direct from a citizen, shall refer the person to the proper civil court, unless a disturbance is in progress or imminent, in which case the officer shall follow normal police procedures in maintaining

328.4             DOMESTIC VIOLENCE

  1. Procedure

It is the guiding principle of the Fort Worth Police Department to provide victims of domestic violence the maximum protection from harm or abuse, or threat of harm or abuse, as is permitted by law. All officers shall enforce the law without regard to the relationship between the alleged offender and victim.

  1. The primary duties of an officer who investigates a domestic violence allegation or who responds to a disturbance that may involve domestic violence are:
    1. To protect any victim of domestic
    2. Enforce the
    3. Make lawful arrest of
  2. Officers responding to calls where domestic violence is involved shall advise any possible adult victim of all reasonable means to prevent further domestic
  3. On all domestic violence calls, officers shall conduct a thorough investigation to determine the necessity for completion of a Domestic Violence Packet. When a Domestic Violence Packet is necessary, it should be completed in its entirety including:
    1. An accurate description of any injuries observed by the reporting officer or reported by the victim. These injuries should be fully documented on the diagram of the FV Packet. Regardless of whether there are apparent injuries, using an available digital camera, officers shall photograph any and all reported or apparent unreported injuries, take photographs of the victim including the face and take photographs of the crime scene. Crime Scene Search should be utilized if no digital camera is available or special circumstances exist that necessitate their

NOTE: On all Class C misdemeanor offenses, the victim’s claim of pain or injury shall be photographed even if there is no visible injury present.

  1. Domestic Violence Photos should be submitted to the Domestic Violence Unit by either:
    1. Uploading all related photos to the designated police department server. The proper format should be: (year-report number; i.e. 10-000000), or
  1. Attaching injury-related photos to the police report under the e-files tab on
  1. Written statements from the victim and any/all witnesses to the
  2. If a suspect is arrested, a written statement from the arrestee. If the arrestee refuses to provide a written statement, the officer shall write “Refused” on the statement form in the appropriate
  3. Provide the victim a copy of one of last pages of the Domestic Violence packet, either in English or Spanish as appropriate, entitled “Important Information for Victims of Domestic ”
  1. In the event the domestic violence offense is a Class C, the three (3) checklist pages of the Domestic Violence Packet shall be
  2. An original police report should be entered into the reporting system detailing all pertinent information obtained during the on-scene investigation and noting in the appropriate fields that it is domestic violence and the relationship between the victim and the suspect. The officer shall include in the narrative whether the suspect is a member of the state military forces or is serving in the armed forces of the United States in an active-duty
    1. The Domestic Violence packet must then be scanned in pdf format and attached to the police report under the e-files tab on Tiburon. If an actor is arrested the Domestic Violence packet does not need to be
    2. The Domestic Violence packet shall be reviewed for completeness and approved by a supervisor.
    3. The original Domestic Violence packet shall be sent to the Domestic Violence Unit via the current system for delivery of
  3. It will be the responsibility of the supervisor approving domestic violence reports to ensure the Domestic Violence Packet has been scanned and attached to the report. All reports that do not include the scanned Domestic Violence packet should be unapproved until corrected by the reporting
  4. Warrantless Arrest Authority, Article 14.03(a)(4)of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure allows an officer the discretion whether to make an arrest if the officer has probable cause to believe that a particular person has committed an assault resulting in bodily injury to a member of the person’s family or
    1. The Fort Worth Police Department shall require an officer to make an arrest under the above Article 03(a)(4).
    2. Any officer making an arrest under Article 14.03 (a)(4) shall complete the Domestic Violence packet provided by each division. This completed report packet will be submitted to the jail supervisor to review for completeness and for
    3. Officers will follow the standard procedures regarding juvenile arrests when dealing with juvenile
  5. If the victim has requested a Magistrate’s Order for Emergency Protection (EPO), the officer will complete the application packet. A Magistrate’s Order for Emergency Protection may be requested by a victim of domestic violence or stalking, guardian of the victim, peace officer, or attorney representing the state. A Magistrate’s Order for Emergency Protection (EPO) shall be issued if the offense involves serious bodily injury to the victim or the use or exhibition of a deadly weapon during the commission of an assault. An EPO remains in effect up to the sixty-first (61st) day, but not less than thirty-one (31) days after the date of issuance. If the offense involves the use or exhibition of a deadly weapon during the commission of an assault, the EPO remains in effect up to the ninety-first (91) day, but not less than the sixty-first (61) day after the date of
  1. Information on all addresses to be protected, including residences, businesses, schools, day care, , shall be listed in the proper blanks in the EPO form.
    1. If the victim is at a safe house and requests confidentiality of this address, the address must be listed but only on the front page of the EPO request with the officer then checking the appropriate box on page one of the
  2. Procedure for Emergency Protective Order (EPO) on warrant cases:
    1. The assigned detective shall mark in large, bold letters on the front of the warrant data input sheet: NOTICE – EPO Emergency Protective Order to be served at arraignment.
    2. The assigned detective will complete the paperwork for the EPO and attach the EPO and a copy of the offense report to the warrant filed in the Identification
    3. When the warrant is entered in the system by PIC, a notation shall be made that an EPO is to be served at
    4. When the warrant is confirmed for a domestic violence offense by PIC for a patrol or fugitive officer, PIC shall advise the officer confirming the warrant that an EPO is to be served at arraignment and that the EPO and report will be forwarded to the jail supervisor. PIC shall request ID personnel to forward the EPO paperwork to the jail for the arresting
    5. If the arrest is made by another agency, PIC shall advise the other agency that Fort Worth Police Department is requesting an EPO be served on the suspect at their arraignment.
    6. The arresting officer shall deliver the EPO request and copy of report to the jail with the other jail
    7. The jail supervisor will forward the EPO paperwork and report to the arraignment judge along with the affidavit and
  3. Whenever a detective becomes aware of the need for an emergency protective order on an arrested person case, and the subject has already been arraigned and is still in custody, the detective will:
    1. Complete the emergency protective order application, including the probable cause affidavit,
    2. Call the Criminal District Magistrate’s office or the Municipal Judge’s jail office and ascertain if one of the magistrates is available for an emergency protective order,
    3. Get the prisoner from the jail and personally take the prisoner and the emergency protective order to the magistrate. Once the prisoner has been served, the detective will return the prisoner to the jail along with an extra copy of the completed emergency protective order to be given to the jail facility

328.5             PROTECTIVE ORDERS

  1. Definitions
    1. A family protective order is an order issued pursuant to the Texas Family Code from a court of competent jurisdiction, or a protective order from another jurisdiction, directing a named person (respondent) to do or refrain from doing specified acts toward any family or household. A protective order involving a divorce is valid until the divorce action is disposed of or the issuing court vacates the
      1. Protective order from another jurisdiction means a protective order rendered by a military court  or  a  court  of  another  state,  tribe,  or    Unless  a        law

enforcement officer knows that the protective order from another jurisdiction has expired, the officer shall rely on:

  • A copy of the protective order provided by the person; and
  • A statement from the protected person that the order remains in
  1. A temporary ex parte protective order is effective for the period specified in the order not to exceed twenty (20) days from the day it was served on the respondent. Police officers do not have authority to enforce this type of order unless the officer can determine that the temporary ex parte order is valid and the respondent has been served with notice of the order being in
  1. Violations of the type of order in paragraph A (1) above may be criminally enforceable as a Class A misdemeanor pursuant to section 25.07 of the Texas Penal Code (Violation of Protective Order).
  2. Certain violations of the orders included in paragraph 1 above allow officers to arrest without a warrant pursuant to section 03(a)(3) of the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure.
    1. Prior to making an arrest, officers shall have confirmed the existence of a valid criminally enforceable protective order. Verification can be achieved either through contacting the Police Information Center or at the scene inspecting a certified copy of the order which has not expired. Officers shall accept the presentation of a certified copy of an enforceable order which has not expired as proof of
    2. Whenever an officer determines that a protective order has been violated and that violation is punishable under section 25.07 of the Texas Penal Code, the officer shall effect an arrest if the actor is still on the scene. In any event, an offense report shall be made with all the necessary information and copies directed to the judge of the court issuing the order. If an arrest was made based upon the presentation of a certified copy of an order, the report shall include the following information:
      1. Cause
      2. Issuing
      3. Date of
      4. Style of
      5. County of
    3. If Texas Penal Code section 25.07 has not been violated, but other provisions of the protective order have been violated, the officer shall make an incident report which shall include the information contained in paragraph C above. The title of the incident report shall be Violation of Family Protective Order. On the first two lines of the narrative, the officer shall direct copies of the report to the judge issuing the protective order. If any other criminal offense occurred, the officer shall follow the usual arrest procedures applicable to the situation as it
    4. Responsibilities
      1. All protective orders received by this department shall be immediately forwarded to the Identification Unit and the Police Information Center. Criminally enforceable protective orders shall be organized in such a manner that they will be readily accessible at all times.
      2. The following information must be easily retrievable at all
        1. Protected person’s
        2. Respondent’s
        3. Type of
        4. Expiration
  1. Protected
  1. On request, the Police Information Center shall inform officers of the specifics of any protective order, to include any acts prohibited by the

328.6             CIVIL DISTURBANCES/PROTESTS

  1. Civil disturbances can generally be classified as a lawful protest, such as demonstrations, non-violent civil disobedience, or violent
  2. The course of action of the Fort Worth Police Department in any type of civil disturbance or protest shall be to ensure public safety, protect life and property, preserve the peace and protect the First Amendment rights of all persons involved in the
  3. The Tactical Intelligence Division Captain or designee will assign personnel from the Intelligence Section to all civil disturbances and protests in the City of Fort Worth and will coordinate for uniformed services with the appropriate patrol division captain. The Homeland Security Unit shall be responsible for handling any threats or mass gatherings that create a safety issue to the city’s resources and/or citizens, coordination with other city and/or private entities, and initiating an operational plan when time
  4. The Homeland Security Unit shall facilitate coordination with the person(s) or organization planning the protest or mass gathering, will request and coordinate the assistance of other police sections in collecting information, and shall deploy plainclothes officers to monitor activities and information
  5. If patrol officers arrive on the scene of an event that has the potential to lead to a civil disturbance or mass gathering, the first-line supervisor shall ensure Homeland Security Unit is immediately notified. When personnel from the Homeland Security Unit make the scene, they shall be in charge of the scene and will coordinate with patrol
    1. Patrol supervisors on the scene shall supervise only those functions of a patrol-oriented nature. To allow Homeland Security Unit plainclothes officers to remain operating in an undercover capacity, uniformed officers may be directed by the plainclothes officers to identify or provide contact to person(s) at the event
    2. Uniformed officers shall preserve peace through enforcement, and shall control and contain crowds in such a manner as not to provoke any group or person. It is the guiding principle of the department to enforce existing state laws and city
  6. All officers must keep in mind that it is a First Amendment right to protest and that technology allows for most citizens to video all actions by police at events. Officers shall remain neutral to all parties involved thereby representing the professionalism of the department at all

328.7             DISPUTE RESOLUTION SERVICES

Dispute Resolution Services of Tarrant County (DRS) is a non-profit organization dedicated to solving interpersonal disputes through mediation. The dispute resolution service is available at  no cost to aid in the resolution of conflicts between parties. Any officer may refer appropriate conflicts to DRS utilizing a FWPD Referral form; however, the primary responsibility for referrals, and for monitoring the ensuing mediation process, will be that of the Neighborhood Police Officer (NPO) assigned to the area where the dispute occurred.

  1. Officers encountering disputes between parties that do not require the assistance of the court system to provide a solution to the conflict may refer the participants to the DRS when appropriate. Every effort should be made to resolve the dispute on the scene, and under no circumstances shall officers neglect their sworn duty to uphold the law by failing to arrest a

violator of the law when appropriate, or to make an offense report when a crime has been committed. Parties to a dispute must understand that participation in the mediation process is voluntary.

  1. Situations where dispute resolution may be used include, but are not limited to, landlord and tenant disputes where no criminal violation has occurred, minor Class C offenses where no breach of the peace is occurring nor is it likely to occur again, minor disputes where violence has not occurred but the officer believes the situation may lead to violence later, and civil disputes where no criminal law has been violated, such as conflicts over children, pets, non-violent trespass, and noise
  2. Process to follow when referring complainants to DRS:

The primary referral point to DRS within the police department will be the NPO whose area the dispute occurs within. NPOs will also follow-up on situations recommended for mediation from sources outside the department such as those made by the Municipal Court, Citizen Advisory Councils, Justice of the Peace personnel, etc.

  1. Officers in the field may refer disputants to DRS by completing the FWPD Referral form and giving the appropriate copies of the form to the disputants. The officer issuing the referral must then ensure that the original form is delivered to the affected NPO by the next scheduled workday for the NPO, and document the referral in the appropriate offense or incident
  2. The NPO will evaluate the circumstances and determine if referral is
  3. If an offense or incident report was made, the NPO will coordinate with the detective assigned the
  4. If the situation is appropriate for mediation, and a referral notice has not been issued by an officer already, the NPO will meet with the disputants and, if the parties involved voluntarily agree to mediation, issue a mediation summons via the FWPD Referral The NPO will retain the original form.
  5. The NPO will immediately fax or deliver the FWPD Referral form to
  6. DRS will arrange the mediation by choosing an appropriate time, date, and location for the mediation, and contacting the
  7. The NPO will confirm the mediation by requesting DRS personnel write the mediation information on the original mediation summons within three (3) business days of the referral. Mediators will be coordinated by DRS to obtain the mediation materials, and to perform the
  8. The affected NPO shall coordinate with DRS to ensure the officer is notified as to the results of the DRS
  9. If an agreement was made, the mediators will file the agreement with
  10. If no agreement was made, the NPO will determine if any further police action is necessary to resolve the
  11. In either case, the completed FWPD Referral form will be filed with the appropriate division commander who will maintain statistics on the number of referrals, the number of meditations performed, and the number of meditations resulting in

328.8             HATE CRIMES

The Fort Worth Police Department provides police services to the community in a nonpartisan, fair, equitable, and objective manner without consideration of race, color, gender, age, national origin, religion, disability, economic status, sexual orientation, gender expression, gender identity, transgender status, membership in a cultural group or other individual characteristics or

distinctions. It shall be the guiding principle of the Fort Worth Police Department to bring the investigation and enforcement elements into action following any and all reported or observed incidents of hatred directed toward an individual because of race, religion, ethnicity, or sexual orientation.

  1. Hate Crime or Bias Crime is not a separate, distinct crime, but rather a traditional offense motivated by the offender’s bias. A bias is a preconceived negative opinion or attitude toward a group of persons based on their race, religion, disability, sexual orientation, sexual identity, or ethnicity/national origin; therefore, the offenders criminal act must have been motivated in whole or in part by their bias. Hate Crime is not a specific offense that any person can be charged with but rather a penalty enhancement. Officers cannot enhance the level of the crime at the time of booking even if there is sufficient evidence that the crime was motivated because of bias or prejudice. The decision to enhance the offense is made by prosecution at time of trial and not by law
  2. The following procedures establish guidelines for officers in identifying and investigating potential hate crimes and ensure accurate reporting of hate crimes. Procedures for investigating potential hate crimes:
    1. Officers responding to the scene of potential hate crimes shall:
      1. Conduct a thorough on-scene investigation to include interviewing witnesses, victims and others to determine what circumstances, if any, indicate the offense was motivated by a bias. Officers shall use the following criteria to identify hate crimes:
        • Motive, or lack of apparent motive,
        • Display of any offensive symbols, words or acts,
        • Prior history of similar offenses against the same victim group,
        • Statements made by suspects, victims, or witnesses,
        • Identifiable bias-related objects were used by the suspect,
        • Victim has received bias-related threats or harassment prior to the crime’s occurrence, or
        • Suspect has made oral or written statements against the victim or victims group that express
      2. If the investigating officer collects sufficient objective facts to indicate the offender may have been motivated by bias, then the officer should request Communications to notify the Major Case Unit, or the commander after normal duty
      3. The Public Relations Office shall be notified of any potential hate crime involving serious bodily injury, abduction, or in which the circumstances indicate the necessity for immediate response by investigators, e., cross burnings, riots, etc.
      4. Officers investigating potential hate crimes shall make every attempt to lessen the impact of the offense on the victim, including removal of visible offensive materials such as burnt crosses, graffiti, etc. after it has been processed for evidence and documented for criminal case. The officer will contact the Police Information Center (PIC) so that the Transportation and Public Works Department may be contacted to provide pickup service, painting, sandblasting,
    2. Field supervisors shall be responsible for determining the need to request other city departments, based on the nature of the material to be removed and the urgency required.
  1. Investigative Responsibilities
    1. All hate crimes/bias crimes shall be investigated by Major Case, who shall also be responsible for filing of all cases regardless of the
    2. The investigating officer first responding to the original call shall determine if an offense is a hate crime, based on the definition, evidence, and other pertinent facts. The report shall then be reviewed by Major Case investigators, who will make the final determination.
    3. Should it be determined that an offense is not a hate crime but was originally designated as such, the Major Case supervisor shall notify the respective field operations division supervisor before supplementing the report and transferring the
    4. Should it be determined that an offense is a hate crime but was not originally designated as such, the respective field operations division supervisor receiving the report shall notify the Major Case supervisor before supplementing the report and transferring the investigation.
    5. Major Case investigators shall ensure that contact is made in person with each individual victim of a hate crime as soon as practical, and shall coordinate with Victims Assistance.
    6. Major Case shall be responsible for coordinating the investigation with the commander of the field operations division in which the offense
    7. Major Case shall compile statistical information on all hate crimes, submit quarterly reports to the Human Relations Commission for their discernment, and provide the Records Division with monthly reports to be forwarded to the Texas Department of Public
  2. Patrol Divisions Responsibilities
    1. The commander in which a potential hate crime or incident occurs shall be responsible for coordinating with Major Case in order to initiate contact in person or by telephone, depending upon circumstances, with the victim of a hate crime at the conclusion of an investigation or at such a time as is

328.9             CRIMINAL TRESPASS WARNING

  1. Officers should determine if a criminal trespass offense has occurred in accordance with Penal Code 30.05. If it is determined that a violation has occurred, and the subject is still on the scene, the officer may immediately effect an arrest of the subject, in adherence with the Penal Code. If the owner or representative of the property wants the subject warned, and the subject is willing to leave the premises, or if circumstances are presented that the officer is unable to find cause for immediate arrest, then the Criminal Trespass Warning would
  2. Officers should ensure that the person making the complaint is the owner of the property or has authority to act for the
  3. When the property where the reported criminal trespass occurred is an apartment complex, officers should determine if the reported incident occurred in a common area such as an external hallway, parking lot, driveway, etc. If it is determined that the incident occurred in a common area, the officer should investigate the circumstances further to determine if an offense exists before issuing a
  4. When the preliminary investigation reveals that a criminal trespass offense has occurred, the officer will complete the Criminal Trespass Warning Card in duplicate. If the suspect is still on the scene, the officer will have the suspect sign the warning in the space provided. If  the

suspect refuses to sign the form, the officer will write in the space provided “refused to sign.”

  1. The officer will leave one (1) copy of the Criminal Trespass Warning Card with the complainant and one (1) copy with the suspect. The complainant will be told to show their copy to any officer responding to any subsequent call on the same
  2. An incident report will be made when a Criminal Trespass Warning Card has been issued, noting the number of the

329.1             POLICE ACTION ON THE SCENE

  1. Whenever an officer is advised that a subject is armed, or believed to be armed, not only should extreme caution be used, but common sense, judgment, and planning as well. It is department procedure to approach dangerous situations with caution rather than heroics. When answering a call of this type, officers need to be aware of potential danger but should not respond in such a manner as to unnecessarily escalate the
  2. Procedure
    1. The officer shall immediately determine whether the subject poses a threat to the officers or
    2. Officers should attempt to coordinate with other responding personnel prior to taking action.
    3. When an officer arrives at the scene, careful consideration should be given as to whether or not the possession of the weapon is a violation of the
      1. If a concealed handgun license holder is carrying a handgun, they must display both their driver’s license or identification and their handgun license upon request of the officer.
    4. When officers approach subjects having a weapon, but who are on their own property, common sense dictates that the officers converse rather than demand. The subject should be asked why they have the gun and politely, but firmly, request it be put down or given to the officers, while they discuss the situation. The important thing is getting the subject to release possession of the weapon in some
      1. Officers must remember a concealed handgun licensee is not restricted in the number of handguns they are legally allowed to carry, only that the handguns match the type of license and are
    5. When the subject with the gun is not on their property, officers should assess the situation and then ask for the gun in a firm and authoritative
    6. Whenever a subject refuses to put down a weapon or give it up, and if the situation is such that the officers have no reasonable alternative, then force may be used to secure the
      1. Section 36 of Article 4413(29ee) Revised Statutes permits an officer to disarm a concealed handgun license holder at any time when the officer reasonably believes it is necessary for the protection of the license holder, the officer, or other individuals. If the officer determines a threat does not exist, the officer must return the weapon to the license holder. The officer shall not retain the weapon when no violation has
  1. In approaching or talking to a subject with a gun, officers should position themselves so that either officer can take action against the subject if any motion is made that threatens the other
  1. Whenever a person suspected of being armed is in a public place, officers should approach the person with due caution and ask them to exit the premises with the officer. If there is a reasonable suspicion to believe an offense has or is being committed or if the officer has an articulable concern for safety, the officer should quickly frisk the person for a
  2. Possession of a handgun by an intoxicated concealed handgun license holder is an offense under Section 46.035 of the Penal Code. Neither videotape nor breath or blood tests can be performed; therefore, documentation of the appearance and condition of the person shall be completed.
  3. According to section 23-4, “Discharging BB Guns, Air Guns – Prohibited” and section 23-6, “Discharging Firearms” of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, it is illegal to discharge any type of firearm, including any type of pellet or “BB” gun within the city limits of Fort Worth. The exception to this would be the discharge of firearms at a recognized facility such as a gun club, rifle range, etc. Consideration should be given to whether the offense of Discharge of Firearm in Certain Municipalities may

329.2             LEGAL POSSESSION OF FIREARMS

  1. Article 4413(29ee), Revised Statutes, permits a person to carry a concealed handgun when the person possesses a valid license for the category of firearm in their possession. For a concealed handgun license holder to be in legal possession of the firearm, they must be in compliance with all requirements and restrictions of that
  2. State law prohibits the sale of any firearm to a minor, but does not prohibit the lawful use of handguns by
  3. State law does not specifically prohibit ownership of any type of firearm not considered illegal under federal law if possession is confined to a person’s home. This means that citizens who are not specifically restricted by federal law can openly walk around their home or go anywhere on their property with a rifle, pistol, or shotgun carrying the guns openly or concealed. In answering these calls, officers are reminded that this type of possession is not illegal unless Felon in Possession of a Firearm
  4. Pointing a gun at a person or otherwise threatening a person with a gun can be disorderly or reckless conduct even though the actual possession of the gun may be
  5. It is not illegal for a citizen to carry a rifle or shotgun of legal length in a vehicle or on a public street or highway as long as there is not an immediate threat to life or property. Rifles or shotguns do not have to be deactivated or broken down for such carrying. In view of this, the officer has no real grounds for arresting a law-abiding citizen for walking on a public street openly carrying a rifle or shotgun, or for having rifles or shotguns visible in a vehicle. However, a citizen who is licensed to carry a handgun must have the weapon concealed from the ordinary observation of a reasonable

329.3             POSSESSION OF FIREARMS WHERE ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ARE SOLD

If a person with a gun call involves the possession of a handgun, illegal knife, or club in an establishment selling alcoholic beverages, officers should note in their report the exact place in the establishment where the warning sign against possession is located. This position should be

pinpointed on the offense report so as to leave no doubt where it should be reasonably ensured it would have to come to the attention of the arrested subject.

Example:  The sign warning against carrying of weapons  on premises was conspicuously   posted on the mirror centered midway on the west wall behind the bar. The sign was six feet from the floor level, five feet from the front edge of the bar, and  readily visible to all bar patrons. The officer should also obtain names, addresses, and telephone numbers of licensee, bartender, waitresses, clerks, etc., and list them all as witnesses on the offense report.

329.4             SEIZED FIREARMS

  1. All seized firearms should be unloaded, tagged or otherwise marked with appropriate identifying information in accordance with accepted practice for evidentiary items, processed and submitted to the Property Room. A report shall be submitted to document the circumstances under which the firearm was obtained and/or seized. An evidence transmittal shall be completed only if the weapon is to be submitted to the Crime
  2. Any firearm seized by police officers shall be kept by the department regardless of whether formal charges are made or not. Article 18.19, Code of Criminal Procedure will be followed for the disposition of seized
    1. If an officer arrests and takes into custody a handgun license holder carrying a handgun under Vernon’s Revised Statutes, Article 4413(29ee), the officer shall seize the weapon if it constitutes evidence of the specific charge; otherwise, the weapon will be placed with the suspect’s personal

330.1             INITIAL POLICE ACTIONS

  1. A field supervisor shall be notified on each call involving a mentally disturbed
  2. Due to the potential for violence present when dealing with mentally unstable individuals, a minimum of two (2) officers shall be dispatched to all calls of this
  3. Officers shall, when possible, gather as much information about the subject as is available prior to approaching the
  4. Officers should use extreme caution in dealing with these potentially dangerous individuals and avoid using any words such as demented or
  5. If no criminal offense has occurred and a substantial risk of serious harm does not exist, the officers shall advise the subject’s relatives to seek mental commitment through the courts or try to persuade the subject to sign themselves in for treatment at John Peter Smith Hospital or another facility suited for treatment of the mentally disturbed. Individuals seeking mental commitment for their relatives through the courts should be referred to the local Mental Health and Mental Retardation Association for screening and assistance.
  6. A substantial risk of serious harm to the person or others may be demonstrated by the person’s behavior, or evidence of severe emotional distress and deterioration in the person’s mental condition to the extent that the person cannot remain at liberty. The officer may form the belief from the representation of a credible person, or on the basis of the conduct of the person or the circumstances under which the person is
  1. The Health and Safety Code, Chapter 573 sec. 573.001, states that a peace officer, without a warrant, may take a person into custody if the officer has reason to believe and does believe that:
    1. The person is mentally ill; and
    2. Because of that mental illness, there is a substantial risk of serious harm to the person or to others unless the person is immediately restrained; and
    3. The officer believes that there is not sufficient time to obtain a warrant before taking the person into

NOTE: A peace officer may also take a person into custody without a warrant if the officer has reason to believe that the person is chemically dependent and, because of this dependency, there is a substantial risk of harm to the person or others, and there is not sufficient time to obtain a warrant.

330.2             POLICE ACTIONS WHERE NO CRIMINAL OFFENSE IS INVOLVED

  1. When police officers arrive at the scene of a disturbance involving a mentally disturbed person and no offense has been committed, but the subject represents a substantial risk of serious harm to themselves or others unless immediately restrained, the following actions may be taken:
    1. The subject shall be taken into custody, restrained, and transported to John Peter Smith Hospital or another facility suited for treatment of the mentally disturbed, by ambulance, if possible. If circumstances dictate an alternate means of transporting the subject to the facility, the officer may find it necessary to transport the subject in the police vehicle. If the subject is under thirteen (13) years of age, the subject shall be transported to Cook Children’s Medical
      1. For juveniles placed in handcuffs, officers shall contact Cook Children’s Medical Center to allow at least five (5) minutes room preparation time for the emergency care personnel. Officers should bring the handcuffed juvenile to the treatment area using the ambulance entrance. If appropriate advance notice cannot be given, the officer shall park the police unit at the ambulance entrance, personally notify the emergency care personnel, and hold the juvenile in the vehicle until a room is prepared.
      2. If the subject is transported by ambulance, upon ambulance attendant’s request, an officer shall ride in the
    2. Upon arrival at the facility, the officers shall assist medical personnel in restraining the subject, if
    3. The officer shall complete a notification of detention and submit it to the
    4. The officer shall complete an incident report regarding the details of the call. The report shall contain pertinent facts regarding the subject’s actions, those individuals who witnessed the actions, and sufficient detail to explain why the officers determined the subject posed a danger to themself, the officer, or someone
    5. The officers shall leave the facility only after the subject has been medically cleared and transferred by medical personnel to the Psychiatric Emergency
  2. If a mentally disturbed person is already at a hospital, officers should assess whether the person poses a substantial risk of serious harm to self or others irrespective of the hospital setting. If the person does pose that risk, the officer should detain the
    1. Hospital staff will provide an Emergency Detention Representations Form, which includes the physician’s identity and observations. This form will provide the necessary

information to assist the officer in forming a belief that the person presents a substantial risk of serious harm to the person or others based on the representation of a credible person.

  1. The person should then be transported to John Peter Smith (JPS) or alternate facility depending on JPS hospital staff determination of availability, or to Cook Children’s Hospital if under thirteen (13) years of age. The person can remain at Huguley Hospital since that facility has a psychiatric center. Upon delivery of the person to the destination hospital, the officer shall complete the notification of detention

330.3             POLICE ACTIONS WHERE AN OFFENSE IS INVOLVED

  1. When officers arrive on the scene of a call involving a mentally disturbed person and a criminal offense has been committed by the mentally disturbed person, the officers shall place the person under arrest for the appropriate
  2. If the subject poses a substantial risk of serious harm to themselves or others, the individual shall be transported immediately to John Peter Smith Hospital. If the subject is  under thirteen (13) years of age, the subject shall be transported to Cook Children’s Medical  Center following procedures in General Order 330.02 A(1)(a).
    1. If the subject is transported by ambulance, upon ambulance attendant’s request, an officer shall ride in the
  3. Upon arrival, the officers shall assist medical personnel in restraining the subject, if necessary.
  4. The officer shall complete a notification of detention and submit it to the
  5. The officer shall complete an offense report detailing the events that transpired, the actions taken by officers, and why the officer believed the subject would be a danger to
  6. The officers shall leave the facility only after the subject has been medically cleared and transferred to the Psychiatric Emergency
  7. Mentally disturbed persons, who have committed an offense and have been transported to John Peter Smith Hospital, shall be returned to jail upon determination that the person involved no longer requires hospitalization. If the person is a juvenile and was transported to either Cook Children’s Medical Center or John Peter Smith Hospital, detention will follow out-of-custody arrest procedures under General Orders 00.
  8. Personnel at John Peter Smith Hospital or Cook Children’s Medical Center shall notify police when a mentally disturbed person arrested and transported by police to the hospital is to be released from the

330.4             REPEATED DEALINGS WITH MENTALLY DISTURBED PERSONS

When officers deal frequently with a mentally disturbed person and believe that the person is not a danger at this time, but has the potential of becoming a threat to themself or another if not treated, the officer should refer the subject or their relative to the Mental Health or Mental Retardation Association for screening and referral assistance.

331.01   EXPLOSIVES, BOMBS, AND BOMB THREATS

  1. The responsibility to search for any reported explosive device as well as the decision to evacuate any building or area suspected of containing explosives rests with the Fort Worth Fire
  2. The fire department shall also make the necessary reports and follow-up of these incidents and the police department shall respond only upon the request of the fire department. Should it be necessary for the police department to go to the scene, all radio transmissions including MDT’s shall cease within a three block area of any suspected explosive
  3. The fire department will notify the police department when the incident involves extortions or when a bombing results in injury or death at which time the police department shall initiate an investigation of this
  4. When a bomb threat or a report of a bomb threat is received by dispatch personnel, the person receiving the report shall notify the fire department by direct telephone line. If the report is the initial bomb threat, the recording of the conversation shall be made available to the fire department. If the report concerns a county building complex, such as courthouse or civil courts buildings, during normal business hours, the civil defense office shall be notified by
  5. When an officer confiscates or is called upon to dispose of any pyrotechnic device or small arms ammunition (20mm or smaller), they shall ascertain if a fire department unit is nearby and, if so, meet with them and turn over the items. If a fire department unit is not available, the officer shall take the items to the nearest fire station for
  6. If the ammunition is larger than 20mm, the officers shall call for an explosive technician from the fire department to come to the scene and dispose of the

332.1             PUBLIC INTOXICATION

  1. In accordance with the Texas Penal Code Sec. 49.02, an individual commits an offense if the individual appears in a public place while intoxicated due to alcohol or any other substance, to the degree that the individual may endanger himself or
  2. Officers observing a person whom they believe to be intoxicated should be reasonably certain that the individual is actually intoxicated rather than suffering from the effects of an illness.
  3. Before issuing a citation for public intoxication, officers shall check with PIC and the ID Section to determine if the arrested person’s criminal history shows three (3) or more guilty convictions for public intoxication, disorderly conduct, or a combination of both offenses in the last twenty-four (24) months. If three (3) or more guilty convictions are discovered, the arrested person shall be transported to jail and charged with “Public Intoxication-Enhanced.”
  4. Officers shall check the arrested person for injuries and call an ambulance when necessary. Unconscious persons shall not be placed in
  5. If the subject is extremely dirty, unsanitary, or conscious but incapable of standing, officers shall call for the prisoner transport van. Female prisoners may be transported in a separate cell from male prisoners in the prisoner transport
  1. If the arrested person is transported to the jail, upon arrival at the jail, the officer may request additional assistance from jail workers and should advise the jail supervisor if they were unable to conduct a thorough search of the
  2. Subjects arrested for public intoxication who have a vehicle shall have it processed according to current procedures dealing with disposition of
  3. Officers shall use the appropriate screens and report narrative in the Public Intoxication report to clearly articulate the actions or behaviors that led them to conclude the individual was intoxicated to the point of being a danger to themselves or others. A few examples of these behaviors are: falling down, aggressive behavior towards others, a stumbling gait or walk, or urinating on
  4. A strong odor of alcoholic beverage on or about the person is insufficient, by itself, to justify an arrest for Public Intoxication. Therefore, in the narrative of the report, and by use of the screens, officers must fully articulate facts establishing probable cause that the person was intoxicated to the degree that they may endanger themselves or

332.2             PUBLIC INTOXICATION OTHER THAN ALCOHOL

Officers charging persons with public intoxication due to consumption of substances other than alcohol must indicate the substance suspected to be causing the intoxication, such as paint fumes, glue, or other substances.

332.3             BAR CHECKS; CHECKS OF SEXUALLY-ORIENTED BUSINESSES

 

 

  • BAR INSPECTIONS AND SEXUALLY-ORIENTED BUSINESS INSPECTIONS

 

 

  • BAR INVESTIGATIONS; SEXUALLY-ORIENTED BUSINESS INVESTIGATIONS

 

 

333.1             EMERGENCY AMBULANCE PROCEDURES

  1. Actions by Police Communications Division
    1. The police dispatcher receiving a call requiring emergency medical service, regardless of the nature, shall immediately notify the contractor ambulance
    2. The contractor ambulance dispatcher, when receiving emergency calls, shall notify the fire department dispatcher, dispatch the ambulance, and then call the Police Communications Division. The call taker receiving the call shall make the decision whether or not to direct response by a police unit according to the nature of  the situation. When in doubt, the employee shall consult with their
  2. Actions by Officers at the Scene
    1. If the police officer is the first to arrive on the scene of a medical emergency, the officer shall render first aid pending the arrival of the fire department and/or the ambulance, at which time they shall assume responsibility for administering lifesaving techniques and the officer shall assist if
    2. The police officer in charge at the scene of any accident or medical emergency shall be responsible for directing the ambulance crew where to park their vehicle in order to minimize the hazard and facilitate traffic flow, while placing the vehicle as near the patient as
    3. If the police officer in charge on a death scene feels that the presence of the body on the scene creates a definite hazard or aggravates a volatile situation, the officer may direct the contract ambulance crew to remove the body to the
    4. Police officers on the scene of an accident or medical emergency shall be responsible for controlling traffic and bystanders to prevent interference with the ambulance crew and fire
    5. The police officer in charge at a death scene shall be responsible for preserving the scene and any appropriate evidence until the arrival of the medical investigator in those cases where investigation of the death is required by law, in accordance with Texas Code of Criminal Procedure Article 49.25, sections 6 and
    6. In instances where violent crime is involved, officers shall make every effort to protect ambulance crews while victims are being treated and removed. In circumstances where a danger of further violence is indicated, and through coordination between the police

and ambulance dispatchers, the ambulance crew shall not approach such a scene until the police arrive and are in control.

  1. If necessary, the police shall assist the ambulance crew in controlling unmanageable or irrational patients according to established policies and procedures for the handling of violent mentally ill
  2. Officers are advised that a paramedic can make the determination that a person is deceased but the paramedic is held legally liable and accountable for any error in judgement. For this and other reasons, the ambulance crew is directed by their operating procedures to assume that the patient is to be treated and transported to a hospital if there is any doubt whatsoever as to the indications of death. If the paramedic does conclude that the person is dead, then officers are reminded that the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure, Article 49.25, provides that the body shall not be disturbed or removed without the authorization of the Tarrant County Medical Examiner. Exceptions to this can be made by the officer in charge at the scene by concluding that it is necessary to preserve the body from loss or destruction, maintain the flow of traffic, or if the presence of the body creates a hazard or aggravates a volatile
  3. Officers are advised that a paramedic can make the triage decisions in the case of multiple injured persons and prioritize the treatment of these persons in the order their training
  4. In the case of extrication of accident victims who are trapped, the fire department is responsible for the physical safety of the fire crews and the victims, and shall coordinate medical efforts and extrication
  5. The ambulance company procedures dictate that the ambulance shall be operated as an emergency vehicle in accordance with state law and applicable city ordinances. Officers shall assist in expediting ambulances through the traffic flow to the maximum extent possible in conformance with those laws and
  1. Cooperation with Fire Department and ambulance crews
    1. Realization of the objective of rapid, quality service to persons who are victims of a medical emergency requires that the fire, ambulance, and police personnel at the scene and in the dispatch centers act together as a team, understanding each other’s responsibilities, and assisting to the maximum extent feasible whenever
    2. Supervisors and officers are encouraged to become acquainted with the ambulance crews and ambulance supervisors working in their area and to establish a spirit of cooperation so as to minimize procedural conflicts which adversely affect the delivery of service to medical emergency
    3. Field and dispatch supervisors are encouraged to handle minor disagreements through coordination with the field or dispatch supervisor of the ambulance company. Should a problem arise which is beyond the scope of handling at that level or one which affects procedures, the supervisor handling the issue shall forward a full report of the problem through command channels to the Fort Worth Emergency Medical Services Coordinator, whose responsibility is to settle such
    4. Outside ambulance firms may make runs through the city as

333.2             INJURED PERSONS

  1. When an officer arrives at the scene of an injured person call, they shall give appropriate medical attention as necessary and call for an ambulance as
  1. If an injured person requires mouth-to-mouth resuscitation or CPR, personnel are encouraged to use the issued equipment in order to prevent the transmission of
  2. Officers shall determine if an offense has been committed and complete all necessary reports.
  3. If necessary, the officer shall change locations to the hospital where the victim has been transported.
  4. On calls where officers are to meet ambulance personnel, and it is determined that no offense has occurred, they shall provide assistance as
  5. Hospital calls shall be assigned to any available police unit in the immediate vicinity of a hospital.
    1. The unit responding to a hospital call shall be responsible for making an incident report (hospital report) and signing the injured person’s medical chart, even though an on- scene investigation may be required. However, if the officer at the hospital determines that an offense has occurred and that an on-scene investigation is not required, then the appropriate report shall be made. In this instance, the injured person’s medical chart shall be signed and a hospital report shall not be
    2. If an on-scene investigation is necessary, the officer making the hospital call shall advise the dispatcher. The unit nearest the scene of the occurrence shall be dispatched to conduct an on-scene investigation and shall make the necessary reports, excluding the hospital report.
    3. If an officer changes location to a hospital for a follow-up investigation, and a hospital report has not been made, the officer shall be responsible for signing the injured person’s medical chart and making the hospital report if no other reports were made as a result of the officer’s

334.01   MISSING PERSONS

  1. A missing person is any person who was last seen in the city limits of Fort Worth or resides in the City of Fort Worth, and another citizen reports that the person’s whereabouts are unknown.
    1. “Missing Person” means a person eighteen (18) years old or older whose disappearance is not
    2. “Missing Child” means a person under eighteen (18) years of age whose whereabouts are unknown to the child’s legal custodian, the circumstances of whose absence indicate that:
      1. The child did not voluntarily leave the care and control, and the taking of the child was not authorized by law;
      2. The child voluntarily left the care and control of their legal custodian without the custodian’s consent and without intent to return; or,
      3. The child was taken or retained in violation of the express terms of a court order or judgement governing custody of the
    3. If the missing person does not fit into the above criteria, the police department personnel shall tactfully inform the citizen to file a report with the law enforcement agency which has jurisdiction and assure them that this department shall assist in any follow-up
  1. There is no waiting period to report a person as
  1. A police officer and a field supervisor shall be dispatched to the scene of a reported missing person when it is determined:
    1. The missing person is under twelve (12) years of
    2. The missing person is of advanced
    3. The missing person is reported mentally unstable. This includes runaways from institutions.
      1. Mentally unstable shall also include chronic dementia, including Alzheimer’s Disease.
    4. Foul play is reported as the possible reason for the person being reported as
  2. The responding officer shall:
    1. Provide the dispatcher with sufficient information so that a broadcast can be
    2. Verify the suspected reasons for the person to be
    3. If the suspected reason for the person to be missing is due to advanced age, mental instability, or foul play or if the missing person is under twelve (12) years of age:
      1. Ensure a field supervisor is advised to make the
      2. Complete a missing person affidavit and Medical Release
        • A missing person affidavit is not required if the person is under eighteen (18) years of
        • The missing person affidavit must be signed by a source other than the investigating agency, such as a parent, legal guardian, next of kin, physician, or other authoritative source including a friend or neighbor in unusual circumstances.
        • The Medical Release Form is valid when signed by the adult missing person’s spouse, adult child who is reasonably available, parent, or legal guardian. A medical release for a missing child is valid only if the form is signed by the parent or legal guardian of the
      3. If applicable, notify the Alzheimer Association Safe Return
    4. Present the missing person affidavit and Medical Release Form to the field supervisor who shall ensure that both the affidavit and the Medical Release Form are signed by the proper authority. Both original forms shall be forwarded to the Identification Section and placed in the Missing Persons
    5. When an officer responds to a missing person from an institution, the officer will determine if the missing person had been placed in the institution by a lawful court order. If so, the officer shall:
      1. Obtain a copy of the court order. If a copy of the court order is not available, advise the reporting person that the missing person cannot be detained if
      2. Include information on the report, complete the missing person affidavit of persons eighteen (18) years of age or older, and the Medical Release
    6. Prepare a missing person
      1. If the child is missing in violation of a court order affecting custody and the child’s whereabouts are unknown to the person having custody, an Interference with Child Custody report will be made with the child listed as a missing person. A copy of the report shall be forwarded to the Crimes Against Children Unit and the Missing Person Detail in the Major Case
    7. Immediately cause the report to be entered by DRU by prioritizing the report. The report shall be completed prior to the officer clearing the
  1. The responding field supervisor shall:
    1. Initiate a search of the immediate
    2. Cause a copy of the signed missing person affidavit to be promptly delivered to the Police Information Center (PIC). This shall be accomplished prior to the supervisor clearing the
    3. If the missing person is a person missing from a court-ordered placement, cause one copy of the court order to be delivered to PIC and one copy to be delivered to the Identification Unit for placement in the Missing Persons
    4. If circumstances warrant:
      1. Notify the Major Crimes Commander or
      2. Call for additional personnel, which may include K-9, Mounted Patrol, or Air Support.
      3. Notify the division commander, or designee, and the Public Relations
      4. Arrange for relief personnel if the search extends beyond the normal tour of
    5. If after a thorough investigation the supervisor deems further searching would be fruitless, contact the division commander, or designee, for permission to discontinue the search.
  2. A missing person report may be taken by telephone unless the situation is one listed in

334.01 (B) requiring an officer and field supervisor to be dispatched to the location.

  1. The police personnel receiving the initial call shall verify the missing person does not meet the criteria of Section B and transfer the reporting person to
  2. Reports may be taken by telephone from state or private institutions if the missing person is twelve (12) years of age or older and under eighteen (18) years of
  3. If the reporting person is outside the city and reports a missing person who would meet the criteria of Section B, a report may be taken by
  4. The DRU personnel shall promptly provide the dispatcher with a description of the missing person so a broadcast can be
  5. The Police Information Center (PIC) personnel shall expeditiously enter persons under eighteen (18) years of age, or persons eighteen (18) years of age or older when a missing person affidavit is received, into NCIC. In the case of a missing person who is reported to suffer from dementia or Alzheimer disease, the Alzheimer’s Association Safe Return crisis number shall be
  6. The Missing Persons Detail shall:
    1. Maintain a file of all missing persons
    2. Maintain all original affidavits and Medical Release
    3. Coordinate obtaining a Medical Release Form when the report was taken by
    4. Mail the forwarded medical records to the Texas Department of Public Safety Missing Persons
  7. During the hours that the Missing Persons Detail is closed, inquiries from field personnel of missing person status may be made to
  8. Cancellation of missing persons
    1. All calls that involve the return or location of missing persons that originally necessitated a field supervisor to make the scene, as specified in General Order 334.01 (B), require that a patrol officer be dispatched to verify the return or location of the subject.
  1. In cases other than those above, the person reporting the cancellation shall be transferred to the Missing Persons Detail during their duty hours and to DRU during all other
  2. In all cases, a supplement to the original report shall be completed detailing the circumstances of the return of the subject that was missing. The supplement shall be routed to the Missing Persons Detail, with a copy to the PIC, and the status of the case shall remain open. PIC personnel shall remove any data concerning the missing person from applicable computer
  3. Missing Persons Detail personnel shall review all documents concerning the return of missing persons. If upon review, they determine the return notice was false or incorrect, they shall supplement the offense, directing a copy to PIC instructing them to re-enter the subject into the proper computer system. Otherwise, they shall be responsible for preparing a final supplement closing the case as soon as possible after receiving proper notification.

334.2             MISSING CHILDREN

  1. Officers receiving confirmation on an NCIC inquiry regarding the missing person status of a child who has not yet reached their seventeenth (17) birthday, if Texas residents, or if nonresidents, the age of emancipation according to the laws of their state shall take the child into custody and transport the child to the Tarrant County Juvenile Detention Center. An incident or supplement report shall be generated by the officer detailing the circumstances surrounding the location and apprehension of the
  2. The Code of Criminal Procedure requires a law enforcement officer locating an individual, who has been reported as missing and has reached their seventeenth (17) birthday but has not reached their eighteenth (18) birthday, to take possession of the child and to deliver the child to the person entitled to possession of the child. If the entitled person is not readily available, the officer shall contact PIC for notification to the Department of Protective and Regulatory Services for the purpose of taking custody of the child. The child shall not be transported to the Tarrant County Juvenile Detention Center.

334.3             MISSING ADULTS

  1. Officers receiving confirmation on an NCIC inquiry regarding the missing person status of an individual who is eighteen (18) years of age or older if Texas residents, or if nonresidents, the age of emancipation according to the laws of their state shall inform the subject that they are listed as a missing person and the origin of the report. Under no circumstances shall an officer arrest the subject unless additional cause exists, such as a warrant of arrest, Texas Youth Council Directive to Apprehend, or other authorization by law to make a warrantless arrest of the
    1. If there is an outstanding warrant for the arrest of the subject or if the officer is authorized by law to make a warrantless arrest of the subject, the officer shall take the subject into custody and make the required
    2. If the officer has no probable cause to arrest the subject and no warrant exists, the officer shall release the subject and generate either an incident or supplement report explaining the details surrounding the location of the individual and the circumstances of the

334.4             ACTIVATION OF THE AMBER PLAN OR SILVER ALERT

  1. The Amber Plan is a cooperative effort between radio stations in Dallas/Fort Worth and local law enforcement agencies in North Texas. The plan provides law enforcement agencies access to local media in cases of abducted children. All participating radio stations will interrupt programming to broadcast the alert and any subsequent information provided by  the police. The Texas Amber Alert Network is a statewide alert that works in coordination with the local activation
  2. The Texas Silver Alert Network assists law enforcement statewide in the recovery of missing senior citizens with a documented mental impairment. Silver Alert resembles the Amber Plan using similar notification technologies to alert the
  3. Amber Plan
    1. The Amber Plan shall be initiated whenever a child seventeen (17) years of age or younger or an individual under proven mental or physical disability is abducted, the child is believed to be in danger of serious injury or death, and there is enough descriptive information about the child, abductor and/or suspect vehicle to believe an immediate broadcast alert will be helpful. In an effort to verify that an actual abduction has taken place, the supervisor in charge shall consider the following issues:
      1. Danger presented to the child
      2. Age of child
      3. Time of occurrence
      4. Witness information
      5. Other facts that indicate child was abducted and is in danger of serious injury or death.
    2. The Amber Plan shall be initiated whenever circumstances indicate the need for an immediate large-scale, organized search for an abducted child. The officer shall notify their supervisor with the details of the call. Using the following criteria, the supervisor will contact Major Case for the issuance of the
      1. The child is seventeen (17) years of age or younger;
      2. The child has been abducted;
      3. The child is believed to be in immediate danger of serious bodily injury or death;
      4. The abduction has been confirmed and alternative explanations for the missing child have been eliminated and;
      5. Sufficient information is available to disseminate to the public that could assist in locating the child, the suspect, or the vehicle used in the
    3. Silver Alert

The officer shall notify their supervisor with the details of the call. Using the following criteria, the supervisor will contact Missing Persons for the issuance of the Silver Alert.

  1. The missing person is sixty-five (65) years of age or older,
  2. The senior citizen lives in Texas,
  3. The senior citizen has a documented diagnosis of an impaired mental condition and their disappearance poses a credible threat to the senior citizen’s health and safety,
  4. The disappearance is due to their impaired mental condition,
  5. The senior citizen has been reported missing within seventy-two (72) hours of their disappearance, and
  6. There is sufficient information available to disseminate to the public that could assist in locating the senior

335.1             STOLEN MOTOR VEHICLES

  1. The officer receiving the call shall make the scene and obtain a description of the vehicle to include, if known, color, year, make, body style, license number, vehicle identification number, and any identifying characteristics such as visible damage, etc. Officers shall ascertain the exact time or period of time the auto was believed to be stolen and the exact location it was stolen
  2. Personnel shall inquire as to several phone numbers or locations where the complainant may be reached should the vehicle be
  3. Before broadcasting, an officer should determine if the vehicle was possibly repossessed. This shall be done by contacting the Police Information
  4. No report will be made for civil matters including, but not limited to, disputes over repair charges, buyer failing to make payments, repossessed vehicles,
  5. When it is determined that a stolen vehicle offense has in fact occurred, officers shall provide the vehicle description obtained from the complainant for the police dispatcher. The dispatcher shall broadcast the information over the appropriate
  6. Officers shall check the area and call in the report as soon as
  7. Officers shall ensure that the Auto Theft Affidavit is completed and routed to the divisional Criminal Investigations
  8. The recovery of stolen vehicles shall be handled according to General Order 06.
  9. If the elements of the offense are met, officers shall make an auto theft report. If the victim does not have all information available at the time of the report, the officer shall complete the auto theft report with any available information and have the victim complete the auto theft
    1. If any victim or vehicle information was unavailable while the officer was completing the report at the scene, the officer will instruct the victim to call the non-emergency number as soon as possible to update the report with the missing information. If the license plate number is unknown, the officer may ask if any citations had been issued in the past and access court view database from the patrol vehicle for the plate
    2. Officers shall fast track all auto theft reports in RMS. Once the auto theft report has been submitted, the officer shall contact PIC and request the vehicle be entered in NCIC.
  10. Auto Theft Affidavit

The auto theft affidavit is completed by the person who had care, custody and control of the vehicle when the vehicle was stolen and is not required to be the registered owner. Officers shall instruct the victim to be detailed in the written statement and to include as much information as possible to assist in finding the vehicle.

  1. Any video or audio recording of the victim’s verbal statement by the officer’s body camera shall not fulfil the requirement of a written
  2. Officer shall provide the appropriate language affidavit for the victim. If the victim is unable to complete the report due to injury, illiteracy or other issues, assistance may be provided by another person at the scene or the officer and the officer shall note in the narrative the reason the affidavit was completed by another person or the
  3. Once the victim has finished the affidavit, the officer shall review the affidavit for completeness, sign the affidavit as the witness placing signature and service number on

all pages of the document, then forward the affidavit to the appropriate division Criminal Investigations Unit.

  1. Officers shall immediately contact the Commercial Auto Theft Unit for stolen commercial vehicles. A commercial vehicle may include, but is not limited to, semi-trucks and trailers, bobcats and construction vehicles. If after normal business hours, the officer shall immediately contact the on-call Commercial Auto Theft Unit

335.2             FAILURE TO RETURN RENTAL VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT

When an agency informs the department that a rented vehicle or piece of rental equipment has not been returned, the following shall apply:

  1. If a person fails to return rental vehicles or equipment held under the rental agreement, the complainant must notify the appropriate Criminal Investigations Unit (CIU) to obtain a Theft of Service
  2. The officer shall tactfully notify the complainant an offense report will not be generated until the complainant notifies the appropriate Criminal Investigations Unit (CIU) concerning the theft and a Theft of Service packet is completed. Once the report has been completed and reviewed by a detective, the detective will request Communications to dispatch an officer to generate an offense

335.3             FAILURE TO RETURN LOANED/BORROWED VEHICLES

  1. Officers responding to missing vehicle calls shall complete an incident report. Missing Vehicle reports are investigated by the Criminal Investigation Unit in the division in which the incident occurred. Before the investigation is initiated, the complainant must be willing to file criminal charges and pay any wrecker and impoundment fees for the vehicle. If the complainant refuses to agree to the conditions, a missing vehicle report and investigation  will not be
  2. When investigation of a missing vehicle reveals a criminal offense, the report will be updated to reflect the appropriate offense. Reports will not be completed for civil matters including, but not limited to, disputes over repair charges, payments stopped, or legally married individuals in dispute over a
  3. Complainants shall complete an auto theft affidavit on all missing vehicles reports including information on the person having the vehicle and if permission to operate the vehicle has been terminated. The title of the incident report shall be Missing Vehicle, not auto theft or unauthorized use of motor vehicle. Once completed, the affidavit will be forwarded to the appropriate division Criminal Investigation

336.1             ORDINANCE VIOLATIONS

  1. The full responsibility for enforcement of the city code pertaining to animals and fowls shall remain with the animal control
  2. When animal control officers are off duty and an emergency does not exist, officers shall handle these calls, if possible, in such a manner as to prevent the necessity of having the animal control officer returned to duty. However, pertinent information should be forwarded to the animal control division concerning incidents where further action is to be
  1. Police officers shall respond to any call for assistance from animal control officers. However, officers shall restrict their activities to assistance only assuring that animal control officers are able to carry out their assignment as per the demands of each
  2. Police personnel receiving calls pertaining to animal or fowl ordinance violations should, under most circumstances, refer these calls to the animal control division for
    1. If the animal control division is closed, the complainant shall be told that officers shall only respond to the scene of those calls involving the protection of life and
    2. If the call involves animals pitted against one another as in dog fights or cock fights where the possibility exists that wagers or bets are placed on the outcome, the person or information should be referred to the Criminal Investigations
  3. When officers make the scene of an incident involving a violent animal or fowl or where either has bitten a person, they shall attempt to locate the animal and request that animal control officers be called to the
    1. If the animal or fowl is located running loose, the officer shall keep it under surveillance until such time as animal control officers can make the scene and pick it
    2. When animal control officers are off-duty, if the animal or fowl is in the yard and/or with its owner, the owner shall be notified that the owner is required to keep the animal or fowl confined for a period of ten (10) days and animal control officers will contact them with detailed information. A detailed incident report shall be directed to the animal control division indicating the name and address of the owner of the animal/fowl as well as a description of the animal/fowl.

336.2             LOOSE LIVESTOCK

  1. Livestock shall be defined as a horse, stallion, mare, gelding, filly, colt, mule, hinny, jack, jennet, hog, sheep, goat, or a head of any species of
  2. Officers encountering calls of this nature shall attempt to ascertain the ownership of the stock, either through persons on the scene or other officers who may have made previous calls regarding
  3. If ownership can be determined, the officer shall request through the Police Information Center that the owner make the
  4. If ownership cannot be determined, the officer shall request through the Police Information Center that the Tarrant County Sheriff’s Office be notified to dispatch a commercial cowboy to take custody and control of the loose
    1. The officer shall continue to contain the livestock pending the arrival of the commercial cowboy.
    2. If no immediate danger is determined and whenever practicable, the commercial cowboy and the officer will attempt to make arrangements with a nearby property owner with adequate grounds and facilities for the temporary impoundment of the animal(s).
    3. If the loose livestock poses an immediate danger to persons or property in the area, the commercial cowboy will roundup the stray and deliver them to the nearest livestock impoundment
  5. An incident report shall be completed relating the type, number and condition of the livestock detained by the commercial cowboy called to the scene, and the identity of the commercial cowboy dispatched by the Sheriff’s

336.3             ANIMAL CALLS

  1. Officers may use deadly force against animals only if persons are in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury.

338.1             TRANSPORTING STRANDED MOTORISTS

  1. A person experiencing car trouble, such as a flat tire, out of gas, etc., may be transported by the officer to the nearest facility to obtain
  2. A person whose vehicle has been rendered inoperable because of an accident may be transported home by the investigating officer, provided there are no other means of transportation
  3. In either of the above instances, the distance traveled must be reasonable and requires the permission of a

338.2             OFFICER AND MOTORIST SAFETY

  1. Officers on routine patrol who observe an occupied vehicle parked with the hood raised or other indications of mechanical failure shall stop and investigate such vehicle to see if the motorist needs
  2. If such vehicle is occupied by a female, or a senior citizen regardless of gender, and it is during daylight hours, the officer shall:
    1. Ascertain if assistance is needed, transport the motorist to a safe location in accordance with General Order 338.01, and request needed assistance through the Police Information
    2. Request assistance from the Courtesy Patrol, if
    3. Remain in service. If a call is received, the officer shall inform the motorist that they must answer a call. The officer shall check back after completing the
  3. During hours of darkness, for any stranded motorist, the officer shall:
    1. Call out of service, ascertain if assistance is needed, transport the motorist to a safe location as per General Order 01.
    2. Evaluate the situation for the safety of both the motorist and the officer. The officer may:
      1. Call for an additional unit to monitor traffic while the officer provides
      2. Make a reasonable attempt to move the vehicle from a traffic lane or other hazardous
      3. In a situation on a major freeway where the officer and the motorist are at risk, the officer shall request assistance from the Fire Department to send a truck to develop a safety zone for the officer and the motorist. Examples of high risk situations include, but are not limited to, bridges and overpasses, disabled vehicle in a lane of traffic or inside shoulder, blind curves, or narrow
    3. While awaiting the arrival of a requested wrecker, the officer and motorist may monitor the disabled vehicle from a safer location within viewing distance. Once the wrecker arrives, the officer will set up a safety perimeter for the personnel and the
  1. Police Information Center personnel may notify the nearest road service facility when requests are received from field
  2. If a road service facility cannot be contacted, cannot respond, or other assistance cannot be routed to the safe location, the dispatcher shall send an officer, with supervisory approval, to provide transportation subject to General Order 01.

338.3             VULNERABLE PERSON ACCOMPANYING ARRESTED PERSON

  1. At the scene of an arrest where the arrested person is accompanied by a juvenile who is not taken into custody or by an adult who is not arrested but is disabled, elderly, or incapable of arranging their own transportation, the arresting officer shall be responsible for insuring the safety of the accompanying
  2. The arresting officer may direct an assist officer to transport the accompanying person to a telephone to call for assistance. The assist officer may also transport the accompanying person home provided there is no other means of transportation
  3. In either of the above instances, the distance traveled must be reasonable and requires the permission of a

339.1             MEET COMPLAINANT/UNIT/PERSON

Meeting a complainant can involve almost anything, so officers are reminded to use caution when making a call of this nature. Officers should use courtesy and attempt to resolve the person’s problem at the scene. When officers are unable to resolve the complainant’s problem, they shall direct them to the Neighborhood Police Officer (NPO) or the proper person or agency who can assist, whenever possible. When it can be determined that an offense has been committed, the investigating officer shall complete the necessary reports. Officers meeting other units shall do so only to conduct official business and shall complete this type of call as soon as possible.

339.2             SUSPICIOUS PERSONS AND PROWLERS

  1. Upon arrival, officers should use caution and scan the area for the subject. If the officers locate the subject, they should detain, investigate, and complete a field interrogation card or arrest the subject if
  2. The officers should contact the complainant and obtain as much information as possible about the subject. If apprehension is not made, this information shall be given to the police dispatcher for broadcast over the appropriate

339.3             FIGHTS

  1. When officers make the scene of a reported fight and the complainant wishes to file charges, an offense report shall be
  2. On minor fights which occur within the officer’s presence, arrests may be made. Officers may issue citations for disorderly conduct-fight.
  3. Before issuing a citation for disorderly conduct, officers shall check with PIC and the ID Section to determine if the arrested person’s criminal history shows three (3) or more guilty convictions for public intoxication, disorderly conduct, or a combination of both offenses in the last twenty-four (24) months. If three (3) or more guilty convictions are discovered,  the

arrested person shall be transported to jail and charged with “Disorderly Conduct- Enhanced.”

  1. Officers should keep in mind all other disorderly conduct charges as they may become applicable while at the scene. Officers may use these to arrest and remove the actor, if they are committed while the officer is on the
  2. On large gang fights, a minimum of two (2) officers shall be dispatched. Officers should request additional help, if necessary, or consideration should be given to officers leaving the scene if their continued presence only serves to create or continue a
  3. Officers should follow the procedures pertaining to assaults, if

339.4             INVESTIGATION CALLS

Investigation calls are usually given by the dispatcher when the exact nature of a call is  unknown. Officers shall also use this type of call to advise the dispatcher that they are leaving  the car to conduct an investigation into an unknown situation.

339.5             SIGNAL 50 – INFORMATION

  • SIGNAL 45 – CANCEL CALL
  • SIGNAL 64 – CALL FOR POLICE – NO OTHER DETAILS
  • SIGNAL 66 – INSPECTION OF CLOSED OR UNATTENDED BUSINESS
  • SIGNAL 69 – RADAR TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAIL

 

 

 

340.1             COFFEE AND MEAL BREAK

For this General Order section only, uniformed patrol personnel who deal directly with the  public and answer calls for service are designated as line personnel. Other employees who are not assigned to a patrol position and are not assigned to answer calls for service shall be designated as non-line personnel unless designated as line personnel by their Assistant Chief.

  1. Rest Breaks (Coffee Breaks)
    1. If authorized by their immediate supervisor, employees may take two (2) fifteen minute rest breaks per normal working day, one during the first half and one during the second half of the workday. The fifteen minute time for the rest break shall be computed from the time a person leaves their work station until they return to the work station or if assigned to a vehicle, from the time they leave the vehicle until they return to the vehicle.
    2. Employees working special overtime assignments of less than four (4) hours shall not normally be allowed a rest
    3. Employees working four (4) hours but less than eight (8) hours may be allowed one (1) fifteen minute rest
    4. Rest breaks shall not be taken in conjunction with lunch breaks to extend the break time, nor shall rest breaks be taken during the first or last hour of any
    5. Rest breaks shall be taken in the employee’s assigned area where
  2. Meal Breaks
    1. Meal breaks shall be consistent with the length of time and compensation allowed by City policy or any authorized contract or agreement in
    2. Employees working a normal workday, either eight (8) or ten (10) hours, may take one meal
    3. Employees working special overtime assignments of less than a normal workday (8 hours or 10 hours), but at least six (6) hours, may take one (1) meal
    4. Additional Criteria for Line Officers Meal Breaks:
      1. Meal breaks may be requested at any time during the shift, but will only be taken when cleared by the
      2. Officers must complete radio calls and return to service before proceeding to a meal break. This provision specifically prohibits going to a meal break location and finishing paperwork while on any call other than an authorized
      3. Officers assigned to specific geographic areas, temporarily or permanently, shall upon arrival at the break location, request clearance to take a break from the dispatcher and furnish a telephone number and/or location at which they can be contacted. Other activities such as the ordering of meal, etc., before calling out, are prohibited.
      4. Upon completion of a meal break, officers shall call in service to the dispatcher by radio and immediately exit the premises, or press the 10-24 button on the MDC when returning to the
      5. Number of marked units and officers permitted at one location:
        • The maximum number of marked police units allowed at one location for the purpose of a meal break is two (2).
  • For line personnel the maximum number of officers allowed at one location for the purpose of taking a meal break shall be no more than four (4) officers, excluding supervisors and non-line personnel,
  • In circumstances, including, but not limited to, team meetings, special occasions, training, etc., the officers’ sergeant or above may temporarily waive this section. Permanent waivers issued from the Patrol Bureau must be in writing.
  • The limitation on the number of line officers in one location for a meal break does not apply to a police facility’s break
  1. Meal breaks are normally taken in the line officer’s assigned area. Meal breaks in an adjacent area, division, or adjacent division are permitted with permission from the officer’s
  1. Exclusions

If a bureau or division’s meal or coffee break procedure becomes unworkable, the deputy chief or civilian manager over the area in need of modification shall ensure that a workable procedure is prepared and submitted to the Assistant Chief for approval.

340.2             COURT CALLS

Officers shall advise the dispatcher that they require a court call and specify the court they shall be attending. Officers shall appear promptly and after being released, should leave the building, clearing the call. Officers shall follow standard procedure in obtaining certification of  appearance slips from the court they attend.

340.3             FLAT TIRE

The officer shall call the dispatcher and advise that they shall require a tire truck. The officer shall be required to provide the location, car make, and equipment number, and shall clear their call immediately after a flat tire is changed.

340.4             GARAGE CALL

  1. The total time an officer shall be permitted on a garage call at any equipment services facility shall be forty-five (45) minutes. When the repairs and/or maintenance require more time than allotted, it shall be the officer’s responsibility to contact a supervisor. The supervisor may approve additional time or advise the officer to obtain another unit. Once the necessary items are taken care of, the officer shall clear the call and advise the dispatcher that they shall be en route to their beats or
  2. If a unit is disabled, the officer shall contact their respective
    1. The officer shall be required to provide the equipment number, make of the vehicle, and current location. The dispatch coordinator, when notifying the Equipment Services Division, shall ascertain the estimated time of arrival (ETA) of the garage
    2. If the officer is advised by the dispatcher that the ETA exceeds one (1) hour, then it is the responsibility of the officer to contact a supervisor to ascertain whether to stand by or take immediate steps to obtain another

340.5             RADIO REPAIR

Officers shall request this type of call when in need of radio repair. They shall proceed to the radio shop for repairs, clearing the call as soon as repairs are completed.

340.6             REPORT TO HEADQUARTERS

Unless otherwise directed, officers dispatched to this type of call shall report to the appropriate division office.

340.7             UNIT SECURED

To terminate duty before the end of a normal shift requires a supervisor’s approval. The officer securing the unit shall advise the dispatcher as soon as possible after receiving the permission, and state under whose authority this request was granted. In some cases, when air traffic is  heavy, this notification may be completed by telephone.

340.8             CALL FOR CRIME SCENE SEARCH UNIT

This type of call is used when officers need to request a crime scene search unit at the scene of an offense.

341.1             CHILD ARREST PROCEDURE

A child is defined as a person ten (10) years of age or older and under seventeen (17) years of age; or seventeen (17) years of age or older and under eighteen (18) years of age who is alleged or found to have engaged in delinquent conduct or conduct indicating a need for supervision as a result of acts committed before becoming seventeen (17) years of age, as defined in Chapter 51, Title 3, Section 51.02 (2)(A)(B) of the Family Code. These children may be taken into custody. Youth Services personnel will provide guidance on handling cases requiring procedures unique to children when requested.

  1. Should the violator be under ten (10) years of age, the following shall prevail:
    1. Officers will attempt to release the violator to the parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult and must prepare an incident report. The officer will state in the first sentence of the narrative that a copy of the report be directed to the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services
    2. If a violator’s parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult are present at the scene, but the circumstances are such that the violator cannot be released to that parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult, the officer will place the violator into custody of the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services
    3. If a parent or guardian is not present at the scene and cannot be quickly located, the officer shall transport the violator to an approved juvenile processing office. The officer will remain with the violator while continuing to locate a parent/guardian. A violator under ten (10) will not be detained in a Youth Services holding cell. The violator will not remain in Police Department custody for more than six (6) hours. If a parent or guardian cannot be located, the officer will place the violator into custody of the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services Division, following the procedures outlined in General Order 04.
  2. School Offenses
    1. School offense – defined as an offense committed by a child enrolled in public school that is a Class C misdemeanor, other than a traffic offense, and is committed on property under the control and jurisdiction of a school
  1. For purposes of this section, a child is defined as being a student at least ten (10) years of age and under seventeen (17).
  2. Officers should complete a “School Information Only Report” when investigating an incident matching this criteria and list the child as a “school offender.” The child shall not be referred to as a “suspect” throughout the report but as a “school offender.” Officers should end their reports with “closed ”
  3. Officers cannot issue citations for school
  4. Officers can refer these incidents to the individual designated by the school district; however, the officer cannot give a copy of the report to the
  5. The school will be responsible for contacting Municipal Court to file complaints if so desired.
  1. Field Release Procedures
    1. Officers making custodial arrests of children for Class C misdemeanor offenses (except traffic and school offenses) shall issue a General Complaint citation to the child. When issuing a General Complaint citation, the officer will release the child to the custody of their parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult and complete all necessary incident or supplemental reports listing the child as cited. Officers should gather all necessary information regarding the child for the report to include the school they last or are currently attending and both parents information. If the child’s parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult cannot be found quickly, the officer will bring the child to an approved juvenile processing office and remain with them until the parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult can take custody of the
      1. If the circumstances are such that the child cannot be released to a parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult within six (6) hours of arrest, the arresting officer will place the child into the custody of the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services
      2. Any child taken into custody, without unnecessary delay, must be taken to a Juvenile Processing Office (JPO). A child may not be detained in any facility other than a JPO; to do so may affect the outcome of the
    2. When an officer conducting an initial investigation in the field determines there exists probable cause and the authority to arrest a child for any Class A or Class B misdemeanor, or State Jail Felony not involving violence to a person, or the use or possession of a firearm, illegal knife, or club, as those terms are defined by Section 46.01, Penal Code, or a prohibited weapon, as described by Section 46.05, Penal Code, Driving While Intoxicated, auto theft, controlled substance offenses other than marijuana, the officer shall field release the child to the custody of a parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult if the child does not have a previous arrest record. The officer must first contact the Tarrant County Juvenile Detention Center Intake line to determine if the child has an arrest record. If no record, Officers shall instruct the parent/guardian to contact Youth Services the next business day at 0900 to schedule an appointment to be interviewed. After release of the child to the custody of their parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult, the officer will complete all necessary incident or supplemental reports listing the child as arrested. Officers shall gather all necessary information regarding the child for the report to include the school they are attending or last attended, and both parents
      1. If a parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult is not present at the scene and cannot  be  quickly  located,  the  officer  shall  transport  the  juvenile  to     an

approved juvenile processing office. The officer will remain with the child while they continue to locate a parent/guardian for the child.

  1. If circumstances are such that a child who meets the requirements for field release, cannot be released to a parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible  adult within six (6) hours of arrest, or due to circumstances created by the actions of the child, the arresting officer will contact their supervisor for approval to transport to Tarrant County Juvenile Detention
  1. Arrest Procedures
    1. When an officer conducting an initial investigation in the field determines probable cause exists and the authority to arrest, the officer will take the child into custody and transport them to the Tarrant County Juvenile Detention Center or other county juvenile services detention center as necessary for the following offenses:
      1. 1st, 2nd, or 3rd degree Felony offense, or Capital Felony;
      2. State Jail Felonies and Class A or B misdemeanors involving violence to a person, or the use or possession of a firearm, illegal knife, or club, as those terms are defined by Section 46.01, Penal Code, or a prohibited weapon, as described by Section 46.05, Penal Code, DWI, auto theft, controlled substance offenses other than marijuana; or
      3. Any Class B misdemeanor or higher offense where the child has a previous arrest record with Tarrant County Juvenile
    2. Upon arrival at the Tarrant County Juvenile Detention Center’s intake desk, the arresting officer will complete the affidavit and present it to the intake person. If the intake person determines that no probable cause exists, the officer will release the child to the parent/guardian. If the parent/guardian cannot be located, the officer will transport the child to an approved juvenile processing office and remain with them. The child shall not be confined in a holding cell. The child will not remain in Police Department custody for more than six (6) hours. If a parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult cannot be located, the officer will place the child into custody of the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services Division.
    3. Upon determination of probable cause the officer will complete;
      1. The Detention Center’s intake forms,
      2. For all counties except Tarrant, the “Referral/Identification” portion of the Texas Department of Public Safety Juvenile Justice Reporting Form(CR-43J), and
      3. The Texas Department of Public Safety Supplemental Juvenile Justice Reporting Form(CR-44J) for multiple charges, if
    4. Detective Investigation Procedures
      1. When any child is taken into custody for a Class B or above offense, and has a previous arrest record, the case must be filed unless the investigation reveals a lack of probable cause, or that a mistake of fact resulted in the misidentification of the
      2. Custodial interviews of children may only be conducted in Juvenile Processing Offices, and written statements or orally-recorded statements may only be obtained after they are warned of their constitutional rights by a
      3. Investigative units filing in-custody child cases shall, within seventy-two (72) hours of the time of arrest, investigate and prepare all necessary paperwork related to the  Detectives assigned the follow-up investigations of a case involving a child taken into custody, must within seventy-two (72) hours of the arrest either:
  1. Supplement the report and forward a completed case file to Youth Services; or
  2. In cases where lack of probable cause, insufficient evidence, or a mistake of fact resulted in the misidentification of the child, supplement the report and dispose of the case by completing a FWPD Juvenile Case Cover Sheet (form FWPD 001- 35402-040) checking the box for Police Disposition-No Further Action Requested. Forward the cover sheet and complete report to Youth Services to be processed and forwarded to Tarrant County Juvenile
  3. Investigative units examining reports who develop probable cause for the arrest of children who are listed as suspects for offenses that qualify for the First Offender Program, shall dispose of the case according to Family Code Section 52.031. These guidelines consist of the following;
    • A detective conducting an investigation, shall determine if there exists probable cause and the authority to arrest a child for any Class A or Class B misdemeanor, or State Jail Felony not involving violence to a person, or the use or possession of a firearm, illegal knife, or club, as those terms are defined by Section 46.01, Penal Code, or a prohibited weapon, as described by Section 46.05, Penal Code, DWI, auto theft, controlled substance offenses other than marijuana, or has been previously
    • Investigative units determining the child suspect meets the criteria will complete an out-of-custody juvenile case packet, listing the child as arrested in their supplement. Detectives should gather all necessary information regarding the child for the report to include the school they last or are currently at- tending and both parents
    • Investigative units shall inform the child’s parent, guardian, or custodian, to contact Youth Services by 0900 the next business day and that their failure to do so will result in filing of the case with Tarrant County Juvenile
    • The investigative unit shall inform Youth Services of the referral and forward their completed packet to Youth Services to be stored until the child either completes the First Offender Program, or, fails and the case is filed out-of- custody with the appropriate County Juvenile Services
  4. For all children taken into custody for multiple Class B or above offenses, where a disposition without referral is not authorized, the detective will file all charges pending against the child unless there exists a lack of probable cause, insufficient evidence, or a mistake of fact resulted in the misidentification of the
  5. Detectives must file all cases involving complainants who are unresponsive, uncooperative, or later wish to dismiss charges. Youth Services will process and forward these cases to Tarrant County Juvenile
  6. Detectives assigned Class B and above offenses, who develop probable cause for the arrest of a child suspect, must either prepare a juvenile arrest warrant and comply with in-custody child arrest procedures, or file an out-of-custody case following the procedures outlined below:
    1. Detectives filing out-of-custody juvenile cases will investigate, prepare, and complete all necessary case file paperwork. This paperwork will include, for all counties except Tarrant, completion of the law enforcement section, “Referral/Identification,” of the Texas Department of Public Safety Juvenile Justice Reporting Form (CR-43-J), and if applicable, the Supplemental Juvenile Justice Reporting form (CR-44J) for multiple
  1. For all cases filed out-of-custody, the detective must write the words “Out-of- Custody” across the top margin of the (CR-43J), and if applicable (CR44-J), if they are necessary, and check the box next to “Out-of-Custody” on the Juvenile Case Cover sheet and supplement the
  1. Detectives receiving a report in which a child has been field released, shall follow “out of custody” case filing
  2. The original and one copy of all completed paperwork and media related to the case filing and arrest will be sent to Youth Services. Youth Services will process and retain the original, and forward the case file copy to the appropriate county juvenile
  3. Upon completion of an investigation where probable cause for the arrest of a child suspect has been developed involving Class C misdemeanor offenses, the detective will mail the child a General Complaint Citation through certified mail to the address of the child’s parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult. The detective will supplement the report listing the child as
  1. Fingerprints and Photographs of Child Suspects for Comparison Purposes
    1. When an officer conducting an investigation determines there exists probable cause and the authority to arrest a child involved in an offense, the officer may take temporary custody of a child to take the child’s fingerprints or photograph for comparison purposes if:
      1. The officer has found other fingerprints at the offense location and has probable cause to believe that the child’s fingerprints will match, or
      2. The officer may take temporary custody of a child to take the juvenile’s photograph if the officer has probable cause to believe that the child’s photograph will be of material assistance in the
    2. The fingerprints and photographs may be obtained at the Records Section if the officer is assured that no adult prisoners are in the Records Section. A law enforcement officer may obtain fingerprints or photographs from a child at a juvenile processing office or a location that affords reasonable privacy to the
    3. If the child is released from temporary custody and not arrested, the fingerprints and photographs shall be immediately destroyed if they do not lead to a positive comparison or identification, and the officer shall make a reasonable effort to notify the child’s parent, guardian, or custodian of the action

341.2             JUVENILE TRAFFIC OFFENDERS

  1. Under fourteen (14) years of age
    1. When an officer encounters a juvenile traffic offender under fourteen (14) years of age, the officer shall not issue the offender a traffic citation. The officer shall make every effort to contact a family member, such as parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult to come to the scene and take responsibility for the child and the vehicle.
      1. If the offender is age ten (10) to under fourteen (14) years and circumstances are such that the child cannot be released to a parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult, the officer will place the child into the custody of the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services following the procedures outlined in General Order 341.04, or take the child to an approved juvenile processing office. The child will not be detained for more than six (6) hours at the police
  1. If the offender is age seven (7) to nine (9) years and a responsible adult cannot be located, the officer will place the child into the custody ACH Child and Family Services (formerly All Church Home).
  2. If no contact can be made, or nobody will come to the scene to take responsibility for the vehicle in a reasonable length of time (30 minutes or less), the officer shall impound the
  1. For all incidents involving juvenile traffic offenders under fourteen (14) years of age, an incident report will be generated. A copy of the incident report will be forwarded to the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services Division for all offenders under fourteen (14) years of age, with a copy also directed to the ACH Child and Family Services (formerly All Church Home) for offenders age seven (7) to nine (9)
  1. 14 to 16 years of age
    1. Traffic offenders within this age group may be issued traffic
    2. The officer shall inform the juvenile that they must appear in the Municipal Court on or before the date indicated accompanied by a parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible
  2. Juvenile Traffic Warrants
    1. Juveniles shall not be taken into custody when a warrant has been issued for a traffic violation.
    2. The officer should advise the juvenile and their parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult that a traffic warrant does
      1. The juvenile must appear before the Municipal Court accompanied by the parent, guardian, custodian, or other responsible adult for the warrant to be addressed by the
    3. If the violator is seventeen (17) years of age or above and the warrant was issued while the offender was a juvenile, they shall be taken into custody and normal warrant arrest procedures shall be

341.3             WANTED JUVENILES TAKEN INTO POLICE CUSTODY

  1. Officers having occasion to check identification on juveniles in the field should contact the Police Information
  2. Juveniles taken into custody for a Texas Juvenile Justice Department directive to apprehend should be handled in the following manner:
    1. The juvenile suspect shall be transported to the Tarrant County Juvenile Services Detention Center and released to the custody of the employees of that
    2. If the juvenile suspect is apprehended on a Texas Juvenile Justice Department directive to apprehend, the officer shall make an incident report of the arrest, being sure to include the directive number furnished on the arrested
  3. Juveniles taken into custody for a Class B or above warrant shall be transported to the Tarrant County Juvenile Detention
    1. The officer will complete all necessary intake
    2. If the juvenile suspect is apprehended on a departmental juvenile wanted or probable cause warrant, the officer shall make a supplement to the original offense explaining the details of the
    3. All juvenile arrests on probable cause warrants must result in the cancellation of the warrant in the same manner as probable cause warrants on adults. The arresting  officer

shall sign the original warrant filed in the Identification Unit indicating the warrant has been executed, and Identification Unit personnel shall deliver the warrant to the Youth Services.

  1. All juveniles taken into custody for Class B and above out-of-town warrants will be transported to the Tarrant County Juvenile Detention Center and
    1. The arresting officer will complete all necessary arrest forms. The arresting officer will also complete the offense or supplemental reports, stating in the first sentence of the narrative that the juvenile is under arrest for an out-of-town warrant with a copy of the report directed to the originating
  2. A person who is seventeen (17) years of age and under eighteen ( 18) that is arrested for a warrant issued for their arrest as a result of acts committed before reaching seventeen (17) years of age shall be transported to Tarrant County Juvenile Detention

341.4             NEGLECTED, ABANDONED, OR ABUSED CHILDREN

  1. In general, any child under eighteen (18) years of age who is abused, neglected, abandoned, runaway, or in need of supervision is the responsibility of the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services
  2. Runaways from ten (10) to sixteen (16) years of age should be transported to Tarrant County Juvenile Detention Center at night or on
  3. Children who have been located off-campus during school hours may be out of school with an excused absence. Officers encountering a student who is off campus should contact the SSI dispatcher or the SSI officer assigned to the school on the School Security Initiative (SSI) radio channel to determine if the child is out of school without an approved absence. If it is determined to be an unexcused absence, the student shall be transported back to the school by the officer who has lawfully detained the student. The student shall be released at the school to administrative personnel or to the SSI officer. The school district is responsible for providing attendance records to the truancy court; therefore, no incident report shall be made unless an offense has
  4. The child protective services central intake office receives initial referrals and responds to night and weekend emergencies involving abused, neglected, or abandoned children. A staff worker is available for responding to emergencies or for information 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Neglected or abandoned children should be referred to ACH Child and Family Services (formerly All Church Home).
  5. In the event conditions of neglect, abandonment, or abuse of children are brought to the attention of this department, the procedure for handling these cases shall be as follows:
    1. The officer at the scene of reported neglect or abuse cases or where children are apparently abandoned shall notify their immediate
    2. The supervisor shall determine if the Child Protective Services or the ACH Child and Family Services (formerly All Church Home) is to be contacted, and if so, shall inform them of the existing situation. The supervisor and Child Protective Services shall determine whether the child is to be picked up at the scene by a staff worker taken to the nearest division to be picked up later, or transported to a place designated by Child Protective Services. The supervisor shall determine if photographs are to be taken and shall cause Crime Scene Search officers to be notified of the location where the photographs can be
    3. If the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services or ACH Child  and  Family  Services  (formerly  All  Church  Home)  have  no  personnel

available to come to the scene, the supervisor on the scene shall be responsible for providing transportation of the children to the location designated by authorities at the Child Protective Services or the ACH Child and Family Services.

  1. The officer on the scene shall provide a report to the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services and the supervisor on duty with all pertinent information including child’s name, race, date of birth, parent’s name and addresses, relatives’ names and addresses, interested neighbors, witnesses, and the action taken regarding each child. The location of where each child was taken shall not be
  2. All inquiries regarding neglected, abandoned, or abused children placed in temporary care shall be referred to the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services, Child Protective Services and under no circumstances shall any unauthorized person be given the address of any location where the child was placed. This includes parents, relatives, friends, or others not directly involved in the investigation of these

342.01   POLICE RESPONSIBILITY

  1. The relationship between doctor and client is confidential and therefore, access to a patient’s medical records shall be limited only to that information necessary to complete basic police functions.
  2. Officers should be mindful that it is only the responsibility of medical personnel to provide police officers only those records necessary for the completion of police
  3. Medical personnel cannot, at the expense of jeopardizing the patient’s physical and mental well being, permit any form of interviewing without the attending physician’s concurrence. No interview shall take place until permission is granted
  4. Persons in police custody brought to the emergency room for examination and treatment shall not be left unattended by police officers during the course of their stay. It is necessary that a police guard be present at all times to assure the safety of not only the person in custody, but other patients, visitors, and employees as
  5. When relieving an officer on guard detail, the relieving officer shall be advised of the charges and other pertinent information regarding the patient by the officer being
  6. Persons in police custody shall not be allowed visitors without the approval of the investigative supervisor with jurisdiction over the
  7. When notified of a person’s pending release from a hospital or other agency, the officer shall contact the jail supervisor for guidance on the disposition of the

343.01   ASSISTANCE TO OUTSIDE DEPARTMENTS OR AGENCIES

  1. Police officers may respond to calls for assistance from any City of Fort Worth department or from a private or outside
  2. Officers on the scene of these calls shall restrict their activities to rendering assistance
  3. Police personnel may assist by obtaining identifications and verifying ownership or other necessary procedural
  1. In all instances where a police officer is called to assist officials of another city department or representatives of a private business concern, it shall be the officer’s responsibility to prevent a disturbance or physical harm to any person or persons
  2. Officers shall assist only in those cases where their involvement would not constitute a violation of the law or department General

344.1             OFFENSE/ INFORMATION REPORT PROCEDURES

Officers are required to document all calls for service, as well as administrative markouts. Officers shall document calls by providing the relevant information regarding their handling of a call in the details/information section, along with call disposition.

  1. Offense Reports

Offense reports are required anytime an officer has received information that a violation of a criminal offense has occurred. Primarily offense reports are submitted electronically using the current Records Management software (Tiburon). The submission of an offense report is made from either a patrol vehicle’s MDC or a desktop computer.

  1. Detailed instructions for completing offense reports and other issues involved with entering reports into the RMS or Tiburon software are found on the police portal under Training
  2. Officers shall utilize the report verification tool to validate and proof the report Reports that need to be changed can be “reopened” by the officer or “unapproved” by the supervisor for
  3. Supervisors shall review all reports within seventy-two (72) hours of submission. Supervisors should also check that officers are correcting unapproved reports in  a timely
  1. Information Reports
    1. Information reports are used as a basis for a potential future offense report and to provide investigative information. Information reports are submitted in the same manner as
    2. Although an offense report is not necessary for Class C warrant arrests, the officer may initiate an information report detailing any pertinent
  2. Fast Track
    1. Offense/Information reports shall be fast tracked for the following situations:
      1. An arrest, other than Class C warrant, has been
      2. Stolen and/or recovered vehicles
      3. Missing persons, including
    2. Supervisors shall review all fast track reports before the end of their tour of duty. Fast track reports holding in queue shall be reviewed by the on-duty
  3. All offense/incident reports must be submitted as soon as reasonably possible and, in all instances, before the end of the officer’s tour of
    1. All other required paperwork including, but not limited to, accident reports, citations, etc., must be completed or submitted electronically before the end of the officer’s tour of duty. No calls will be cleared from any location other than an on-duty
  1. The primary officer assigned the call will be responsible for ensuring that all required reports related to the call are
  1. The primary officer assigned the call shall be in charge of the scene until relieved of the responsibility by a ranking officer or an officer of an investigative
  2. The ARS software automatically generates crime coding criteria when the officer enters the offense; therefore, officers shall enter all information completely and accurately to ensure proper

344.2             SUPPLEMENT REPORTS

  1. Supplement reports are used to correct existing offense reports, to add additional information, to change the status or classification of a report, or to include comments regarding the investigation of an
  2. If supplementing a previously entered report, enter the report number and type “N” in the supplement number

344.3             IDENTIFYING PERSONS BY RACE/ETHNICITY

In order to maintain consistency in recording the race and ethnic identity of individuals in police reports/records and in compliance with FBI/NIBRS regulations, all department employees shall use the designations for race and ethnicity under the applicable tabs in the RMS software.

344.4             FIELD INTERVIEW SYSTEM

  1. The Field Interview System in the ARS shall be used to record information on all suspicious persons or in instances where the officer believes information should be centrally retained for future
  2. Field Interview (FI) reports shall be approved by the designated crime analyst for the section in which the officer entering the FI is

344.5             CONTAMINATED REPORTS/DOCUMENTS

Reports/Documents which are possibly contaminated due to exposure to infectious diseases shall be copied on a clean form before submission. The contaminated copy shall be disposed of in a safe manner. This is not to be confused with documentary evidence which, if contaminated, will be submitted in a sealed bag and marked as a bio-hazard.

346.1             VIN VERIFICATIONS

  1. When requests are received by persons desiring to register their vehicle in Texas, and the vehicle was last registered or titled out of state, that person shall be advised to take the vehicle to the nearest state inspection
  2. Before the vehicle can be registered in Texas, it must first pass the Texas safety inspection. The person performing the inspection shall verify the VIN number at the time the safety inspection is
  1. Officers shall refrain from advising citizens to go to the Police Auto Pound to have the VIN verified.

346.2             SALVAGE VEHICLE INSPECTIONS

  1. All restored salvage vehicles must be inspected by a law enforcement officer prior to obtaining a motor vehicle title. The proper form must be filled out and certified correct by the officer performing the
  2. All inspections for such vehicles by this department shall be made by the Commercial Auto Theft Unit. Inspections of these vehicles, except travel trailers and mobile homes, shall be made during the hours set by the Commercial Auto Theft Unit or by appointment only.
  3. Travel trailer and mobile home inspections shall be held at a place which the circumstances dictate. The location of such inspections shall be at the discretion of the Commercial auto theft detective, subject to supervisory
  4. All personnel who receive requests for inspection of restored vehicles shall refer the requesting party to the Commercial Auto Theft

347.01    NUISANCE ABATEMENT

  1. The Texas Nuisance Abatement Statutes, found in Chapter 125 of the Texas Civil Practice & Remedies Code and Section 101.70 of the Texas Alcoholic Beverage Code (TABC), permit law enforcement agencies to close any piece of property involved in illegal activities, such as violations of the Texas Penal Code, the Texas Alcoholic Beverage Code (TABC), and the Texas Controlled Substances Act. Nuisance abatement is a civil action  initiated  by the Office of the Attorney General and the Fort Worth Police Department against a real property location, and the owner of the real property. Action which may be taken against the property owner depending on the nature of the nuisance abatement are:
    1. Property closure for a period of six (6) months to one (1) year, once the property has been determined to be a nuisance and after a successful suit, unless a surety bond is posted by the property
    2. If a surety bond is posted and the illegal activity continues in violation of the court order and in violation of the bond, the bond may be forfeited and the property may be mandatorily closed for a period of one (1)
  2. Officers determining that a particular property may constitute a common nuisance based on statutes will include any of the following documentation to assist in developing a case:
    1. A written, sworn deposition from the officer denoting the types of activity observed, whether the officer has reason to believe the illegal activity will continue if abatement action is not taken, and the specific basis for this
    2. Offense/incident reports pertaining to the property in
    3. General complaint citations pertaining to the property in
  3. It shall be the responsibility of the investigating officer(s) to compile the information and statistical data on the particular property and present the file through their chain for submission to the Attorney General’s office. The assigned officer shall be responsible for updating information to the Attorney General’s office through reports from the involved division.

351.1             BICYCLE PATROL UNIT

  1. The primary functions of Bicycle Patrol are to deter street crime and increase the public perception of safety for citizens in certain target areas through response to violations of the penal statutes, public relations, and crime prevention
  2. Bicycle Patrol Unit(s) shall develop and maintain a SOP relating to operation of the Bicycle Patrol and the response to citizen and community needs within their geographic assigned area.
  3. Law Enforcement Bicycle Association (L.E.B.A.) certification and all subsequent training shall be coordinated through the administrative supervisor of the Central Bicycle Patrol Unit and the assigned training coordinator of Bicycle Patrol. The Central Division Bicycle Patrol Unit shall maintain a sufficient number of L.E.B.A. certified instructors to allow for periodic certification and refresher classes for qualified
  4. For the safety of the officers, all officers assigned part-time or full-time to patrol on a bicycle shall be certified by the L.E.B.A. prior to assignment to bicycle patrol. In the event an officer who is not L.E.B.A. certified and is assigned to bicycle patrol, the officer must ride with a L.E.B.A. certified officer until attaining the
  5. Officers assigned to bicycle patrol duties in any division shall wear the prescribed uniform and maintain the bicycle specifications as stated in the General Orders and the Central Division’s Bike Patrol Unit Standard Operating

351.2             MOUNTED PATROL UNIT

  1. The Mounted Patrol Unit is responsible for improving the department’s image through the application of crime prevention measures and by establishing credibility and support for the department through positive contact with citizens of the community and visitors to the city. The Mounted Patrol Unit is also responsible for deterring street crime and increasing the public perception of safety for
  2. Mounted Patrol officers shall handle all on-view offenses, arrests, and minor accidents unless circumstances make it impossible for them to do
  3. Due to the Mounted Patrol Unit’s limited mobility, the patrol officer shall maintain original priority on calls for service within the area patrolled. Any call requiring the officer to change location to complete the investigation shall be dispatched to the appropriate division officer, whenever
  4. The Mounted Patrol Unit shall maintain a high level of training in crowd control and crowd movement

352.1             GENERAL GUIDELINES

  • COMMUNICATIONS
  • HIJACKING ABOARD AIRCRAFT

 

 

 

  • WEAPONS VIOLATIONS – NOT ABOARD AIRCRAFT
  • HIJACKING AND BOMB THREATS
  • AIRCRAFT CRASHES
  • ROUTINE PATROL CHECKS OF MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL

 

 

 

354.1             PURPOSE

To establish guidelines for police response to emergency situations involving disasters and civil disorders. These procedures were developed to coordinate the use of equipment and personnel resources to maintain or restore order, provide for the safety of the citizens and public service personnel, and for the protection of property. These procedures for emergency response are in accordance with the National Incident Management System (NIMS) standards and expectations outlined by the US Department of Homeland Security.

354.2             DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

  • TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
  1. It is the responsibility of the Fort Worth Police Department NIMS Coordinator to ensure that there are an adequate number of classes provided to ensure this requirement is
    1. Officers in the rank of Sergeant and above are deemed likely to perform in a Command or General Staff position during a Type 3 incident requiring ICS-300 to be
    2. Officers in the rank of Lieutenant and above are deemed likely to perform in a Command or General Staff position or in a Multi-agency Coordination System during a Type 3 incident requiring ICS-300 and ICS-400 to be
  2. All responders, regardless of rank, shall complete FEMA required online courses for each level of responsibility. Training requirements may vary based on NIMS Compliance Standards.
  3. Incident Command Courses will be coordinated through the Fort Worth Police Department NIMS

354.4             RESPONSE LEVELS – DEFINED BY NIMS TRAINING PROGRAM

  • INCIDENT ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY

 

 

  • ACTIONS SURROUNDING INCIDENT
  • JOINT EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (JEOC)

 

 

  • SUPPORT FROM OUTSIDE AGENCIES

 

 

  • GREATER DALLAS/FORT WORTH REGIONAL LAW ENFORCEMENT INTERLOCAL ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT

Fort Worth has joined other cities and counties within the North Texas area in the Greater Dallas/Fort Worth Regional Law Enforcement Interlocal Assistance Agreement. This agreement allows those signatories to the agreement to call upon one another for support during times of natural or other disaster, or riot when the situation is such that it cannot be contained by the law enforcement agency in whose jurisdiction the problem exists.

  1. If a crisis does exist in another jurisdiction, and the law enforcement agency in that jurisdiction wishes to invoke the provisions of the assistance agreement, the agency involved may contact the dispatch supervisor with the details of the request. The Communications Commander will be responsible for notifying the Chief of Police, and a decision shall be made as to the level of response by the
  2. If a need arises within Fort Worth requiring the assistance of another jurisdiction’s law enforcement personnel and/or equipment, the decision to invoke the provisions of the Greater Dallas/Fort Worth Regional Law Enforcement Interlocal  Assistance  Agreement shall be made by the Chief of Police. After the Chief of Police or designee receives a commitment from another jurisdiction, instructions shall be passed on to the Police Communications Division supervisor for
  3. If assistance through the interlocal agreement is needed for a situation of a non-emergency nature including, but not limited to, a request for crime scene personnel and equipment, the request shall be forwarded to the unit that would provide the personnel and/or equipment requested. The unit supervisor shall advise the Chief of Police of the nature of the request and the unit’s capability to respond. The Chief of Police shall make the decision regarding the degree of response the department shall be able to

356.1              DEFINITIONS

  1. Critical Police Incidents Criteria
    1. Any discharge of a firearm resulting in any injury or death to an individual, including apparent accidental discharges, involving a Fort Worth Police Department employee, a Fort Worth Fire Department Arson Investigator, a City of Fort Worth Marshal, or a law enforcement officer whose ordinary jurisdiction does not include the City of Fort Worth while in the course and scope of duty as a law enforcement officer within the Fort Worth city
    2. Any event in which a Fort Worth Police Department employee, a Fort Worth Fire Department Arson Investigator, a City of Fort Worth Marshal or a law enforcement officer whose ordinary jurisdiction does not include the City of Fort Worth intentionally discharges a firearm at an individual or exchanges gunfire with an individual while in the course and scope of their duty as a law enforcement officer within the Fort Worth city
    3. Any event in which a Fort Worth Police Department employee, a Fort Worth Fire Department Arson Investigator, a City of Fort Worth Marshal or a law enforcement

officer whose ordinary jurisdiction does not include the City of Fort Worth is struck by gunfire or is seriously injured, excluding vehicle accidents, while in the course and scope of duty as a law enforcement officer within the Fort Worth city limits,

  1. The death or serious bodily injury of an individual in the custody of a Fort Worth Police Department employee, a Fort Worth Fire Department Arson Investigator, a City of Fort Worth Marshal, or a law enforcement officer whose ordinary jurisdiction does not include the City of Fort Worth, while in the course and scope of duty as a law enforcement officer within the City of Fort
  1. Serious bodily injury – is an injury that requires admission to a hospital, or a permanent disability or impairment allegedly resulting from a law enforcement related
  2. Course and scope of duty – actions in furtherance of the interests of the City of Fort Worth; enforcing the ordinances of Fort Worth, the laws of the State of Texas, or federal statutes, regardless of the duty status of the involved
  3. Use of Force incidents – incidents that do not rise to the level of the defined criteria of a critical police incident. A Use of Force incident will be reported as use of force or a weapons discharge and will be investigated and reviewed by the involved officer’s chain of command. Use of Force and weapons discharge investigation reports shall be completed no later than ten (10) administrative workdays following the date of the
  4. Exceptions
    1. The Texas Department of Public Safety and Texas Rangers will take the lead investigative role for shooting and/or serious injury incidents involving their sworn employees when the incident occurs anywhere within the Fort Worth city
    2. Injuries to an individual that do not meet the definition of serious bodily injury as defined in B above, as well as animal shootings, and accidental weapon discharges where no injury occurs are some examples of incidents that would not be investigated as a critical police

356.2              INVESTIGATION TEAM

  1. The Major Case Unit is responsible for the criminal investigation of all critical police incidents occurring within the City of Fort
    1. The Critical Police Incident Investigation Team shall consist of members of the Violent Personal Crimes Section’s Major Case Unit and a Sergeant as the supervisor. The Violent Personal Crimes Section lieutenant shall be the officer in charge of the Major Case
    2. The appropriate response of Major Case Unit personnel to a critical police incident shall be determined by the Violent Personal Crimes Section lieutenant, or
    3. Major Case personnel assigned to investigate a critical police incident shall explore and record the facts and evidence surrounding the incident in a manner that results in a complete and factual presentation of all relevant circumstances. The investigative procedures must entail proper fact-finding and appropriate presentation of a thorough and complete report including the entire pattern of conduct of the involved
  2. Internal Affairs is responsible for the administrative investigation of all critical police incidents.
    1. Upon completion of the investigation, Internal Affairs will submit the administrative case for chain of command
    2. Criminal investigations related to a critical police incident occurring outside the City of Fort Worth will be conducted by the law enforcement agency with jurisdiction in the

location of occurrence. Internal Affairs will be responsible for the administrative investigation and will submit the administrative case for chain of command review.

356.3             INVOLVED EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

  1. On-duty employees of the department who become involved in or aware of a critical police incident shall immediately notify the Police Communications Division dispatcher and their immediate
  2. Off-duty employees of the department who become involved in or become aware of a critical police incident shall immediately notify the Police Communications Division supervisor.
  3. Employees involved in a critical police incident within the jurisdiction of this department shall not discuss the incident in detail with any persons other than the initial responding supervisor or investigating
  4. Employees involved in a critical police incident outside the jurisdiction of the department shall, to the extent legally required, cooperate with the investigating agency and request that the Fort Worth Police Department Internal Affairs be

356.4             POLICE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES

  1. When notified of a critical police incident, the dispatcher shall:
    1. Ensure an appropriate field response, including a field supervisor, is initiated when the incident occurs within the jurisdiction of the
    2. Immediately notify the Communications Division
  2. The Police Communications Division supervisor shall:
    1. Ensure that an appropriate field response has been
    2. Notify the Major Case
    3. Ensure notification is made to the Chief of Police and the Duty Deputy
    4. Ensure notification is made to the Public Relations
    5. Ensure the division captain of the involved employee is

356.5             FIELD UNIT RESPONSIBILITY

  1. Initial responding units shall:
    1. Take necessary and proper law enforcement action to ensure the scene is stabilized and all potential threats to officer safety are
    2. Provide first aid to all parties when reasonable and request appropriate medical assistance.
    3. Ensure the crime scene is properly identified and protected. If needed, request additional personnel. The crime scene perimeter should be of sufficient size to provide safety, security, and
    4. Identify, protect, and secure all evidence at the scene. Do not move anything unless absolutely
    5. If inside the inner perimeter of the identified crime scene, exit as soon as
    6. If in charge of the Crime Scene Log, or if guarding the inner perimeter, make certain that anyone attempting to enter the inner crime scene perimeter has a legitimate investigative purpose for doing
    7. Canvass the area for witnesses. Obtain positive identification of all individuals in the immediate area that may have been involved or witnessed the incident. Ensure witnesses are cared for and kept
  1. The initial responding first-line supervisor shall:
    1. Assume field command of the situation, ensuring all activities are carried out in accordance with department procedures. Determine the category within which the incident falls, ensure appropriate notifications are made, and remain in command unless properly relieved by a higher ranking
    2. Care for the needs of the involved employees and ensure employees remain at the scene unless conditions dictate
    3. Ensure the crime scene is properly secured and protected with tightly controlled access until the arrival of investigative
    4. Ensure that a crime scene log has been created. Only persons entering the actual crime scene should be documented on the crime scene log. Personnel who arrive on the scene but do not enter the actual crime scene should not be recorded on the crime scene
    5. Establish a preliminary command post outside the perimeter of the
    6. If necessary, establish a specific area for the media to meet with a designated spokesperson. Ensure the media is kept outside of the perimeter and away from the preliminary command post and involved employees. Any statement to the media should be coordinated with the lead investigator and the Public Relations
    7. Gather sufficient information to provide an overview to the investigative personnel, keeping in mind that in-depth interviews of involved and/or witness employees in a critical police incident shall be conducted only by the Critical Police Incident Investigative Team and/or Internal Affairs
    8. Require employees present at the scene and not involved as participants or witnesses and not necessary to the successful operation at the scene to be immediately returned to their regular
    9. Coordinate with the assigned investigative personnel providing whatever assistance is essential to the successful operation of the

356.6             INVESTIGATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES

The assigned or appropriate investigative personnel for a critical police incident shall be as indicated in General Order 356.02.

  1. The assigned investigative personnel shall be responsible for initiating or ensuring the completion of the preliminary offense/incident report related to a critical police incident, the investigation of the incident, and for the completion of all related reports, including the Critical Police Incident
  2. All involved employees, witness employees, and civilian witnesses shall be interviewed in a manner consistent with proper and accepted methods of
  3. The officer in charge of the Critical Police Incident Investigation Team may authorize other members of the department to assist with interviewing and documenting witnesses. Comprehensive interviews concerning a critical police incident with involved and/or witness employees shall be conducted only by members of the Critical Police Incident Investigation Team and Internal Affairs
  4. Critical Police Incident Reports shall be completed no later than sixty (60) business days following the day of the incident. The officer in charge of the Critical Police Incident Investigation Team shall submit the final report to the Internal Affairs Commander upon completion.
  5. The Critical Police Incident Investigation Team shall be responsible for conducting criminal investigations within the jurisdiction of the department, and for preparing and presenting the

case for prosecution against any person, when appropriate, involving critical police incidents.

  1. The officer in charge of the Critical Police Incident Investigation Team shall inform the Chief of Police when it appears necessary to pursue criminal charges against any employee of the department due to their involvement in a critical police

356.7             DIVISION CAPTAIN’S RESPONSIBILITIES

The support and welfare of an employee involved in a critical police incident is of primary concern to the department; therefore, the division captain of an employee involved in a critical police incident should refer to General Order 421.00, Traumatic Incidents, for directions on assisting employees involved in incidents of this nature.

356.8            GRAND JURY REVIEW

  1. All incidents resulting in the death of a person which involves a police officer acting in an official capacity shall be submitted to the Grand Jury for review with the exception of those deaths ruled as suicide or natural causes by the County Medical Examiner or appropriate investigating body. In the event of a death ruled as a suicide or natural causes, the decision to submit the investigation to the Grand Jury shall be made by the District Attorney’s Office in the county of
  2. A critical police incident resulting in serious bodily injury but not death to a person, which involves a police officer acting in an official capacity, may be submitted to the Grand Jury for review upon recommendation by a Deputy Chief or Assistant Chief and concurrence by the Chief of
  3. The department shall furnish to the appropriate District Attorney’s Office, upon their request, all criminal investigative material associated with any incident which resulted in injury to a person involving a police officer acting in an official
  4. When applicable, the Critical Police Incident Investigation Team will be responsible for providing critical police incident criminal investigative materials to the District Attorney’s Office for purposes of Grand Jury review and seeking criminal prosecutions, to include prosecutions against department

356.9             CRITICAL POLICE INCIDENT TACTICS REVIEW BOARD

The Fort Worth Police Department, through the process of a review board, will evaluate tactics utilized on all critical police incidents. The focus of the review will be to enhance  professionalism and officer safety by evaluating the tactics employed in each incident, ensuring that departmental procedures, training, equipment, and tactics are appropriate and up-to-date. This board shall not be disciplinary, nor will any disciplinary recommendations be sought or considered from the review board. The Critical Police Incident Tactics Review Board will not review any active critical police incident.

  1. The composition of the board will be flexible to ensure a broad and insightful review is conducted. The members will meet quarterly unless the situation warrants differently. The members of the board shall be:
    1. Investigative and Support Command Deputy Chief:
    2. Training Captain
    3. Major Case Supervisor
    4. Applicable Training Division Representatives (selected by the Training Captain).
    5. Internal Affairs Supervisor
  1. The Critical Police Incident Tactics Review Board shall, by majority consensus, conclude whether action is necessary to prevent a similar incident. The chairperson of the board shall direct the preparation of the conclusion and recommendations of the board. A formal proposal will be developed through the chairperson and the Training Division representative denoting the recommended action, such as isolated training for the involved officer, in- service training, a Training Bulletin, Roll Call instruction, improved or new equipment, a directive, a special order, or a change to the General Orders
  2. The conclusions, recommendations, and the formal proposal shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police for consideration and
  3. Once the proposal is approved by the Chief of Police, the recommended action shall be carried out in a timely manner. The Training Division Commander will be responsible for documenting information under this review board process, to include ensuring appropriate action is taken on approved

GENERAL ORDER SECTION: 400.00                                                             PERSONNEL

401.00    EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES

  • CIVILIAN VACANCIES
  • IN-HOUSE VACANCY SELECTION OF SWORN PERSONNEL
  • TERMINATION PROCEDURE FOR POLICE EMPLOYEES
  • REEMPLOYMENT OF POLICE PERSONNEL
  • PREVIOUSLY TERMINATED POLICE APPLICANTS
  • PRE-TERMINATION MEETINGS – CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES

402.00    EMPLOYEE COUNSELING PROCEDURE

  • COMMENDATIONS
  • STRUCTURED COUNSELING SESSIONS
  • COMMANDER’S ADMONISHMENT
  • ORAL REPRIMANDS

403.00    EFFICIENCY GRADING

403.01    GRADING PROCEDURES

404.00    GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR SWORN PERSONNEL

  • SCOPE OF GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
  • TIME LIMITATIONS
  • GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE STEPS
  • SELECTION OF THE GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE
  • EMERGENCY GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

405.00    RESERVED

406.00  SUPPLEMENTAL SALARY COMPENSATION

  • DEFINITIONS
  • OVERTIME COMPENSATION
  • COMPENSATORY TIME
  • COURT APPEARANCE AND HEARINGS
  • STANDBY COURT NOTIFICATION AND COMPENSATION
  • COURT APPEARANCE OVERTIME REPORT
  • HIGHER CAPACITY PAY
  • CALL-BACK PAY
  • BILINGUAL SKILLS
  • ATTENDANCE AT OUT-OF-TOWN FUNERALS
  • HONOR GUARD
  • FIELD TRAINING OFFICER ASSIGNMENT PAY

407.00    OFF-DUTY POLICE EMPLOYMENT

  • OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT
  • POLICE RESERVES

408.00    RESERVED

409.00    RESERVED

410.00    DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES

  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: SCOPE
  • DISCIPLINARY ACTION: CIVIL SERVICE EMPLOYEES
  • DISCIPLINARY ACTION: NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL
  • EMERGENCY DISCIPLINARY ACTION: NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL
  • APPEALS AND GRIEVANCES: NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL
  • PERSONNEL COMPLAINT
  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: SENSITIVE INVESTIGATION
  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES
  • DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES:    INTERNAL    AFFAIRS    DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
  • ARRESTED DEPARTMENTAL EMPLOYEE
  • DISPOSITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATIONS

411.00    RESERVED

412.00    RESERVED

413.00    PEER SUPPORT TEAM

  • PEER SUPPORT TEAM
  • RECALL FOR PEER SUPPORT GROUP COUNSELORS
  • REASSIGNMENT OF PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN A MAJOR INCIDENT

414.00    SERVICES OF POLICE CHAPLAIN

414.01    SERVICES OF POLICE CHAPLAIN

415.00    RESERVED

416.00    USE OF TRAINING CENTER FACILITIES

416.01    USE OF TRAINING CENTER FACILITIES

417.00    RESERVED

418.00    SENIORITY PROCEDURES

418.01    SENIORITY PROCEDURES

419.00    POLICE OFFICERS’ BILL OF RIGHTS

419.01    POLICE OFFICERS’ BILL OF RIGHTS

420.00    VACATION, COMPENSATORY, AND HOLIDAY LEAVE

  • VACATION LEAVE
  • COMPENSATORY AND HOLIDAY LEAVE

421.00    TRAUMATIC INCIDENTS

  1. O1 TRAUMATIC INCIDENTS
  • DEFINITIONS
  • TRAUMATIC INCIDENT LEAVE
  • SUPERVISORY ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
  • THE ROLE OF THE TRAUMATIC INCIDENT COORDINATOR
  • RETURN TO REGULAR DUTIES
  • CONFIDENTIALITY

422.00    CALL-OFF PROCEDURES

422.01    CALL-OFF PROCEDURES

423.00    MILITARY LEAVE/LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY

423.01    MILITARY LEAVE/LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY

424.00    SICK, FAMILY ILLNESS OR OCCUPATIONAL INJURY LEAVE

424.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
424.02 ACCUMULATION   AND    PAYMENT    OF SICK LEAVE: SWORN
EMPLOYEES
424.03 USE OF SICK LEAVE
424.04 REQUESTING SICK LEAVE

 

 

  • NON-OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS/INJURY
  • OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS OR INJURY
  • FIRST REPORT OF INJURY FORM (E-1) AND FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT SUPERVISOR’S ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
  • EMPLOYER’S SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT OF INJURY FORM (E-2)
  • LEAVE FOR FAMILY ILLNESS
  • FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT
  • TEMPORARY LIMITED DUTY
  • EXTENDED LIMITED DUTY
  • OCCUPATIONAL LEAVE

425.00    MATERNITY

  • ASSIGNMENT OF PREGNANT EMPLOYEES
  • MATERNITY LEAVE OF ABSENCE

426.00    OFF-DUTY BENEFITS FOR SWORN PERSONNEL

  • PURPOSE
  • BENEFIT COVERAGE

427.00 CIVIL SERVICE NOTICES OF PROMOTIONAL EXAMINATIONS

427.01    POSTING OF EXAMINATION NOTICES

428.00    PERSONNEL ORDERS – SWORN EMPLOYEES

428.01    PERSONNEL ORDERS – SWORN EMPLOYEES

429.00    PERSONNEL STRUCTURE

  • PERSONNEL DEFINITIONS
  • POSITION DESCRIPTIONS

430.00    SPECIAL TRAINING PROGRAMS

430.01    DETECTIVE TRAINING PROGRAM

431.00    COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

  • GENERAL INFORMATION
  • EDUCATION
  • CONTROL METHODS FOR COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
  • GENERAL PREVENTIVE MEASURES
  • EXPOSURE INCIDENT PROCEDURES
  • COMMUNICABLE DISEASE STATUTES

401.1             CIVILIAN VACANCIES

  1. Divisions having civilian vacancies shall notify the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division in
  2. The Fiscal & Equipment Management Division shall notify the Fort Worth Department of Human Resources of the vacancy and advise them who is to conduct the interviews. The eligibility list shall be returned to the Fiscal & Equipment Management
  3. The supervisor having the vacancy shall schedule interviews with the applicants and notify the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division and the Police Department Employment Specialist of the date, time, and place of the interviews. If any person currently assigned to the unit/division applies for an in-house vacancy position, the supervisor shall ensure that the interview panel is neutral and composed of persons other than supervisors and co- workers of the
  4. The Fiscal & Equipment Management Division, assisted by the affected divisional supervisor, shall formulate all interview questions and obtain approval of the questions by the Fort Worth Department of Human Resources prior to any
  5. Interviewers shall document the responses received from the
  6. During the interview, all applicants will be treated equally and will be asked the same questions. However, the interviewer may ask different questions as a follow-up question to an answer or pertaining specifically to the applicant. The interviewer will not ask any inappropriate questions such as those relating to age, marital status, personal finances, etc., or make any references to race, gender, ethnicity, religion,
  7. If all the applicants for a vacancy are city employees, the rating criteria should include factors such as tenure, time and attendance, performance evaluations, and disciplinary history. If the referral list includes external applicants, the selection process should be limited to an
  8. Final selection shall be made by the interviewing police supervisors with the Police Department Employment Specialist acting in an advisory capacity to ensure EEO compliance. The selection/rejection form shall be completed by the Fiscal & Equipment Management
  9. The number of personnel selected must correspond with the number of
  10. Supervisors in the review process for selection/rejection will carefully examine all panel member’s interview sheets to ensure that the scoring was appropriate and free from bias. The supervisor shall then return all material received to the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division, who shall forward the appropriate items to city personnel, following review by the Police Department Employment
  11. Upon approval of selection/rejection reasons, the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division shall schedule a new hire physical examination at the designated health clinic and a polygraph examination, if necessary. Upon a conditional offer of employment, the selected applicant must receive a satisfactory background and performance review from their current or last employment. The Fiscal & Equipment Management Division shall notify the selected applicant in writing and provide them with instructions for the physical examination and for processing their

401.2             IN-HOUSE VACANCY SELECTION OF SWORN PERSONNEL

This General Order sets the guidelines for the process by which assignment vacancies for patrol and specialized units should generally be filled. The allocation of personnel to a specific assignment is made with the aim of establishing optimum effectiveness within the department while considering the needs, abilities and preferences of the individual employees. Although not mutually exclusive, at times both objectives may not be simultaneously achievable.

  1. For purposes of this order, the objective in the selection process shall be:
    1. Openness, fairness, and
    2. Impartial assignment opportunities for officers of all
  2. Definitions
    1. Patrol Services – vacancies in patrol services shall be sworn positions responding to and answering calls for service generated by citizens or a supervisor. This designation will include patrol officers, patrol corporals, patrol sergeants, traffic control technicians, and traffic control technician
      1. Although assigned to the Patrol Bureau, a vacancy for a position in a Neighborhood Police Officer (NPO) Unit or a Bike Unit will follow the procedures under the process for specialized
    2. Specialized Services – include all assignments, except those specified as patrol services, and require sworn personnel who must possess and/or obtain certain skills and abilities in order to accomplish the mission of the division or
    3. Standardized Selection Process – consists of consideration of the following criteria for sergeants and below:
      1. Letter of intent,
      2. Time and attendance (prior twelve (12) months),
      3. Performance appraisal (prior twelve (12) months),
      4. Internal affairs records (prior twelve (12) months) and,
      5. If applicable for uniquely specialized assignments, special fitness or skill assessment.
      6. Interview
    4. Patrol Work Group – all shifts within a patrol
    5. Vacancy – for the purposes of this General Order will have the meaning of an opening within the same rank that would require a lateral
  3. Patrol Services Vacancies
    1. Posting Vacancies

The division experiencing the vacancy shall use at least two (2) methods of communication  (i.e. roll call, email, bulletin board, etc.) to notify potential candidates as the vacancy moves through each level. Division captains are authorized to fill patrol vacancies of sergeant and below occurring within their own division. If there are no eligible officers within the patrol division, then the vacancy shall be offered department-wide, with the selection being made from the first group from which an officer applies, in the following order:

  1. The division,
  2. The patrol command,
  3. The patrol bureau, then
  4. Department-wide. Requires the vacancy to be forwarded to the Administrative Sergeant over the Finance and Personnel Bureau for
  1. Criteria for Application and Selection

Each division, command, and the patrol bureau will maintain a seniority list based on the provisions of the Meet and Confer Agreement to properly fill all patrol bureau vacancies.

  1. Seniority is the determining factor for shift and assignment, unless the division captain articulates documented disciplinary or work performance issues in most senior interested individual(s) in the twelve (12) months preceding the
  1. Requirements and Conditions in Position/Assignment
    1. Upon completion of the field training phase, all probationary officers must serve six (6) months in their assigned division in  patrol  before  being  eligible  to  transfer to another patrol bureau vacancy. The officer may transfer to another shift/team within their assigned patrol division during the six (6) month
    2. All patrol personnel at the ranks of sergeant and below who desire to transfer out of their division or any department personnel who desire an assignment in the patrol bureau, shall submit a request for transfer to the patrol bureau. Any patrol bureau position at the ranks of sergeant and below left unfilled either by patrol personnel or transfer request may be posted department-wide.
    3. All newly promoted or newly transferred sergeants will serve a minimum of six (6) months in patrol, administrative sergeant, and/or jail sergeant
    4. In the case of a reduction in force or a demotion, either voluntary or as a result of disciplinary action, the Assistant Chief may ask for frozen positions in patrol to be reopened. This would allow the newly demoted, and those displaced, to use seniority as a basis for placement as if they were members of the patrol workgroup experiencing the
  2. Specialized Services Vacancies
    1. Posting Vacancies
      1. All postings for a specialized assignment will require at least a one (1) year commitment before being eligible for a voluntary
      2. Any vacancies for the ranks of sergeant and below created by personnel reassignment will require a department-wide vacancy announcement following the Standardized Selection
      3. The division captain or designee experiencing or anticipating a vacancy for the rank of sergeant and below shall notify the Administrative Sergeant for the Assistant Chief of the Finance and Personnel Bureau in writing, of the vacancy, the criteria by which all applicants will be considered, and any special or specific criteria or information that is likely to influence potential
      4. If only one potential applicant responds, and the applicant is suited for the position, then no formal standardized selection process interview or reposting of the vacancy is
      5. If more than one potential applicant responds in writing indicating an interest in the position, then a formal selection process, including an interview shall be
      6. The Administrative Sergeant for the Assistant Chief of the Finance and Personnel Bureau shall distribute the vacancy announcement promptly upon receipt of the necessary information. Vacancy announcements must be posted and letters of interest accepted for at least seven (7) calendar   days prior to the closing
  1. All vacancy announcements shall comply with EEO regulations. The Police Department Employment Specialist is available for consultation and review of interview questions, if requested, to ensure EEO
  1. Criteria for Application and Selection
    1. Personnel desiring consideration for the announced vacancy position are responsible for submitting the information requested in the vacancy announcement as directed to the section/unit experiencing the vacancy within the application period.
    2. After the closing date of the posting, the commander or supervisor of the unit or section experiencing the vacancy shall review the submitted materials to determine which, if any, of applicants are qualified for the Interviews shall be

held with all applicants who meet the minimum requirements for the open position and interviews will be completed within seven (7) working days after the closure of the vacancy post unless an exigent situation occurs, at which time the interviews shall be completed as soon as possible.

  1. The applicants shall be placed into an applicant pool. No numeric ranking shall be assigned nor any numeric score calculated for the purpose of determining placement on a recommendation
    • The applicants shall be indicated as “qualified” or “not qualified.” For those deemed not qualified, an explanation shall be provided on the report to be forwarded through the chain of
    • The chain of command can disregard the commander’s or supervisor’s designation of a candidate as being qualified or not
    • The chain of command should take the needs of the community, specific crime-based problems, and other specific needs of the section/unit experiencing the vacancy in mind when choosing the applicant for the position.

NOTE: Guidelines for the department’s goal of creating and maintaining a workforce that is in the best interest of the department, employees and the community should be adhered to as outlined in General Order 707.00, Diverse Workforce.

  1. For a position vacancy in a specialized assignment, the final approving party shall be the Assistant Chief over the bureau experiencing the
  2. Unless the Assistant Chief over the bureau experiencing the vacancy articulates documented disciplinary or work performance issues with the recommended individual(s) during the twelve (12) months preceding the vacancy the report will be forwarded to the Police Department Employment Specialist for review of compliance with EEO guidelines. Upon notification of compliance from the Police Department Employment Specialist, the original approving party will designate a commander to contact the candidate selected for the

(1). The commander or designee should provide feedback to the candidates who were not selected to potentially increase the candidate’s future opportunities  for  selection.

  1. Lieutenant Assignments
    1. Shift Lieutenant assignments in Patrol shall be filled by seniority unless the division captain articulates documented disciplinary or work performance issues with the most senior lieutenant that have occurred in the preceding twelve (12) months. The Chief of Police shall approve any variation from seniority-based
  1. All newly promoted lieutenants shall be assigned to Patrol. There is no time restriction on when a newly promoted lieutenant may express interest in, or be considered for, other positions.
  2. The Executive Staff will determine specialized services lieutenant
    1. The Criminal Investigation Unit Lieutenant and the Special Assignment Lieutenant positions located in the Patrol Bureau are considered specialized services
    2. The lieutenant positions with in Support Bureau and the Finance and Personnel Bureau are considered specialized services
  3. Lieutenants in specialized services shall serve no more than five (5) years in a particular assignment.
    1. Finance and Personnel Bureau personnel are tasked with monitoring the tenure of lieutenants in specialized services
    2. Finance and Personnel Bureau staff will notify the Executive Staff when a lieutenant has served four (4) years in a particular specialized assignment so the process of transitioning that position to a different lieutenant can be
  4. Selection of the assignments for the rank of captain will be at the discretion of the executive staff. The Standardized Selection Process will not be utilized for this
  5. In cases where an emergency situation exists or promotions/demotions require that immediate assignments be made, sworn personnel may be placed in temporary positions until such time as the selection process may be conducted to permanently fill the position(s).
  6. In cases where there are no applicants for a position or where the available applicants are not qualified for the position, other means may be used for the selection of personnel to fill the vacancy, upon approval by the Chief of
  7. As per General Order 428.01A4, Personnel Orders-Sworn Employees, approved transfers must be received by the Employment Services Section no later than 1700 hours, Friday, two
  • weeks preceding the effective date of the
  1. Performance-based rotation guidelines shall be developed for officers assigned to the Narcotics and Vice Sections. At the end of two years in the assignment, officers of the rank of sergeant and below shall be subject to a yearly performance-based rotation review to determine their suitability for continued assignment in the
  2. The Chief of Police has discretion to deviate from the requirements of this General Order when the Chief of Police determines that it is in the best interest of the department. Transfers and assignments made by the Chief of Police are not subject to grievance under the Meet and Confer

401.3             TERMINATION PROCEDURE FOR POLICE EMPLOYEES

  1. Notice of Termination

Police employees desiring to terminate their position with the department shall be required  to complete the following procedure:

  1. Terminating employees shall provide written notification of a request for termination addressed to the Chief of
  2. Terminating employees shall present the written notification to their supervisor a minimum of two (2) working days prior to termination for hand delivery through the chain of command. The supervisor shall deliver the notification to the Chief of Police or designee within three (3) working days. The Chief of Police shall indicate acknowledgment by signature, indicating both date and
  1. Exceptions to the above policies are granted when the employee is physically unable to come to the police facility or geographically separated by an extreme distance. In these instances, the terminating employee shall be required to send notice of termination via registered letter or telegram to the Chief of
  1. Completion of Documents
    1. Departing employees shall be required to contact the Police Training Division and obtain the forms that must be completed when separating
    2. The Training Division will provide all terminating employees the Exit Interview for Voluntary Resignations form (FWPD-124-10/98) to complete. The Training Division will forward the completed form to the Affirmative Action Coordinator for review. The Affirmative Action Coordinator will then forward the form to the Fiscal and Equipment Management Division for final
  2. Return of Issued Equipment
    1. All city-issued equipment must be returned to the Police Training Division at the time of
      1. Officers who have canceled the financial obligations for the original issue cost may keep their clothing and leather goods. Officers who have satisfied a portion of the obligation shall be allowed to retain that portion of their uniforms equal to the amount of obligation satisfied. Employees who fail to return any non-expendable equipment, or return the equipment in such condition as to indicate extreme misuse, must provide reimbursement at the current replacement cost as determined by the Fiscal & Employee Management Division. Extreme misuse shall be determined by the supervisor receiving the returned
      2. Lost, misplaced, or stolen articles declared at the time of termination shall be cause for a report being made. Any employee making claims which they know are false shall be subject to legal action. The employee reporting the theft or loss shall be responsible for completing the necessary police
      3. Unless exception is granted by the Chief of Police, all equipment must be returned no later than the fifth (5) working day following the employee’s termination. When equipment is not returned, the Internal Affairs Division shall be notified by the Training Division.
  1. Exceptions to city equipment being returned shall be limited as follows:
    1. All retiring officers may elect to retain one (1) badge pursuant to General Order

503.03. However, retirees are specifically prohibited from using these items to indicate they are serving in an official police capacity for the Fort Worth Police Department.

  1. State Licensing Notifications

The Police Training Division shall be responsible for submitting the necessary forms to the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement Officer Standards and Education (TCLEOSE) within ten (10) days after a sworn member terminates or retires from the department.

  1. Completion of Final Personnel Form
    1. All terminating employees must ensure that the above steps are completed. Upon being notified by the Police Training Division that all forms have been submitted and detailing the equipment returned, the Fiscal & Employee Management Division shall produce the paperwork necessary for issuing a final

401.4             REEMPLOYMENT OF POLICE PERSONNEL

A police officer who voluntarily resigns from the Fort Worth Police Department may be given consideration for reappointment by the Chief of Police without taking an entry-level civil service examination or being placed on an eligibility list. Reemployment of police personnel will be in accordance with all applicable Federal, State, and Civil Service requirements and/or laws.

  1. The Chief of Police may reappoint the former officer as a vacancy occurs in an entry-level position. At the discretion of the Chief of Police, the former officer may be required to complete an updated background investigation, physical assessment, polygraph examination, and/or oral review board. The individual may also be required to pass a medical examination and psychological evaluation. Additional conditions for the reappointment of a former officer, as considered appropriate, may be established by the Chief of
  2. The Chief of Police shall have sole discretion for the final reappointment of a former officer provided that the individual fulfills all requirements and standards required for employment as a police
  3. When the former employee’ s license has been inactive for two (2) or more years, the former employee shall be required to take the TCLEOSE Licensing
  4. Once an applicant has made a passing score on the TCLEOSE Licensing exam and the Chief of Police reappoints the person, the applicant shall be placed on probationary status for a period of one (1) year from the reemployment
  5. Reappointment shall be to the rank of police trainee or police officer, at the discretion of the Chief of Police in accordance with the General Orders, regardless of the rank of the former officer at the time of resignation. Persons reemployed shall be issued a new identification number and shall not retain their former seniority rights identified in civil service law which they held prior to
  6. City personnel regulations and state law shall apply in matters regarding retirement

401.5             PREVIOUSLY TERMINATED POLICE APPLICANTS

All terminated police trainees shall be reviewed and evaluated in the same manner as new applicants for hiring consideration. Such review and evaluation shall only be made when at least one (1) year has passed from the date of termination, unless a specific exception is made by the Chief of Police.

401.6             PRE-TERMINATION MEETINGS – CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES

  1. The pre-termination meeting will be conducted according to guidelines outlined in the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations. Civilian employees shall have the opportunity to be represented at pre-termination
  2. If an employee elects not to have a representative, the pre-termination meeting may be convened
  3. If the employee has a representative or intends to obtain representation, the employee will be given a copy of the pre-termination meeting memorandum and arrangements will be made to schedule a pre-termination meeting as soon as practicable. The employee should be given three (3) working days to obtain a representative and schedule a
    1. The employee shall be asked to turn in all city-issued equipment, keys, tools, and ID before they leave the
    2. The employee’s time spent at pre-termination meetings will be charged as official city business.
  1. The employee will be permitted to use accrued personal leave time or compensatory time during the scheduling process. If no leave time is available, the employee shall be carried without
  2. If a city employee is asked to serve as a representative, the time that the employee spends serving as representative must be charged to accrued leave or compensatory time.
  1. The meeting should include the employee, the immediate supervisor involved in the event(s) which necessitated the meeting, one other supervisor, and the division captain/division manager or bureau deputy chief. The employee will be presented with the information and an opportunity to respond to that
  2. If the employee is unable to attend a pre-termination meeting or if a face-to-face meeting is determined not to be in the best interest of the involved parties, the meeting may be conducted through correspondence. Before this option is exercised, the City Employee Relations Division must be
  3. A decision letter shall be sent by the employee’s supervisor via certified mail within three
  • working days following the meeting. The employee is immediately suspended without pay until receipt of the decision

402.1             COMMENDATIONS

  1. When a supervisor identifies conduct that merits commendation, the details of the incident shall be reduced to writing on the appropriate form (FWPD-09-8/94) with a copy being provided to the employee and one placed in the unit
  2. The original shall be sent to the Affirmative Action Coordinator who shall review for compliance.
  3. The Affirmative Action Coordinator shall deliver the original to the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division for filing in the employee’s permanent personnel
  4. When commendations are received from outside sources by way of letter, distribution shall be the same as

402.2            STRUCTURED COUNSELING SESSIONS

  1. Supervisors should handle minor, non-recurring infractions orally with the affected employee. This shall not require
  2. If the conduct of an officer should require a formal counseling session, a counseling form (FWPD-08-11/88) shall be used as a means of documenting undesirable work performance or behavior that may appear to be a recurring
  3. Employee counseling sessions shall be held and documented no later than ten (10) working days from the date that an incident is detected unless the incident has to proceed through the chain of command for approval by the Chief of Police, in which case it shall be accomplished when approval or direction is
  4. The counseling form must include a description of the violation, including date and time, witnesses, what is expected from the employee to correct the situation, and subsequent actions that may take place if the employee fails to
  1. The supervisor, employee, and any other persons present at the counseling session must sign the form. The employee may provide written comments regarding the incident under separate cover, which must also be signed by all persons involved in the
  2. The employee may use the departmental grievance procedure to contest any counseling session which they believe to be
  3. The employee and their immediate supervisor shall retain one (1) copy of the counseling form and any additional
  4. The original documents shall be reviewed by the various higher levels of the chain of command, including the bureau deputy chief, with each signing the document with their name, rank, and time of The review shall take no longer than ten (10) working days.
  5. The bureau deputy chief shall send the documents to the Affirmative Action Coordinator who shall review for EEO compliance and adherence to this order. When discrepancies are found, the document shall be returned for correction and/or clarification, then returned to the bureau deputy
  6. Once the Affirmative Action Coordinator reviews and signs the document, it shall be returned to the unit level only and placed in the employee’s
  7. No counseling session reduced to writing shall be placed in an employee’s file unless it contains all necessary signatures involved in the review
  8. Counseling sessions reduced to writing shall be removed by the supervisor and destroyed from the unit file after six (6) months from

402.3             COMMANDER’S ADMONISHMENT

  1. The Commander’s Admonishment enables a division commander or higher authority to deal with inappropriate conduct which is more serious than conduct normally addressed in Structured Counseling Sessions, but does not require a formal written reprimand by the Chief of
  2. When a commander identifies inappropriate conduct that merits more formal documentation the commander may, with approval of the Bureau Deputy Chief, or Chief of Police when the commander is a deputy chief, issue a Commander’s
  3. The Commander’s Admonishment shall: [Special Order #35 10/17/05]
    1. Provide the details of the inappropriate conduct, including the date of
    2. List the General Order, procedure, or rule the conduct
    3. Provide a statement that the Commander’s Admonishment will be placed in the employee’s permanent personnel
    4. Be issued under the Commander’s
    5. Only be issued by sworn division commanders or civilian
  4. The commander shall provide the original of the Commander’s Admonishment to the employee.
  5. The commander shall have the employee sign a copy of the Commander’s Admonishment. If the officer refuses to sign, it shall be so
    1. The signed copy shall be forwarded through the chain of command to the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division and be placed in the employee’s permanent personnel file.
    2. The commander shall place a copy of the Commander’s Admonishment in the employee’s unit
  1. If the Commander’s Admonishment is the result of a Personnel Complaint, a copy of the notification form letter sent to the employee and a copy of the admonishment with the case investigation will be forwarded to the Internal Affairs

402.4             ORAL REPRIMANDS

  1. Oral reprimands may be reduced to writing, but shall be retained at the unit level and not inserted in the personnel file.

403.01   GRADING PROCEDURES

  1. All sworn and civilian employees will be rated using the Performance Appraisal Forms, based on the procedures outlined by the Human Resources Department and the Civil Service Commission. Sworn personnel will be evaluated twice per year, for the period from January 1 – June 30 and the period from July 1 – December 31. Civilian employees will be evaluated based on the review date established by their anniversary or job classification per guidelines issued by the Human Resources
  2. The immediate supervisor of the officer being graded shall complete the appraisal form. Only a white original appraisal form is required for the civil service files. Any additional copies for the officer’s personal use or unit files should be made at the time the officer signs the evaluation
    1. If the officer being evaluated has been under the supervision of their immediate supervisor for two months or less, the preceding supervisor shall complete the evaluation and provide it to the current supervisor. If the officer has worked for the current supervisor for more than two months, but less than the entire evaluation period, then that supervisor shall confer with the previous supervisor or supervisors and consider their advice in arriving at the rating in the various
    2. All supervisors evaluating officers who have been approved to carry a CED will conduct a download of the officer’s CED for the six (6) months of the grading period and will reconcile the Taser Use of Force reports with the information from the download. The supervisor will also review the downloaded information for patterns of use. The supervisor will discuss the recorded use of the CED with the officer to ensure the officer is in compliance with departmental policy. Any non-compliance by the officer with the department’s use of force policy shall be reflected on the officer’s Performance Appraisal
    3. The immediate supervisor shall then conduct a private interview with the officer being evaluated. Prior supervisors may take part in the interview. This interview shall be constructive in nature and the desired results shall be:
      1. An understanding by the officer of the rating achieved during the period and the factors contributing to that
      2. Arrival at recommended constructive actions for the next evaluation period to improve upon any weak areas of
      3. An opportunity for the officer to provide input regarding any of the categories prior to submission of the report. The officer should self-score each of the items listed in each of the first 4 Parts of the appraisal form. The four sections are as follows: Part 1 Job Responsibilities, Part 2 Job Competencies, Part 3 Initiatives, Projects and

Goals, and Part 4 Organizational Competencies. The information contained in each of these sections will vary based upon the officer’s rank and job assignment. There is an additional space on Part 5 Appraiser’s Summary and Overall Performance Assessment where the officer has the option of writing in additional comments.

  1. The officer shall sign the form in the space containing the officer’s name. This signature does not signify approval of the rating, but only signifies that the interview was
  1. The captains shall meet with their respective deputy chief, and the deputy chiefs shall meet with the Chief of Police to discuss evaluation of their next in command before conducting a private interview with the lieutenant or captain being
  2. Guidelines
    1. All areas evaluated in Parts 1 and 3 are appraised on Quality of Performance. This can range from 1 through 5 with 1 denoting Unsatisfactory Performance and 5 denoting Distinguished Performance. All officers should be evaluated honestly and objectively. In evaluating these areas, the supervisor should also take into consideration such things as commendations, structured counseling sessions, attendance, personnel files, and verification with the Internal Affairs Division for any complaints that are available for substantiating an individual’s rating. There should be sufficient explanation and justification for any ratings above or below the mid-point or
    2. All areas evaluated in Parts 2 and 4 are appraised on the Frequency of Ideal Performance. This can range from 1 through 5 with 1 denoting that the employee “sometimes” performs at the ideal level to 5 for that employee who “always and consistently” performs at the ideal
    3. Part 5 is the Summary and Overall Performance Assessment. It is based on the scores from Parts 1 –
    4. The Individual Growth Plan should be maintained in the officer’s unit file and not forwarded to Fiscal and Employment
    5. Only three (3) signatures are required on the appraisal form. The immediate supervisor and the employee shall sign the appraisal form and then the form shall be sent to the next highest rank in the chain of command for
    6. Follow the instructions within your specific bureau for forwarding the completed appraisal forms to Fiscal & Employment Management. Fiscal and Employment Management will log and forward to the Civil Service Commission. The original form with all signatures should be forwarded to Fiscal and Employment Management no later than 30 days after the end of the grading periods of June 30 and December
  3. Performance Appraisals and reviews shall not be subject to the grievance procedure, but may be appealed only to the next highest level in the chain of command above the grader. If the employee is in disagreement with the performance appraisal, the employee may attach  an inter-office correspondence to the appraisal that must remain with that appraisal document.

404.1             SCOPE OF GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Grievance shall mean an alleged violation or inequitable application of the rules, procedures, regulations, or policies of the police department. A grievance is a dispute between the  employer

and employee concerning working conditions, interpretations or applications of any provision of rules and procedures relating to work which adversely and directly affects the aggrieved employee. Disciplinary action covered under Chapters 142 and 143 of the Local Government Code of Texas, issued by the Chief of Police, shall not be grievable except as provided in  General Order 404.02 (A) below. Assignments approved by the Chief of Police or transfers shall not be subject to the grievance procedure except as provided in section 404.03 F below. It shall be the guiding principle of the Fort Worth Police Department that no formal or informal action shall be taken against an employee due to that employee’s participation in the grievance procedure as either a grievant or a witness to a grievance.

404.2             TIME LIMITATIONS

  1. The aggrieved employee may file the grievance with their immediate supervisor at Step 1 below within ten (10) days of its occurrence or, if the employee is unaware of the grievance, within six (6) months of its occurrence. A grievance not brought within the time limit prescribed in Step 1, or submitted within the time limits prescribed for every step thereafter, shall not be considered timely and shall not be grievable unless that time limitation is waived by the Chief of Police. If a matter is first filed with the Civil Service Commission and a hearing is denied, the aggrieved officer may file a grievance complaint within ten (10) days of that
    1. A written grievance not responded to within the time limits prescribed by the appropriate management representative at each step shall proceed to the next step in the procedure. The representative who did not respond within the prescribed time limits shall provide a written explanation of the noncompliance, in addition to any gathered information, to the next level, with a copy to the Chief of
    2. The time limits prescribed herein may be waived by mutual agreement, in writing, by the aggrieved employee and the appropriate management representative at any
  2. Affirmative Action Coordinator

The Affirmative Action Coordinator shall receive notification and copies of all grievances and shall notify the Chief of Police of compliance or noncompliance with this procedure and of the findings/recommendations of each level of review including that of the Grievance Committee.

  1. Representation

The aggrieved employee, at steps 2 through 5 as follows, may be represented by any active member of the department.

404.3             GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE STEPS

  1. Step 1
    1. To file a grievance, an aggrieved employee shall meet with the employee’s immediate supervisor within ten (10) days of the grievable incident and discuss the
    2. The employee and immediate supervisor shall discuss the solutions offered at a mutually satisfactory time and make every effort possible to resolve the grievance. The supervisor shall, when appropriate, consult with their immediate supervisor in regard to possible solutions to the grievance at this level. When the employee and the supervisor complete Step 1, the supervisor shall submit an inter-office correspondence containing:
      1. Name and assignment of
      2. Assignment of employee when grievance
      3. Name of immediate supervisor when grievance
  1. Specific issues of the
  2. Date and time that the grieved act
  3. Date and time that the employee contact
  4. Specific relief requested by the
  5. Date of
  6. Results of informal
  7. Actions taken in attempts to resolve the
  8. Details of the supervisory response to the aggrieved
  9. Date and time of the acceptance or rejection by the
  1. The correspondence shall be directed to the appropriate division captain with a copy to the Affirmative Action Coordinator within ten (10) days of notice of the
  1. Step 2
    1. If the grievance is not resolved to the employee’s satisfaction at Step 1, the aggrieved employee may proceed to the next level by submitting a formal grievance in writing with the following headings and data:
      1. Name, identification number, and
      2. Assignment at date of
      3. Specific issues of the
      4. Date and time of
      5. Specific details of the matter that brings it into scope of the grievance
      6. The date, time, and name of immediate supervisor with whom the grievance was discussed at the informal
      7. The results of the informal
      8. The date of response by the
      9. The reason for request of formal review of the
    2. This document shall be submitted to the employee’s division captain with a copy to the Affirmative Action Coordinator no later than ten (10) working days after notification that the grievance cannot be resolved at Step
    3. The division captain shall make a concerted effort to resolve the grievance and shall respond in writing detailing the actions taken to resolve the matter. If the grievance is not resolved, a copy of the division captain’s response shall be provided to the grievant and to the Affirmative Action
    4. If the grievance is resolved, the employee and the division captain shall prepare written explanations of the resolution, initial the formal grievance, and forward all documents to the Affirmative Action
  2. Step 3

If the grievance is not resolved in Step 2, the aggrieved employee may proceed to the next level by serving written notice, along with all accompanying correspondence within ten (10) working days with the employee’s bureau deputy chief.

  1. It shall be the responsibility of the employee’s division captain to ensure that all documents, records, or any other papers that form the basis for supervisory decisions in Steps 1 and 2 are supplied to the aggrieved employee’s bureau deputy
  2. The bureau deputy chief and the employee shall discuss possible solutions to the grievance and make every effort possible to resolve the grievance at this
  3. The bureau deputy chief shall make a concerted effort to resolve the grievance and shall respond in writing detailing the actions taken to resolve the If the grievance is

not resolved, a copy of the bureau deputy chief’s response shall be provided to the grievant and to the Affirmative Action Coordinator.

  1. If the grievance is resolved, the aggrieved employee and the bureau deputy chief shall prepare written explanation of the resolution and forward all copies of the documents to the Affirmative Action
  1. Step 4 – Formal Review Third Level

If the grievance is not resolved in Step 3, the aggrieved employee may proceed to the next level by serving written notice, along with all accompanying correspondence, within ten

(10) days with the Affirmative Action Coordinator.

  1. The affected bureau deputy chief, upon impasse at Step 3, shall forward all documents, records, and other papers that form the basis for supervisory decisions in Steps 1 through 3 to the Affirmative Action Coordinator within five (5) working days from the date the bureau deputy chief receives
  2. The supporting documents shall then be supplied within five (5) working days to the chairperson of the grievance committee by the Affirmative Action
  3. The chairperson shall be responsible for notifying the appropriate bureau deputy chief, the Affirmative Action Coordinator, and all other appropriate individuals of the date, time, and place that the committee shall meet. This initial meeting of the grievance committee shall occur within ten (10) working days of its receipt of all documents from the Affirmative Action
  4. Once a grievance committee hearing takes place and it is determined that more information, papers, records, witnesses, testimony, etc., is required, an inter-office correspondence from the committee shall be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator indicating those areas where clarification is
  5. The Affirmative Action Coordinator shall respond to the grievance committee no later than five (5) days from its request. The committee shall meet as soon as possible to dispose of the matter. In any case, the grievance committee shall report within ten (10) days after the initial hearing, its findings and recommendation to the Chief of Police. These findings are for the purpose of aiding the chief in making a determination of what action should be taken in regards to the resolution of the grievance. The findings and recommendations are advisory in nature and are not binding upon the Chief of
  6. Step 5

After receipt of the finding of the grievance committee, the Chief of Police or designee shall schedule a meeting with the aggrieved employee at which time the matter shall be discussed and a determination shall be made as to the action to be taken in regard to the matter addressed in the grievance. The chief shall respond in writing to the aggrieved employee within thirty (30) days after the scheduled meeting with the aggrieved employee.

  1. If the grievance is resolved, the employee and the Chief of Police shall initial the grievance form and forward it, along with all accompanying documents, to the Affirmative Action
  2. If the grievance is not resolved, the employee may submit it, along with all accompanying documents, within ten (10) days, to the City Manager or designated representative and to the Affirmative Action Coordinator. The City Manager or designee shall be the final arbitrator of the
  1. If an employee makes a good faith report of violations of law by the City or another public employee and thereafter believes that their employment has been suspended, terminated,  or

other adverse personnel action has been taken against them because of that report, the employee may file a retaliation complaint through the grievance procedure guidelines.

  1. The employee must file a retaliation report not later than the 90th day after the date on which the alleged retaliation:
    1. Occurred; or
    2. Was discovered by the employee through reasonable
  2. The employee must state in writing in the retaliation complaint:
    1. The substance of the violation of law, including the law violated, the location and date of the violation, and the names and position of authority of the persons violating the law,
    2. To whom the report of the violation was made,
    3. The date of the report,
    4. The nature of the adverse employment action taken against the employee because of the report of a violation of the law,
    5. The date the adverse employment action against the employee was taken, and
    6. The name of the supervisor or other employee who caused the adverse employment action to be

404.4             SELECTION OF THE GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE

The Grievance Committee is to consist of five (5) persons who shall serve for six (6) calendar months. They shall be selected as follows:

  1. The Chief of Police shall submit a list of ten (10) names from the roster of employees of the Fort Worth Police
  2. The Board of Directors for the Fort Worth Police Officers Association shall submit a list of ten (10) names from the roster of employees of the Fort Worth Police
  3. The Chief of Police or designee shall strike one (1) name from the combined list; the President of the Fort Worth Police Officers Association or designee shall strike one (1) name. This process shall continue until five (5) names remain on the list. The ranking or senior person selected to the committee shall serve as the committee

404.5             EMERGENCY GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

If an aggrieved employee believes that the specific issues of their grievance requires immediate attention to avoid harmful consequences, and the time factor precludes following the normal procedure, the employee may use this procedure.

  1. The aggrieved employee shall make an appointment to see the Deputy Chief of the Executive Services Bureau, or designee. The employee shall present a written description of the grievance in the form of an inter-office correspondence containing:
    1. Name and assignment of
    2. Assignment of employee when grievance
    3. Date, time and name of immediate
    4. Specific issues of the
    5. Date and time that the grieved act
    6. Date and time that the employee contact
    7. Specific relief requested by the
    8. Possible adverse impact to employee if the grievance is not quickly
  2. The Deputy Chief of the Executive Services Bureau shall review the request for emergency grievance status as soon as possible following the appointment with the aggrieved

If the request for emergency grievance procedure is not judged to be valid, the employee shall be notified in writing and may pursue the normal grievance procedure. If the request is approved, the employee shall be so notified and all documentation related to the grievance shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police or designee. The aggrieved employee shall be responsible for contacting the office of the Chief of Police to schedule an appointment. A copy of all documentation shall be forwarded to the Affirmative Action Coordinator.

  1. Following the meeting between the aggrieved employee and the Chief of Police, General Order 03, paragraph E, Step 5 of the Grievance Procedure, shall be followed.

406.1             DEFINITIONS

  1. Normal work period for civil service positions within the Fort Worth Police Department shall be forty (40) hours per calendar week and shall begin at 0001 hours Saturday and end at 2400 hours on
  2. A pay period is an internal accounting term of the city which refers to a regularly recurring period of 336 hours in fourteen (14) consecutive twenty-four (24) hour workdays or two workweeks. A pay period has a maximum work hour standard of eighty (80) hours. Individual paychecks are issued to compensate officers for work time in each pay
  3. A workweek is the time span of a regularly recurring period of 168 hours in seven (7) consecutive twenty-four (24) hour
  4. A workday is the time span of twenty-four (24) hours which begins at 0001 (12:01 am) and ends the same day at
  5. A work schedule is the usually assigned forty (40) duty hours in each workweek and/or the usually assigned eight (8) hour work time in each workday. A work schedule may be adjusted to accommodate the needs of the Department and conditions permitting, the needs of the
  6. All work time shall be reported accurately and exactly as it is worked. Falsifying of work time records is strictly
  7. Dual time records, e.g., one record for pay purposes and another record for actual time worked, is strictly
  8. Officer, for the purposes of this section, shall refer to all classifications from officer through deputy chief unless otherwise
  9. Regular pay rate shall include the base salary of a classification and any of the following additions to base salary to which the officer is entitled:
    1. Step level addition (seniority within rank pay)
    2. Longevity pay (at four dollars per year service to a maximum of twenty-five (25) years)
    3. Educational incentive pay
    4. Assignment pay
    5. Shift differential pay
    6. Certification pay
    7. Bilingual pay
  10. Premium pay rate shall be one and one half times the base pay
  1. Overtime is the time which an employee is required, permitted or suffered to work in excess of the normal workweek of forty (40) hours. All work time falling within the definition of overtime shall be reported on a Supplemental Compensation Report
  2. Hours worked refers to all time during which an officer is on duty, as well as all other time during which the officer is suffered or permitted to work. It is of no consequence whether the work occurs on a work site, at other city premises, at home, or any other
  3. Officers may be required to work extended hours and work on city holidays. During off-duty hours, officers may be required to attend court and hearings, be on stand-by for court, attend training and meetings, and respond to emergency call-backs.

Note:      Supplemental  compensation  for  civilian  employees  of  the  department  shall  be governed by the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations.

406.2             OVERTIME COMPENSATION

  1. This General Order only applies to employees of the Police Department who are licensed as peace officers by the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement Standards and Education. All other employees should refer to the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations regarding overtime
  2. It is the course of action of the Police Department to utilize the minimum amount of overtime necessary to maintain essential police services. Overtime shall be limited to purposes for which the need could not be scheduled in advance and are essential in meeting appropriate department responsibilities. The Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), applicable provisions of Chapter 141 and 142 of the Local Government Code, and City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations are the basis for rules and procedures contained in this General
    1. All levels of command and supervision shall be familiar with City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations governing overtime policies, rules, and procedures, and shall assure compliance with all overtime provisions ensuring that illegal and prohibited practices do not
    2. Employees shall be encouraged to consult with the City of Fort Worth Human Resources Department concerning pay status and the U.S. Labor  Department concerning wage hour matters. An employee having unresolved questions or complaints should be advised of appeal rights under the department’s grievance procedure. The city and the department shall protect the employee’s right, both in matter of law and policy, and no action formally or informally shall be taken against an employee who files a complaint and/or institutes any proceeding related to wage
    3. No level of command or supervision shall promote or enter into any arrangement or agreement which denies any officer’s rights specified under FLSA, the Local Government Code, City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations, or department rules and Supervisors shall ensure compliance with all overtime provisions.
    4. Supervisors shall provide adequate supervision, administrative review, and control procedures to ensure that officers are aware of and in compliance with established work schedules. The mere establishment and articulation of work schedules do not relieve affected commanders and supervisors of their responsibility for controlling work time. Work sheets should be prepared by the employee and reviewed by the supervisor for accuracy on a daily or weekly basis as determined by the
  1. Overtime which totals seven (7) minutes or less on a given calendar day shall not be compensated. Work time reported on a Supplemental Compensation Report form shall be reported in quarter (.25) hour
    1. Telephone contacts over seven (7) minutes to an off-duty officer by authorized employees of the police department, the court, or the District Attorney’s office involving official business are considered work time and are compensable in actual time spent and shall be reported in quarter (.25) hour increments on the Supplemental Compensation Report form.
      1. All telephone contacts to an off-duty officer by authorized departmental employees shall be held to a minimum to avoid unnecessary disruption to the officer’s off-duty time.
      2. Telephone contacts to an off-duty officer shall not constitute emergency or non- emergency call-back
    2. Ranks of captain and above are not eligible for overtime pay except when called out for emergency situations. An emergency is an unexpected happening or event or an unforeseen situation or crisis that calls for immediate
    3. Unless emergency control procedures are in effect, any officer working overtime shall only work assignments that are commensurate with the responsibilities of their rank. The intent of this provision is that the officer acting in the higher rank not perform the job responsibilities of lower ranks, except when emergency control procedures are in
    4. Computation of overtime
      1. Hours credited to a personal day, holiday, business, or training shall be counted as hours worked.
      2. When computing hours worked during a normal work period to determine the rate to be paid for overtime, hours credited to the following shall not be counted as hours worked:
        1. sick leave
        2. vacation
        3. family days
        4. compensatory hours taken
        5. military leave
        6. injury leave
        7. jury duty
        8. suspension
      3. The premium rate shall be paid for eligible overtime worked by officers of the rank of lieutenant and below during the work period unless the officer accepts compensatory time under General Order 03.
    5. Supervisors shall ensure that the Supplemental Compensation Report form is completed by officers and submitted with the supervisor’s signature to the division payroll clerk. In no case shall an officer of any rank earn unofficial compensatory time nor shall any officer use compensatory time off while being shown on the time and attendance report as being present for
      1. The division payroll clerk shall submit approved overtime/compensatory time earned to the division captain for review and concurrence at which time it shall be submitted along with the payroll to the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division for action. All work time shall be reported and recorded for the pay period during which the work was performed. Accumulation of work time for future reporting is strictly
  1. Employees shall be responsible for examining the payroll to ensure that they receive the correct amount of compensation/compensatory time during each pay period. No back- pay requests shall be permitted after thirty (30) days from the date the work was performed without the approval of the Deputy Chief of the Executive Services
  1. Overtime shall be held to a
    1. Captains shall submit requests for planned overtime for bureau level approval at least two weeks in advance of the time the work is to be performed. Division captains are responsible for ascertaining the availability of overtime funds prior to approving overtime.
    2. Officers anticipating the need to work beyond their normal tour of duty on activities occurring at or near the end of their watch shall contact a supervisor for prior approval. If not approved in advance, adequate justification shall be indicated in the space provided on the Supplemental Compensation Report using attachments if
    3. It shall be the responsibility of all supervisors to ensure that overtime work is not performed unless necessary and that no overtime is worked without prior approval. Officer-initiated extended watch overtime for non- emergency activities shall be held to a minimum and have supervisor approval. Work time in excess of the forty (40) hour workweek for administrative and support activities shall not be approved; instead work schedules shall be adjusted in order to complete essential
    4. Supervisors will not schedule overtime details based on personnel shortages and then permit unscheduled, non- emergency leave during the same time
  2. In the best interest of the health and safety of officers, sworn personnel are not permitted to work more than a total of fourteen (14) hours in a twenty-four (24) hour period, including their regular tour of duty, without prior approval from their supervisor. Inclusive of this time restriction is department overtime, special details/events, and off-duty and/or secondary employment. Exceptions shall only be at the discretion of the affected Bureau Deputy
    1. Unless the officer is on vacation or similar form of compensated leave, excluding sick leave or family leave:
      1. The combination of department overtime, off-duty employment, and secondary employment shall not exceed twenty-five (25) total hours per
      2. The maximum hours limitation does not include court overtime, time required to complete reports coming at the end of a shift, emergency call back, or when held over at the end of shift by a
      3. Workday and/or workweek shall have the same definition(s) as General Order 406.01.
    2. Any employee on sick or occupational leave, limited duty, or extended limited duty shall not engage in any off-duty or secondary employment or any city overtime or compensation time activities, unless specifically authorized by the Chief of
    3. Although it shall be the responsibility of the individual officer to act in accordance with the time limitations, supervisors shall routinely monitor the officers’ departmental overtime and off-duty employment to ensure that officers are in compliance with this General
    4. The Chief of Police, acting personally or through a designee, reserves the right to approve, deny, revoke, or add restrictions at any time to any request for off-duty employment or departmental overtime based upon available information at the time and the totality of the circumstances, including during an
  1. An emergency may include the need for personnel to handle minimum staffing levels, natural or human invoked disasters, or other circumstances which require the use of personnel other than those immediately
  1. Off-duty officers, not engaged in secondary employment, required to take enforcement action for the City of Fort Worth shall report work time for off-duty time spent completing reports and other activities directly related to police service to the

406.3              COMPENSATORY TIME

  1. Overtime worked under General Order 406.02 may be compensated in the form of accrued compensatory time if desired by the
    1. Prior arrangements may be made to accept compensatory time for specific overtime assignments.
  2. Ranks of lieutenant and below accrue compensatory time at the premium rate, i.e., equal to one and one-half times the number of overtime hours
    1. Ranks of lieutenant and below may accrue up to 120 hours of compensatory time [eighty (80) hours worked times the premium rate].
    2. After the 120 hour limit is reached, all overtime worked shall be compensated in the form of overtime
  3. Ranks of captain and above shall accrue compensatory time at the rate of one hour work time for every hour worked in excess of forty (40) hour workweek. They may not accrue more than 120 hours of compensatory time. Accrued compensatory time for captains and above shall not be compensated at termination of employment; however, these officers may use their accrued time prior to their termination
  4. In exigent circumstances, such as the unplanned absence of a supervisor due to illness or injury, the division commander/manager may seek approval from the Chief of Police to authorize an exempt employee to be compensated with straight time pay. These instances shall be kept to a

406.4              COURT APPEARANCE AND HEARINGS

Off-duty officers attending Municipal Court, Tarrant County Criminal Court, Criminal District Court, Civil District Court, and Federal Court regarding a job-related function shall receive a minimum of four (4) hours overtime pay and all time in court beyond the four (4) hour minimum shall be compensated by overtime pay for the actual time spent in court subject to the following provisions:

  1. If an officer’s scheduled court appearance begins 30 minutes or less prior to reporting for duty, or 30 minutes or less following the end of the tour of duty, the officer shall be paid overtime for the actual time spent in
  2. Officers attending court during their normal tour of duty who have not been dismissed at the end of their tour of duty shall be paid overtime for the amount of time spent in court beyond the end of their tour of
  3. Off-duty officers attending more than one (1) court (municipal, county, district, federal, or a mixture of the two) on the same calendar day shall submit separate Supplemental Compensation Report forms for pay. The actual time in each court, including recesses, shall be indicated. If the total amount of court appearance time on any calendar day is for four (4) hours or less, officers shall receive four (4) hours overtime pay. If the total amount of court appearance time on any calendar day is more than four (4) hours, officers shall receive overtime pay for the actual time spent in
  1. All employees who are subpoenaed or called by the city to appear at a disciplinary appeal hearing or a Pre-Disciplinary Review Board shall be compensated by the city for actual Employees appearing at disciplinary appeal hearings will not be compensated as    four

(4) hours court overtime.

  1. On-duty employees shall be compensated at their regular rate of
  2. Off-duty employees shall receive overtime for the actual time spent in the
  3. In a disciplinary appeal hearing conducted before the Civil Service Commission, all on-duty or off-duty employees subpoenaed or called by the appealing officer as material witnesses to the relevant facts of the matter being appealed shall be compensated by the city in accordance with the procedures described
  4. In a disciplinary appeal hearing conducted before a third-party hearing examiner, all on-duty or off-duty employees subpoenaed or called by the appealing officer shall be compensated by the appealing
    1. On-duty officers will be placed on vacation leave, holiday leave, personal leave, compensatory time off, or if necessary, leave without
  5. If an officer is called to court during a scheduled vacation, the vacation leave is canceled and the officer resumes their normal work schedule until the obligation is completed. Officers should not schedule a vacation which will conflict with a known court date and/or appearance.
  6. Employees will not be compensated four (4) hours court overtime for meetings with the district

406.5             STANDBY COURT NOTIFICATION AND COMPENSATION

  1. Officers who are notified that they have cases set for trial in County Criminal Courts numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4 shall furnish the liaison officer a phone number where the officer can be contacted on the day the case is set for trial. Note: If officers wish to change the phone number where they can be contacted, the officers must make the change by 0900 hours on the day the case is set for trial by contacting the liaison office and furnishing a new phone number where they can be
  2. The officer shall remain at this telephone number between 1100 hours and 1200 hours on the day the case is set for
  3. For the one (1) hour standby time, an off-duty officer shall report one (1) hour work
  4. Liaison officers shall be responsible for Supplemental Compensation Report forms for officers placed on standby
  5. If off-duty officers are on standby and are notified to appear in court, they shall only report the regular court work time for their court appearance in accordance with General Order 406.04.

406.6             COURT APPEARANCE OVERTIME REPORT

  1. Off-duty officers notified to appear in any criminal district or county criminal court in Tarrant County, prior to appearing in court, shall report to the liaison office and receive their Supplemental Compensation Report form. The form shall be signed, with time noted, by a liaison officer for documentation of
    1. When off-duty officers are released by the court, they shall return to the liaison office and again have the Supplemental Compensation Report form signed, with time noted, by the liaison officer and the form shall be left in the liaison
  1. Liaison officers shall be responsible for the delivery of Supplemental Compensation Report forms to the proper
  1. Off-duty officers attending any municipal court shall be responsible to see that a representative of the court completes that section of the form which specifies the court, date and time of appearance, court docket number, time of dismissal, and verification of appearance.
  2. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that all Supplemental Compensation Report forms have been properly submitted and accurately
  3. Pay may be withheld in the case of incomplete or inaccurate Supplemental Compensation Report
  4. Officers shall not report work time for court appearances associated with off-duty employment unless the court appearance relates to an arrest made for the jurisdiction. Responsibility for court compensation for other off-duty employment-related activities shall rest with the off-duty

406.7             HIGHER CAPACITY PAY

  1. The Chief of Police may designate a person from the next lower classification to temporarily fill a position in a higher classification. Positions shall be temporarily filled only when deemed necessary by the Chief of Police or a deputy chief. No position shall be considered temporarily vacant unless validated in the daily attendance
  2. Valid absences shall include but are not limited to: regular days off, sick time, city business, used compensatory time, vacation time, and
  3. Appointments to a temporarily vacant position shall be made from the next lower rank. Due consideration may be given seniority, and a diverse workplace shall be considered in determining the person to fill the temporary
  4. Persons temporarily appointed to fill a vacant position shall have all the authority and accountability of the rank being
  5. Any person temporarily appointed to fill a higher position shall be paid at the base rate specified for that higher position. Longevity shall be paid at the rate to which the substituting officer would normally be entitled. Only persons filling a position for the entire normal shift shall be eligible for
  6. Records shall be maintained daily on the Supplemental Compensation Report (FWPD-14- 01/92) and submitted to the Fiscal & Employment Management Division with the payroll. These records shall be maintained for three years after
  7. The Chief of Police, or designee, shall initial all authorized forms prior to entry on the attendance record. No position shall be considered to have been filled until the authorization is initialed by the Chief of Police. Authorization forms must be initialed at the time the need for the acting rank is identified to ensure entries can be made for the correct pay period. Necessary entries shall be made on the attendance record by the time clerk and certified by the supervisor in the same manner as for overtime entries. The original Supplemental Compensation Report shall be submitted to the Fiscal & Employment Management
  8. The temporary performance of the duties of a higher position by a person who has not been promoted as prescribed by Chapter 143 of the Local Government Code may not be construed as a

406.8             CALL-BACK PAY

 

 

  1. Officers who are called back to duty (excluding court appearance) for emergency situations during the officer’s off-duty hours shall report a minimum of four (4) hours overtime. An emergency is defined as an unexpected happening or event, or an unforeseen situation or crisis that calls for immediate action. Off-duty officers shall not be called back to duty for emergency situations unless the call-back is specifically directed by a sergeant or
  2. Officers placed on call for emergency call-back shall be provided an electronic pager and/or cellular telephone to facilitate contact. An officer utilizing a pager and/or cellular telephone shall not report work time if they are able to use their time effectively for their own
  3. Off-duty officers shall not be called back to duty for non-emergency situations unless the call-back is specifically directed by a sergeant or above. An officer responding to a non- emergency callback shall report a minimum of two (2) hours
    1. Examples of non-emergency call-back may include, but are not limited to, pre-trial meetings with the District Attorney’s office, community meetings, or administrative meetings.
    2. Pre-trial meetings scheduled by court liaison officers or Assistant District Attorneys must be approved by the officer’s supervisor prior to the

406.9             BILINGUAL SKILLS

  1. Bilingual Assignment Pay
    1. The Chief of Police or designee is authorized to approve assignment pay to employees whose duties require the use of specific bilingual skills in accordance with City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and
    2. The language proficiency test is administered through the Human Resources Testing Division. Any expenses for testing will be billed to the employee’s
    3. Only employees designated by the Chief of Police or designee and who pass a language proficiency test will be eligible to receive bilingual assignment pay. If an employee changes positions or if their language skills are no longer needed, the assignment pay will cease. Employees are not required to accept bilingual
  2. Bilingual Proficiency Test
    1. The Chief of Police or designee must designate the employee eligible for assignment pay. The employee’s name, classification, work extension, employee number, and a brief explanation for the designation must be submitted to the City of Fort Worth Department of Human Resources Testing
    2. Employees must take the test on their own time, with no compensatory time accrual or overtime pay
    3. Results of the test will be sent to the Chief of Police and the employee. Upon notification that the employee passed the test, an Incentive Pay Authorization form must be completed and submitted through the chain to Human Resources Compensation Division. Employees who do not pass may retest six (6) months from the date of the original
  3. Bilingual Employee Responsibilities
    1. Employees shall respond to the directions of the dispatcher and their supervisors in regard to their bilingual ability and the needs for that ability on behalf of citizens and visitors to Fort

406.10          ATTENDANCE AT OUT-OF-TOWN FUNERALS

 

 

  1. Officers who desire to represent the Fort Worth Police Department at the funeral of any peace officer killed in the line of duty within the state shall do so in an off-duty
  2. The police department shall not accept responsibility for any expenses incurred by the officers attending out-of-town funerals except as follows:
    1. A marked unit may be used provided it is returned the same day, unless prior approval is obtained from the Chief of
    2. Gasoline and associated maintenance for the marked unit shall be
  3. When special circumstances arise, requests for use of police personnel or equipment shall be coordinated through the police

406.11          HONOR GUARD

  1. The Police Honor Guard shall consist of volunteer members who shall represent the Fort Worth Police Department at ceremonies and official
  2. Honor Guard members designated to participate in an approved function shall be assigned to their normal watch on the date of the scheduled
  3. The appearance shall be considered as a volunteer duty assignment and should not conflict with their normal
  4. If applicable, upon the completion of the detail, Honor Guard members shall report to their respective units for deployment for the balance of their
  5. All volunteer members shall participate in eight (8) hours of drill training per month which shall be reported as eight (8) compensation or training hours on the officer’s time and attendance
    1. If the member is off duty during the training period, compensation time can be
    2. If the member is on duty during the training period, time shall be allocated for this purpose.

406.12          FIELD TRAINING OFFICER ASSIGNMENT PAY

  1. The Chief of Police or designee may expressly designate officers who have attained at least D-step (third year) for assignment to the duties of Field Training
  2. Qualifications for consideration for selection as a Field Training Officer shall include, but not be limited to:
    1. The officer must have at least three (3) years continuous service with the Fort Worth Police Department, including one (1) year of probation and at least two (2) years of line patrol duties,
    2. Assigned to patrol for at least twelve (12) months immediately prior to application,
    3. Overall “Superior” or above rating for previous two (2) efficiency rating periods,
    4. Acceptable driving record with not more than one (1) chargeable accident using a city vehicle within previous twelve (12) months,
    5. With the exception of accident-related discipline, no sustained personnel complaints resulting in disciplinary suspension within twenty-four (24) months prior to application,
    6. Proficient in areas of grammar, spelling, sentence structure, and ability to observe and report on behaviors or activities in logical sequence, and
    7. Chain of command
  3. Functions of a Field Training Officer shall include:
    1. Provide on-the-job training to probationary police officers on a one-to-one basis;
    2. Monitor, evaluate, and document the performance of probationary officers; and
  1. Correct and counsel performance deficiencies during the training of probationary officers and report their progress to the appropriate senior
  1. The position of Field Training Officer shall require the successful completion of the forty

(40) hour Field Training Officer training course. The Field Training Officer will be responsible for training probationary officers in accordance with the training received while a recruit, as well as in accordance with training guidelines provided in the Field Training Officer training course.

  1. Field Training Officers will receive, for each day they are so assigned and perform the functions, in addition to their regular pay an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of the assigned officer’s base pay and applicable step pay for the current fiscal year. Assignment pay shall not accrue or be payable to an individual once that person is no longer assigned to perform the specialized duties of Field Training Officer. Base pay rate shall not include amount otherwise received for longevity pay, educational incentive pay, certification pay, shift differential pay other assignment pay or overtime
    1. Records shall be entered daily on the Supplemental Compensation Report (FWPD-14- 01/92) by stating each day’s hours for the pay period in the justification section of the form and submitted to the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division with the payroll. These records shall be maintained for four (4) years after
    2. The Chief of Police, or designee, shall initial all authorized forms prior to entry on the attendance record. Necessary entries shall be made on the attendance record by the time clerk and certified by the supervisor in the same manner as for overtime entries. The original Supplemental Compensation Report shall be submitted to the Fiscal & Equipment Management

407.1             OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT [Special Order #117 9/08/14]

  1. General Guidelines
    1. City policy allows city employees to engage in secondary employment, under certain conditions and with some restrictions. Please see the City’s Personnel Rules and Regulations for more
      1. Off-duty jobs which are not law enforcement or security related require the completion of a City of Fort Worth Secondary Employment request form. These forms can be obtained from either the Employment Services Section or the City of Fort Worth Human Resources Department, and must be approved through the chain of command. Any questions regarding these types of jobs should be directed to the City of Fort Worth Human Resources
    2. The Fort Worth Police Department may additionally permit its officers to engage in off- duty law enforcement and security-related (LE/SR) employment after they have completed their probationary period. Both the officer and the off-duty employer/location must be approved in accordance with this policy prior to the officer engaging in such work. Financial arrangements in these cases shall be between the officer and the off-duty employer. Officers approved to perform off-duty LE/SR employment shall be covered by benefits established under the Worker’s Compensation

Act provided it is determined the officer was injured while acting in the course and scope of police duties.

  1. Definition of Terms

For the purposes of this General Order, the following definitions shall apply:

  1. Actions Taken in the Course and Scope of Police Duties – actions by an officer when not scheduled to work for the City of Fort Worth, taken to enforce the criminal laws of the City of Fort Worth, the state of Texas, or the United
  2. On-Duty Action – is any action taken by an officer while working for the Fort Worth Police Department during assigned working
  3. Off-Duty Law Enforcement Actions – are those taken within the scope and course of duties as a police officer to enforce local, state or federal criminal laws, whether or not they occur while the officer is working an off-duty LE/SR
  1. Approval Procedures for Off-Duty LE/SR Employment
    1. Eligible officers desiring to engage in off-duty LE/SR employment must complete the Off-Duty Employment form and submit it to their supervisors for review. These supervisors shall determine if the officer and the work location should be recommended for approval by taking the following steps:
      1. Review the officer’s Internal Affairs file for sustained and unresolved complaints against the officer. Make recommendations for approval or
      2. Check to see that the officer has completed the probationary
      3. Check the officer’s attendance for satisfactory levels. Family and Medical Leave Act-protected absences should not be held against the officer when determining whether to grant their request for approval to work off-duty
      4. Check to see that the officer’s work productivity meets divisional
      5. The supervisor over the applicant officer shall make recommendations of approval, approval with restrictions, or disapproval. Any recommendations for restricted approval or disapproval must be justified on the form, using attachments as necessary for full explanation. This information shall be forwarded to the officer’s division
    2. The division captain over the applicant officer shall review the application and forward it, along with recommendations and any included attachments to the appropriate deputy chief.
    3. The deputy chief over the applicant officer shall provide the officer with a completed copy of the application indicating either approval or disapproval and place another copy of the completed application in the officer’s unit
    4. It shall be each individual officer’s responsibility to comply with any restrictions that have been instituted by the department regarding their off-duty LE/SR
    5. Off-duty LE/SR employment approvals shall remain in effect as long as the deputy chief, or designee, has not taken action to withdraw an officer’s
    6. All original documentation applicable to off-duty LE/SR employment shall be filed in Internal
    7. All officers approved to work off-duty LE/SR jobs shall be placed on a list maintained by Internal
    8. Internal Affairs shall maintain a list of approved locations along with the officers currently approved to work these
  1. Officers who are approved to work off-duty LE/SR employment at a location must notify Internal Affairs when substantial changes in the approved off-duty LE/SR employment occur such as hours of operation,
  2. Officers desiring to work at an approved location in a relief capacity for another Fort Worth Police Department officer who is currently approved to work that location shall be required to complete the Off-Duty Temporary Employment form available on the FWPD portal after any relief shift. This notification shall be completed by the relief officer’s next regular working day and forwarded through their chain of
    1. Any officer working in a relief capacity shall be in good standing, including, but not limited to, time and attendance and disciplinary record with the
    2. An officer shall not work relief at a location on more than two (2) occasions without submitting an application for approval to work that
  3. Officers shall not work at an unapproved location. Officers who desire to work at a location not currently approved for off-duty LE/SR work may submit a request by using the Off-Duty Employment
  4. Supervisors who receive requests to add new locations to the approved list shall conduct a thorough investigation of the type of establishment to be approved. It should be determined if alcoholic beverages are served, the type of calls for police service in the past, general reputation of the establishment and the principal employees and/or owners, and the number of officers needed to work the establishment
  5. This information shall be forwarded to the requesting officer’s division captain for review.
  6. The division captain of the requesting officer shall collaborate with the division captain with territorial responsibility to ensure that input is received regarding the proposed location.
  7. The requesting officer’s division captain shall forward this information, along with their recommendation, to their deputy
  8. The deputy chief shall determine if the location should be placed on the approved locations list. If the location is disapproved, the deputy chief shall notify the officer making the request. Regardless of whether a location is approved or disapproved, the deputy chief will ensure Internal Affairs has been notified of the location
  9. Once a location and/or employer have been placed on the approved list, the location shall remain approved until cause is shown for disapproval. Removal of a location will be the responsibility of the captain, or higher, having territorial jurisdiction over the location.
  10. An exception to the approval procedure for off-duty LE/SR employment may exist when yearly or one time events require several officers, i.e., four (4) or more officers. It will be the responsibility of a supervisor to determine that the event falls into the approved location criteria and to determine the assignment of the officers to work the event. An inter-office correspondence listing the officers’ last name, initials, ID number, division of the off-duty LE/SR employment location, and the name of the person supervising and/or coordinating the event will be forwarded to Internal Affairs after approval has been received through the appropriate chain of command. Yearly events will necessitate approval and adherence to these procedures each
    1. Personnel coordinating off-duty LE/SR jobs can only be compensated for the time actually worked off-duty for that
  11. Limitations on Off-Duty LE/SR Employment
  1. Officers shall not engage in any outside business or occupation which limits their effectiveness in discharging official
  2. Officers shall not use their official position to the direct benefit of a private business in which they may have a conflict of interest, and shall perform their duties within the framework of all applicable state statutes, city ordinances, and current police policies and
  3. All officers shall be mindful of the fact that participating in approved off-duty LE/SR employment is a privilege. This privilege shall be available only so long as the individual maintains satisfactory performance levels as a police officer and is in conformance with all rules, regulations and other
  4. Officers shall not be permitted to engage in off-duty LE/SR employment in a law enforcement capacity outside the city limits of Fort Worth unless approved by the Chief of Police or
  5. No officer shall be allowed to sell tickets, take tickets, transfer or exchange customers’ money for tickets at any business, promotion, or special event, including movie houses and drive-in
  6. No officer shall be permitted to work at collecting any bills or checks, nor may that employment involve civil, domestic, and/or labor difficulties without the express consent of the Chief of
  7. Officers are permitted to provide security for an employer when an employee is transferring or handling money; however, officers are prohibited from personally handling any
  8. Limitations on the maximum number of hours an officer is permitted to work off-duty LE/SR employment are delineated in General Order 406.02
  9. Evidence of officers not fulfilling their official duties because of approved off-duty LE/SR employment duty shall be cause for review of their privilege to work in this capacity and may result in probation, restriction, cancellation, and/or other disciplinary action.
  10. Officers shall not be allowed to work in any establishment or for any individual whose character might be considered questionable. Officers shall not be allowed to work at events or establishments which operate illegal activities or, by the nature of their operation, would bring discredit upon the
  11. Officers shall not be engaged in or financially interested in any detective agency or like agency.
  12. Officers shall not be commissioned by any other law enforcement
  13. Prior to authorizing an officer to work off-duty LE/SR employment, each officer’s Internal Affairs record shall be carefully scrutinized in the areas of complaints, number of complaints, type of complaints, severity of complaints, etc. The officer’s captain shall notify the officer’s deputy chief when any officer’s record warrants review concerning the officer’s suitability for approved off-duty LE/SR employment. The deputy chief may deny, suspend, or restrict approved off-duty LE/SR employment privileges to any officer who has an excessive history of complaints or other unsatisfactory conduct as an
  14. The officer’s attendance and production records must be satisfactory. Below standard work, non-FMLA-related unacceptable attendance, or unsuitable appearance may result in restriction or cancellation of the approved off-duty LE/SR employment
  1. Failure to meet any of these criteria may result in denial, suspension, or restriction of any officer’s off-duty LE/SR employment privileges. Such denial, suspension, restriction, or subsequent restoration of such privileges shall be the sole province of the deputy chief, or
  2. Officers working off-duty LE/SR employment shall provide law enforcement services and enforce laws, regulations, and ordinances which they would normally be expected to enforce during their normal tour of duty. Any behavior which would conflict with the normal enforcement capabilities is prohibited. It is forbidden to engage in the enforcement of rules promulgated by the employer, e., “house rules.”
  3. When an off-duty officer makes an arrest, the prisoner(s) will be transported by an on- duty officer. Completion of all related paperwork and any investigation becomes the responsibility of the responding on-duty
  4. Officers shall not be permitted to drink alcoholic beverages while in uniform or while working in approved off-duty LE/SR employment
  5. Officers on restricted status and/or limited-duty for an occupational or non-occupational medical matter shall be prohibited from working off-duty LE/SR
  6. Officers working off-duty LE/SR employment must conform to all existing department rules and
  7. Officers must wear the approved standard uniform while engaging in off-duty LE/SR employment unless specific approval, in writing, has been obtained from a deputy chief to work in a plainclothes
  8. An officer of lower rank shall not serve as supervisor to a member of higher rank while both are engaged in off-duty LE/SR
  9. No officer shall receive total payment for a job worked and then issue payment to other officers. All officers shall be paid on an individual basis by any off-duty
  10. Officers shall not work at any off-duty employment during the same hours, or portion thereof, while on-duty or for which they fail to report for duty due to illness, injury, or illnesses or injury of a family
  11. Officers of the rank of captain, deputy chief and assistant chief are prohibited from working off-duty LE/SR jobs, unless a written exception for coordination of large special events is granted by the Chief of
  12. No officer shall engage in off-duty LE/SR employment which entails escorting any vehicle or equipment, to include gas or oil rig equipment. This includes escorts both within and outside the city limits of Fort Worth. A deputy chief or higher can make a case by case exception if an escort is necessary for the safety of the general public, to include but not limited to, moving houses, planes, oversize loads, etc. If an exception is made, an off-duty Fort Worth Police Department supervisor shall be responsible for coordinating the
  13. Officers are prohibited from working off-duty LE/SR employment at businesses even if they are on the approved list during times that the business’s staff are underdressed (including, but not limited to, wearing lingerie, body paint, wet t-shirt, going topless, etc) or any other form of provocative dress other than the normal
  14. Officers are prohibited from using city vehicles at off-duty LE/SR jobs unless the use was pre-approved by the deputy chief or designee approving the location or event. The approval for the city vehicles shall be limited to only marked vehicles when it is necessary for  the  immediate  safety  of  the  officers  and/or    Regardless    of

approval for use of a vehicle at a specific job, officers must have prior approval from  the chain of command to which the specific vehicle is assigned to use the vehicle.

  1. Off-Duty LE/SR Employment Injuries

All injuries occurring while performing functions that are considered to be within the course and scope of police duties (as defined in section B) should be immediately reported to an on- duty patrol supervisor, who shall see that the required reports are completed. First Report of Injury Report (DWC-1), a detailed injury IOC concerning the incident, and photographs if applicable, shall be submitted by the end of the shift. The supervisor shall submit copies of incident or offense reports to the Employment Services Section, Medical Records Unit for filing.

  1. Injuries occurring as a result of off-duty law enforcement action shall be treated as if they occurred while the officer was on-duty for the purpose of compensation and benefits provided by the City of Fort
  2. Injuries sustained as a result of non-law enforcement activities are not considered job related and any treatment and expenses incurred shall be the responsibility of the approved off-duty employer, private insurance, or the individual

407.2             POLICE RESERVES

  1. Reserve officers shall not work off-duty LE/SR employment for
  2. Reserve officers shall obtain permission from their deputy chief before working such jobs without compensation.

410.1             DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: SCOPE

  1. All department employees shall be subject to disciplinary action for acts of misconduct.
  2. In reference to civil service employees, misconduct is defined as any act committed or omitted as required by the twelve (12) rules listed in General Order 02(B).

410.2             DISCIPLINARY ACTION:  CIVIL SERVICE EMPLOYEES

  1. The form of disciplinary action for civil service employees may be:
    1. Commander’s
    2. Written
    3. Suspension without
    4. Indefinite suspension without
      1. In cases involving a felony
  1. The following twelve (12) rules as set forth in Chapter 143, Local Government Code, and the Rules and Regulations of the City of Fort Worth Civil Service Commission, are causes for disciplinary action, including removal or suspension for civil service
    1. Conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude.
      1. Conviction of a felony is cause for dismissal and conviction of a class A or B misdemeanor may be cause for disciplinary action or indefinite suspension. (Chapter 143, Local Government Code, Section 056).
    2. Violation of the provisions of the City of Fort Worth
    3. Acts of
    4. Neglect of
    5. Discourtesy to the public or to fellow employee while the officer is in the line of
    6. Acts showing lack of good moral
    7. Drinking intoxicants while on-duty or intoxication while off-duty.
    8. Conduct prejudicial to good
    9. Refusal or neglect to pay just
    10. Absence without
    11. Shirking duty or cowardice at fires, if
    12. Violation of any of the rules, regulations, or any orders of the police

410.3             DISCIPLINARY ACTION:  NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL

  1. Disciplinary procedures for non-civil service personnel are governed by the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and
    1. Each deputy chief shall ensure that their divisions and/or sections have a copy of the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations and that it is maintained to a current
  2. Disciplinary action for non-civil service employees is normally applied in progressive steps when performance is unsatisfactory. The form of disciplinary action may be:
    1. Oral
    2. Written
    3. Disciplinary probation
    4. Reduction in pay
  3. Prior to initiating disciplinary action involving non-civil service personnel, the supervisor initiating the process shall consult the appropriate section of the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations.
    1. The supervisor shall also consult with the Affirmative Action Coordinator and appropriate personnel of the Fiscal and Equipment Management Division prior to finalizing any disciplinary action other than an oral or written

410.4             EMERGENCY     DISCIPLINARY     ACTION:           NON-CIVIL      SERVICE PERSONNEL

  1. In the event that the actions of a non-civil service employee necessitates immediate disciplinary action and the Affirmative Action Coordinator is unavailable, the supervisor shall adhere to the following
  1. Instruct the employee to leave the work site at once and to report back to work either the next day or at a time specified by the
  2. Prepare a written report detailing the circumstances leading to the action taken and submit the report to the employee’s division captain or equivalent civilian
  3. At the earliest opportunity, consult with the Affirmative Action
  1. Subsequent to the above steps, the normal procedures outlined in the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations, shall be

410.5             APPEALS AND GRIEVANCES: NON-CIVIL SERVICE PERSONNEL

  1. The appeal and grievance processes for non-civil service employees are detailed in the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations. Oral warnings, including documented oral warnings, are not grievable. The City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations must be made available to any non-civil service employee requesting access to these items.

410.6             PERSONNEL COMPLAINT [Special Order #41 10/10/07]

  1. A personnel complaint is an allegation, received from any source, of misconduct by a department
  2. All personnel complaints shall be accepted and a Personnel Complaint form shall be completed without unnecessary delay whenever:
    1. The complaint is of misconduct of a nature which, if true, would normally result in a form of disciplinary action outlined in General Order 02.
    2. The complaint is received from a source outside the department or the alleged violation involves an incident of serious
  3. Whenever an employee who is not a supervisor becomes aware, either through personal observation or other means, of possible misconduct they shall, if applicable, take corrective action to preclude continuation or escalation of the incident and shall immediately notify a supervisor.
  4. When any supervisor becomes aware of possible misconduct, either through personal observation or other means, the supervisor shall take action to prevent continuation or aggravation of the incident. The supervisor shall also conduct a preliminary investigation, which shall include, when applicable:
    1. Names, identification numbers, and assignments of all involved employees, including employees who are
    2. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of the complaining person and any known witnesses to the incident who are not department employees. Times, locations, and business and residential telephone numbers where these individuals may be contacted shall be
    3. A statement from the complaining person obtained by an interview of that person by the reporting
    4. Photographs of actual or claimed injuries to the complaining person. Photographs shall be taken in all cases involving allegations of excessive
    5. Any available information regarding medical treatment obtained by the complaining person as a result of the
    6. The disposition of any evidence
    7. A supervisor shall not be assigned to conduct an investigation of alleged misconduct if they are the reporting party, the ultimate decision-maker regarding disciplinary action, or if they have any personal involvement regarding the alleged
  1. When warranted, the allegation of misconduct shall be reported on a Personnel Complaint form (FWPD-12-4/95).
    1. Signature of the reporting
      1. Personnel Complaint forms shall be notarized when an allegation of misconduct is received from a source other than sworn
      2. If the reporting party refuses to sign the form or cannot sign the form for a compelling reason, such as incapacity or the person lives a considerable distance outside the city, the interviewing supervisor shall include the reason for not obtaining the signature in the narrative portion of the form. In instances where a valid reason exists for not obtaining the reporting party’s signature, for the purposes of the Texas Government Code, Chapter 614.022 and 614.023, the signature of the interviewing sergeant in the “Reporting Party” block will be considered a valid substitute for the signature of the reporting
      3. If the supervisor becomes aware of the misconduct through personal observation or the misconduct is of a nature whereby the complaining party is the administrative entity of the department, the reporting supervisor shall sign the Personnel Complaint form as the “Reporting ”
    2. Information on witnesses who are not department employees and investigative results, other than the reporting party’s statement, shall not be included in the Personnel Complaint form. Such information shall be documented in a separate IOC and directed to the Internal Affairs
    3. The reporting supervisor shall forward the completed Personnel Complaint form in the following manner:
      1. The original shall be sent to the Internal Affairs
      2. A copy shall be sent to the involved employee’s division
      3. A copy shall be provided to the involved employee’s deputy
    4. The commander of the Internal Affairs Division shall ensure the assignment of a permanent investigation number to a received Personnel Complaint form and shall provide the number to the involved employee’s division
    5. Minor incidents which will not reflect discredit upon the department, but which indicate a need for some form of corrective action and/or training, may be dealt with by the involved officer’s immediate supervisor with the review and concurrence of the involved employee’s division
    6. A Personnel Complaint form shall not be completed when complaints are solely against department policies or procedures. If a complaint is determined to be concerning department policies or procedures and no misconduct is indicated, and the incident cannot be explained to the complaining person’s satisfaction, that person shall be referred to the organizational entity having administrative control over the subject
    7. Complaints from Intoxicated Persons or a Third Party
      1. When a personnel complaint is received from an intoxicated person, a Personnel Complaint form shall be prepared and processed, without the complaining person’s signature. The complaining person shall be re-interviewed at the earliest opportunity after having regained sobriety by the supervisor assigned the investigation. During the re-interview, the complaining person shall be asked to sign the Personnel Complaint form.
  1. When a personnel complaint is received from a third party source, a complaint form shall be prepared and processed. The third party source shall be asked to sign the Personnel Complaint form as the reporting
  2. In either event, unless the personnel complaint is validated by subsequent interview of the intoxicated person or an actual party to the incident, the final disposition of such complaint shall not be listed on an officer’s Internal Affairs Division record. All reports related to such complaints shall be filed as miscellaneous memorandums by the Internal Affairs
  1. A Personnel Complaint form shall not be completed on personnel complaints received from anonymous sources; however, when information is received by a supervisor which originated from an anonymous source, the supervisor shall complete an Inter-Office Correspondence detailing the information received and forward it to the Internal Affairs Division.
    1. If the information received is of a nature that would jeopardize the integrity of an investigation by being reduced to writing, it shall be handled in accordance with General Order 07.
    2. If the information received describes misconduct of a nature which, if true, would normally result in a form of disciplinary action outlined in General Order 410.02, a preliminary investigation will be
    3. When warranted, the allegation of misconduct shall be reported on a Personnel Complaint form. If the identity of the anonymous reporting party cannot be determined or the reporting party, if identified, refuses to sign the Personnel Complaint form, for the purposes of the Texas Government Code, Chapter 614.022 and 614.023, the signature of the investigating supervisor in the “Reporting Party” block will be considered a valid substitute for the signature of the reporting

410.7             DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: SENSITIVE INVESTIGATION

  1. When a personnel complaint or incident is of a nature that the integrity of the investigation may be compromised or jeopardized by reducing the incident to writing, the reporting supervisor shall immediately report the incident to their commander, who shall report said incident to the commander of the Internal Affairs Division.
  2. If the reporting supervisor has reason to believe the integrity of the investigation may be compromised by passage through normal channels, the supervisor shall personally report the incident directly to the commander of the Internal Affairs
  3. When immediate action is required or the seriousness of the incident is such that it may subject the department to severe criticism or liability, the reporting supervisor shall provide immediate notification to the involved employee’s division commander and to the commander of the Internal Affairs
    1. In incidents of this magnitude, division commanders may temporarily relieve the involved employee from duty, with pay, and shall, when applicable, take custody of the employee’s badge, identification card, and service

410.8             DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES [Special Order #41 10/10/07]

  1. Supervisors/Commanders who become aware of alleged misconduct shall:
    1. Ensure that a Personnel Complaint form is prepared without unnecessary delay and signed by the interviewing supervisor and the reporting
  1. Ensure that an appropriate preliminary investigation has been
  2. Ensure that all complaint forms, copies, and related reports are forwarded to the appropriate personnel as described in General Order 410.06 and that all notifications required are
  3. The investigator or supervisor performing the investigation shall provide the employee with the written allegations in the complaint no less than 48 hours before the initial interview or requesting any inter-office correspondence or other correspondence related to the incident from the

Note:     The   48   hour   notice   does   not   apply  to   on-scene   investigations that  occur immediately after an incident.

  1. Division commanders have the primary responsibility for investigating personnel complaints made against employees of their commands. A division commander who becomes cognizant of any allegation of misconduct shall monitor all resulting activities and shall ensure that personnel under their command have fulfilled their responsibilities provided in this order. A division commander may request that the Internal Affairs Division conduct an investigation on any allegation of misconduct or personnel

410.9             DISCIPLINARY      PROCEDURES:      INTERNAL      AFFAIRS      DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES [Special Order #38 7/21/06]

  1. The commander of the Internal Affairs Division shall act in a staff advisory capacity when necessary. The commander may assume responsibility for the investigation of any personnel complaint when, in the opinion of the commander, it is advisable to do
  2. The Internal Affairs Division shall assume responsibility for a personnel complaint when:
    1. It has been alleged an employee has committed any felony or Class A or B misdemeanor.
    2. The allegation of misconduct is against employees of more than one
    3. The investigation involves an allegation of:
      • Excessive force,
      • Sexual harassment,
      • Hostile work environment,
      • Disparate treatment due to gender, race, ethnicity, age, or sexual orientation,
      • Retaliation for reporting the misconduct of another,
      • Inappropriate conduct or comment of a sexual nature, or
      • Inappropriate comment regarding gender, race, ethnicity, age, or sexual
    4. The commander of the Internal Affairs Division has the authority to obtain the advice and assistance of any departmental

410.10          ARRESTED DEPARTMENTAL EMPLOYEE

  1. If an employee of the department is detained or arrested for any criminal offense within the City of Fort Worth, the officer detaining or arresting the employee shall immediately notify a supervisor of the division in which the employee is detained or
  2. A supervisor who has been notified that an employee of the department has been arrested or detained shall immediately proceed to the scene and shall ensure that the commander of the patrol division in which the incident occurs is immediately
  3. The commander of the patrol division shall ensure immediate notification is made to:
    1. The Internal Affairs Division
    2. The lieutenant of the employee’s division of
  1. The employee’s division commander or
  2. The Public Information
  1. When a need is indicated to present to the jail an employee who has been arrested, the commander in charge of the investigation shall contact the involved employee’s bureau deputy chief or assistant department head for booking approval. If the involved employee’s deputy chief or assistant department head is unavailable, the duty deputy chief shall be contacted for booking
  2. The deputy chief or assistant department head contacted shall determine if the employee is to be presented to the jail lieutenant for booking into the Mansfield Law Enforcement Center.
    1. If no deputy chief is available, the commander of the Internal Affairs Division shall make the determination as to whether booking shall take
  3. The Internal Affairs Division or the appropriate specialized investigative unit shall conduct an investigation whenever an employee is arrested for or believed to be a principal suspect in a felony or class A or B misdemeanor offense. When applicable, they shall be responsible for submitting the criminal case to the District Attorney for consideration of criminal prosecution. The commander of the Internal Affairs Division has the discretion to assume responsibility for investigations related to class C misdemeanor
  4. When any employee of the department is detained or becomes aware that they are believed to be the principal suspect in a criminal offense, other than minor traffic violations committed outside the City of Fort Worth, the employee shall as soon as possible notify a supervisor.
  5. When any employee of the department becomes aware that another employee has been detained or is believed to be a principal actor in a criminal offense, other than minor traffic violations committed outside the city, the employee shall immediately notify a
  6. Any supervisor who is notified regarding the detainment or arrest of an employee by another law enforcement agency, other than minor traffic violations, shall ensure that immediate notification is made to the Internal Affairs Division and to the division commander of the involved
  7. An Internal Affairs Division investigator shall respond to the scene or to the indicated outside agency when the incident involves an alleged felony or class A or B
    1. A supervisor from the involved employee’s division of assignment shall respond on alleged class C misdemeanor violations if the violation is of a magnitude to require immediate
      1. Regardless of whether a supervisor responds to the scene, a Personnel Complaint form shall still be prepared and
    2. The responding supervisor shall conduct a preliminary investigation and a Personnel Complaint form shall be prepared and processed as described in General Order 06.
    3. The responding supervisor shall advise concerned members of the outside agency that the preliminary investigation is for internal administrative purposes only and that any evidence obtained by the responding supervisor solely as a result of interviewing the involved employee shall not be disclosed to the agency conducting the criminal investigation. Responding supervisors shall exercise extreme care not to interfere with the investigation of the outside

410.11          DISPOSITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATIONS [SPECIAL ORDER

#41 10/10/07 AND SPECIAL ORDER # 89 8/16/12]

 

 

  1. Administrative investigations which may result in disciplinary action, whether conducted by the Internal Affairs Division or the involved employee’s division of assignment, shall be completed within thirty-one (31) calendar days from the date the complaint is received or initiated.

Note:      Due to  the complicated  nature of some investigations,  the   investigation deadline may be waived by the division commander.

  1. Unless approved by the Chief of Police or designee, the complete administrative investigation from the investigation and review to the employee notification and issuance of any discipline will be the responsibility of the chain of command of the officer at the time of the incident or misconduct. If an employee is moved prior to the completion of the investigation, the chain-of-command responsible for that employee at the time the incident occurred will continue the investigation, review and notifications. Reassignment of the officer does not reassign responsibility of any part of the investigative, notification or discipline
  2. The review by the chain of command, including letters of transmittal, shall be completed within fifteen (15) calendar days of the date the investigation is completed or the date the investigative report is received from the Internal Affairs
  3. A completed investigation shall be submitted to the involved employee’s division commander by the supervisor of same and shall include a summary of facts prepared by the supervisor with an appropriate conclusion, classifying each specific act of misconduct into one of the following categories:
    1. Unfounded: The investigation reveals sufficient evidence to believe the complained of act did not
    2. Exonerated: The investigation reveals the complained of act occurred but was legal, proper, and
    3. Not-Sustained: The investigation discloses insufficient evidence to believe the complained of act either did or did not
    4. Sustained: The investigation discloses sufficient evidence to conclude the complained of act
  4. When an investigation subsequently discloses additional allegations of misconduct which were not described in the original personnel complaint, and the classification of the original complaint is other than sustained, a new complaint form shall be prepared and a supplemental investigative report completed. When any allegation of misconduct in the original personnel complaint is sustained, the new allegations may be recorded as separate supplemental charges in the investigative report for the original
  5. If any allegation of misconduct is sustained, the employee’s first-line supervisor at the time the incident occurred shall:
    1. Prepare the summary report with the supervisor’s recommendation for disciplinary action.
    2. Discuss the findings and recommendation for disciplinary action with the involved employee in person, documenting the meeting in the summary
    3. Forward the completed investigation and summary report for review by the employee’s chain of
  6. When a completed personnel complaint investigation is forwarded for review, each ascending level of the chain of command shall endorse the investigation indicating either approval or disapproval for the conclusions and recommendations of the previous review level. Any   level   of   the   chain   of   command   disapproving   the   recommendations or

recommending some other form of disciplinary action of the previous review level shall personally discuss their recommendations with the involved employee, documenting the meeting in the report.

  1. Upon completion of the review, the personnel complaint, along with related reports, shall be forwarded to the involved employee’s deputy
  2. A deputy chief receiving a completed personnel complaint shall review and endorse the packet, indicating approval or disapproval for the conclusions and recommendations of the division commander. Upon completion of this review, the completed personnel complaint investigation and all related documents shall be forwarded to the Internal Affairs
  3. Under no circumstances shall any level of review change or require a change in conclusions and/or recommendations of another. When a review level does not approve conclusions and/or recommendations of another, the disapproving level shall submit a separate Inter- Office Correspondence indicating their own conclusions and recommendations and the reasons substantiating this
  4. If any level of review determines that additional investigation is required, the further investigation shall normally be conducted by the supervisor conducting the original investigation.
  5. At the end of the investigation and subsequent review by the employee’s chain of command at the time the incident occurred, that chain-of-command shall discuss the complaint and all facts revealed by the investigation with all employees against whom allegations of misconduct have been
    1. When the disposition of the matter results in a recommendation for a suspension without pay, the involved employee’s division captain/division manager shall  personally conduct the
    2. In the case of any other finding, the discussions may be conducted by the employee’s lieutenant or immediate supervisor at the time the incident
    3. If the Deputy Chief of the involved employee or the Chief of Police changes the recommendation to a higher level of discipline that has been discussed with the employee, the involved employee shall be notified by the division commander/manager in a timely manner of that final
    4. Suspension letters shall be served by the Chief of Police, the Deputy Chief or Captain of the involved employee at the time the incident occurred or personnel in the Internal Affairs Division. Any personnel serving such discipline shall ensure that the officer fully understands the basis for the suspension as well as the officer’s appeal rights. A sign back shall be completed and forwarded to the Internal Affairs Division to be placed in the

413.1             PEER SUPPORT TEAM

Peer Support Team members are not counselors or therapists but are specially trained colleagues who volunteer their time to provide intervention and assistance to police department   employees

involved in traumatic incidents and in times of personal and/or professional crisis. These team members shall not be additionally compensated by the department for the work done as peer support team members. All such work shall be done in addition to the employee’s regular duties, on a voluntary basis. The Employee Assistance Program (EAP) Manager/Crisis Intervention Program will oversee the team.

  1. Information given to members of the Peer Support Team is not protected by legal privilege; however, communication between Peer Support Team members and employee is confidential through department-mandated policy and shall not be subject to any administrative investigation. The exceptions to confidentiality occur in cases where the law requires divulgence:
    1. A danger to self or others,
    2. Suspected child abuse,
    3. Narcotics offenses,
    4. Domestic violence,
    5. Factual elderly abuse, or
    6. Felonies and serious
  2. When employees are directed to seek assistance from the Peer Support Coordinator or EAP by the department, only the supervisor or command staff with the need to know may be informed of the employee’s compliance with the
  3. The Peer Support Team is supervised by the Peer Support Coordinator, or Team Leader, whose duties shall be to:
    1. Select from volunteers, the employees who shall make up the unit. Applicants must be sworn officers or full-time police department employees in good standing. An interview process will occur and the Coordinator, with the assistance of the EAP Manager, will recommend applicants that appear to be best suited for peer support. The Coordinator will forward the list of recommended applicants to the Executive Deputy Chief for review. After review, the Executive Deputy Chief will forward a final list of recommended applicants to the Chief of Police for
    2. Maintain an accurate roster of the names, telephone numbers, duty assignments, and other information regarding availability of team members who may respond when needed. The Peer Support Coordinator shall provide this list to the Police Communications Division
    3. Design and provide any specialized training the department requires in regard to peer support, stress management, or crisis
    4. Upon request by the command staff, at the time a disciplinary action has been initiated, intervene on behalf of any officer or full-time employee of this department to determine if the root cause may be other than a disciplinary matter, and provide any needed assistance and/or referral as

413.2             RECALL FOR PEER SUPPORT TEAM

  1. Incidents subject to recall include but are not limited to:
    1. Officer involved in a shooting with serious injury or death.
    2. Officer involved in a major vehicle accident involving serious bodily injury or
    3. Any similar incident that might be viewed as a cause of serious psychological stress upon the officer or police
  1. The Peer Support Coordinator shall be contacted by a Police Communications Division supervisor when a patrol supervisor has requested the services of the Peer Support Team. The Police Chaplain shall be notified if requested by the
  2. Notification of a peer support team member shall be initiated by the Peer Support Coordinator through the Police Communications Division supervisor. On-duty members shall be given priority in selection due to the importance associated with rapid response; however, officers or employees may specifically request any peer support team member on the active
  3. The team member may be allowed to accompany the employee through all phases of the investigation, if requested by the concerned employee and with the permission of the investigator. The peer member’s status is not official and they shall take no part in the investigation. Under no circumstances shall the peer member do anything that might disrupt or interfere with the investigation. The Peer Support Coordinator shall be responsible for the supervision of the team member working with the concerned employee during the initial phases of their
  4. Peer Support Team members shall not be used for police duties when off duty and acting in their capacity as a peer support team
  5. In accordance with General Order 413.01 A, Peer Support Team members shall maintain confidentiality for all conversations they are a party to between the officers and/or employees when performing peer support

413.3             REASSIGNMENT OF PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN A MAJOR INCIDENT

  1. Officers involved in shootings, accidents, or other major incidents which result in death or serious injury to any of the parties involved, may be temporarily reassigned to other duties by the Chief of Police or
  2. This reassignment is not automatic and is subject to review and concurrence by the Chief of Police or designee after the request is made by either the officer involved, a division captain with concurrence of their bureau deputy chief, or the Peer Support
  3. The reassigned position shall be determined by the Chief of Police or designee and shall conform, as closely as possible, to the employee’s normal tour of
  4. The duration of the temporary assignment shall be decided by the Chief of Police or designee upon determination that the employee has had sufficient time to readjust, and has successfully
  5. During the period of readjustment, if so indicated or requested, the Peer Support Coordinator may meet with the officer and/or refer the officer to an outside professional or agency for counseling. This referral shall in no way indicate departmental liability for subsequent treatment.
  6. This procedure shall not affect the prerogative of the Chief of Police to place an employee on detached duty or any other restricted

414.01   VOLUNTEER CHAPLAINS [Special Order #107 09/05/13]

  1. The police lead chaplain shall be appointed by the Chief of Police and is organizationally attached to the office of the Assistant Chief over the Finance and Personnel Bureau. The mission of  the  volunteer  chaplain  program  is  to  provide  non-denominational   spiritual

guidance, counseling and crisis intervention to the employees of the Fort Worth Police Department. Police Chaplain(s) shall demonstrate sensitivity to and respect for cultural, religion, gender, sexual orientation and physical differences when working with employees and the public.

  1. The police lead chaplain shall maintain a list of representative faiths and seek to recruit clergy members from those faiths to assist in the responsibilities of the police department as
  2. The police lead chaplain shall be responsible for supervision, direction, and coordination with team police chaplains and, with assistance from the appropriate division(s), is responsible for background screening of team members, including but not limited to, criminal history checks, reference check, and degree and employment verification.
  1. The police chaplain(s) shall be aware of the unique responsibilities of sworn and non-sworn employees.
    1. The police chaplain(s) will be available to all police personnel and their family members. Because of the confidential nature of the relationship, employees are not required to notify their supervisor of the consultation; however, the officer shall call off if the consultation will cause them to miss
      1. An employee’s discussion with the chaplain concerning an addiction issue does not equate to self-referral. Refer to the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations, Alcohol Misuse and Drug Abuse Policy, for information related to self-referral.
    2. To the extent allowed by law, any communication that a person makes to a police chaplain is on strictly confidential basis and shall not be released to any party other than the person being Records and files shall be provided the utmost security.
    3. The police chaplain may be contacted either through Police Communications or directly by cell phone at any
  2. The police chaplain(s) may not transport any person in their personal vehicle while on-duty with the police
  3. The police chaplain(s) may ride-in with the officers to observe police operations and be on call to assist in situations where counseling or advice may be
    1. Police chaplain(s) shall not interfere with any investigation or divulge information to family members, witnesses or victims without an approval from an on-duty
    2. Police chaplain(s) shall refer all news media requests to the on-scene police supervisor or the Public Relations
    3. Because of their status as a volunteer, police chaplain(s) are required to complete the ride-in waiver
  4. The police chaplain shall be notified immediately by Police Communications of an employee’s on-duty death or serious
    1. If requested by the department or the family, the lead police chaplain will assist in coordination of funeral or memorial services for in-the-line of duty deaths, and upon approval by the Assistant Chief may assist with the funeral or memorial services of any police
    2. If requested by the department or employee, the police chaplain(s) will be available for visitation of a hospitalized or home-bound
  5. Police Chaplains(s) serve at the pleasure of the Chief of

416.01   USE OF TRAINING CENTER FACILITIES

  1. The Police and Fire Training Academy shall be open from 0730 to 1700, Monday through Friday, remaining closed on weekends and holidays unless special provisions are made. First priority for the use of the facilities shall remain official fire and police department training. In situations of a fire or police department mission-critical function, fire or police personnel will have priority over any non-critical group that has scheduled use of the training
  2. During those times when the gymnasium and weight room are not in official use for approved training by the fire or police departments, other organized activities or individual use may be scheduled by contacting the Police Training Division captain, who shall have full authority and responsibility for scheduling. Keys and a key log shall be provided at the training center for access to the training facility. An additional key and key log shall be available at the Patrol Command Office. It shall be the responsibility of the person who checks out the key to see that the building is secured after use and that the key is immediately
  3. Use of the training center gymnasium and weight room shall be limited to fire and police employees, both sworn and civilian. No individual or group activities shall be allowed involving non-city
  4. Any organization, other than Fort Worth Police or Fire Department, requesting use of the Training Division building will be required to sign a release

418.01   SENIORITY PROCEDURES

  1. The Fort Worth Police Department subscribes to the following values and philosophies concerning personnel assignments:
    1. Public safety is our primary
    2. The department’s goal is to place the best qualified officer in each position; therefore, qualification is the first consideration for
    3. Civil service rules and procedures determine qualifications for advancement from rank to
    4. Management retains the right to set job requirements, make assignments, and exercise judgments within the civil service framework; however, management must be prepared to explain its
    5. Seniority is rewarded by the provisions for longevity
    6. Seniority may be considered for personnel assignments of officers below the rank of lieutenant.
  1. Special needs or hardships of individual officers may be considered when making assignments.
  2. The decisions of the Chief of Police on transfers and/or assignments are not subject to the grievance
  1. Assignment for all officers will normally be determined by the following factors:
    1. Special skills or experiences required by the
    2. Special training or educational
    3. Previous job
    4. Special needs or hardships of individual
  2. Normally, seniority for the purpose of asserting a seniority preference, shall be determined by the date of commission or promotion to the present rank. If the date of promotion or commission are identical for two or more officers, seniority will be determined by officers’ final position in their graduating academy class or on their promotional
    1. Seniority for officers who have received a demotion due to a reduction in force shall be determined by the date of original appointment to the rank to which they are being demoted.
    2. Seniority for officers who are involuntarily demoted under provisions of chapter 143 of the Texas Local Government Code shall be determined by the effective date of the demotion.
    3. Seniority for officers who are reappointed after voluntary resignation shall be determined by their date of
  3. Officers in the rank of lieutenant and above may not assert seniority preference for unit assignment, shift assignment, days off, vacation leave, or holiday leave. These are discretionary personnel decisions made by the Chief of Police in the best interests of the department with consideration for any special needs or hardships of individual
  4. Officers below the rank of lieutenant may not assert seniority preference for unit or shift assignment, but may assert seniority within their work unit for:
    1. Vacation
    2. Days off preferences by work unit as soon as the days become available. Officers may not bump other officers from their days off because of
    3. In the case of unwanted transfers, the senior officer may not bump days off, holidays, or vacations already set; however, at the first day off vacancy, etc., the senior officer may assert their seniority

NOTE:   Unit shall mean a first line supervisor’s work group.

  1. Holiday deployment shall follow the normal course of days off except in those instances when increased or reduced deployment is mandated by the circumstances of the holiday. Commanders and supervisors shall endeavor to keep holiday deployment at the minimum necessary to provide adequate police

419.01   POLICE OFFICERS’ BILL OF RIGHTS

  1. Contacts
  1. An investigator shall make every attempt to contact the employee at a reasonable time and place, and to conduct the interview during the employee’s normal tour of
  2. If the employee is caused to return to duty for the purpose of any interview, the city shall be required to compensate the employee at the current compensation rate in effect for call-back.
  1. Telephone Interviews

Interviews held by telephone must indicate the person interviewing the employee, the time, place, and date, which must be reasonable, and the nature of the allegations or act. If the investigator reduces the recording to writing, the employees involved shall be furnished with an accurate transcript of the conversation which they in turn must proofread for error and then sign under the seal of a notary.

  1. Investigations and Polygraph Examinations
    1. Employees shall be entitled to all legal rights including:
      1. Notice of
        • The involved employee shall be given a copy of the Personnel Complaint form signed by the reporting party and/or the supervisor who completed the form, within a reasonable time after the complaint is filed. A “reasonable time” is generally to be interpreted as being at the time of the employee’s investigative interview; however, this does not apply to an investigation that takes place immediately after an incident occurs. In such instances, the involved employee shall be furnished with a copy of the Personnel Complaint form as soon as practicable.
        • A sign back receipt shall be required when the involved employee receives a copy of the Personnel Complaint
      2. Nature of charges either criminal, civil, or
      3. Appropriate constitutional warning, in the case of a criminal
      4. List of witnesses alleging such
      5. Right to advice by counsel outside of the
    2. The investigator shall inform the employee whether they are being interviewed as a witness or an involved
    3. If at any time the nature of the investigation encompasses criminal matter where the officer could be criminally charged, the employee shall be informed they are being interviewed as a suspect, and shall have the right to constitutional warning, privilege against self-incrimination, and right to
    4. The employee shall enjoy reasonable freedoms during the investigation, including smoking, drinking, restroom privileges, and telephone
    5. The investigator shall in no way subject the employee to harsh, abusive language or humiliating treatment and if said treatment occurs, the exception shall be recorded in the interview
    6. Interviews must be related to the act
    7. The employee must answer all questions truthfully and not withhold any pertinent information.
    8. Any employee attempting to influence or interfere with an investigative action, other than through prescribed channels, shall be subject to disciplinary
    9. In investigative actions where citizens of the community are contacted as to the character of the employee at the request of the employee being investigated, it shall  be

the responsibility of the investigator instituting such interviews to recontact the citizen and advise them of the outcome of the investigation.

  1. The Chief of Police has the authority to require an employee to take a polygraph for the purposes of an
  2. Employees shall not be required to sign any document indicating that they were not under duress when undergoing a polygraph examination at the direction of the Chief of Police.
  3. In polygraph examinations, except for preliminary control questions, questions must be specifically addressed to the particular allegations charged in the original
  4. Any information concerning the acts shall not be made available to any Civil Service Commission or appeal board if that information was obtained under false
  5. Employees shall have the right to know if their internal affairs interview is being recorded. They shall also:
    1. Have the right to bring their own recording device to the
    2. Both parties must be aware of all
    3. The device must be in full
    4. If the recorded interview is to be used in an Internal Affairs Division case investigation, it will normally be reduced to
    5. If the employee requests a copy of their transcript:
      • The employee shall be furnished with a transcript of their
      • They must initial the transcript for
      • Said employees must sign the transcript under the seal of a
    6. All internal affairs investigations shall be used exclusively by administration and shall not be released to outside agencies without the permission of the Chief of
  6. Right to Counsel

All employees shall have the right to free counsel when civil suits are instigated against  them as a result of a situation arising out of the normal duties required by their position, providing they are acting within the scope of their assignment.

  1. Internal Investigation Warning

The following warning shall be given to any employee before the interview begins:

I wish to advise you that you are being questioned as part of an official investigation of the police department. You shall be asked questions specifically directed and narrowly related to the performance of your official duties or fitness for office. You are entitled to all the rights and privileges guaranteed by the laws and rules and regulations of the Fort Worth Police Department. I further wish to advise you that if you refuse to testify or to answer questions relating to the performance of your official duties or fitness for duty, you shall be subject to departmental disciplinary action which could result in your dismissal from the police department. These statements may be used against you in relation to subsequent departmental administrative charges. Moreover, if this investigation reveals information which becomes criminal in nature, you shall then be advised of your rights under criminal procedures.

420.1             VACATION LEAVE

 

 

  1. All division captains/division managers are responsible for scheduling vacation leave on an annual basis for all members of their command/supervision and shall maintain the vacation schedule for one (1) full calendar
  2. Officers shall sign up for vacations by seniority within their
  3. In cases of transfers, emergencies, or employees with less than one (1) year of continuous employment, supervisors shall render decisions which reflect consideration of the employee’s problem, but which are in the best interests of the department. In no instance shall an officer be allowed to use unearned
  4. It shall be the responsibility of supervisors to monitor vacation and holiday time to avoid abuse. Additionally, the supervisor shall ensure appropriate staffing before approval of vacation

420.2             COMPENSATORY AND HOLIDAY LEAVE

  1. Compensatory and accumulated holiday leave may be used in hourly
  2. Employees shall request use of compensatory and holiday leave in advance whenever possible.
    1. Accumulated compensatory time may be used when the employee desires to use the time, if the supervisor agrees the time off may be scheduled at that
    2. Supervisors shall grant leaves when the work unit functions shall not be unduly interrupted by the requesting officer’s
  3. Whenever an employee uses any accumulated holiday or compensatory leave, they shall complete the Supplemental Compensation Report and submit it to their supervisor. If the use is via a call-off, the supervisor shall complete the form and obtain the employee’s signature when they return to

421.1             TRAUMATIC INCIDENTS

This General Order applies to any department employee, sworn or civilian, who is involved in a traumatic incident. It is not intended to displace or contradict Critical Police Incident (CPI) investigative processes, but to facilitate the prompt access to assistance and return to work.

421.2             DEFINITIONS

  1. A Traumatic Incident, for the purposes of this section, includes shootings, accidents and other incidents that result in the serious bodily injury or death to any
  2. Traumatic Incident Leave is a designation of paid reprieve from regular duties for three (3) workdays after the traumatic incident. The leave will commence on the employee’s first regularly scheduled shift after the traumatic
  3. The Traumatic Incident Coordinator (TIC) is an employee appointed by the Chief of Police who will be the point of contact during a traumatic
  4. The Peer Support Team is defined in General Order 01, Peer Support Team.
  5. Occupational injuries/illness is caused by exposure to factors associated with the scope of employment. Workers’ Compensation claims may be filed for physical or psychological occupational

421.3             TRAUMATIC INCIDENT LEAVE

 

 

  1. Officers who, in the scope of their duties as a Fort Worth Police Officer, cause the death of another person are required to take Traumatic Incident
  2. If above 421.03A does not apply, employees, sworn or civilian, involved in a traumatic incident in the scope of their duties as an employee of the Police Department, may request to take Traumatic Incident
    1. The division captain has the discretion to activate the policy and require employees impacted by a traumatic incident to take Traumatic Incident
  3. The first workday after the traumatic incident will be defined as Day 1 of Traumatic Incident Leave and the employee will not report for
  4. The second and third workdays, will be defined as Day 2 and Day 3 of Traumatic Incident Leave, and the employee will be on administrative duties as directed by the Traumatic Incident Coordinator. The employee will report to the Captain of the Training Division at the Training Academy or other agreed upon
  5. If the employee has a regularly scheduled day off, or pre-approved day off, the Traumatic Incident Leave will commence or resume on the employee’s first regularly scheduled shift after the
  6. If the employee is injured during the incident and has to take occupational leave, the occupational leave day(s) will count as part of the Traumatic Incident
  7. The employee will meet with the Traumatic Incident Coordinator, at the Training Center or at another agreed upon location on the employee’s first scheduled shift after the three (3) days of
  8. The employee will be available to meet with other City or Police Department officials as necessary, i.e., Major Case, Law Department, range personnel, Chaplain, etc. The Traumatic Incident Coordinator will be available to accompany or escort the officer to these meetings, as

421.4             SUPERVISORY ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

  1. At the time a traumatic incident occurs, the first line supervisor should communicate with the Traumatic Incident Coordinator or designee upon his/her arrival on
  2. The supervisor will be responsible for reviewing and approving time sheets for the period the employee is on Traumatic Incident Leave, in compliance with this General
  3. If a supervisor has a concern about how an employee under his/her authority is dealing with the traumatic incident, they are encouraged to provide the employee the list of Available Resources for Assistance form, and to notify the employee’s chain of

421.5             THE ROLE OF THE TRAUMATIC INCIDENT COORDINATOR

The Traumatic Incident Coordinator will be appointed by the Chief of Police. The Traumatic Incident Coordinator will be available at any shift on any day to provide options to the involved employee in order for the employee to make an informed decision about their mental health.

  1. The Traumatic Incident Coordinator will provide the employee with the Available Resources for Assistance form. The Traumatic Incident Coordinator is not authorized to accept medical information, but may direct the employee to the Medical Records Custodian to file a Workers’ Compensation
  2. The employee is not required to disclose information to the Traumatic Incident Coordinator about the traumatic incident, but may do so at his or her
    1. The Police Department will endeavor to maintain confidentiality, but will be required to release information as required by law
  1. No information or details shared with the Traumatic Incident Coordinator will be disclosed to any party without the employee’s knowledge unless required by state or federal

421.6             RETURN TO REGULAR DUTIES

Prior to the end of Day 3 of Traumatic Incident Leave, the employee will meet with  the Traumatic Incident Coordinator to determine readiness to return to work and other available options.

  1. The employee may return to his or her regular duty assignment, provided there are no medical restrictions the Department cannot
  2. The employee may submit a Workers’ Compensation Claim, by filing a DWC-1, First Report of Injury, through the Medical Records Custodian. This may result in occupational leave or medical restrictions that limit the employee’s
  3. The employee may utilize personal leave in accordance with
  4. The employee may request a temporary reassignment to other duties that serve the Department’s needs and best use of the employee’s skills and experience. Temporary assignments are made by the Chief of Police or designee. The Chief or Designee may place the employee in one of the positions available to officers on medically limited
  5. The appropriate Deputy Chief, in consultation with the Traumatic Incident Coordinator, may override the decision of the employee to return to full duty and recommend a temporary assignment, or encourage the employee to seek evaluation by an appropriate medical provider, if it is in the best interest of the employee and/or the Police
  6. In the event a temporary reassignment is made, the Police Department reserves the right to review the status of the employee and his/her temporary assignment every thirty (30)

421.7             CONFIDENTIALITY

It is expected that any person involved in the traumatic incident process maintain the standards  of professional conduct as outlined in General Order 703.00, Professional Conduct, and respect the privacy of the involved employee by not sharing any information regarding the incident, or the persons involved, unless at the request of the Chief of Police or designee, the Law Department, the court or as required by state or federal law.

422.01   CALL-OFF PROCEDURES

It shall be the responsibility of employees who cannot report for duty to notify their supervisor at the prescribed time for their respective division in accordance with their established standard operating procedures.

423.01 MILITARY LEAVE/LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY [Special Order #65 4/5/11]

  1. An employee requiring military leave shall comply with the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations pertaining to active duty for military training. Employees of the  city

who are members of the National Guard or official militia of Texas or any of the reserve components of the armed forces of the United States are entitled to leaves of absence from their respective duties without loss of time or efficiency rating on all days during which they shall be engaged in training or when ordered or authorized by proper military authority to duty

  1. Regular full-time, part-time, temporary (S01) and probationary employees will be given paid leave for military duty covered by Uniformed Services Employment and Re-Employment Rights Act (USERRA). A maximum of 120 hours during the City’s payroll year will be paid military leave. Employees absent for more than 120 hours shall be considered on leave of absence without pay for all days in excess of those 120 hours. An employee may also use ac- cumulated vacation or compensatory time, if eligible. If an employee has no available leave time and is placed on approved leave without pay, the employee will not accrue any leave benefits during this time
    1. When military duty exceeds 120 hours in any one (1) calendar year, the employee may request a leave of absence without
      1. Any employee seeking a leave of absence without pay must submit a written notice to the department head at least two (2) weeks prior to the date upon which the leave is to begin. The written notice must include the following information: the employee’s name, employee number, date of employment, classification, work unit and supervisor, the reason for the leave, amount of leave time required including an effective date, and the estimated date of return to
      2. Any supervisor informed of impending military service shall work with the employee to ensure that all additional paperwork required to report pay status and benefit deduction information has been
    2. The employee may be eligible for a military leave supplement if the City Council has an existing military leave benefit policy in place during the duration of deployment. If the employee wishes to pursue this option, a copy of a current Leave and Earnings statement from the military must be sent to Police Fiscal and Employment Division to determine eligibility for this program. If the entitlement on the Leave and Earnings statement changes during the employee’s absence for military duty, the employee must provide an updated statement so that the supplement amount can be recalculated. A  copy of the completed worksheet will then be sent to the
  2. Required Steps for Military Deployment
    1. Notify immediate
      1. Provide a copy of deployment
      2. Turn in equipment such as laptops to Data Management in the Information Management Division, cell phones and pagers to the supervisor, and leave gas cards with the
    2. Notify time and attendance clerk and the Military Coordinator in Fiscal and Employment Management concerning how the time will be carried after your military leave is expended (i.e., vacation, compensation time, accrued holiday, or without pay). Also provide the Military Coordinator with a copy of deployment
    3. Provide a copy of deployment orders to the Training Division Records
    4. Contact the City Human Resources Health and Benefits
      1. Provide a copy of deployment
      2. Verify beneficiary and assignment of benefits
  1. Provide instructions on stopping or continuing deductions for benefits, life insurance, deferred compensation and miscellaneous

NOTE: To continue coverage for miscellaneous benefits provided by other vendors such as automobile, disability, optional life, etc., contact the provider directly with instructions.

  1. Contact the City Payroll Department to make changes to Direct Deposit or to drop any unnecessary or unwanted deductions such as deductions to payroll for automobile or personal loans. The Credit Union should be contacted for any arrangements unrelated to the payroll
  1. When returning to work after military leave, the employee shall comply with the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations for reinstatement. If all requirements are met, the employee shall:
    1. Notify the current supervisor of the expected return
      1. The current supervisor shall contact the Training Academy for requirements such as firearms qualification, in-service training, and other training/qualification that may be necessary before the officer returns to duty, and ensure the officer is aware of those
    2. Submit a copy of the Release from Active Duty orders to the Military Coordinator in Fiscal and Employment Management and Training
    3. Contact the City Human Resources Health and Benefits office and City Payroll to reinstate health benefits and other voluntary deductions as

424.1             GENERAL PROVISIONS

  1. The following definitions apply:
    1. Fit/unfit for duty – a medical determination as to whether or not an employee is able to physically/mentally perform the essential functions of their
    2. Full duty – a medical determination that an employee can safely perform all of the essential functions of their job with no limitations or
    3. Physician – a medical or osteopathic doctor, psychiatrist, or
    4. Limited duty – a medical designation that an employee may return to work with specific and detailed limitations or
    5. Limited duty assignments – temporary assignments that include limited, partial, and part-time work which meets the following criteria:
      1. The work must be productive;
      2. The assignment must be consistent with the employee’s medically determined restrictions; and
      3. The employee must possess the necessary skills to perform the
    6. Extended limited duty – an extension of limited duty status for civil service employees who have been on limited duty in excess of six (6) months as the result of:
      1. A non-occupational illness or injury that involves an impairment that substantially limits one or more of the employee’s major life activities; or
      2. An occupational illness or
    7. Maximum medical improvement (MMI) –
  1. A declaration by the physician that no further medical treatment will improve the officer’s capacity to perform the job; or
  2. 105 weeks from the date the worker became eligible to receive income benefits (statutory MMI).
  1. Major life activity – an activity that is of central importance to the individual’s daily life, within the meaning of the Americans with Disabilities Act, such as walking, seeing, and hearing.
  2. Medical Records Custodian (MRC)- The employee designated by the F&E Department to receive, maintain, and retain employee medical records and information as well as maintaining the confidentiality and proper release of such records and
  3. Supervisor – The person who injured employee reported to at the time/place of the injury or illness. This may or may not be the person the employee reports to on a regular basis.
  1. An employee who is off duty on either sick or occupational leave or who is on limited duty or extended limited duty shall not engage in any activities that are inconsistent with their physician’s instructions or that would tend to aggravate or extend their illness or injury. Officers assigned to the K-9 unit must have written documentation from their physician to identify whether or not they are physically able to continue to perform animal care while on medical leave or limited
  2. An employee, off duty on either sick or occupational leave, who intends to leave their permanent residence for any period in excess of twenty-four (24) hours shall notify a supervisor at the employee’s place of assignment, as well as the MRC, and provide the location where the employee will be, and a telephone number where the employee can be reached.
  3. Any employee on sick or occupational leave, limited duty, or extended limited duty shall not engage in any off-duty or secondary employment, unless specifically authorized by the Chief of
  4. Officers on sick or injury leave, limited duty, or extended limited duty shall not wear the police
  5. The supervisor of any employee on sick leave or any employee on occupational leave shall ensure at least one (1) interview is conducted when the employee has been on leave for a period of seven (7) days and that interviews are made at least once during thirty (30) day period thereafter. Written notes of these interviews should be provided to the MRC for documentation
  6. A supervisor conducting an initial or follow-up interview shall determine whether the interview is to be accomplished by telephone or in
    1. An interview may be conducted by telephone when:
      1. The supervisor has prior knowledge of the illness or injury,
      2. The employee has been hospitalized,
      3. The employee has a communicable disease; or
      4. The employee’s personnel record indicates no history of unauthorized use of sick or occupational leave
    2. An interview may be conducted in person when:
      1. There is any indication that the ill or injured employee needs assistance,
      2. When occupational illness or injury is claimed and the illness or injury was not reported as required by General Order 424.06; or
  1. The employee has a history of using unauthorized sick or occupational leave time and/or there is an indication the employee may be doing so on this
  1. As soon as the division commander/manager is made aware that an employee will be on sick leave for more than thirty (30) days, the commander/manager will notify the Medical Records Custodian (MRC).
  2. When an employee is on extended sick or occupational-related leave, at least one (1) interview shall be conducted during each thirty (30) day
  3. An employee on leave because of personal illness or injury shall provide to the MRC the City of Fort Worth Non-Occupational Illness/Injury form during each thirty (30) day period the employee is on such
  4. Officers on sick leave, occupational leave, limited duty, or extended limited duty:
    1. Shall not participate in any physical exertion or activity, on-duty or off-duty, which may or has the potential to aggravate or prolong the original injury or illness or cause a new injury,
    2. Shall submit required documentation in a timely manner; and
    3. When released to limited duty or extended limited duty, shall maintain an acceptable level of performance in their

424.2             ACCUMULATION AND PAYMENT OF SICK LEAVE: SWORN EMPLOYEES

  1. A sworn employee is entitled to accrue sick leave with pay at the rate of 4.62 work hours for each full pay period which computes to 1¼ days for each full month employed for a maximum of 120 hours for each twelve (12) months of
  2. Police trainees begin accumulating sick leave on the first day of their initial employment. However, sick leave may not be used until the trainee has been employed at least six (6) months.
  3. A sworn employee may accumulate sick leave without
  4. A sworn employee who leaves employment with the Department is entitled to receive in a lump-sum payment the full amount of the employee’s salary for accumulated sick leave up to a maximum of 720 hours. The lump-sum payment will be computed by compensating the employee at the highest permanent pay classification held during the last six (6) months of employment.
  5. A sworn employee who is temporarily disabled by an illness or injury and whose physician does not release the employee to perform work of any nature may use all accumulated sick leave, vacation time and other accumulated time before being placed on temporary leave without pay. Regular sick leave procedures shall apply when a sworn employee is on vacation or other accumulated leave time to extend sick

424.3             USE OF SICK LEAVE

  1. A sworn employee shall be entitled to take sick leave only:
    1. When the employee is physically or psychologically incapacitated from performing regular duties because of illness or injury,
    2. While undergoing medical, dental, ocular, or other diagnosis or treatment related to an illness or injury,
    3. When appearing for medical, dental, or ocular appointments which cannot be made outside working hours,
  1. After off-duty exposure to contagious disease or hazardous materials when in the opinion of a city or personal physician, the presence of the employee for duty would jeopardize the health of others; or
  2. When the employee requests to use accumulated sick leave in order to necessarily extend leave beyond twelve (12) months when the leave is required due to an occupational illness or injury for which the employee’s physician has not released the employee to perform work of any
  1. Sick leave shall not be used when:
    1. The illness or injury arises from any sickness or injury purposely inflicted or caused by willful misconduct except in those cases in which the employee has been referred to and is involved in the City’s Employee Assistance Program,
    2. The illness or injury is sustained while the employee is on any leave without pay,
    3. The inability to work is a result of the employee’s own intemperance or “hangover;” or
    4. The inability to work is due to tiredness or
  2. Any abuse of sick leave benefits shall be considered neglect of duty.
  3. The City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations, “Voluntary Leave Bank Program,” provides for a leave bank and delineates the
  4. Civilian employees’ use of Sick/Family and Major Medical Sick Leave shall be governed by the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and

424.4             REQUESTING SICK LEAVE

  1. Any employee who must go off duty on sick leave due to a non-occupational illness or injury shall report the incident to their immediate supervisor. If employee is unable to report for work due to becoming ill or injured while off duty, the employee shall notify a supervisor at their place of assignment immediately upon becoming aware of the inability to report. If a supervisor is not available, the notification, including a telephone number where the employee can be reached, shall be documented by the person receiving the call and a supervisor shall be informed at the earliest
  2. When an employee’s supervisor is made aware that an employee has called off sick and a supervisory contact was not made, the employee’s supervisor shall contact the employee. The contact shall be attempted as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall be attempted during the first tour of duty the employee is on sick leave. If it is learned that the employee will be absent from work for five (5) or more days, the employee shall be required to complete the forms as outlined in General Order 05.
  3. If the employee is on leave for a qualifying personal or family illness, the supervisor shall notify the MRC as outlined in General Order 424.10 and the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and

424.5             NON-OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS/INJURY

  1. An employee suffering a non-occupational related injury or illness requiring the employee to be absent from work for five (5) or more days, shall secure the appropriate form from their supervisor.
    1. Each division commander/manager is responsible for maintaining a supply of City of Fort Worth Non-Occupational Illness/Injury Status forms These forms are available through the city print shop or on-line at the police portal.
  1. The attending physician shall complete the form and the employee is responsible for returning the form to their supervisor no later than the next working day after the injury/illness or physician’s
    1. A new form is required for each follow-up visit to the doctor, or not less than every thirty (30)
  2. Should the employee be incapable of complying with A and B above, the employee shall furnish the physician with the form and request that the doctor return the form to the police department by fax, followed by
  3. It will be the responsibility of the division commander/manager to ensure the completed forms are in
  4. Any employee who is on sick leave shall, as soon as practicable after determining their fitness to return to duty, notify a supervisor at their place of
  5. Any employee who has been on sick leave for five (5) or more days shall at the time they return to duty submit written documentation from a doctor in the form of a City of Fort Worth Non-Occupational Illness/Injury Status form, or the doctor’s written statement which shall indicate the employee’s fitness to return to duty and any work restrictions due to their medical
  6. The City of Fort Worth Non-Occupational Illness/Injury Status form shall be forwarded to the MRC the next workday. The Fiscal and Employment Division shall maintain permanent employee medical files. No copies of forms containing medical information shall be maintained at the division level nor shall copies be maintained in any personnel documents available to supervisors. The MRC notifies supervisors when medical documentation releasing an employee from work or returning the employee to work has been

424.6             OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS OR INJURY

  1. Any Department employee who sustains an on-duty illness or injury, however minor, shall immediately report the incident to their supervisor. An employee shall report any injury that is a result of a prior on-duty activity as soon as the employee becomes aware of the injury. Any occupational illness or injury not reported to a supervisor within thirty (30) days could be denied Workers’ Compensation
    1. In the case of an exposure to an infectious disease, to qualify for Workers’ Compensation or any similar benefits for compensations, it must be documented that, within ten (10) days of the exposure, the officer had a test result that indicated an absence of the reportable disease, including HIV. General Order 431.05 provides additional reporting requirements for an exposure to an infectious
    2. If an officer is involved in an unusually severe incident or shooting and having difficulty coping with the incident, the supervisor should complete a First Report of Injury (DWC – 1) as soon as the supervisor becomes aware of the situation. The employee may seek help and should go to a psychiatrist or psychologist licensed to deal with mental health issues for proper medical diagnosis, treatment and documentation. The employee may go directly to the MRC for assistance if they wish to maintain confidentiality.
  2. Any employee covered under the Workers’ Compensation Act who sustains an occupational illness or injury may select the physician and facilities for medical aid, chiropractic services, hospital services, or nursing. An employee suffering minor illness or injury who does not need emergency medical care and who does not have a personal physician should  be referred to the city-designated medical health care facility. Employees seeking treatment   at

the city-designated medical health care facility will receive a DWC-73. The supervisor may accompany the employee for treatment. Any doctor who agrees to accept workers’ compensation remuneration under the Texas insurance code is responsible for providing a DWC-73 at the time of treatment.

  1. Any employee who requires emergency medical treatment due to an occupational illness or injury should be taken to the nearest hospital emergency room. Emergency room physicians are not required by law to complete a DWC-73, so the medical discharge papers given to the employee which typically include a brief diagnosis and follow up instructions to include medication, treatment and physical restrictions will be accepted in lieu of the DWC-73

NOTE: All forms or Inter-Office Correspondence containing  any  medical  information including, but not limited to, the First Report of Injury form DWC-1, City of Fort Worth Non-Occupational Illness/Injury Status form, and supervisor’s inter-office correspondence shall be forwarded to the Medical Records Coordinator (MRC) in the Fiscal and Employment Division to be maintained by the department. No copies shall  be maintained in any other manner except that the affected employee may retain a copy.

424.7             FIRST REPORT OF INJURY FORM DWC-1 AND FORT WORTH POLICE DEPARTMENT SUPERVISOR’S ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT

  1. A supervisor to whom an occupational illness or injury, however minor, including any exposure to hazardous materials or an infectious disease, is reported shall conduct an initial interview with the reporting employee and complete the First Report of Injury form DWC-1 prior to concluding the
    1. The name of the employer should be shown as the “City of Fort Worth” on the DWC-1 form.
    2. The supervisor completing the DWC-1 form shall include a work telephone number beside supervisor’s
  2. The supervisor will conduct an investigation into the circumstances of the illness/injury and will prepare an inter-office correspondence describing the incident and the results of the investigation.
  3. The First Report of Injury form DWC-1 and investigation report shall be sent electronically to Public Folders/Injury Reports-Police Department on the same business day. It is the responsibility of the supervisor for reporting to the employee’s chain of
  4. The Fiscal & Employment Division Medical Records Custodian shall enter the DWC-1 report into the insurance company’s system to be approved by Occupational Health and Safety. The original report from the supervisor will be retained in the Police Department medical file as well as any investigation report submitted. No other copies shall be retained by any

424.8             EMPLOYER’S SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT OF INJURY FORM

  1. If the occupational injury or illness reported on the First Report of Injury form DWC-1 results in a change in duty status from full duty to time off beyond the shift in which the injury occurs or return to work with restrictions, the supervisor will ensure that the employee receives a DWC-73 from the physician. This form must be completed by the medical practitioner when a change in duty status
  2. When an employee loses time due to an occupational injury or illness, the Medical Records Coordinator in the Fiscal and Employment Division will send out FMLA forms. One copy will be retained by the MRC in the employee’s departmental medical
  1. It will be the responsibility of the MRC to review the completed FMLA forms for accuracy and completeness. The Supervisor will be notified if there is missing or inaccurate information.

424.9             LEAVE FOR FAMILY ILLNESS

  1. A sworn employee, after one (1) full year of employment with the city, may be allowed to use accrued Family Illness Leave with pay during each calendar
  2. Family Illness Leave shall not be accumulated from year to year, and compensation shall not accrue for Family Illness
  3. The following information concerns Family Illness Leave accumulation for commissioned officers:
    1. Sworn officers with one or more years’ service but less than five years of service will have a maximum of 56 hours per
    2. Sworn officers with five or more years’ service but less than ten years of service will have a maximum of 40 hours per
    3. Sworn officers with ten or more years’ service but less than 15 years of service will have a maximum of 32 hours per
    4. Sworn officers with 15 or more years’ service but less than 20 years of service will have a maximum of 16 hours per
    5. Sworn officers with 20 or more years’ service will have zero hours per year.
  4. Family Illness Leave shall be granted only as necessary under the following
    1. To enable the sworn employee to provide care for a member of the immediate family when such member is seriously ill or injured requiring the care or attendance of the employee.
      1. For the purposes of this procedure, immediate family is defined as the employee’s wife, husband, domestic partner, mother, father, brother, sister, son, daughter, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, grandson, granddaughter, stepmother, stepfather, stepson, stepsister, stepbrother,  stepdaughter, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, grandmother and grandfather, and grandmother-in-law  and grandfather-in-law.
    2. For the sworn employee to be present during the hospitalization of an immediate family member.
    3. A sworn employee may use up to 24 hours Family Illness Leave to enable the sworn employee’s personal attendance due to a death of a member of the immediate
  5. When a sworn employee becomes aware they will be unable to report for work due to circumstances justifying Family Illness Leave, the employee shall, as much in advance as possible, contact and notify a supervisor at the employee’s place of assignment. When time permits, this notification shall be made in
  6. Supervisors may require a sworn employee to submit proof of illness, injury, or death of an immediate family member when circumstances indicate a necessity to do so. If proof cannot be provided as required, the request to use Family Illness Leave shall be denied. If the leave has already been used and the required proof is not provided, appropriate disciplinary action shall be
  7. A sworn employee shall, on a daily basis, keep their supervisor informed of the employee’s need to continue on Family Illness Leave unless prior arrangements for a specific period of leave have been
  1. Civilian employees’ use of Sick/Family Leave for family illness shall be governed by the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and
  2. In cases where three (3) or more days of Family Illness Leave will be used, Supervisors are responsible for notifying the MRC so FMLA forms can be sent to

424.10          FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT

  1. The Family & Medical Leave Act (FMLA) requires covered employers to provide up to twelve (12) weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave to eligible employees, both sworn and non- sworn, for certain family and medical reasons:
    1. To care for the employee’s child after birth, or placement for adoption or foster
    2. To care for the employee’s spouse, son, daughter, or parent, who has a serious health condition. Unmarried domestic partners do not qualify under the
    3. For a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform their
  2. Employees are eligible if they have worked for at least one year, and for 1,250 hours over the previous twelve (12)
  3. Refer to the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and Regulations for requirements, eligibility, and use of leave under
  4. Employees requesting leave under this policy shall complete the request for FMLA form as far in advance as
  5. Upon supervisor’s notification, the MRC shall prepare the appropriate Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) notification, and send it to the employee to be completed. One copy will be retained in the employee’s departmental medical

424.11          TEMPORARY LIMITED DUTY

  1. This policy is not intended to create a permanent limited duty career path; rather, it is designed to provide an ill or injured officer with a temporary position with the understanding that the officer is expected to return to full duty at some future date. It is expected that employees return to work on full or limited duty status to their next scheduled, assigned shift after the MRC receives the medical documentation. A sworn employee authorized by the employee’s physician to return to work from either an on-duty or off-duty illness or injury, with limitations and restrictions specified in writing, may be placed on limited duty
  2. The Chief of Police, or designee, has the authority to determine whether it is in the best interests of the department to place an employee on limited duty status and, if so, in what position in the
    1. For limited duty of five (5) days or less, an assignment may be given within the home division. If limited duty is not available within the home division, the MRC will find another assignment elsewhere that meets the medical
    2. All limited duty assignments regardless of the duration shall be immediately reported to the MRC designated to monitor such assignments. The actual position into which an officer is assigned is not
  3. Employees allowed to remain on limited duty status from either an occupational or non- occupational injury or illness shall not be allowed to work overtime or earn compensatory time until returned to full duty status. Nor will they be approved for any off duty or secondary
  4. When on light or limited duty status, whether occupational or non-occupational, it will be the employee’s responsibility to comply with the limitations both on and off
  1. Whenever an employee is placed on temporary loan to another division due to the employee’s limited duty status, the commander/manager of the division to which the employee is loaned shall be responsible for keeping time and attendance and other administrative matters involving the
    1. If an efficiency or performance review is due for the employee while on loan, the commander/manager to which the employee is on loan will complete the review with input from the previous commander/manager.
  2. While on limited duty, the officer is required to provide updated medical status to the MRC during each thirty (30) day period the employee is in such status to determine whether the officer is physically or mentally capable of returning to full duty. The DWC-73 for Worker’s Compensation Work Status report or the Non-Occupational Illness/Injury Status form will be used as documentation. If the Chief, or designee, questions the report, the Chief may require the officer to submit to an examination by a physician selected by the department. The provisions of a fitness for duty evaluation shall be
    1. The Chief of Police has the authority to require an independent medical examination if a question arises as to whether the officer is sufficiently physically or mentally fit to return to full
  3. Officers on limited duty shall not wear the police
  4. An officer on limited duty due to an occupational illness or injury who, at the end of the initial six (6) month limited duty assignment, has not been released by the officer’s physician to safely perform all the essential functions of the officer’s regular assignment with no limitations or restrictions, may request an extended limited duty assignment pursuant to General Order 12.
  5. For non-occupational illnesses and injuries, limited duty shall be for a maximum of six (6) months. An officer on limited duty due to a non-occupational illness or injury, who has not been released by the officer’s physician to safely perform all the essential functions of the officer’s job with no limitations at the end of the officer’s six (6) month limited duty assignment, shall resume use of the officer’s sick
    1. An exception to the cap of six (6) months in a limited duty assignment for a non- occupational illness or injury shall be made for officers with an impairment that substantially limits one or more of the employee’s major life activities, as defined by the Americans with Disabilities

424.12          EXTENDED LIMITED DUTY

  1. This policy is intended to provide a balance between ensuring the safety of the community through a high level of readiness and providing appropriate support for injured and ill officers.
  2. An officer who has suffered an occupational injury or illness or an officer who has suffered a non-occupational illness or injury with an impairment that substantially limits one or more of the employee’s major life activities and who has been on limited duty status for six (6) months may request an extended limited duty
    1. No less than forty-five (45) days before the expiration of the six (6) month temporary limited duty assignment, the officer shall submit a written request for an extended limited duty assignment to the Chief of Police, by sending the request to the MRC. A template for the request is available through the MRC or the police
  3. The officer may request an extended limited duty assignment at any point during the officer’s recuperation if the officer’s physician reports in writing that the officer has  reached

maximum medical improvement and the officer is released to work with limitations and restrictions, but is not released to safely perform all the essential functions of the officer’s  job with no limitations or restrictions.

  1. The extended limited duty assignment is available to officers who have suffered an occupational injury or illness and to those officers who have suffered a non- occupational illness or injury resulting in an impairment that substantially limits one or more of the employee’s major life
  1. Whenever an officer is placed on extended limited duty and has been designated to have reached maximum medical improvement, the Fiscal Administrator may prepare correspondence to request an increase in the authorized strength of the department. The limitations are considered permanent if the employee reaches MMI and is still not able to perform the essential job functions without medical restrictions. Consequently, when an officer who is on extended limited duty either returns to full duty or separates from the department, the Fiscal Administrator shall prepare correspondence to request a decrease in the authorized strength of the
  2. Officers in an extended limited duty assignment must still meet the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement Licensing and Standards (TCLEOSE) peace officer licensing requirements.
    1. If the licensing requirements cannot be met, the officer shall be referred to the City’s Return to Work Committee for assistance to locate a civilian position. If no civilian position can be found, the officer shall be subject to layoff pursuant to the City Personnel
  3. While on extended limited duty, the officer is required to submit the annual fitness for duty document by the officer’s own physician to determine whether the officer is physically or mentally capable of returning to full duty. A report, not a form, from the physician must be submitted to the Chief of Police through the MRC. It must contain, at minimum, diagnosis, prognosis, and the anticipated date the employee will return to full duty. If the Chief questions the report, the Chief may require the officer to submit to an examination by a physician selected by the department. The provisions of a fitness for duty evaluation shall be used.
    1. The Chief of Police has the authority to require an independent medical examination if a question arises as to whether the officer is sufficiently physically or mentally fit to return to full
  4. The availability of an extended limited duty assignment does not affect an officer’s entitlement to a paid leave of absence for an injury or illness that is sustained in the line of duty pursuant to Local Government Code Section 143.073 or any other form of leave to which the officer may be entitled under Fort Worth City policy, and state or federal
  5. Officers on extended limited duty are subject to the same provisions restricting the working overtime or earning compensatory time, the wearing of the uniform, off-duty jobs, and secondary jobs as are officers on limited

424.13          OCCUPATIONAL LEAVE

  1. The Fiscal and Employment Division will administer the process for all sworn employees on occupational related leave. All employees must submit a medical return to work release, detailing restrictions, if any, to the MRC prior to reporting back to Employees shall

return to their original division at the end of their injury leave; however, the employee’s shift assignment and days off in the original division may be reassigned at the discretion of that division commander/manager in order to assist in minimum staffing levels. When a long- term vacancy in a specialized unit is created by an employee on injury leave, the position may be filled at the discretion of the division commander/manager.

  1. A sworn employee who is injured in the line of duty may receive up to 365 calendar days of occupational leave commensurate with the nature of the injury. The occupational leave does not have to be continuous. The sworn employee receives 100% salary supplement payments directly from the City beginning with the first day of lost
    1. All compensable occupational injuries that are not in the line of duty and Local Government Code Chapter 143 protected will be managed according to the  occupational injury guidelines for general employees as stated in the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and
    2. All normal deductions are withheld from the salary supplement paycheck from the
  2. The sworn employee may petition the Chief sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the one

(1) year period for an extension of occupational-related leave; however, an extension is not automatic or guaranteed. To request a City Council review for an extension, the employee will submit a written request to the Chief of Police but delivered through the Medical Records Coordinator (MRC) in the Fiscal and Employment Division. A template for the request is available through the MRC or the police portal. The MRC will assemble a packet including updated medical history, other pertinent information and the employee’s request. This will be reviewed by a panel including the Chief of Staff, the Deputy Chief of the Finance/ Personnel Bureau and designated staff from Fiscal and Employment. Their recommendation along with the packet will be presented to the Chief of Police for final review and denial of the request or recommendation to City Council that it be granted. It is up to the City Council to ultimately approve or deny the request. Extensions cannot be granted retroactively.

  1. Sworn employees on occupational-related leave will continue to accrue all leave and seniority.
  2. A sworn employee required to stay off past the one (1) year occupational-related leave may use accumulated time i.e. vacation, sick, compensatory time if an extension is not requested or approved by the City
  3. At least sixty (60) days prior to the date that all accumulated time is exhausted, an appointment shall be scheduled between the sworn employee, the assistant director of Human Resources, and a designated person from the employee’s chain of command for interview to determine the options for the
  4. Options that may be available for sworn employees who have exhausted all accumulated time and whose physician has not released to perform work of any nature include:
    1. Service-related disability
      1. Sworn employees who wish to apply for a service-related disability retirement must complete their application to the City Retirement Administration before their layoff date.
      2. If otherwise qualified, sworn employees who receive a service-related disability retirement are, upon recovery, eligible for reappointment with approval by the Civil Service Commission. Recovery must be certified by a physician selected by the retirement
    2. Temporary leave without pay per Chapter 073 of the Local Government Code.
  1. Once all accumulated leave time, including extensions, is exhausted, the sworn employee will be placed on temporary leave without pay from the
  2. Upon recovery, sworn employees placed on temporary leave due to an occupational or non-occupational illness/injury shall be reinstated at their last
  1. Fiscal and Employment Division Medical Records Coordinator will prepare a monthly Occupational Injury Leave Report and a Limited Duty Report and will forward the reports to the Fiscal and Employment Division Manager for

425.1             ASSIGNMENT OF PREGNANT EMPLOYEES

  1. An employee who is pregnant is not required to disclose her pregnancy to her supervisor, and is not required to modify her job duties or schedule. A pregnant employee may request limited duty or alterations to her regular duties due to medical restrictions. If she makes a request for limited duty, she is required to follow the procedures in General Order 424.00, Sick, Family Illness or Occupational Injury Leave, and the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and
  2. Probationary officers who are pregnant and who, because of pregnancy, cannot perform the essential functions of their job, will be treated the same as other probationary officers who cannot perform the essential functions of their job because of a temporary disability, illness, or condition. Probationary officers who are pregnant cannot be terminated simply for being pregnant. However, as in the case with probationary officers with temporary disabilities, illnesses, or conditions, a pregnant probationary officer’s probationary status may be suspended and resumed after her return to full

425.2             MATERNITY LEAVE OF ABSENCE

  1. Employees are directed to follow the policy for pregnant employees and nursing mothers in the City of Fort Worth Personnel Rules and
  2. When employees seek to return following temporary disability, they shall be required to furnish a statement from their doctor to the effect that their physical condition permits the resumption of continuous employment without endangering

426.1             PURPOSE

  1. This General Order is designed to give guidance regarding the definition of “course and scope of employment” for the City of Fort Worth as it relates to off-duty activities of Fort Worth police officers and reserve police
  2. The City of Fort Worth provides extensive benefits to police officers who become ill, injured or are killed while on duty. Although no policy can prescribe the decision regarding eligibility for benefits in every possible situation, this general order defines the conditions in which a police officer will be considered in the course and scope of employment for the purposes of granting benefits when the officer is not on
  3. This general order does not create a duty to act beyond what is required by law. Police officers and  reserve  officers  who  take  action  that  is  permitted,  but not required by law,

should carefully consider other alternatives prior to taking action that might result in their injury or death. However, if an officer chooses to take action permitted, but not required by law, and is injured or killed, the officer will be compensated in accordance with this general order.

  1. For purposes of this general order, the following are definitions of the Texas Workers Compensation Act:
    1. Course and scope of employment – an activity of any kind or character that has to do with and originates in the work, business, trade, or profession of the employer, and is performed by an employee while engaged in or about the furtherance of the affairs or business of the
    2. Employer – the entity with the “right to control” the worker at the time of the

426.2             BENEFIT COVERAGE

  1. Full-Time Officers
    1. An off-duty officer within the State of Texas will be considered acting within the course and scope of employment when the officer takes action either required or permitted pursuant to state law and consistent with the general orders, special orders, directives, and training of the Fort Worth Police
    2. An off-duty officer outside the State of Texas will be considered acting within the course and scope of employment when the officer responds to imminent threats to life or physical well-being in a manner that is the same or similar to that provided by the Fort Worth Police Department and consistent with the general orders, special orders, directives, and training of the Fort Worth Police
  2. Reserve Officers
    1. An off-duty Level I police reserve officer as defined in General Order 217.02 within the city limits of Fort Worth will be considered acting within the course and scope of their volunteer service with the City of Fort Worth when the reserve officer takes action either required or permitted pursuant to state law and consistent with the general orders, special orders, directives, and training of the Fort Worth Police Department unless acting within the course and scope of employment of another entity, whether compensated or not, as an independent contractor to another or while self-employed.
    2. A Level II and Level III police reserve officer as defined in General Order 217.02 will be considered acting within the course and scope of their volunteer service with the City of Fort Worth only when the reserve officer is uniformed, on-duty, and takes action either required or permitted pursuant to state law and consistent with the general orders, special orders, directives, and training of the Fort Worth Police Department. There are no off-duty benefits available to Level II and Level III police reserve officers
  • This general order is limited to the issue of line of duty benefits. When taking action while off-duty, officers are expected to comply with the law as well as the general orders, special orders, directives, and training of the Fort Worth Police Department. Even if line-of-duty benefits are paid, the Chief of Police still has the option of imposing discipline if, in the Chief’s judgment, discipline is

427.01   POSTING OF EXAMINATION NOTICES

 

 

  1. Upon receiving a notice of promotional examination from the Director of the Civil Service Commission, the Executive Services Bureau Deputy Chief shall notify each of the remaining bureau deputy chiefs that such notice has been
  2. The Executive Services Bureau Deputy Chief shall furnish a copy of the notice for each of the bureau deputy chiefs and shall require an initialed receipt. A copy of the notices and the receipts from each bureau deputy chief shall be filed in the Executive Services Bureau office for a period of one (1)
  3. Bureau deputy chiefs shall furnish sufficient copies of the notice for each division under their command. Each division captain, or their designee, shall initial a receipt that the notice has been
  4. The division captain or designee shall post the notice on the bulletin board of their respective division in the space
  5. If the bulletin board cannot be secured, a supervisor designated by the division captain shall check the bulletin board at least once each week to ensure the notice has not been
  6. Each division shall maintain a log indicating the date each notice is posted and the date it is removed.
  7. The division captain shall furnish copies of the notice to the supervisor of each district, section, unit, and detail under their command. The supervisor shall be responsible for disseminating the information through roll call or other suitable means. The supervisor shall also furnish their division captain with documentation that all personnel have been informed of the impending examination, taking care to consider officers on authorized
  8. The notice, receipt, and related documents shall be maintained in a file by the division captain for a period of one (1)
  9. All officers have a responsibility to check the bulletin boards in their respective division or section for information affecting their duties and/or career

428.01   PERSONNEL ORDERS – SWORN EMPLOYEES

These guidelines shall be followed when transferring sworn personnel and making promotions.

NOTE: All transfers and assignments are the sole prerogative of the Chief of Police and are not subject to the grievance procedure.

  1. Transfers
    1. All transfers shall be effective at the beginning of pay periods, unless approved by Chief of
    2. All inter-bureau transfers shall be approved by the Chief of Police. All requests shall include proper selection documentation and approval signatures of both deputy
    3. The Chief of Police shall notify the appropriate deputy chiefs of approval or disapproval of a The division captain shall notify all affected personnel.
    4. Approved transfers must be received by the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division no later than 1700 hours, Friday, two (2) weeks preceding the effective date of the transfer.
    5. The Fiscal & Equipment Management Division shall be responsible for the distribution of a personnel order no later than one (1) week before the effective date of the
  2. Promotions
    1. Promotions shall be effective at the beginning of pay
  1. The Fiscal & Equipment Management Division shall furnish the Executive Services Bureau Deputy Chief with a current vacancy list and a current eligibility list three (3) weeks preceding the effective date of a
  2. The Chief of Police shall determine the number of promotions to be made and the effective date of
  3. The Chief of Police shall notify affected deputy chiefs of upcoming promotions and effective
  4. The Executive Services Bureau Deputy Chief shall notify the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division of all promotions to be included in the current personnel
  5. The division captain shall be responsible for notification of the affected
  1. Assignments
    1. A deputy chief shall approve all personnel loaned out of their assigned bureau and acting status assignments involving higher capacity
    2. Bureau deputy chiefs shall be responsible for informing the Fiscal & Equipment Management Division of personnel loaned from their bureau for a period exceeding fifteen (15)
    3. These personnel transactions shall be carried on the first personnel order following the change in

429.1             PERSONNEL DEFINITIONS

  1. Civil Service – Refers to personnel subject to and covered by the laws and regulations set forth in the Local Government Code, Chapter Classifications globally covered are:
    1. Deputy Chief
    2. Captain
    3. Lieutenant
    4. Sergeant
    5. Corporal/Detective
    6. Police Officer
  2. Non-Civil Service Commissioned Officer – Refers to the Chief of
  3. Civilian Employee – Refers to all persons employed by the department who are not covered by Chapter 143 of the Local Government Code, with the exception of those employees covered in paragraph B
  4. Chain of Command
    1. The number of persons reporting directly to the Chief of Police must out of necessity be limited. To ensure unity of command, clearly defined lines of command and authority must be obvious so that there exists an organizational relationship between each department employee and the Chief of Police. Each employee must be aware of the employee’s position in the organization, to whom the employee is accountable, and those persons who are accountable to the employee. All employees must strive to operate within their chain of command and to keep their supervisors informed as to their activities.
  5. Delegation of Duties
  1. A command or supervisory employee may delegate to subordinates appropriate portions of responsibilities together with equivalent authority, but may not delegate or relinquish overall responsibility for results nor any portion of
  1. Command – Refers to authority and responsibility to direct the operations of a bureau, division, district, section, unit, or detail. The actions for this position will be held accountable to a higher standard due to compensation, leadership, training, knowledge, education, and ability to motivate employees. Responsibilities of command shall include,  but not be limited to:
    1. Direction of the operations of an organizational
    2. Oversight of an organizational entity to ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders emanating from higher
    3. Developing and recommending policies and procedures affecting functions of the entity being
    4. Planning of operations, both short-term and long-range.
    5. Administration of
    6. Ensuring that descending levels of personnel are kept informed of necessary items, including policies, procedures, and operational
    7. Providing information to ascending levels of rank as to the conformance to policies and procedures.
    8. Administration and management of an organizational entity to include establishing and monitoring the budget, selection of personnel, ensuring proper supervision is utilized, provision of necessary supplies and equipment, obtaining adequate training for assigned personnel, monitoring the productivity of
    9. Implementation of strategies and policies set forth by the Chief of
  2. Supervision – To provide oversight, direction, and control of employees or an organizational entity below a section. The actions for this position will be held accountable to a higher standard due to compensation, leadership, training, knowledge, education, and ability to motivate employees. Responsibilities of supervision shall include, but not be limited to:
    1. Monitoring the performance of subordinates to ensure appropriate levels of productivity and to ensure that employees comply with all laws, rules, regulations, and
    2. Initiating disciplinary or remedial action towards employees who violate any law, rule, regulation, order, or who fail to maintain appropriate levels of
    3. To either deliver, or cause to be delivered, appropriate training for subordinate employees.
    4. To assume accountability for the actions or non-actions of all subordinate
    5. To direct and control the operations of a unit, detail, or district, including issuance of orders or instructions, review and correction of work products, setting work priorities, and appropriating necessary supplies and
  3. Commander shall in general refer to persons holding the rank of deputy chief, captain, lieutenant, or equivalent civilian
  4. Supervisor in general shall refer to anyone with the responsibility of supervising a subordinate employee and as a class shall denote a sergeant or equivalent civilian classification.

429.2             POSITION DESCRIPTIONS

  1. Deputy Chief
  1. Advancement to the deputy chief position is through appointment by the Chief of Police.
  2. Appointment to deputy chief can be made from any rank at the discretion of the Chief of Police and shall be made in accordance with Local Government Code, Chapter 143. Minimum requirements are:
    1. Must be a sworn
    2. Must have served as a law enforcement officer for at least five (5)
    3. Must have at least two (2) years continuous service with the department as a sworn officer.
    4. Must be eligible for Intermediate level certification by
  3. A person appointed to the rank of deputy chief may be returned to the last civil service rank held at the discretion of the chief of police, with such action not subject to appeal or
  4. The deputy chief has both command and supervisory
  5. Responsibilities of the deputy chief position shall include:
    1. The completion of all assignments or lawful
    2. The administration and management of the bureau of
    3. The monitoring of all operations of the
    4. Serving as an advisor to the Chief of
    5. Providing timely and accurate information to the Chief of Police regarding operations, problems, and critical
    6. Periodically serving as a representative and role model of the
    7. Overseeing the formation of the bureau budget and monitoring expenditures of the bureau.
    8. Thorough review of all proposed and/or revised general
    9. Adherence to all laws, rules, regulations, and general
    10. The judicious use of time and departmental supplies, services, and
    11. Planning of operations, both short-term and long-range.
    12. Establishing and maintaining an active role within the
    13. Ensuring that employees are provided with training necessary to complete their responsibilities in a safe and efficient
    14. Administration of discipline, including personally serving letters of
  6. Captain – (Civil Service)
    1. Advancement to the rank of captain is through competitive examination as mandated in the Local Government Code, Chapter 143. Two (2) years of service in the immediately preceding rank is
    2. The rank of captain bears both command and supervisory
    3. Responsibilities of the captain rank shall include, but not be limited to:
      1. The completion of all assignments or lawful
      2. Oversight, direction, and control of the assigned
      3. Review of the productivity of the
      4. Formulation and monitoring of the division
      5. Providing timely and accurate information on operations, problems, and critical issues to the appropriate deputy
      6. Adherence to all laws, rules, regulations, and general
      7. The judicious use of time and departmental supplies, services, and
      8. Planning of operations, both short-term and long-range.
  1. Establishing and maintaining an active role within the
  2. Ensuring that employees are provided with training necessary to complete their responsibilities in a safe and efficient
  3. Administration of discipline, including personally serving letters of
  1. Lieutenant – (Civil Service)
    1. Advancement to the rank of lieutenant is through competitive examination as mandated in the Local Government Code, Chapter 143. Two (2) years of service in the immediately-preceding rank is
    2. The rank of lieutenant shall have both command and supervisory
    3. Responsibilities of the lieutenant rank shall include, but not be limited to:
      1. The completion of all assignments or lawful
      2. Control, command, and direction of a section or
      3. Monitoring expenditures of the section
      4. Reviewing all work products of the
      5. Providing timely and accurate information on operations, problems, and critical issues to the appropriate
      6. Adherence to all laws, rules, regulations, and general
      7. The judicious use of time and departmental supplies, services, and
    4. Sergeant – (Civil Service)
      1. Advancement to the rank of sergeant is through competitive examination as mandated in the Local Government Code, Chapter 143. Two (2) years of service in the immediately- preceding rank is
      2. The sergeant rank has supervisory responsibility both for employees and the operations of the specific unit or
      3. Responsibilities of the sergeant rank shall include, but not be limited to:
        1. The completion of all assignments or lawful
        2. Direction of the activities of the assigned unit or
        3. Review of the productivity and/or work products of assigned employees. This shall include a review of any worksheets or other daily activity sheet completed by the employee. The sergeant shall be responsible for ensuring that all calls and markouts are properly
        4. Initial performance appraisal of all assigned
        5. Initiation of disciplinary and/or remedial action for employees who have violated a law, rule, regulation, or
        6. Prioritization of
        7. Providing direction, advice, and assistance to assigned
        8. Providing timely and accurate information on operations, problems, and critical issues to the appropriate
        9. Adherence to all laws, rules, regulations, and general
        10. The judicious use of time and departmental supplies, services, and
        11. Appropriate staffing to properly answer calls for service
        12. Monitoring the use of vacation and holiday time of assigned employees and ensuring appropriate staffing before approving vacation
      4. It is the field supervisor’s responsibility to ensure appropriate staffing to properly answer calls for service. Additionally, the field supervisor will monitor the officer’s  time on call to ensure that field units clear calls as expeditiously as
    5. Corporal/Detective – (Civil Service)
  1. Advancement to the rank of corporal/detective is through competitive examination as mandated in the Local Government Code, Chapter 143. Two (2) years of service in the immediately-preceding rank is
  2. Persons assigned to a non-uniformed position holding this rank shall be referred to as a detective. Responsibilities of persons in this assignment shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
    1. The completion of all assignments or lawful
    2. The investigation of all assigned offense
    3. The interview of victims, suspects, and witnesses in an attempt to develop sufficient information to lead to the apprehension of the perpetrator of an
    4. The successful operation of surveillance
    5. The judicious use of time and departmental supplies, services, and
    6. Providing timely and accurate information on operations, problems, and critical issues to the appropriate
    7. Adherence to all laws, rules, regulations, and general
  3. All other persons of this rank shall be referred to as corporal and shall include, but not be limited to, the following responsibilities:
    1. The completion of all assignments or lawful
    2. Maintaining acceptable levels of
    3. Limited supervisory
    4. Adherence to all laws, rules, regulations, and general
    5. The judicious use of time and departmental supplies, services, and
  4. Police Officer – (Civil Service)
    1. Advancement to the rank of police officer is through competitive examination as mandated in the Local Government Code, Chapter 143, completion of an approved basic academy, passing of a proficiency test, and satisfying all requirements established by the department. A one (1) year probationary status is required during the initial advancement to this
    2. Responsibilities of this position shall include, but not be limited to:
      1. The completion of all assignments or lawful
      2. Maintaining acceptable levels of
      3. Serving as a positive image for the
      4. Adherence to all laws, rules, regulations, and general
      5. The judicious use of time and departmental supplies, services, and

430.01   DETECTIVE TRAINING PROGRAM

The detective training program will acquaint uniformed patrol officers with detectives’ duties by using a hands-on training approach. This training is intended to give as many officers as possible the opportunity to learn the detective function either in preparation for assignment as detectives or in helping the patrol officer be more efficient, productive, and knowledgeable.

  1. Officers who have completed their probation shall be selected by the division commanders of the Field Operations
    1. The officer’s placement on the eligibility list for corporal/detective rank as well as the department’s affirmative action goals shall be
  1. Officers desiring to participate may be asked to submit a letter of intent to the appropriate division
  2. Selected officers may serve in the position from twelve (12) to eighteen (18) months. Higher capacity pay shall not be authorized for this
  1. Detective commanders shall develop a formal training program including a training manual to be used for officers assigned to this
  2. Detectives to whom these officers are assigned remain accountable for the proper investigation of their cases. Officers shall not be assigned cases independently, but shall work with the

431.1             GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fort Worth Police Department is concerned with the health and well-being of its employees. In an effort to facilitate compliance with state and federal laws  concerning  communicable disease protection, emerging health issues and chemical exposures, and to provide employees of the police department with the best possible source of information, the police department has developed this infectious disease and health hazard procedure. All aspects of this program, including but not limited to education, availability of updated information, control methods, exposure procedures, emerging infectious diseases, and medical emergency planning shall be overseen by the department Health and Exposure coordinator.

  1. Definitions
    1. Bloodborne Pathogens – pathogenic microorganisms that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, Hepatitis B Virus (HBV), Hepatitis C Virus (HCV), and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV).
    2. Contaminated – the presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood or other potentially infectious or dangerous materials on/in an item or on a
    3. Exposure Incident – specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non-intact skin, or parenteral contact (piercing mucous membranes or the skin barrier through such events as needlesticks, human bites, cuts, and abrasions) with blood or other potentially infectious materials that results from the performance of an employee’s
      1. An exposure incident may also include ingestion or inhalation of a harmful chemical or
    4. Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) – the causative agent of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS). This virus causes a disease that basically destroys the host’s immune system allowing other microorganisms, many of which are normally not dangerous, to invade and grow in the body. Once infected, these microorganisms may produce various diseases and eventual
    5. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) – the final stage of HIV infection. With the loss of the body’s natural immunity system, the individual falls victim to a  host of what are called “opportunistic infections.” These are unusual infections  or tumors not ordinarily seen in otherwise healthy
    6. Hepatitis A Virus (HAV) – the most common type of hepatitis. Hepatitis A Virus is acquired by mouth (fecal-oral) and replicates in the liver. Police personnel are not considered at high risk for HAV since it is normally transmitted through eating food  or

drinking water contaminated by the virus, household contact with an infected person, or travel to countries where HAV is common. A vaccination is available for the Hepatitis  A virus.

  1. Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) – a type of chronic hepatitis in which there is intense and progressive inflammation and destruction of cells surrounding certain structures within the liver. Chronic active hepatitis may be caused in any of four (4) ways: as a result of an autoimmune reaction (immune system disturbance), a viral infection, a reaction to a medication (rare), or to a metabolic disorder (rare). A vaccination is available for the hepatitis B
  2. Hepatitis C Virus (HCV) – the most common chronic bloodborne liver disease in the United States. The Hepatitis C Virus is transmitted primarily through large or repeated direct percutaneous exposures to blood. Persons with HCV are at a greater risk of liver failure and liver cancer. There is no current vaccination available for hepatitis
  3. Tuberculosis – a clinically apparent active disease process caused by mycobacterium tuberculosis
  4. Tuberculosis Infection – condition in which living tubercle bacilli are present in the body, without producing clinically active disease. Although the infected individual has a positive tuberculin reaction, they have no symptoms related to the infection and is not infectious. However, the infected individual remains at lifelong risk of developing the disease unless preventive therapy is
  5. Staphylococcus aureus (staph) and MRSA (methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus)

– a bacteria commonly carried on the skin, or in the nose of healthy people. Staph bacteria are one of the most common causes of skin infections in addition to causing pneumonia, surgical wound infections, and bloodstream infections. MRSA is a type of staph that is resistant to beta-lactam antibiotics which include common medications  such as methicillin, penicillin, and amoxicillin. There is no vaccination available; however, prevention is accomplished through good hygiene practices.

  1. Health hazard – possible exposure to a chemical or other harmful substance though air, food, and/or
  1. Infectious Body
    1. Blood and blood products
    2. Semen
    3. Vaginal Secretions
    4. Amniotic fluid
    5. Saliva – in the case of Hepatitis B and
    6. Other potentially infectious body fluids including cerebrospinal, synovial, pleural, pericardial, and peritoneal fluids
  2. Modes of Transmission Bloodborne:
    1. Unprotected sex with someone who is infected
    2. Sharing needles or syringes with someone who is infected
    3. From infected mother to baby during pregnancy or childbirth
    4. By transfusion of infected blood and by blood components such as plasma and transplanted tissue or organs
    5. By infected blood through accidental needlesticks, by direct contact of blood with non- intact skin (i.e., open cuts, sores, eczema), or by splashes of blood onto mucous membranes (i.e., mouth, nose, eyes)

Airborne:

  1. In the case of tuberculosis, spread primarily by airborne droplets expelled through coughing up by a person with untreated tuberculosis of the lungs or
  2. In the cases of harmful chemicals or organisms, inhaled through intentional or unintentional

Contact:

  1. In the case of staph, direct physical contact with a person who has the skin infection, or physical contact of a hard surface contaminated by fluid from the open wounds.

Ingestion:

  1. Harmful chemicals or substances contained in food products whether intentional or unintentional.
  2. Possible On-Duty Exposures Bloodborne:
    1. Human bite
    2. Needlestick or other puncture wound where blood is present on the instrument
    3. Blood on non-intact skin such as cut, skin rash, or open wound
    4. Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation without a mask
    5. Blood splashes or saliva into the mouth, eyes, or nose Airborne:
  3. In the case of tuberculosis, confinement in small, enclosed, poorly ventilated area with a person with active
  4. In the case of chemicals, entry or confinement in enclosed, poorly ventilated areas containing the substance or through release in the immediate

Contact:

  1. In the case of staph, physical contact with an infected person, or a hard surface an infected person has touched with an open wound.

431.2             EDUCATION

  1. Basic

Each class of recruits, full-time and reserve, will receive four (4) hours of training and education in the area of communicable disease which will include all required elements as set forth by the Texas Department of Health. Instruction will include modes of transmission for all at-risk communicable diseases, methods of prevention of transmission, behaviors that create a potential risk for infection, and potential HIV transmission behaviors that are in violation of Texas criminal laws.

  1. In-Service

After the initial instruction, officers will receive updated education as part of the annual in- service training.

  1. Periodic Training

Training bulletins will be developed to inform officers of new developments or procedures, as needed. Commanders will ensure that periodic roll-call and workplace training is conducted. Commanders will also ensure that up-to-date equipment and supplies are available, providing instructions for their proper use.

431.3             CONTROL METHODS FOR COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

  1. Universal Precautions

The police department will recognize and utilize Universal Precautions which state that  when emergency medical and public safety workers encounter body fluids under uncontrolled, emergency circumstances in which differentiation between fluid types is difficult, if not impossible, they should treat all body fluids as potentially hazardous. Universal precautions do not apply to feces, nasal secretions, sputum, sweat, tears, urine, or vomitus unless they contain visible blood.

  1. Infectious Disease Control Supplies

All divisions shall maintain an adequate supply of commonly needed infectious disease control supplies unique to their duties. Supervisors should consult with the department Health and Exposure Coordinator concerning specific situations or supplies. The supplies shall be kept in a location which is readily available to all employees, and it will be the responsibility of the employee to maintain their supply of any item. Infectious disease control supplies will consist of, but not be limited to, the following items:

  1. Disposable latex gloves. Latex-free gloves should be made available to personnel who have an allergic sensitivity to latex
  2. Antimicrobial towelettes, gels, or sprays
  3. Disposable CPR mask
  4. Antibacterial soap available at all sink areas
  5. Additional items, depending on assignment, may include:
    1. Goggles
    2. Disposable hospital mask
    3. Needle tube
    4. Band-aids
    5. Disposable shoe covers
  6. Biohazard Clean-up Kit

A Biohazard Clean-up Kit shall be located in any area to which the public has access and shall be made available to any employee required to clean-up a biohazard spill. The kit will consist of, but not be limited to, the following items:

  1. Disposable latex gloves
  2. Disposable biohazard bag

3     Disinfectant

  1. Paper towels
  1. Engineering Controls
    1. Each division will establish a procedure for ordering, distribution and replacement of infection control supplies. On a quarterly basis, examination, maintenance, and replacement of infection control supplies will be conducted to ensure their
    2. Puncture-resistant sharps containers will be utilized for disposal of sharps. Needle tubes shall be used for the submission of evidence to the Crime Lab, property room, or other units as
    3. Red plastic bags with proper labeling will be used to transport infectious disposal equipment to an infectious material disposal location. The bags will then be placed in burn boxes for proper
    4. Broken glassware, which may be contaminated, must be picked up only by using mechanical means such as tongs, brush and dust pan, or forceps, and never with bare or gloved
  1. Contaminated reusable items may not be stored or processed in a way that requires employees to reach into containers where the contents cannot be seen or safely
  2. Contaminated work surfaces must be decontaminated with a disinfectant upon completion of procedures or when contaminated by splashes, spills, or contact with blood or other potentially-infectious
  3. All working surfaces and equipment that could have become contaminated shall be cleaned and checked routinely and shall be decontaminated as
    1. Supervisors for work assignments that require continual staffing at the same workstation shall ensure that additional precautions to disinfect the work area is performed at the end of each shift. Specific disinfectants for the work area shall be readily available for use by the
  4. Personal protective equipment will be considered “appropriate” only if it does not permit blood or other potentially-infectious substances and contaminated materials to pass through to or reach an employee’s work clothes, undergarments, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time the protective equipment is in use. Hypoallergenic alternatives must be available to employees who have an allergic sensitivity to protective
  5. Disposable gloves should be a standard component of emergency response equipment and should be donned by all personnel prior to initiating any emergency patient care tasks involving occupational exposure. There is no single type or thickness of glove appropriate for all situations. Selection criteria should include dexterity, durability, fit, and the tasks that will be undertaken while the gloves are
  6. An employee may temporarily and briefly decline wearing personal protective equipment under rare and extraordinary circumstances, and when in the employee’s professional judgment, it prevents the delivery of public safety services or poses a greater hazard to others. When the employee makes this judgment, the circumstances shall be investigated by their supervisor and documented to determine whether changes can be instituted to prevent such occurrences in the
  7. A “spit sock” or similar product which safely covers the mouth without interfering with breathing may be used on a suspect that is spitting on officers. The spit sock will be utilized in situations where a suspect presents a viable danger to the officer for exposure to infectious disease and with the officer following proper departmental tactical guidelines for the
  1. Work Practice Controls
    1. Antimicrobial towelettes will be available to officers, however, hand washing must be performed as soon as possible. Top priority upon exposure is to cleanse and disinfect the area
    2. Any contaminated personal garment/uniform will be removed and placed in a biohazard bag for transport to an outside laundry. The laundry will be one that is approved for decontamination
    3. Contaminated vehicles will be taken to the city service center, marked as biohazard, for proper
    4. No person at any potentially contaminated crime scene will be allowed to eat, drink, smoke, handle contact lens, or touch their face (i.e., mouth, nose, eyes).
    5. Latex gloves will be worn when handling blood and other body fluids, items soiled with blood, or substances that contain visible blood. Replace gloves if torn, punctured, contaminated, or if their ability to function as a barrier is compromised. They shall  not

be washed or decontaminated for reuse. Gloves will be placed in a plastic bag to prevent further contamination.

  1. Utility gloves may be decontaminated for reuse if the integrity of the glove is not compromised. However, they must be discarded if they are cracked, peeling, torn, punctured, or exhibit other signs of deterioration, or when their ability to function as a barrier is
    1. Leather and cloth gloves are not considered infectious disease control. However, officers utilizing leather or cloth gloves shall immediately disinfect the gloves after contact with body fluids or open
  2. To prevent injuries when transporting needles as evidence, used needles shall not be recapped, broken, or A needle tube shall be used to submit evidence.
  3. It is recommended that any cut or other open wound on hands and lower arm be covered with a waterproof bandage, sealing on all
  4. Mouth-to-mask resuscitation will be used when administering
  5. It is recommended that a flashlight be used to search hidden
  6. Extreme caution shall be taken when searching suspects, especially IV drug users, due to the possible presence of hidden
  7. Before submission to the Crime Lab and/or Property Room, any evidence that is suspected of being contaminated by body fluids shall be placed in a leakproof container or package and marked as biohazard
  1. Specialized Procedures

In addition to the requirements of General Order 431.00, the Crime Lab and Crime Scene Search Unit will formulate and file with Research & Planning additional work practice controls inherent to those units.

431.4             GENERAL PREVENTIVE MEASURES

  1. The police department will make available, free of charge and at a reasonable time and place, the Hepatitis A and B vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who are at risk of occupational exposure. Any booster doses or titers recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service also will be
  2. The Hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series will be offered after initial training and within ten (10) working days of initial assignment to employees who have occupational exposure unless:
    1. The employee provides documentation that they have previously received the complete Hepatitis B vaccination series,
    2. Antibody testing reveals that the employee is immune, or
    3. Medical reasons prevent the employee from being
  3. The employee cannot be required to participate in an antibody prescreening program to receive the Hepatitis B vaccination series. All medical evaluations and procedures must be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or an appropriately trained and licensed health care provider and administered according to current recommendations of the U.S. Public Health
  4. Vaccinations will be provided even if the employee initially declines but later accepts treatment while covered by the standard. It will be the employee’s responsibility to request such treatment. Employees who decline the vaccination must sign a declination
  5. Specific at-risk work assignments shall develop procedures to protect employees from chemical exposure and contact diseases such as Assignments such as narcotics will

make available to at-risk employees specific screening for harmful chemicals, and the Crime Lab and Range will make available specific screening for lead exposure.

  1. The